Download Document

1. Adrian Miroiu, coord. , “Etica aplicată”, Ed. Alternative, Bucureşti, 1995
2. Adrian Miroiu, coord. , “Teorii ale dreptăţii” Ed. Alternative, Bucureşti, 1997
3. Adrian Paul Iliescu, Emanuel - Mihail Socaciu, "Fundamentele gândirii politice moderne.
Antologie comentată", Ed. Polirom, Iaşi, 1999
4. Albrow, M., King, E. (eds.), Globalization, Knowledge and Society, London, Sage, 1990
5. Albulescu, I., Educaţia şi mass-media. Comunicare şi învăţare în societatea informaţională, Ed. Dacia,
Cluj-Napoca, 2003
6. Albulescu, M., Albulescu, I., Cetăţenia democratică, O provocare pentru educaţie, Casa Cărţii de Ştiinţă,
2004
7. Albulescu, M., Albulescu, I., Studiul disciplinelor socio-umane. Aspecte formative: structura şi dezvoltarea
competenţelor, Ed. Dacia, Cluj-Napoca, 2002
8. Almond G., Sidney V., Cultura civică, [1963] Atitudini politice şi democraţie în cinci naţiuni,
Bucureşti, Editura Du Style, 1996.
9. Arblaster, A., Democraţia, Ed. DU Style, Bucureşti, 1998
10. Arend Lijphart, "Modele ale democraţiei", Ed. Polirom, Iaşi, 2000
11. Arendt, H., Origins of Totalitarianism, Harcourt Jovanovich, New-York, 1973
12. Argyris, C., Schon, D., Organizational Learning. A Theory of Action Perspective, Reading, AddisonWesley, 1978
13. Aronowitz, S., Giroux, H. A., Education under Siege. The Conservative, Liberal and Radical Debate over
Schooling, South Hadley, Mass, Bergin and Garvey, 1985
14. Audigier, Fr., Concepte de bază şi competenţe esenţiale referitoare la educaţia pentru cetăţenie într-o societate
democratică (trad. C. Mitocariu), Consiliul Europei, Strasbourg, 2000
15. Audigier, Fr., L’éducation à la citoyennete, Paris, INRP, 1999
16. Bakhtin, M. M. (1981). Discourse in the novel. In M. Holquist. The dialogic imagination: Four
essays. Austin: University of Texas Press.
17. Bakhtin, M. M. (1986). In M. Holquist & C. Emerson (eds). Speech genres and other late essays
(1st ed.). Austin: University of Texas Press.
18. Barbalet, J.M., Cetăţenia, Ed. DU Style, Bucureşti, 1998
19. Barometrele de opinie publică, FSD.
20. Bazerman, C & Prior, P. (2004). What writing does and how it does it: an introduction to
analyzing texts and textual practices. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Publishers
21. Bell, D., Communitarism and its Critics, Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1995
22. Berevoescu I. şi alţii, Feţele schimbării. Românii şi provocările tranziţiei, Bucureşti, Editura
23. Berger, P. L., Luckmann, Th., Construirea socială a realităţii, Ed. Univers, Bucureşti, 1999
24. Bîrzea, C., Education for Democratic Citizenship. Consultative Meeting, Strasbourg, Council of Europe,
1996
25. Bîrzea, C., L’éducation dans un monde en transition: entre postcommunisme et postmodernisme, în
Perspectives, 1996, vol. 26, nr.4, p.721-730
26. Bohnke, P., Nothing Left to Lose? Poverty and Social Exclusion in Comparison, WZB Berlin,
2001.
27. Botkin, J.W., Elmandjra, M., Malitza, M., Orizontul fără limite al învăţării. Lichidarea decalajului
uman, Ed. Politică, Bucureşti, 1981
28. Bourdieu, P. & Thompson, J.B. (1991). Language and symbolic power. Harvard University
Press, Cambridge, MA.
29. C. Bîrzea, “Arta şi ştiinţa educaţiei”, E. D. P. , Bucureşti, 1995
1
30. Cartea Albă a Comisiei Europene. Un nou elan pentru tineretul Europei, Bucureşti, ANSIT,
2002.
31. Chelcea, S., Personalitate şi societate în tranziţie: studii de psihologie socială, Ed. Ştiinţă şi Tehnică,
Bucureşti, 1994
32. Christie, F. (2002). Classroom discourse analysis : A functional perspective. London ; New
York: Continuum
33. Closa, C., Supranational Citizenship and Democracy: Normative and Empirical Dimensions, în: M. Torre
(ed.), European Citizenship. An International Challenge, Dordrecht, Kluwer, 1998
34. Cole, G. D. H., Social Theory, London, Methuen, 1920
35. Coleman, J., Foundations of Social Theory, Harvard University Press, 1994.
36. Constituţia României
37. Convenţia ONU cu privire la Drepturile Copilului
38. Cope, B. & Kalantzis, M. (1993). The Powers of literacy : a genre approach to teaching writing.
Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh Press
39. Cope, B., Kalantzis, M., & New London Group. (2000). Multiliteracies : Literacy learning and
the design of social futures. London ; New York: Routledge.
40. Crick, B., Porter, A., Political Education and Political Literacy, London, Longman, 1978
41. Cristea, S., Constantinescu, C., Sociologia educaţiei, Ed. Hardiscom, Piteşti, 1998
42. Cucoş, “Pedagogie”, Ed. Polirom, Iaşi, 1996.
43. Cucoş, C., Educaţia. Dimensiuni culturale şi interculturale, Ed. Polirom, Iaşi, 2000
44. Cusack, T., Social Capital, Institutional Structures and Democratic Performance: a Comparative
Study of German Local Governments, WZB, Berlin, 1997.
45. Dahl, R. A., Preface to Democratic Theory, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1956
46. Dahrendorf, R., Citizenship and Beyond: The Social Dynamics of an Idea, în Social Research, vol. 41,
1994
47. Dahrendorf, R., The Changing Quality of Citizenship, în: B. van Steenberger (ed.), The Condition of
Citizenship, London, Sage, 1994, p. 10-19
48. Dave, R. H. (coord.), Fundamentele educaţiei permanente, Ed. Didactică şi Pedagogică, Bucureşti,
1991
49. Declaraţia Universală a Drepturilor Omului
50. Dekker, H., Meyenberg, R. (eds.), Politics and the European Younger Generation. Political Socialization
in Eastern, Central and Western Europe, Oldenburg, University of Oldenburg, 1991
51. Dewey, J., Democraţie şi educaţie, Ed. Didactică şi Pedagogică, Bucureşti, 1972
52. Dominique Schnapper şi Christian Bachelier, "Ce este cetăţenia?", Ed. Polirom, Iaşi, 2001
53. Eckstein, H., Division and Cohesion in Democracy: A Study of Norway, Princeton: Princeton
University Press, 1966
54. Engle, S. H., Ochoa, A. S., Education for democratic citizenship: Decision making in the social studies,
New York, Teachers College Press, 1988
55. Evaluarea curentă şi examenele, Ghid pentru profesori, (coord. - A. Stoica), SNEE, Ed.
Prognosis, Bucureşti, 2001
56. Fairclough, N. (1992). Discourse and social change. Cambridge, UK ; Cambridge, MA:Polity
Press.
57. Fairclough, N. (1995). Critical discourse analysis : The critical study of language. London ; New
York: Longman.
58. Fairclough, N. (2001). Language and power (2nd ed.). Harlow, Eng. ; New York: Longman.
2
59. Falk, R., The Making of Global Citizenship, în B. van Steerberger (ed.), The Condition of Citizenship,
London, Sage, 1994
60. Faure, E., A învăţa să fii, Ed. Didactică şi Pedagogică, Bucureşti, 1974
61. Fernando Savater, "Politica pentru fiul meu", Ed. Humanitas, Bucureşti, 1999
62. Ferréol, G. (coord.), Identitatea, cetăţenia şi legăturile sociale, Ed. Polirom, Iaşi, 2000
63. Foucault, M. (1977). Truth and power. In Colin Gordon (Eds). Power/ Knowledge. NY:
Pantheon Books
64. Foucault, M., Power and Knowledge, New York, Pantheon Books, 1980
65. Freeden, M., Drepturile, Ed. DU Style, Bucureşti, 1998
66. Freire, P., Pedagogy of the Oppressed, New York, Continuum, 1970
67. Gabriel Almond, Sidney Verba, "Cultura civică", Ed. Du Style, Bucureşti, 1996
68. Gagné, R.M., Condiţiile învăţării, Ed. Didactică şi Pedagogică, Bucureşti, 1975
69. Gee, J. P. (1996). Social linguistics and literacies : Ideology in discourses (2nd ed.). London ;
Bristol, PA: Taylor & Francis.
70. Gee, J. P. (2005). An introduction to discourse analysis : Theory and method (2nd ed.). London
; New York: Routledge.
71. Gellner, E., Condiţiile libertăţii. Societatea civilă şi rivalii ei, Ed. Polirom, Iaşi, 1998
72. George Voicu, "Pluripartitismul", Ed. All, Bucureşti, 1998
73. Georgescu, D., Educaţia pentru cetăţenie democratică, în Curriculum naţional. Planuri cadru de învăţământ
pentru învăţământul preuniversitar, Ministerul Educaţiei Naţionale, Bucureşti, 1999
74. Ghid de evaluare pentru ştiinţe socio-umane, SNEE, Ed. Prognosis, Bucureşti, 2000
75. Ghid metodologic de aplicare a programelor şcolare pentru Educaţie civică şi Cultură civică,
lucrare apărută sub coordonarea CNC, Ed. SC Aramis Print, Bucureşti,2002
76. Ghidul examinatorului, SNEE, Ed. Aramis, Bucureşti, 2001
77. Giddens, A., Sociologie, Ed. ALL, Bucureşti, 2000
78. Goffman, E. (1969). The presentation of self in everyday life. London: Allen Lane.
79. Goffman, E. (1981). Forms of talk. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press
80. Gumperz, J. J. (1982). Discourse strategies. Cambridge Cambridgeshire ; New York: Cambridge
University Press.
81. Habermas, J., Citizenship and National Identity: Some Reflections on the Future of Europe, în R. Beiner
(ed.), Theorizing Citizenship, Albany, State University of New York Press, 1995
82. Hannerz, U., Transnational Connections. Culture, people, places, London-New-York, 1996
83. Hart, H. L. A., Varieties of responsibility, în J. Glover (ed.), Responsibility, New York, Humanities
Press, 1967
84. Hermet, G., Culture et democratie, Éd. A. Michel, Paris, 1993
85. Hill, L., What does it take to change minds? Intellectual development of preservice teachers, în Journal of
Teacher Education, 51, 2000, 50-62.
86. Hollingshead, A. D., Guidance in democratic living, New York, D. Appleton-Century, 1941
87. Husen, T., The Learning Society, London, Methuen, 1974
88. Inglehart R., Modernization and Postmodernization: Cultural, Economic and Political Change
in 43 Societies, Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1997.
89. Inglehart R., Weltzel C., Analyzing Democratic Change and Stability: A Human Development
Theory of Democracy, WZB Berlin, 1999.
90. Inglehart, R., Modernization and Postmodernization. Cultural, Economic and Political Change in 43
Societies, Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1997
3
91. Ioan Muraru şi colaboratorii, "Constituţiile române", Ed. Regia Autonomă Monitorul Oficial,
Bucureşti, 1995
92. Ioan Muraru, Simina Tănăsescu, "Drept constituţional şi instituţii politice", Ed. Lumina Lex,
Bucureşti, 2001
93. Ioan Neacşu, “Metode şi tehnici de învăţare eficientă”, Ed. Militară, Bucureşti, 1990
94. Ion Albulescu, Mirela Albulescu, “Didactica disciplinelor socio-umane”, Ed. Napoca Star, ClujNapoca, 1999
95. Ion Albulescu, Mirela Albulescu, “Studiul disciplinelor socio-umane”, Ed. Dacia, Cluj-Napoca,
2002
96. Ionescu, M., Chiş, V., Strategii de predare şi învăţare, Ed. Ştiinţifică, Bucureşti, 1992
97. Ionescu, M., Instrucţie şi educaţie, Cluj-Napoca, 2003
98. Isaac, J.C., Democraţia în vremuri întunecate, Ed. Polirom, Iaşi, 2000
99. J. J. Rousseau, “Discurs asupra inegalităţii dintre oameni”, Ed. Ştiinţifică,Bucureşti, 1958
100.
J. St. Mill, “Despre libertate”, Ed. Humanitas, Bucureşti, 2001
101.
Jakub Karpinski, "ABC- ul democraţiei", Ed. Humanitas, Bucureşti, 1993
102.
Jewitt, C., & Kress, G. R. (2003). Multimodal literacy. New York: P. Lang.
103.
Karl Popper, “Societatea deschisă şi duşmanii ei”, Ed. Humanitas, Bucureşti, 1990
104.
Karpinski, J., A.B.C.-ul democraţiei, Ed. Humanitas, Bucureşti, 1992
105.
Kreisberg, S., Transforming Power. Domination, Empowerment and Education, Albany, State
University of New York Press, 1992
106.
Kress, G. R., & Van Leeuwen, T. (2001). Multimodal discourse : The modes and media
of contemporary communication. London; New York: Arnold; Oxford University Press.
107.
Kymlicka, W., Multicultural Citizenship. A Liberal Theory of Minority Right, Oxford,
Clarendon Press, 1995
108.
Kymlicka, W., Norman, W., Return to the Citizen: A Survey of Recent work on Citizenship
Theory, în R. Besner (ed.), Teorizing Citizenship, State University of New York Press, 1995
109.
Le Boterf, G., De la competence, Les Éd. d’Organisation, Paris, 1994
110.
Lengrand, P., Introducere în educaţia permanentă, Ed. Didactică şi Pedagogică, Bucureşti,
1973
111.
Lerner, D., The Passing of Traditional Society, Free Press, New-York, 1958
112.
Lijphart, A., Democraţia în societăţile plurale, Ed. Polirom, Iaşi, 2002
113.
Linton, R., Fundamentul cultural al personalităţii, Ed. Didactică şi Pedagogică, Bucureşti,
1968
114.
M. Ionescu, I. Radu, “Didactica moderna”, Ed. Dacia, Cluj-Napoca, 1995
115.
MacIntyre, A., Tratat de morală. După virtute, Ed. Humanitas, Bucureşti, 1998
116.
Marshall, T.H., Citizenship and Social Class, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1950
117.
Mărginean, I., Bălaşa A., Calitatea vieţii în România, Bucureşti, Editura Expert, 2002.
118.
Mărginean, I., Suportul social pentru democraţie, „Revista Sociologie Românească”,
1999,
119.
McCarthy, S., Youth Cultures, Lifestyles and Citizenship. General Report, Strasbourg, Council
of Europe Publishing, 2000
120.
McLennan, Pluralismul, Ed. DU Style, Bucureşti, 1998
121.
Meyer, G., De ce şi cum evaluăm, Ed. Polirom, Iaşi
122.
Mill, J. St., Essays on Politics and Culture, Toronto, University of Toronto Press, 1965
123.
Miroiu, M., Blebea Nicolae, G., Introducere în etica profesională, Ed. TREI, Bucureşti, 2001
4
124.
Miron Ionescu, Vasile Chiş, “Strategii de predare şi învăţare”, Ed. Ştiinţifică, Bucureşti,
1992
125.
Narayan, D., Bonds and Bridges: Social Capital and Poverty, PREM, World Bank, 1999.
126.
Narly, “Problematica idealului pedagogic”, în “Modelul uman şi idealul educativ”,
Antologie de texte, E. D. P. , Bucureşti, 1995
127.
Neacşu, I., Instruire şi învăţare, Ed. Ştiinţifică, Bucureşti, 1990
128.
Neculau, A., Cozma, T., Psihopedagogie, Ed. Spiru Haret, Iaşi, 1994
129.
Nemira, 1999.
130.
New Jersey: Princeton University Press, 1993.
131.
Nicola, “Pedagogie”, E. D. P. , Bucureşti, 1993
132.
Nicola, I., Pedagogie şcolară, Ed. Didactică şi Pedagogică, Bucureşti, 1980
133.
Norton, B. (2000). Identity and language learning : gender, ethnicity and educational
change. Longman, Harlow, England ; New York
134.
nr. 2.
135.
Paul Heyne, Modul economic de gândire, EDP, Bucureşti, 1991
136.
Păun, E., Sociopedagogie şcolară, Ed. Didactică şi Pedagogică, Bucureşti, 1982
137.
Pierre Manent, "Originile politicii moderne", Ed. Nemira, Bucureşti, 2000
138.
Pieterse, J.N., Globalization as Hybridisation, în International Sociology, vol.9, nr.2, 1994,
pp.161-184
139.
Platon, “Republica”, in Opere, vol. V, Ed. Ştiinţifică şi Enciclopedică, Bucureşti, 1986
140.
Programe şcolare pentru clasa a X-a, Ministerul Educaţiei Naţionale-Consiliul naţional
pentru curriculum, Bucureşti, 2000
141.
Putnam, R. D., Bowling Alone: America’s Declining Social Capital, in „Journal of
Democracy”, 1995, no. 6 (1).
142.
Putnam, Robert D., Making Democracy Work. Civic Traditions in Modern Italy,
Princeton,
143.
Rassekh, S., Văideanu, G., Les contenus de l’éducation. Perspectives mondiales d’ici à l’an 2000,
UNESCO, Paris, 1987
144.
Raymond Aron, "Democraţie şi totalitarism", Ed. All, Bucureşti, 2001
145.
Referendumul naţional privind revizuirea Constituţiei României, Regia Autonomă
"Monitorul Oficial", Bucureşti, 2003
146.
Robert Dahl, "Poliarhiile", Ed. Du Style, Bucureşti, 1998
147.
Rogers, Rebecca. (2004). An introduction to critical discourse analysis in education.
Mahwah, N.J., L. Erlbaum Associates
148.
Rosenau, J. (ed.), Governance without Government: Order and Change in World Politics,
Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1992
149.
Rotariu, T., Iluţ, P. (coord.), Sociologie, Ed. Mesager, Cluj-Napoca, 1996
150.
Rowe, D., The Citizen and the Law. Teaching about the Rights and Duties of Citizenship, în E.
Baglin Jones, N. Jones (eds.), Education for Citizenship. Ideas and Perspectives for Cross-Curricular
Study, London, Kogan Page, 1992, pp.51-53
151.
Sandu D., Spaţiul social al tranziţiei, Iaşi, Editura Polirom, 1999.
152.
Schiller, H. I., Mass Communications and American Empire, New-York, Augustus M. Kelley,
1969
153.
Schmidtz, D., Goodin, R. E., Social welfare and individual responsibility, Cambridge,
Cambridge University Press, 1998
5
154.
Schwartz, B., Educaţia mâine, Ed. Didactică şi Pedagogică, Bucureşti, 1976
155.
Senge, P. M., The fifth discipline - The art & practice of the learning organization, New York,
Currency Doubleday, 1990
156.
Sorin Cristea, “Dicţionar de termeni pedagogici”, E. D. P. , Bucureşti, 1998.
157.
Stan, C., Teoria educaţiei. Actualitate şi perspective, Ed. Presa Universitară Clujeană, ClujNapoca, 2001
158.
Stanciu, M., Reforma conţinuturilor învăţământului, Ed. Polirom, Iaşi, 1999
159.
Stoian, S., Educaţie şi societate, Ed. Politică, Bucureşti, 1971
160.
Stolle D., Weltzel C., Social Capital, Communitarianism and Human Development,
working paper, WZB Berlin, 2001.
161.
Street, B. (1995). Social literacies : critical approaches to literacy in development,
ethnography, and education. Longman, London ; New York
162.
Szczepanski, J., Noţiuni elementare de sociologie, Ed. Ştiinţifică, Bucureşti, 1972
163.
Taylor, Ch., Multiculturalism. Examining the Politics of Recognition, Princeton N.J., Princeton
University Press, 1994
164.
Taylor, M., Community Anarchy and Liberty, NY, Cambridge University Press, 1982.
165.
Thompson, J. B., Media şi modernitatea, Ed. Antet, Bucureşti, 2000
166.
Todoran, D., Individualitate şi educaţie, Ed. Didactică şi Pedagogică, Bucureşti, 1974
167.
Tomlinson, J., Cultural Imperialism, Printer, London, 1991
168.
Touraine, A., Faux et vrais problèmes, în Une société fragmentée ? Le multiculturalisme en débat,
Éd. La Decouverte, Paris, 1996
169.
Vandamme, F., La Cohesion sociale: le role de l’Europe face a un nouvel enjeu international, în
Revue du Marche commun et de l’Union europeenne, nr.423, 1998, p.657-661
170.
Vattimo, G., Societatea transparentă, Ed. Pontica, Constanţa, 1995
171.
Văideanu, G., Educaţia la frontiera dintre milenii, Ed. Politică, Bucureşti, 1988
172.
Vlăsceanu, L., (coord.), Şcoala la răscruce. Schimbare şi continuitate în curriculumul
învăţământului obligatoriu, vol. I, Ed. Polirom, Iaşi, 2002
173.
Voicu B, România pseudo-modernă, „Revista Sociologie Românească”, 2001, nr. 1–4.
174.
Voicu B., Voicu M., (în publicare) Volunteering in Romania: a rara avis,2002.
175.
Weedon, C. (1996). Feminist practice and poststructuralist theory (2nd ed.). Cambridge,
Mass.: Blackwell Pub.
176.
Wexler, P., Citizenship in the Semiotic Society, în B. Turner (ed.), Theories of Modernity and
Postmodernity, London, Sage, 1990
177.
Wodak, R., & Meyer, M. (2001). Methods of critical discourse analysis. London ;
Thousand Oaks Calif.: Sage
178.
Yankelovich, D., The magic of dialogue: Transforming conflict into cooperation, New York,
Simon & Schuster, 1999
179.
Zamfir C., Vlăsceanu L., Dicţionar de sociologie, Bucureşti, Editura Babel, 1993.
6
Aaker, J. L., & Williams, P. (1998). Empathy versus pride: The influence of emotional appeals across
cultures. Journal of Consumer Research, 25, 241–261.
Adams, G. (2005). The cultural grounding of personal relationship: Enemyship in North American and
West African worlds. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 88, 948–968.
Adams, G., & Markus, H. R. (2001). Culture as patterns: An alternative approach to the problem of
reification. Culture and Psychology, 7, 283–296.
Adams, G., & Markus, H. R. (2004). Toward a conception of culture suitable for a social psychology of
culture. In M. Schaller & C. S. Crandall (Eds.), The psychological foundations of culture (pp. 335–
360). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Allport, G. W. (1948). Foreword. In G. W. Lewin (Ed.), Resolving social conflicts: Selected papers on
group dynamics (pp. vii–xiv). New York: Harper & Row.
Asch, S. (1952). Social psychology. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
Atran, S., Medin, D. L., & Ross, N. O. (2005). The cultural mind: Environmental decision making and
cultural modeling within and across populations. Psychological Review, 112, 774–776.
Baldwin, J. M. (1911). The individual and society. Boston: Boston Press.
Baumeister, R. F. (1987). How the self became a problem: A psychological review of historical research.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 52, 163–176.
Bellah, R. N., Madsen, R., Sullivan, W. M., Swidler, A., & Tipton, S. M. (1985). Habits of the heart:
Individualism and commitment in American life. New York: Harper & Row.
Berger, P. L., & Luckmann, T. (1966). The social construction of reality: A treatise in the sociology of
knowledge. Garden City, NY: Doubleday.
Berry, J. W. (1976). Human ecology and cognitive style: Comparative studies in cultural and
psychological adaptation. New York: Wiley.
Berry, J. W. (1979). Research in multicultural societies: Implications of cross-cultural methods. Journal
of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 10, 415–434.
Berry, J.W. (2000). Cross-cultural psychology: A symbiosis of cultural and comparative approaches.
Asian Journal of Social Psychology [Special issue], 3, 197– 205.
Berry, J. W. (2003). Origin of cross-cultural similarities and differences in human behavior: An
ecocultural perspective. In A. Toomela (Ed.), Cultural guidance in the development of the human
mind (pp. 97–109). Westport, CT: Ablex.
Berry, J. W. (2004). An ecocultural perspective on the development of competence. In R. J. Sternberg
& E. L. Grigorenko (Eds.), Culture and competence: Contexts of life success (pp. 3–22).
Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Berry, J. W., Irvine, S. H., & Hunt, E. B. (Eds.). (1988). Indigenous cognition: Functioning in cultural
context. Dordrecht, The Netherlands: Nijhoff.
Berry, J.W., Poortinga, Y. H., Segall, M. H.,&Dasen, P. R. (2002). Cross-cultural psychology: Research
and applications (2nd ed.). New York: Cambridge University Press.
Berry, J. W., van de Koppel, J. M. H., Sénéchal, C., Annis, R. C., Bahuchet, S., Cavalli-Sforza, L. L., et
al. (1986). On the edge of the forest: Cultural adaptation and cognitive development in Central
Africa. Lisse, The Netherlands: Swets & Zeitlinger.
Bond, M. H. (2005). A cultural-psychological model for explaining differences in social behavior:
Positioning the belief construct. In R. M. Sorrentino, D. Cohen, J. M. Olson, & M. P. Zanna (Eds.),
Cultural and social behavior: The Ontario symposium (Vol. 10, pp. 31–48). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Bourdieu, P. (1990). The logic of practice. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.
Bourdieu, P. (1991). Language and symbolic power. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
7
Briley, D. A., Morris, M. W., & Simonson, I. (2000). Reasons as carriers of culture: Dynamic versus
dispositional models of cultural influence on decision making. Journal of Consumer Research, 27,
157–178.
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). Contexts of child rearing: Problems and prospects. American Psychologist,
34, 844–850.
Bruner, J. S. (1990). Acts of meaning. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Carrithers, M. (1992). Why humans have culture: Explaining anthropology and social diversity. New
York: Oxford University Press.
Chen, C., Lee, S.-Y., & Stevenson, H. W. (1995). Response style and cross-cultural comparisons of
rating scales among East Asian and North American students. Psychological Science, 6, 170–175.
Chiu, C., Morris, M. W., Hong, Y., & Menon, T. (2000). Motivated cultural cognition: The impact of
implicit cultural theories on dispositional attribution varies as a function of need for closure. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 78, 247–259.
Choi, I., Dalal, R., Kim-Prieto, C., & Park, H. (2003). Culture and judgment of causal relevance. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 46–59.
Choi, I., & Nisbett, R. E. (2000). Cultural psychology of surprise: Holistic theories and recognition of
contradiction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 79, 890–905.
Cohen, A. B., Malka, A., Rozin, P., & Cherfas, L. (2006). Religion and unforgivable offenses. Journal of
Personality, 74, 85–117.
Cohen, D., & Nisbett, R. E. (1994). Self-protection and the culture of honor: Explaining Southern
violence. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin [Special issue], 20, 551–567.
Cohen, D., & Nisbett, R. E. (1997). Field experiments examining the culture of honor: The role of
institutions
in perpetuating norms about violence. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23, 1188–1199.
Cohen, D., Nisbett, R. E., Bowdle, B. F., & Schwarz, N. (1996). Insult, aggression, and the southern
culture of honor: An “experimental ethnography.” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 70,
945–960.
Cole, M. (1985). The zone of proximal development: Where culture and cognition create each other. In
J. V. Wertsch (Ed.), Culture, communication, and cognition: Vygotskian perspectives (pp. 146–161).
Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Cole, M. (1990). Cultural psychology: A once and future discipline? In R. A. Dienstbier & J. Berman
(Eds.), Nebraska Symposium on Motivation: Vol. 37. Current theory and research in motivation (pp.
279– 335). Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press.
Cole, M. (1992). Culture in development. In M. H. Bornstein & M. E. Lamb (Eds.), Developmental
psychology: An advanced textbook (3rd ed., pp. 731–789). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Cole, M. (1995). Culture and cognitive development: From cross-cultural research to creating systems
of cultural mediation. Culture and Psychology, 1, 25– 54.
Cole, M. (1996). Cultural psychology: A once and future discipline. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
Cole, M., Gay, J., Glick, J. A., & Sharp, D. W. (1971). The cultural context of learning and thinking.
New York: Basic Books.
Cross, S. E., & Madson, L. (1997). Models of the self: Self-construals and gender. Psychological
Bulletin, 122, 5–37.
Cross, S. E., & Markus, H. R. (1999). The cultural constitution of personality. In L. Pervin & O. John
8
(Eds.), Handbook of personality: Theory and research (2nd ed., pp. 378–396). New York: Guilford
Press.
D’Andrade, R. G. (1990). Some propositions about the relations between culture and human cognition.
In J. W. Stigler, R. A. Shweder, & G. Herdt (Eds.), Cultural psychology (pp. 65–129). New York:
Cambridge University Press.
D’Andrade, R. G., & Strauss, C. (Eds.). (1992). Human motives and cultural models. Cambridge, UK:
Cambridge University Press.
Dasen, P. R., & Wassmann, J. (1998). Balinese spatial orientation: Some empirical evidence of moderate
linguistic relativity. Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, 4, 689–711.
Davies, P. G., Spencer, S. J., & Steele, C. M. (2005). Clearing the air: Identity safety moderates the
effects of stereotype threat on women’s leadership aspirations. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 88, 276–287.
Dennett, D. C. (1995). Do animals have beliefs? In H. L. Roitblat & J.-A. Meyer (Eds.), Comparative
approaches to cognitive science. Complex adaptive systems (pp. 111–118). Cambridge, MA: MIT
Press.
Devos, T., & Banaji, M. R. (2005). American = White? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
88, 447–466.
Eberhardt, J. L., Goff, P. A., Purdie, V. J., & Davies, P. G. (2004). Seeing black: Race, crime, and visual
processing. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 87, 876–893.
Ellemers, N., Spears, R., & Doosje, B. (2002). Self and social identity. Annual Review of Psychology,
53, 161–186.
Farr, R. M. (1991). Individualism as a collective representation. In A. Aebischer, J. P. Deconchy, & M.
Lipiansky (Eds.), Ideologies et representations sociales (pp. 129–143). Cousset (Fribourg),
Switzerland: Delval.
Festinger, L. (1957). A theory of cognitive dissonance. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.
Fiske, A. P. (1991). Structures of social life: The four elementary forms of human relations. New York:
Free Press.
Fiske, A. P. (1992). The four elementary forms of sociality: Framework for a unified theory of social
relations. Psychological Review, 99, 689–723.
Fiske, A. P., Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., & Nisbett, R. E. (1998). The cultural matrix of social
psychology. In D. T. Gilbert, S. T. Fiske, & G. Lindzey (Eds.), Handbook of social psychology (4th
ed., pp. 915– 981). San Francisco: McGraw-Hill.
Fryberg, S., & Markus, H. R. (in press). Models of education in American Indian, Asian American, and
European American contexts. Social Psychology of Education.
Gardner, W. L., Gabriel, S., & Lee, A. Y. (1999). “I” value freedom, but “we” value relationships:
Selfconstrual priming mirrors cultural differences in judgment. Psychological Science, 10, 321–326.
Geertz, C. (1973). The interpretations of cultures. New York: Basic Books.
Geertz, C. (1975). On the nature of anthropological understanding. American Scientist, 63, 47–52.
Georgas, J., van de Vijver, F. J. R.,&Berry, J.W. (2004). The ecocultural framework, ecosocial indices,
and psychological variables in cross-cultural research. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 35, 74–
96.
Gergen, K., & Davis, K. (1985). The social construction of the person. New York: Springer-Verlag.
Goodman, N. (1984). Notes on the well-made world. Partisan Review, 51, 276–288.
9
Graumann, C. F. (1986). The individualization of the social and desocialization of the individual: Floyd
H. Allport’s contribution to social psychology. In C. F. Graumann & S. Moscovici (Eds.), Changing
conceptions of crowd mind and behavior (pp. 97–116). New York: Springer-Verlag.
Greenfield, P. M. (1997). You can’t take it with you: Why ability assessments don’t cross cultures.
American Psychologist, 52, 1115–1124.
Greenfield, P. M., & Childs, C. P. (1977a). Understanding sibling concepts: A developmental study of
kin terms in Zinacantan. In P. Dasen (Ed.), Piagetian psychology: Cross-cultural contributions (pp.
335–358). New York: Gardner Press.
Greenfield, P. M., & Childs, C. P. (1977b). Weaving, color terms and pattern representation: Cultural
influences and cognitive development among the Zinacantecos of Southern Mexico. Inter-American
Journal of Psychology, 11, 23–48.
Greenfield, P. M., & Cocking, R. R. (1994). Crosscultural roots of minority child development.
Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Guisinger, S., & Blatt, S. J. (1994). Individuality and relatedness: Evolution of a fundamental dialect.
American Psychologist, 49, 104–111.
Hallowell, A. I. (1955). Culture and experience. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press.
Heine, S. J., & Lehman, D. R. (1997). Culture, dissonance, and self-affirmation. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 23, 389–400.
Heine, S. J., Lehman, D. R., Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1999). Is there a universal need for positive
self-regard? Psychological Review, 106, 766–794.
Heine, S. J., Lehman, D. R., Peng, K., & Greenholtz, J. (2002). What’s wrong with cross-cultural
comparisons of subjective Likert scales?: The reference-group effect. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 82, 903–918.
Hermans, H. J. M.,&Kempen, H. J. G. (1998). Moving cultures: The perilous problems of cultural
dichotomies in a globalizing society. American Psychologist [Special issue], 53, 1111–1120.
Hofstede, G. (1980). Culture’s consequences. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage.
Hofstede, G. (1990). A reply and comment on Joginder P. Singh: “Managerial culture and work-related
values in India.” Organization Studies, 11, 103–106.
Holland, D.,&Quinn, N. (Eds.). (1987). Cultural models in language and thought. New York:
Cambridge University Press.
Hong, Y., Benet-Martinez, V., Chiu, C., & Morris, M. W. (2003). Boundaries of cultural influence:
Construct activation as a mechanism for cultural differences in social perception. Journal of CrossCultural Psychology, 34, 453–464.
Hong, Y., & Chiu, C. (2001). Toward a paradigm shift: From cross-cultural differences in social
cognition to social-cognitive mediation of cultural differences. Social Cognition, 19, 181–196.
Hong, Y., Ip, G., Chiu, C., Morris, M. W., & Menon, T. (2001). Construction of the self: Collective
duties and individual rights in Chinese and American cultures. Social Cognition, 19, 251–268.
Hong, Y., Morris, M. W., Chiu, C., & Benet-Martinez, V. (2000). Multicultural minds: A dynamic
constructivist approach to culture and cognition. American Psychologist, 55, 709–720.
Iyengar, S. S., & DeVoe, S. E. (2003). Rethinking the value of choice: Considering cultural mediators of
intrinsic motivation. In V. Murphy-Berman & J. J. Berman (Eds.), Cross-cultural differences in
perspectives on the self: Nebraska Symposium on Motivation (Vol. 49, pp. 146–191). Lincoln:
University of Nebraska Press.
Ji, L.-J., Nisbett, R. E., & Su, Y. (2001). Culture, change, and prediction. Psychological Science, 12,
450–456.
10
Jost, J. T., & Major, B. (Eds.). (2001). The psychology of legitimacy: Emerging perspectives on
ideology, justice, and intergroup relations. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Kahneman, D., & Tversky, A. (1973). On the psychology of prediction. Psychological Review, 80, 237–
251.
Kashima, Y. (2000). Conceptions of culture and person for psychology. Journal of Cross-Cultural
Psychology, 31, 14–32.
Katz, M. B. (1987). Reconstructing American education. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Keller, H., Bettina, L., Monika, A., Relindis, Y., Borke, J., Jensen, H., et al. (2006). Cultural models,
socialization goals, and parenting ethnotheories: A multicultural analysis. Journal of Cross-Cultural
Psychology, 37, 155–172.
Keller, H., & Greenfield, P. M. (2000). History and future of development in cross-cultural psychology.
Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 31, 52–62.
Kim, H., & Markus, H. R. (1999). Deviance or uniqueness, harmony or conformity?: A cultural analysis.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 77, 785–800.
Kim, H. S. (2002). We talk, therefore we think?: A cultural analysis of the effect of talking on thinking.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 828–842.
Kim, U., & Berry, J. W. (1993). Indigenous psychologies: Research and experience in cultural context.
Newbury Park, CA: Sage.
Kitayama, S. (2002). Culture and basic psychological processes—toward a system view of culture:
Comment on Oyserman et al. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 189–196.
Kitayama, S., Duffy, S., Kawamura, T., & Larsen, J. T. (2003). Perceiving an object and its context in
different cultures: A cultural look at New Look. Psychological Science, 14, 201–206.
Kitayama, S., Ishii, K., & Imada, T. (2006). Voluntary settlement and the spirit of independence:
Evidence from Japan’s “Northern Frontier.” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 91, 369–
384.
Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., Matsumoto, H., & Norasakkunkit, V. (1997). Individual and collective
processes in the construction of the self: Selfenhancement in the United States and self-criticism in
Japan. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 1245–1267.
Kitayama, S., Snibbe, A. C., Markus, H. R., & Suzuki, T. (2004). Is there any “free” choice?: Self and
dissonance in two cultures. Psychological Science, 15, 527–533.
Kitayama, S., & Uchida, Y. (2005). Interdependent agency: An alternative system for action. In R. M.
Sorrentino, D. Cohen, J. M. Olson, & M. P. Zanna (Eds.), Cultural and social behavior: The Ontario
Symposium (Vol. 10., pp. 137–164). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Knowles, E. D., Morris, M. W., Chiu, C., & Hong, Y. (2001). Culture and process of person perception:
Evidence for automaticity among East Asians in correcting for situational influences on behavior.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 27, 1344–1356.
Kroeber, A. L., & Kluckhohn, C. (1952). Culture: A critical review of concepts and definitions. New
York: Vintage Books.
Kühnen, U., Hannover, B., & Schubert, B. (2001). The semantic–procedural interface model of the self:
The role of self-knowledge for context-dependent versus context-independent modes of thinking.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 80, 397–409.
Kühnen, U., & Oyserman, D. (2002). Thinking about the self influences thinking in general: Cognitive
consequences of salient self-concept. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 38, 492–499.
11
Lee, A., Aaker, J. L., & Gardner, W. (2000). The pleasures and pains of distinct self-construals: The role
of interdependence in regulatory focus. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 78, 1122–
1134.
Leung, K. (1987). Some determinants of reactions to procedural models for conflict resolution: A
crossnational study. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 53, 898–908.
Lewin, K. (1948). Resolving social conflicts: Selected papers on group dynamics. New York: Harper &
Row.
Li, J. (2003). U.S. and Chinese cultural beliefs about learning. Journal of Educational Psychology, 95,
258–267.
Lonner,W. J.,&Hayes, S. A. (2004). Understanding the cognitive and social aspects of intercultural
competence. In R. J. Sternberg & E. L. Grigorenko (Eds.), Culture and competence: Contexts of life
success (pp. 89–110). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Luria, A. R. (1981). Language and cognition (J. V. Wertsch, Trans.). New York: Wiley.
Markus, H. R., Curhan, K., & Ryff, C. D. (2006). Educational attainment and models of well-being in
America: A sociocultural analysis. Unpublished manuscript, Stanford University.
Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and
motivation. Psychological Review, 98, 224–253.
Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1994). A collective fear of the collective: Implications for selves and
theories of selves. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 20, 568–579.
Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (2003). Culture, self, and the reality of the social. Psychological Inquiry,
14, 277–283.
Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (2004). Models of agency: Sociocultural diversity in the construction of
action. In V. Murphy-Berman & J. Berman (Eds.), Cross-cultural differences in perspectives on self:
Nebraska Symposium on Motivation (Vol. 49, pp. 1– 57). Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press.
Markus, H. R., Kitayama, S., & Heiman, R. (1996). Culture and “basic” psychological principles. In E.
T. Higgins & A. W. Kruglanski (Eds.), Social psychology: Handbook of basic principles (pp. 857–
913). New York: Guilford Press.
Markus, H. R., Mullally, P. R., & Kitayama, S. (1997). Selfways: Diversity in modes of cultural
participation. In U. Neisser & D. A. Jopling (Eds.), The conceptual self in context: Culture,
experience, selfunderstanding (pp. 13–61). New York: Cambridge University Press.
Markus, H. R., Uchida, Y., Omoregie, H., Townsend, S. S. M., & Kitayama, S. (2005). Going for the
gold: Models of agency in Japanese and American contexts. Psychological Science, 17, 103–112.
Masuda, T., & Nisbett, R. E. (2001). Attending holistically versus analytically: Comparing the context
sensitivity of Japanese and Americans. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 922–934.
Matsumoto, D. (Ed.). (2001). The handbook of culture and psychology. Oxford:, UK Oxford
University Press.
Matsumoto, D., & Yoo, S. H. (2005). Culture and applied nonverbal communication. In R. E. Riggio &
R. S. Feldman (Eds.), Applications of nonverbal communication (pp. 255–277). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Matsumoto, D., & Yoo, S. H. (2006). Toward a new generation of cross-cultural research. Perspectives
on Psychological Science, 1, 234–250.
Maynard, A. E., & Greenfield, P. M. (2003). Implicit cognitive development in cultural tools and
children: Lessons from Maya Mexico. Cognitive Development, 18, 489–510.
Mead, G. H. (1934). Mind, self, and society. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Medin, D. L., & Atran, S. (2004). The native mind: Biological categorization and reasoning in
development and across cultures. Psychological Review, 111, 960–983.
12
Mesquita, B. (2003). Emotions as dynamic cultural phenomena. In R. J. Davidson, H. Goldsmith, & P.
Rozin (Eds.), Handbook of the affective sciences (pp. 871–890). Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press.
Miller, J. D., Bersoff, D. M., & Harwood, R. L. (1990). Perceptions of social responsibilities in India
and in the United States: Moral imperatives or personal decisions? Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 58, 33–46.
Miller, J. G. (1984). Culture and the development of everyday social explanation. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 46, 961–978.
Miller, J. G. (1994). Cultural diversity in the morality of caring: Individually oriented versus duty-based
interpersonal moral codes. Cross-Cultural Research, 28, 3–39.
Miller, J. G. (1997). Cultural conceptions of duty: Implications for motivation and morality. In J.
Schumaker, D. Munro, & S. Carr (Eds.), Motivation and culture (pp. 178–193). New York:
Routledge.
Miller, J. G. (1999). Cultural psychology: Implications for basic psychological theory. Psychological
Science, 10, 85–91.
Miller, J. G. (2000). Vertragen sich gemeinschaft mit autonomie? Kulturelle ideale und empirische
wirklichkeiten. In W. Edelstein & G. Nunner- Winkler (Eds.), Moral im Kontext (pp. 337–362).
Frankfurt am Main, Germany: Suhrkam.
Miller, J. G. (2002). Bringing culture to basic psychological theory—Beyond individualism and
collectivism: Comment on Oyserman et al. (2002). Psychological Bulletin, 128, 97–109.
Miller, P. J., & Goodnow, J. J. (1995). Cultural practices: Toward an integration of culture and
development. In J. J. Goodnow, P. J. Miller, & F. Kessel (Eds.), Cultural practices as contexts for
development (Vol. 67, pp. 5–16). San Francisco: Jossey- Bass.
Mishra, R. C., Dasen, P. R., & Niraula, S. (2003). Ecology, language, and performance on spatial
cognitive tasks. International Journal of Psychological Science, 38, 366–383.
Miyamoto, Y., Nisbett, R. E., & Masuda, T. (2006). Culture and the physical environment: Holistic
versus analytic perceptual affordances. Psychological Science, 17, 113–119.
Moiser, C. E., & Rogoff, B. (2003). Privileged treatment of toddlers: Cultural aspects of individual
choice and responsibility. Developmental Psychology, 39, 1047–1060.
Moscovici, S. (1981). On social representations. In J. Forgas (Ed.), Social cognition: Perspectives on
everyday understanding (pp. 181–210). London: Academic Press.
Moscovici, S. (1988). Notes towards a description of social representations. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 18, 211–250.
Moscovici, S. (1991). Experiment and experience: An intermediate step from Sherif to Asch. Journal
for the Theory of Social Behaviour, 21, 253–268.
Moscovici, S. (1998). The history and actuality of social representations. In U. Flick (Ed.), The
psychology of the social (pp. 209–247). Cambridge, MA: Cambridge University Press.
Nisbett, R. E. (2003). The geography of thought: How
Asians and Westerners think differently . . . and why.
New York: Free Press.
Nisbett, R. E., & Cohen, D. (1996). Culture of honor:
The psychology of violence in the South. Boulder,
CO: Westview Press.
Nisbett, R. E., Peng, K., Choi, I., & Norenzayan, A.
(2001). Culture and systems of thought: Holistic versus
analytic cognition. Psychological Review, 108,
13
291–310.
Norenzayan, A., & Heine, S. J. (2005). Psychological
universals: What are they and how can we know?
Psychological Bulletin, 131, 763–784.
Norenzayan, A., Smith, E. E., Kim, B. J., & Nisbett, R.
E. (2002). Cultural preferences for formal versus intuitive
reasoning. Cognitive Science, 26, 653–684.
Omi, M., & Winant, H. (1994). Racial formation in the
United States: From the 1960s to the 1990s. New
York: Routledge.
Oyserman, D., Coon, H. M., & Kemmelmeier, M.
(2002). Rethinking individualism and collectivism:
Evaluation of theoretical assumptions and metaanalyses.
Psychological Bulletin, 128, 3–72.
Peng, K., & Nisbett, R. E. (1999). Culture, dialectics,
and reasoning about contradiction. American Psychologist,
54, 741–754.
Peng, K., Nisbett, R. E., & Wong, N. Y. C. (1997). Validity
problems comparing values across cultures and
possible solutions. Psychological Methods, 2, 329–
344.
Plaut, V. C., & Markus, H. R. (2005). The “inside”
story: A cultural-historical analysis of being smart
and motivated, American style. In A. J. Elliot & C.
S. Dweck (Eds.), Handbook of competence and
motivation (pp. 457–488). New York: Guilford
Press.
Plaut, V. C., Markus, H. R., & Lachman, M. E. (2002).
Place matters: Consensual features and regional variation
in American well-being and self. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 83, 160–184.
Pyszczynski, T., Greenberg, J., Solomon, S., Arndt, J., &
Schimel, J. (2004). Why do people need self-esteem?:
A theoretical and empirical review. Psychological
Bulletin, 130, 435–468.
Quinn, D. M., & Crocker, J. (1999). When ideology
hurts: Effects of belief in the Protestant ethic and feeling
overweight on the psychological well-being of
women. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
77, 402–414.
Resnick, L. B. (1994). Situated rationalism: Biological
and social preparation for learning. In L. A.
Hirschfeld & S. A. Gelman (Eds.), Mapping the
mind: Domain specificity in cognition and culture.
(pp. 474–493). New York: Cambridge University
14
Press.
Richeson, J. A., & Trawler, S. (2005). On the categorization
of admired and disliked exemplars of admired
and disliked racial groups. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 89, 517–530.
Richter, L., & Kruglanski, A. (2004). Motivated closed
mindedness and the emergence of culture. In M.
Schaller & C. S. Crandall (Eds.), The psychological
foundations of culture (pp. 101–121). Mahwah, NJ:
Erlbaum.
Rogoff, B. (1991). The joint socialization of development
by young children and adults. In M. Lewis & S.
Feinman (Eds.), Social influience and socialization in
infancy (pp. 253–280). New York: Plenum Press.
Rogoff, B. (1995). Observing sociocultural activity on
three planes: Participatory appropriation, guided
participation, apprenticeship. In J. V. Wertsch, P. D.
Rio, & A. Alvarez (Eds.), Sociocultural studies of
mind (pp. 139–164). New York: Cambridge University
Press.
Rothbaum, F., Weisz, J. R., & Snyder, S. S. (1982).
Changing the world and changing the self: A twoprocess
model of perceived control. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 42, 5–37.
Rozin, P. (1996). Towards a psychology of food and eating:
From motivation to module to model to marker,
morality, meaning, and metaphor. Current Directions
in Psychological Science, 5, 18–24.
Rozin, P. (2001). Social psychology and science: Some
lessons from Solomon Asch. Personality and Social
Psychology Review, 5, 2–14.
Sampson, E. E. (1985). The decentralization of identity:
Toward a revised concept of personal and social order.
American Psychologist, 40, 1203–1211.
Sampson, E. E. (1988). The debate on individualism: Indigenous
psychologies of the individual and their role
in personal and societal functioning. American Psychologist,
43, 15–22.
Sanchez-Burks, J. (2002). Protestant relational ideology
and (in)attention to relational cues in work settings.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83,
919–929.
Sanchez-Burks, J., & Mor Barak, M. (2004). Interpersonal
relationships in a global work context. In M.
Mor Barak (Ed.), Managing diversity in the age of
15
globalization: Toward a worldwide inclusive workplace
(pp. 114–168). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Sapir, E. (1924). Culture: Genuine and spurious. American
Journal of Sociology, 24, 401–429.
Sapir, E. (1956). Culture, language and personality (Vol.
207). Berkeley: University of California Press.
Savani, K., Markus, H. R., & Snibbe, A. (2006). Do
people always choose what they like: The relationship
between preferences and choices in Indian and
American contexts. Unpublished manuscript, Stanford
University.
Schaller, M., & Crandall, C. S. (Eds.). (2004). The psychological
foundations of culture. Mahwah, NJ:
Erlbaum.
Schwartz, S. H. (1990). Individualism–collectivism: Critique
and proposed refinements. Journal of CrossCultural Psychology, 21, 139–157.
Sears, D. (1986). College sophomores in the laboratory:
Influences of a narrow data base on social psychology’s
view of human nature. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 51, 515–530.
Shore, B. (1996). Culture in mind: Cognition, culture
and the problem of meaning. New York: Oxford
University Press.
Shweder, R. A. (1982). Beyond self-constructed knowledge:
The study of culture and morality. Merrill–
Palmer Quarterly, 28, 41–69.
Shweder, R. A. (1995). Cultural psychology: What is it?
In N. R. Goldberger & J. B. Veroff (Eds.), the culture
and psychology reader (pp. 41–86). New York: New
York University Press.
Shweder, R. A. (2003). Why do men barbecue?: Recipes
for cultural psychology. Cambridge, MA: Harvard
University Press.
Shweder, R. A., Balle-Jensen, L., & Goldstein, W.
(1995). Who sleeps by whom revisited: A method for
extracting the moral goods implicit in praxis. In P. J.
Miller, J. J. Goodnow, & F. Kessell (Eds.), A practices
approach to child development: New directions to
child development (pp. 21–39). San Francisco:
Jossey-Bass.
Shweder, R. A., & Bourne, L. (1984). Does the concept
of the person vary cross-culturally? In R. A. Shweder
& R. A. LeVine (Eds.), Culture theory: Essays on
mind, self, and emotion (pp. 158–199). New York:
16
Cambridge University Press.
Shweder, R. A., Goodnow, J., Hatano, G., LeVine, R.
A., Markus, H. R., & Miller, P. (1998). The cultural
psychology of development: One mind, many mentalities.
In W. Damon & R. M. Lerner (Eds.), Handbook
of child psychology: Vol. 1. Theoretical models
of human development (5th ed., pp. 865–937).
Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
1. Sociocultural Psychology 37
Shweder, R. A., & LeVine, R. A. (1984). Culture theory:
Essays on mind, self, and emotion. New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Shweder, R. A., Much, N. C., Mahapatra, M., & Park,
L. (1997). The “big three” of morality (autonomy,
community, divinity), and the “big three” explanations
of suffering. In A. Brandt & P. Rozin (Eds.),
Morality and health (pp. 119–169). Stanford, CA:
Stanford University Press.
Shweder, R. A., & Sullivan, M. A. (1990). The semiotic
subject of cultural psychology. In L. A. Pervin (Ed.),
Handbook of personality: Theory and research (pp.
399–418). New York: Guilford Press.
Shweder, R. A., & Sullivan, M. A. (1993). Cultural psychology:
Who needs it? Annual Review of Psychology,
44, 497–523.
Smith, P. B., & Bond, M. H. (1993). Social psychology
across cultures: Analysis and perspectives. New
York: Harvester Wheatsheaf.
Snibbe, A. C., & Markus, H. R. (2005). You can’t always
get what you want: Educational attainment,
agency, and choice. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 88, 703–720.
Solomon, J. L. (2004). Modes of thought and meaning
making: The aftermath of trauma. Journal of Humanistic
Psychology, 44, 299–319.
Sperber, D. (1985). Anthropology and psychology: Towards
an epidemiology of representations. Man, 20,
73–89.
Sperber, D. (1996). Explaining culture: A naturalistic
approach. Oxford, UK: Blackwell.
Stapel, D. A., & Koomen, W. (2001). I, we, and the effects
of others on me: How self-construal level moderates
social comparison effects. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 80, 766–781.
Steele, C. M., & Aronson, J. (1995). Stereotype threat
17
and the intellectual test performance of African
Americans. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
69, 797–811.
Steele, C. M., Spencer, S. J., & Aronson, J. (2002). Contending
with group image: The psychology of stereotype
and social identity threat. In M. P. Zanna (Ed.),
Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 34,
pp. 379–440). San Diego: Academic Press.
Steele, D. M., Steele, C. M., Markus, H. R., Green, F.,
Lewis, A. E., & Davis, P. G. (2006). How identity
safety improves students achievements. Unpublished
manuscript, Stanford University.
Stephens, N. M., Markus, H. R., & Townsend, S. S. M.
(2006). Models of agency and divergent meanings of
choice in working class and middle class contexts.
Manuscript submitted for publication.
Strauss, C. (1992). Models and motives. In R.
D’Andrade & C. Strauss (Eds.), Human motives and
cultural models. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University
Press.
Tajfel, H., & Turner, J. (1979). An integrative theory of
intergroup conflict. In W. G. Austin & S. Worchel
(Eds.), The social psychology of intergroup relations
(pp. 33–47). Monterey, CA: Brooks/Cole.
Taylor, S. E. (1997). The social being in social psychology.
In D. Gilbert, S. Fiske, & G. Lindsey (Eds.), The
handbook of social psychology (pp. 58–95). New
York: McGraw-Hill.
Taylor, S. E., Sherman, D. K., Kim, H. S., Jarcho, J.,
Takagi, K., & Dunagan, M. S. (2004). Culture and
social support: Who seeks it and why? Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 87, 354–362.
Tomascello, M. (1999). The cultural origins of human
cognition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
Trafimow, D., Triandis, H. C., & Goto, S. G. (1991).
Some tests of the distinction between the private self
and the collective self. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 60, 649–655.
Triandis, H. C. (1989). The self and social behavior in
differing cultural contexts. Psychological Review, 93,
506–520.
Triandis, H. C. (1990). Cross-cultural studies of individualism
and collectivism. In J. Berman (Ed.), Nebraska
Symposium on Motivation, 1989: Vol. 3.
18
Cross-cultural perspective (pp. 41–133). Lincoln:
University of Nebraska Press.
Triandis, H. C. (1995). Individualism and collectivism.
Boulder, CO: Westview Press.
Triandis, H. C. (1996). The psychological measurement
of cultural syndromes. American Psychologist, 51,
407–415.
Tsai, A. Y.,&Markus, H. R. (2006). Equality or propriety:
A cultural models approach to understanding social
hierarchy. Unpublished manuscript, Stanford
University, Stanford, CA.
Tsai, J., Knutson, B., & Fung H. H. (2006). Cultural
variation in affect valuation. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 90, 288–307.
Tsai, J. L., Chentsova-Dutton, Y., Freire-Bebeau, L., &
Przymus, D. E. (2002). Emotional expression and
physiology in European Americans and Hmong
Americans. Emotion, 2, 380–397.
Tsai, J. L., Louie, J., Chen, E. E., & Uchida, Y. (2006).
Learning what feelings to desire: Socialization of
ideal affect through children’s storybooks. Personality
and Social Psychology Bulletin, 32, 1–14.
Tsai, J. L., Miao, F., & Seppala, E. (in press). Good feelings
in Christianity and Buddhism: Religious differences
in ideal affect. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin.
Uchida, Y., Norasakkunkit, V., & Kitayama, S. (2004).
Cultural constructions of happiness: Theory and empirical
evidence. Journal of Happiness Studies, 5,
223–239.
van Baaren, R. B., Maddux, W. W., Chartrand, T. L., de
Bouter, C., & van Knippenberg, A. (2003). It takes
two to mimic: Behavioral consequences of selfconstruals.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
84, 1093–1102.
Vandello, J. A., & Cohen, D. (1999). Patterns of individualism
and collectivism across the United States.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 77,
279–292.
38 I. THE DISCIPLINE AND ITS HISTORY
Veroff, J. B., & Goldberger, N. R. (1995). What’s in a
name?: The case for “intercultural.” In N. R.
Goldberger & J. B. Veroff (Eds.), The culture and
psychology reader (pp. 3–24). New York: New York
University Press.
19
Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development
of higher psychological processes, Ed. M. Cole,
V. John-Steiner, S. Scribner, & E. Souberman. Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Wertsch, J. V. (1991). Voices of the mind: A
sociocultural approach to mediated action. Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Wertsch, J. V.,&Sammarco, J. G. (1985). Social precursors
to individual cognitive functioning: The problem
of units of analyses. In R. A. Hinde, A. N. PerretClermont, & J. Stevenson-Hinde (Eds.), Social relationships and cognitive development (pp. 276–293).
Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press.
Whiting, B. B., & Whiting, J. W. (1975). Children of six cultures: A psycho-cultural analysis (Vol. 237).
Oxford,
UK: Harvard University Press.
Whorf, B. L. (1956). Language, thought, and reality: Selected writings. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Wierzbicka, A. (1994). Emotion, language, and “cultural scripts.” In S. Kitayama&H. R. Markus (Eds.),
Emotion and culture: Empirical studies of mutual influence (pp. 133–196). Washington, DC:
American Psychological Association.
Wundt, W. (1916). Elements of folk psychology: Outlines of a psychological history of the
development of
mankind. London: Allen & Unwin.
Zajonc, R. B. (1968). Attitudinal effects of mere exposure. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 9,
1–27.
Zàrate, M. A., Uleman, J. S., & Voils, C. I. (2001). Effects of culture and processing goals on the
activation
and binding of trait concepts. Social Cognition, 19, 295–323.
Allport, G. W. (1954). The nature of prejudice. Cambridge, MA: Addison-Wesley.
Benedict, R. (1934). Patterns of culture. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.
Berman, J. (1996). “The culture as it appears to the Indian himself”: Boas, George Hunt, and the methods
of ethnography. In G. W. Stocking (Ed.), Volksgeist as method and ethic: Essays on Boasian ethnography and
the German anthropological tradition (pp. 215– 256). Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
Boas, F. (1889). On alternating sounds. American Anthropologist, 2, 47–53.
Boas, F. (1911). The mind of primitive man. New York: Macmillan.
Boas, F. (1912). Instability of human types. In G. Spiller (Ed.), Papers on interracial problems communicated to the
First Universal Races Congress Held at the University of London, July 26–29, 1911 (pp. 99j103). Boston: Ginn
& Co. Reprinted 1974 in G. Stocking (Ed.), A Franz Boas reader: The shaping of American anthropology,
1883–1911 (pp. 214–218). New York: Basic Books.
Boas, F. (Ed.). (1938). General anthropology. Boston: D.C. Heath & Co.
Briggs, J.(1970). Never in anger: Portrait of an Eskimo family. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
D’Andrade, R. G. (1995). The development of cognitive anthropology. New York: ambridge University Press.
Darnell, R. (1990). Edward Sapir: Linguist, anthropologist,humanist. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Darnell, R. (2001). Invisible genealogies: A history of Americanist anthropology. Lincoln: University of Nebraska
Press.
Devereux, G. (1961). Mohave ethnopsychiatry and suicide. Washington, DC: Bureau of American Ethnology.
DeVos, G. A. (1973). Socialization for achievement: The cultural psychology of the Japanese. Berkeley: University of
California Press.
20
Doi, T. (1962). “Amae”: A key concept for understanding Japanese personality structure. In R. J. Smith &
R. K. Beardsley (Eds.), Japanese culture: Its development and characteristics (pp. 253–287). New York: WennerGren Foundation for Anthropological Research.
Doi, T. (1973). The anatomy of dependence. New York: Kodansha International.
Doi, T. (1986). The anatomy of self: The individual versus society. Tokyo: Kodansha.
Dollard, J., Doob, L., Miller, N. L., Mowrer, O. H., & Sears, R. R. (1938). Frustration and aggression. New
Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
Dollard, J., & Miller, N. L. (1949). Personality and psychotherapy. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
Durkheim, É. (1951). Suicide. Glencoe, IL: Free Press.(Original work published 1895)
Durkheim, É. (1982). The rules of sociological method (S. Lukes, Ed., & W. D. Halls, Trans.). New York: Free
Press. (Original work published 1895)
Freud, S. (1958). The interpretation of dreams. In J. Strachey (Ed.), The standard edition of the complete
psychological works of Sigmund Freud (Vol. IV, pp. 1–338; Vol. V, pp. 339–625). London: Hogarth Press.
(Original work published 1900)
Freud, S. (1958). Totem and taboo. In J. Strachey (Ed.), The standard edition of the complete psychological works of
Sigmund Freud (Vol. XIII, pp. 1–162). London:
Hogarth Press. (Original work published 1913)
Geertz, C. (1973). The interpretation of cultures. New York: Basic Books.
Geertz, C. (2000). Available light: Anthroplogical reflections on philosophical topics. Princeton, NJ: Princeton
University Press.
Geertz, H. (1959). The vocabulary of emotion: A study of Javanese socialization processes. Psychiatry, 22,
225–237.
Gorer, G., & Rickman, J. (1949). The people of Great Russia. London: Crescent Press.
Hallowell, A. I. (1955). Culture and experience. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press.
Howells, W. W. (1959). Boas as statistician. In W. Goldschmidt (Ed.), The anthropology of Franz Boas: Essays
on the centennial of his birth (Memoir No. 89).Washington, DC: American Anthropological Association.
Inkeles, A. (1959). Personality and social structure. In R. K. Merton, L. Broom, & L. Cottrell (Eds.),
Sociology today (pp. 249–276). New York: Basic Books.
Kardiner, A. (1939). The individual and his society. New York: Columbia University Press.
Kardiner, A. (1945). The psychological frontiers of society. New York: Columbia University Press.
Kluckhohn, C. K. M. (1938). Participation in ceremonials in a Navaho community. American Anthropologist,
40, 359–369.
Kluckhohn, C. K. M. (1939). Theoretical bases for an empirical method of studying the acquisition of
culture by individuals. Man, 39, 98–103.
Kluckhohn, C. K. M. (1953). Universal categories of culture. In A. L. Kroeber (Ed.), Anthropology today (pp.
507–523). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Kluckhohn, C. K. M. (1962). Culture and behavior: The collected essays of Clyde Kluckhohn. New York: Free Press.
Kluckhohn, Clyde K. M., & Kelly, W. H. (1945). The concept of culture. In R. Linton (Ed.), The science of
man in the world crisis (pp. 78–105). New York: Columbia University Press.
Kluckhohn, C. K. M.,&Mowrer, O. H. (1944). Culture and personality: A conceptual scheme. American
Anthropologist, 46, 1–29.
Kluckhohn, C. K. M., & Murray, H. A. (Eds.). (1948). Personality in nature, culture and society. New York:
Knopf.
Kohut, H. (1971). The analysis of the self. New York: International Universities Press.
Kohut, H. (1977). The restoration of the self. New York: International Universities Press.
Kroeber, A. L. (1917). The superorganic. American Anthropologist, 19, 163–213.
Kroeber, A. L., & Kluckhohn, C. K. M. (1952). Culture:A critical review of concepts and definitions (Papers of the
Peabody Museum, Vol. 47, No. 1). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University.
Lebra, T. S. (1976). Japanese patterns of behavior. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press.
Lebra, T. S. (1994). Mother and child in Japanese socialization: A Japan–U.S. comparison. In P. M.
Greenfield & R. R. Cocking (Eds.), Cross-cultural roots of minority child development (pp. 259–274). Hillsdale,
NJ: Erlbaum.
21
Lee, D. D. (1950). Notes on the conception of the self among the Wintu Indians. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 45, 538–543.
LeVine, R. A. (1966). (1966). Toward a psychology of populations: The cross-cultural study of personality.
Human Development, 9, 30–46.
LeVine, R. A. (1970). Cross-cultural study in child psychology. In P. H. Mussen (Ed.), Carmichael’s manual
of child psychology (Vol. II, pp. 559–612). New York: Wiley.
LeVine, R. A. (1973). Culture, behavior and personality: An introduction to the comparative study of psychosocial
adaptation. Chicago: Aldine.
LeVine, R. A. (1982). Culture, behavior and personality (2nd ed.). New York: Aldine.
LeVine, R. A. (2001). Culture and personality studies, 1918–1960: Myth and history. Journal of Personality,
69(6), 803–818.
LeVine, R. A. (2005). Coded communications: Symbolic psychological anthropology. In R. A. Shweder &
B. Good (Eds.), Clifford Geertz by his colleagues (pp. 24–27). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
LeVine, R. A., & Campbell, D. T. (1972). Ethnocentrism: Theories of conflict, ethnic attitudes, and group behavior.
New York: Wiley.
LeVine, R. A., Dixon, S., LeVine, S., Richman, A., Leiderman, P. H., Keefer, C. H., et al. (1994). Child care
and culture: Lessons from Africa. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Levy, R. I. (1973). Tahitians: Mind and experience in the Society Islands. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Lindzey, G. (1961). Projective techniques and crosscultural research. New York: Appleton-Century- Crofts.
Lutz, C. A. (1988). Unnatural emotions: Everyday sentiments on a Micronesian atoll and their challenge to Western
theory. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Mandelbaum, D. (Ed.). (1949). Selected writings of Edward Sapir in language, culture and personality. Berkeley:
University of California Press.
Markus, H., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and self: Implications for cognition, emotion and motivation.
Psychological Review, 98, 224–253.
Mauss, M. (1938). Une categorie de l’esprit humain: La notion de personne celle de “moi.” Journal of the
Royal Anthropological Institute, 48, 263–281.
Miller, N. L., & Dollard, J. (1941). Social learning and imitation. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
Murdock, G. P., Ford, C. S., Hudson, A. E., Kennedy, R., Simmons, L. W., & Whiting, J. W. M. (1950).
Outline of cultural materials (3rd ed.). New Haven, CT: Human Relations Area Files, Inc.
Obeyesekere, G. (1981). Medusa’s hair: An assay on
personal symbols and religious experience. Chicago:
University of Chicago Press.
Obeyesekere, G. (1990). Culturally constituted defenses
and the theory of collective motivation. In D. K. Jordan
& M. J. Swartz (Eds.), Personality and the cultural
construction of society: Papers in honor of
Melford E. Spiro. Tuscaloosa: University of Alabama
Press.
2. Anthropological Foundations 57
Perry, H. S. (1982). Psychiatrist of America: The life of
Harry Stack Sullivan. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
Pike, K. (1954). Language in relation to a unified theory
of human behavior. The Hague: Mouton.
Sapir, E. (1917). Do we need a “superorganic”? American
Anthropologist, 19, 441–447.
Sapir, E. (1921). Language: An introduction to the study
of speech. New York: Harcourt Brace.
Sapir, E. (1993). The psychology of culture (J. Irvine,
Ed.). New York: Mouton.
Shwalb, D. W., & Shwalb, B. J. (Eds.). (1996). Japanese
childrearing: Two generations of scholarship. New
22
York: Guilford Press.
Shweder, R. A., & D’Andrade, R. G. (1980). The systematic
distortion hypothesis. In R. Shweder (Ed.),
Fallible judgment in behavioral research (New Directions
for Methodology of Social and Behavioral
Research No. 4, pp. 37–58). San Francisco: JosseyBass.
Sperber, D. (1985). Anthropology and psychology: Toward
an epidemiology of representations. Man, 20,
73–87.
Spiro, M. E. (1961). An overview and a suggested reorientation.
In F. L. K. Hsu (Ed.), Psychological anthropology
(pp. 459–492). Homewood, IL: Dorsey Press.
Spiro, M. E. (1965). Religious systems as culturally constituted
defense mechanisms. In Context and meaning
in anthropology (pp. 100–113). New York: Free
Press.
Spiro, M. E. (1970). Buddhism and society. Berkeley:
University of California Press.
Stocking, G. (1968). Race, culture and evolution: Essays
in the history of anthropology. New York: Free Press.
Stocking, G. (1992). Polarity and plurality: Franz Boas
as psychological anthropologist. In T. Schwartz, G.
M. White, & C. A. Lutz (Eds.), New directions in
psychological anthropology (pp. 311–323). New
York: Cambridge University Press.
Stocking, G. (1995). After Tylor: British social anthropology,
1888–1951. Madison: University of Wisconsin
Press.
Sullivan, H. S. (1947). Conceptions of modern psychiatry.
New York: William Alanson White Memorial
Foundation.
Tanner, J. M. (1959). Boas’ contributions to knowledge
of human growth and form. In W. Goldschmidt
(Ed.), The anthropology of Franz Boas: Essays on the
centennial of his birth (Memoir No. 89). Washington,
DC: American Anthropological Association.
Thomas,W. I., & Znaniecki, F. (1927). The Polish Peasant
in Europe and America. New York: Knopf.
(Original work published 1917)
White, G. (1992). Ethnopsychology. In T. Schwartz, G.
W. White, & C. A. Lutz (Eds.), New directions in
psychological anthropology (pp. 21–46). New York:
Cambridge University Press.
White, G., & Kirkpatrick, J. (Eds.). (1985). Person, self
and experience: Exploring Pacific ethnopsychologies.
Berkeley: University of California Press.
Whiting, J. W. M., Child, I. L., Lambert, W. W., Fischer,
A. M., Fischer, J. L., Nydegger, C., et al. (1966).
Field guide for a study of socialization. New York:
Wiley.
Adamopoulos, J., & Kashima, Y. (1999). Social psychology
and cultural context. Thousand Oaks, CA:
23
Sage.
Adams, G., & Markus, H. (2004). Toward a conception
of culture suitable for a social psychology of culture.
In M. Schaller & C. S. Crandall (Eds.), The psychological
foundations of culture (pp. 335–360).
Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Averill, J. R. (1973). Personal control over aversive stimuli
and its relationship to stress. Psychological Bulletin,
80, 286–303.
Barkow, G., Cosmides, L., & Tooby, J. (Eds.). (1992).
The adapted mind: Evolutionary psychology and the
generation of culture. New York: Oxford University
Press.
Bartlett, F. C. (1950). Remembering. Cambridge, UK:
Cambridge University Press. (Original work published
1932)
Bastian, A. (1860). Der Mensch in der Geschichte (Vols.
I–III). Leipzig: Wigand.
Baumeister, R. (2005). The cultural animal: Human nature,
meaning, and social life. New York: Oxford
University Press.
Benedict, R. F. (1959). Patterns of culture. New York:
Mentor. (Original work published 1934)
Berry, J. W. (1976). Human ecology and cognitive style.
Beverly Hills, CA: Sage.
Berry, J. W. (1979). A cultural ecology of human behavior.
In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in experimental
social psychology (Vol. 12, pp. 177-207). New York:
Academic Press.
Berry, J. W. (1983). Advances in historiography of psychology.
In G. Eckardt& L. Sprung (Eds.), Contributions
to a history of developmental psychology (pp.
3–23). Berlin: VEB Deutscher Verlag der Wissenschaften.
Berry, J. W. (1999). Emics and etics: A symbiotic conception.
Culture and Psychology, 5, 165–171.
Berry, J.W. (2000). Cross-cultural psychology: A symbiosis
of cultural and comparative approaches. Asian
Journal of Social Psychology, 3, 197–205.
Berry, J. W. (2003). Origin of cross-cultural similarities
and differences in human behaviour: An ecocultural
perspective. In A. Toomela (Ed.), Cultural guidance
in the development of the human mind (pp. 97–109).
Westport, CT: Ablex.
Berry, J. W., Dasen, P. R., & Saraswathi, T. S. (1997).
Handbook of cross-cultural psychology (2nd ed.,
Vol. 2). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Berry, J. W., & Kim, U. (1993). The way ahead: From
indigenous psychologies to a universal psychology. In
Indigenous psychologies (pp. 277–280). Newbury
Park, CA: Sage.
Berry, J. W., Poortinga, Y. H., & Pandey, J. (1997).
72 I. THE DISCIPLINE AND ITS HISTORY
Handbook of cross-cultural psychology (2nd ed.,
24
Vol. 1). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Berry, J. W., Poortinga, Y. H., Segall, M. H., & Dasen,
P. R. (2002). Cross-cultural psychology: Research
and applications (2nd ed.). New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Berry, J. W., Segall, M. H., & Kagitçibasi, C. (1997).
Handbook of cross-cultural psychology (2nd ed.,
Vol. 3). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Berry, J. W., & Triandis, H. C. (2004). Cross-cultural
psychology: Overview. In C. Spielberger (Ed.), Encyclopedia
of applied psychology. (Vol. 1, pp. 527–
538). New York: Elsevier.
Boas, F. (1911/1938). The mind of primitive man. New
York: Macmillan.
Bond, R., & Smith, P. B. (1996). Culture and conformity:
A meta-analysis of studies using Asch’s (1952b,
1956) line judgment task. Psychological Bulletin,
119, 111–137.
Borowsky, R., Barth, F., Shweder, R. A., Rodseth, L., &
Stolzenberg, N. M. (2001). When: A conversation
about culture. American Anthropologist, 103, 432–
446.
Boyd, R., & Richerson, P. J. (1985). Culture and the
evolutionary process. Chicago: University of Chicago
Press.
Brewer, M. B., & Campbell, D. T. (1976). Ethnocentrism
and intergroup attitudes: East African evidence.
New York: Halsted/Wiley.
Brislin, R. W., & Horvath, A. M. (1997). Cross-cultural
training and multicultural education. In J. W. Berry,
M. H. Segall, & C. Kagitçibasi (Eds.), Handbook of
cross-cultural psychology (2nd ed., Vol. 3, pp. 327–
370). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Bruner, J. (1974). Concluding comments and summary
of conference. In J. L. M. Dawson & W. J. Lonner
(Eds.), Readings in cross-cultural psychology
(pp. 381–391). Hong Kong: University of Hong
Kong Press.
Burton, M. L., Moore, C. C., Whiting, J. W., & Romney,
K. (1996). Regions based on social structure. Current
Anthropology, 37, 87–123.
Campbell, D. T. (1965). Variation and selective retention
in socio-cultural evolution. In J. R. Barringer, G.
Blanksten,&R. Mack (Eds.), Social change in developing
areas (pp. 19–49). Cambridge, MA: Schenkman.
Campbell, D. T. (1975). On the conflicts between biological
and social evolution and between psychology
and moral tradition. American Psychologist, 30,
1103–1126.
Carpenter, S. (2000). Effects of cultural tightness and
collectivism on self-concept and causal attributions.
Cross-Cultural Research, 34, 38–56.
Chatman, J. A., & Barsade, S. G. (1995). Personality,
25
organizational culture, and cooperation: Evidence
from a business simulation. Administrative Science
Quarterly, 40, 423–443.
Cheung, F., & Leung, K. (1998). Indigenous personality
measures: Chinese examples. Journal of CrossCultural Psychology, 29, 233–248.
Choi, I., Nisbett, R., & Norenzayan, A. (1999). Cultural
attribution across cultures: Variation and universality.
Psychological Bulletin, 125, 47–63.
Chun, K., Balls-Organista, P., & Marin, G. (Eds.).
(2002). Acculturation: Advances in theory, measurement
and applied research. Washington: American
Psychological Association Press.
Cohen, D. (2001). Cultural variation: Considerations
and implications. Psychological Bulletin, 127, 451–
471.
Cole, M. (1995). Culture and cognitive development:
From cross-cultural research to creating systems of
cultural mediation. Culture and Psychology, 1, 25–
54.
Cole, M. (1996). Cultural psychology: A once and future
discipline. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
Cronbach, L. J., & Drenth, P. J. D. (1972). Mental tests
and cultural adaptation. The Hague, Netherlands:
Monton.
D’Andrade, R., & Romney, A. K. (1964). Summary of
participants’ discussion: Transcultural studies in cognition.
American Anthropologist, 66, 230–242.
Dasen, P. R. (1972). Cross-cultural Piagetian research: A
summary. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 3,
23–39.
DeVore, I., & Konner, M. J. (1974). Infancy in huntergatherer
life: An ethnographic perspective. In N. F.
White (Ed.), Ethology and psychiatry (pp. 113–141).
Toronto: University of Toronto Press.
Diaz-Guerrero, R. (1963). Sociocultural premises, attitudes,
and cross-cultural research. Anuario de
Psicologia, 2, 31–45.
Diaz-Guerrero, R. (1975). Psychology of the Mexican:
Culture and personality. Austin: University of Texas
Press.
Diaz-Guerrero, R. (1990). Mexican ethnopsychology. In
U. Kim & J. W. Berry (Eds.), Indigenous psychologies:
Experience and research in cultural context
(pp. 44–55). Newbury Park, CA: Sage.
Diaz-Loving, R. (1998). Contributions of Mexican
ethnopsychology to the resolution of the etic–emic
dilemma in personality. Journal of Cross-Cultural
Psychology, 29, 104–118.
Diener, E., Diener, M.,&Diener, C. (1995). Factors predicting
the subjective well-being of nations. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 851–864.
26
Doi, T. (1973). The anatomy of dependence. Tokyo:
Kodansha International.
Doi, T. (1986). The anatomy of conformity: The individual
versus society. Tokyo: Kodansha International.
Draper, P. (1973). Crowding among hunter-gatherers:
The !Kung bushmen. Science, 182, 301–303.
Eckensberger, L. H. (1995). Activity or action: Two different
roads towards an integration of culture into
psychology? Culture and Psychology, 1, 67–80.
Edgerton, R. (1992). Sick societies: Challenging the
myth of primitive harmony. New York: Free Press.
Ekman, P. (1972). Universals and cultural differences in
facial expressions of emotions. In J. Cole (Ed.), Ne3. Culture and Psychology 73
braska Symposium on Motivation (pp. 207–218).
Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press.
Ekman, P. (1992). Facial expression of emotion: New
findings, new questions. Psychological Science, 3,
34–38.
Enriques, V. G. (Ed.) (1990). Indigenous psychologies.
Quezon City, The Philippines: Psychological Research
and Training House.
Fiske, A. P. (1990). Structures of social life: The four elementary
forms of human relations. New York: Free
Press.
Freud, S. (1964). The future of an illusion. New York:
Doubleday Anchor.
Friedl, E. (1964) Lagging emulation in post-peasant society.
American Anthropologist, 66, 569–586.
Geertz, C. (1973). The interpretation of cultures. New
York: Basic Books.
Greenfield, P. M. (2000). Three approaches to the psychology
of culture: Where do they come from?
Where can they go? Asian Journal of Social Psychology,
3, 223–240.
Gudykunst, W. (1991). Bridging differences. Newbury
Park, CA: Sage.
Herder, J. G. (1969). Herder’s Werke (5 vols.). Berlin:
Aufbau. (Original work published 1874)
Herodotus (1966). The histories. New York: Norton.
Herskovits, M. J. (1948). Man and his works. New
York: Knopf.
Herskovits, M. J. (1955). Cultural anthropology. New
York: Knopf.
Hinde, R. A. (1999). Why Gods persist. London: Routledge.
Ho, D. Y. F. (1996). Filial piety and its psychological
consequences. In M. H. Bond (Ed.), Handbook of
Chinese psychology (pp. 155–165). Hong Kong: Oxford
University Press.
Hofstede, G. (1980). Culture’s consequences. Beverly
Hills, CA: Sage.
Hofstede, G. (2001). Culture’s consequences (2nd ed.).
Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
27
Hong, Y., Morris, M. W., Chiu, C. Y., & BenetMartinez, V. (2000). Multiple minds: A dynamic
constructivist approach to culture and cognition.
American Psychologist, 55, 709–720.
Huang, Y., & van de Vliert, E. (2004). Job level and national
culture as joint roots of job satisfaction. Applied
Psychology: An International Review, 53, 329–
348.
Hui, C. H., & Yee, C. (1994). The shortened
individualism–collectivism scale: Its relationship to
demographic and work related variables. Journal of
Research in Personality, 28, 409–424.
Hwang, K. K., & Yang, C. F. (2000). Indigenous, cultural
and cross-cultural psychologies. Asian Journal
of Social Psychology, 3, 183–293.
Iyengar, S. S., Lepper, M. R., & Ross, L. (1999). Independence
from whom? Interdependence from whom?
Cultural perspectives on ingroups versus outgroups.
In D. A. Prentice & D. T. Miller (Eds.), Cultural divides:
Understanding and overcoming group conflict
(pp. 273–301). New York: Russell Sage.
Jahoda, G. (1993). Crossroads between culture and
mind. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Jahoda, G. (1995). The ancestry of a model. Culture
and Psychology, 1, 11–24.
Jahoda, G., & Krewer, R. (1997). History of crosscultural
and cultural psychology. In J.W. Berry, Y. H.
Poortinga, & J. Pandey (Eds.), Handbook of crosscultural
psychology (2nd ed., pp. 1–42). Boston:
Allyn & Bacon.
Kagitçibasi, C. (1990). Family and socialization in
cross-cultural perspective: A model of change. In J.
Berman (Ed.), Nebraska Symposium on Motivation
(pp. 135–200). Lincoln: University of Nebraska
Press.
Kagitçibasi, C. (1996). Family and human development
across cultures: A view from the other side. Hillsdale,
NJ: Erlbaum.
Kashima, Y., Yamaguchi, S., Kim, U., Choi, S. C.,
Gelfand, M., & Yuki, M. (1995). Culture, gender,
and self: A perspective from individualismcollectivism
research. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 69, 925–937.
Katz, D. (1960). The functional approach to the study
of attitudes. Public Opinion Quarterly, 24, 163–
204.
Kim, U., & Berry, J. W. (Eds.). (1993). Indigenous psychologies:
Research and experience in cultural context.
Newbury Park, CA: Sage.
Kitayama, S., & Markus, H. R. (Eds.). (1994). Emotion
and culture: Empirical studies of mutual influence.
Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., Matsumoto, H., &
28
Norasakkunkit, V. (1997). Individual and collective
processes in the construction of the self: Selfenhancement
in the United States and self-criticism in
Japan. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
72, 1245–1267.
Klineberg, O. (1954). Social psychology (2nd ed.). New
York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.
Klineberg, O. (1980). Historical perspectives: Crosscultural
psychology before 1960. In H. C. Triandis&
W. W. Lambert (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural
psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 31–68). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Kluckhohn, K. (1954). Culture and behavior. In G.
Lindzey (Ed.), Handbook of social psychology (Vol.
2, pp. 921–976). Cambridge, MA: Addison-Wesley.
Kroeber, A. L. (1917). Zuni kin and clan. New York:
Trustees.
Kroeber, A. L., & Kluckhohn, C. (1952). Culture: A
critical review of concepts and definitions. Cambridge,
MA: Peabody Museum.
Laboratory of Comparative Human Cognition. (1983).
Culture and cognitive development. In P. H. Mussen
(Ed.), Handbook of child psychology (Vol. 1, 4th ed.,
pp. 295–356). New York: Wiley.
Lazarus, M., & Steinthal, H. (1860). Einleitende
74 I. THE DISCIPLINE AND ITS HISTORY
Gedanaken über Völkerpsychologie, als Einladung
für Völkerpsychologie und Sprachwissenschaft.
Zeitschrift für Völkerpsychologie und Sprachwissenschaft,
1, 1–73.
Lehman, D. R., Ciu, C., & Schaller,M. (2004). Psychology
and culture. Annual Review of Psychology, 55,
689–714.
Lillard, A. (1998). Ethnopsychologies: Cultural variations
in theories of mind. Psychological Bulletin,
123, 3–32.
Lonner, W. J. (1980). The search for psychological universals.
In H. C. Triandis & W. W. Lambert (Eds.),
Handbook of cross-cultural psychology (Vol. 1,
pp. 143–204). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Malinowski, B. (1927a). Sex and repression in savage
society. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
Malinowski, B. (1927b). The father in primitive psychology.
New York: Norton.
Markus, H., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and self:
Implications for cognition, emotion and motivation.
Psychological Review, 98, 224–253.
McClelland, D. C. (1961). The achieving society. Princeton,
NJ: Van Nostrand.
Mead, M. (1928). Coming of age in Samoa. New York:
Morrow.
Mead, M. (1930).Coming of age in New Guinea. New
York: Morrow.
Mead, M. (1935). Sex and temperament in three primitive
29
societies. New York: Morrow.
Mesquita, B. (2001). Emotions in collectivist and individualist
contexts. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 80, 68–74.
Miller, J. G. (1984). Culture and the development of everyday
social explanation. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 46, 961–978.
Minturn, L., & Lambert, W. W. (1964). Mothers of six
cultures. New York: Wiley.
Misumi, J. (1985). The behavioral science of leadership.
Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.
Munroe, R. H., Munroe, R. L., & Whiting, B. B. (Eds.).
(1981). Handbook of cross-cultural human development.
New York: Garland STPM Press.
Murdock, G. P., Ford, C. S., Hudson, A. E., Kennedy,
R., Simmons, L. W., & Whiting, J. W. M. (1950).
Outline of cultural materials (3rd ed., rev.). New Haven,
CT: Human Relations Area Files.
Naroll, R. (1971). The double language boundary in
cross-cultural surveys. Behavioral Science Notes, 6,
95–102.
Naroll, R., Michik, G. L., & Naroll, F. (1980).
Holocultural research methods. In H. C. Triandis &
J. W. Berry (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural psychology
(Vol. 2, pp. 479–521). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Nisbett, R. (2003). The geography of thought. New
York: Free Press.
Osgood, C. E., May, W., & Miron, M. (1975). Crosscultural
universals of affective meaning. Urbana:
University of Illinois Press.
Pandey, J. (Ed.). (1988). Psychology in India: State of
the art. New Delhi: Sage.
Pike, K. L. (1967). Language in relation to a unified theory
of the structure of human behavior. The Hague:
Mouton.
Pritchard, J. C. (1843/1848). The natural history of man
(3rd ed.). London: Baillière.
Redfield, R. (1941). The folk culture of the Yucatan.
Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Rivers, W. H. R. (1901). Primitive color vision. Popular
Science Monthly, 59, 44–58.
Rivers, W. H. R. (1905). Observations on the senses of
the Todas. British Journal of Psychology, 1, 321–
396.
Rogoff, B. (1990). Apprenticeship in thinking: Cognitive
development in social context. New York: Oxford
University Press.
Sagan, C. (1980). Cosmos. New York: Random House.
Salazar, J. M. (1984). The use and impact of psychology
in Venezuela. International Journal of Psychology,
19, 113–122.
Sapir, E. (1921). Language. New York: Harcourt Brace.
Schwartz, S. H. (1992). Universals in the content and
30
structure of values: Theoretical advances and empirical
tests in 20 countries. In M. Zanna (Ed.), Advances
in experimental social psychology (Vol. 25,
pp. 1–66). New York: Academic Press.
Segall, M. H., Campbell, D. T., & Herskovits, M. J.
(1966). Influence of culture on visual perception. Indianapolis,
IN: Bobbs-Merrill.
Shweder, R. A. (1990). Cultural psychology—what is it?
In J. W. Stigler, R. A. Shweder, & G. Herdt (Eds.),
Cultural psychology (pp. 1–46). Cambridge, UK:
Cambridge University Press.
Shweder, R. A., & Bourne, E. J. (1982). Does the concept
of person vary cross-culturally? In A. J. Marsella
& G. M. White (Eds.), Cultural conceptions of mental
health and therapy (pp. 97–137). London: Reidel.
Shweder, R. A., & LeVine, R. A. (1984). Culture theory.
Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Sinha, D. (1986). Psychology in a Third World country:
The Indian experience. New Delhi: Sage.
Sinha, J. B. P. (1980). The nurturant leader. New Delhi:
Concept.
Sperber, D. (1996). Explaining culture: A naturalistic
approach. Oxford, UK: Blackwell.
Steinthal, H. (1858). Der Ursprung der Spache [The origins
of language]. Berlin: Dümmler.
Strodtbeck, F. (1964). Considerations of meta-method
in cross-cultural studies. American Anthropologist,
66, 223–229.
Suh, E. M. (2000). Self, the hyphen between culture and
subjective well-being. In E. Diener & E. M. Suh
(Eds.), Culture and subjective well-being (pp. 63–87).
Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Swanson, G. E. (1960). The birth of Gods: The origin of
primitive beliefs. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan
Press.
Tarakeshwar, N., Stanton, J., & Pargament, K. I.
(2003). Religion: An overlooked dimension of cross3. Culture and Psychology 75
cultural psychology. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
34, 377–394.
Thucydides. (1934). The complete writings of Thucydides.
New York: Modern Library.
Trafimow, D., Triandis, H. C., & Goto, S. (1991). Some
tests of the distinction between private self and collective
self. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
60, 640–655.
Triandis, H. C. (1964). Cultural influences upon cognitive
processes. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in experimental
social psychology (pp. 1–48). New York:
Academic Press.
Triandis, H. C. (1967). Towards an analysis of the components
of interpersonal attitudes. In C. Sherif & M.
Sherif (Eds.), Attitudes, ego involvement and change
31
(pp. 227–270). New York: Wiley.
Triandis, H. C. (1972). The analysis of subjective culture.
New York: Wiley.
Triandis, H. C. (1978). Some universals of social behavior.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 4, 1–
16.
Triandis, H. C. (1980). Introduction. In H. C. Triandis
&W.W. Lambert (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural
psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 1–14). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Triandis, H. C. (1989). The self and social behavior in
different cultural contexts. Psychological Review, 96,
269–289.
Triandis, H. C. (1990). Theoretical concepts of use to
practitioners. In R. Brislin (Ed.), Cross-cultural applied
psychology (pp. 34–55). Thousand Oaks, CA:
Sage.
Triandis, H. C. (1992). Cross-cultural research in cultural
psychology. In D. Granberg & G. Sarup (Eds.),
Social judgment and intergroup relations: Essays in
honor of Muzafer Sherif (pp. 229–244). New York:
Springer-Verlag.
Triandis, H. C. (1994). Culture and social behavior.
New York: McGraw-Hill.
Triandis, H. C. (1995). Individualism and collectivism.
Boulder, CO: Westview Press.
Triandis, H. C. (1996). The psychological measurement
of cultural syndromes. American Psychologist, 51,
407–415.
Triandis, H. C. (1997). Cross-cultural perspectives on
personality. In R. Hogan, J. Johnson, & S. Briggs
(Eds.), Handbook of personality psychology (pp.
440–465). San Diego: Academic Press.
Triandis, H. C. (2000). Dialectics between cultural and
cross-cultural psychology. Asian Journal of Social
Psychology, 3, 185–195.
Triandis, H. C. (2006). Simple self-deceptions in everyday
life. Manuscript in preparation.
Triandis, H. C., & Lambert, W. W. (Eds.). (1980).
Handbook of cross-cultural psychology (Vol. 1).
Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Triandis, H. C., McCusker, C., & Hui, C. H. (1990).
Multimethod probes of individualism and collectivism.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
59, 1006–1020.
Triandis, H. C., & Suh, E. M. (2002). Cultural influences
on personality. Annual Review of Psychology,
53, 133–160.
Triandis, H. C., & Vassiliou, V. (1972). A comparative
analysis of subjective culture. In H. C. Triandis (Ed.),
The analysis of subjective culture (pp. 299–338).
New York: Wiley.
Tweed, R. G., & Lehman, D. R. (2002). Learning considered
within a cultural context. American Psychologist,
32
57, 89–99.
Tylor, E. B. (1871). Primitive culture. New York:
Harper.
Tylor, E. B. (1889). On a method of investigating the development
of institutions. Journal of the Royal Anthropological
Institute of Great Britain and Ireland,
18, 245–272.
Vico, G. (1970). The new science (T. G. Bergin & M. H.
Fish, Trans.). Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.
(Original work published 1744)
von Humbolt, W. (1969). Schriften zur Sprachphilosophie
[Writings on the philosophy of language].
Berlin: Dümmler. (Original work published 1820)
Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society. Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Vygotsky L. S. (1987). The collected works of L. S.
Vygotsky (R. W. Rieber & A. S. Carton, Eds.). New
York: Plenum Press.
Waitz, T. (1863). Introduction to anthropology. London:
Anthropological Society. (Original work published
1859)
Whiting, J. W. M. (1973, November 29). A model
for psychological research. Distinguished lecture to
the American Anthropological Association, New
York. Reproduced (1994) as Chapter 3 in E. H.
Chasdi (Ed.), Culture and human development
(pp. 89–101). New York: Cambridge University
Press.
Witkin, H. A., & Berry, J. W. (1975). Psychological differentiation
in cross-cultural perspective. Journal of
Cross-Cultural Psychology, 6, 4–87.
Wundt, W. (1900–1914). Völkerpsychologie. Leipzig:
Engelmann.
Yamada, A., & Singelis, T. (1999). Biculturalism and
self-construal. International Journal of Intercultural
Relations, 23, 697–709.
Yang, K. S. (1981). Social orientation and international
modernity among Chinese students in Taiwan. Journal
of Social Psychology, 113, 159–170.
Yang, K. S. (2000). Monocultural and cross-cultural indigenous
approaches. Asian Journal of Social Psychology,
3, 241–263.
Zipf, G. K. (1949). Human behavior and the principle
of least effort. Cambridge, MA: AddisonWesley.
Almagor, U. (1989). Dual organization reconsidered. In
D. Maybury-Lewis & U. Almagor (Eds.), The attraction
of opposites: Thought and society in the
dualistic mode (pp. 19–32). Ann Arbor: University of
Michigan Press.
Altmann, J., Alberts, S. C., Haines, S. C., Dubach, J.,
Muruthi, P., Coote, T., et al. (1996). Behavior predicts
gene structure in a wild primate group. Proceedings
33
of the National Academy of Sciences USA, 93,
5797–5801.
Ambrose, S. H. (2001). Paleolithic technology and human
evolution. Science, 291, 1748–1753.
Axelrod, R., & Dion, D. (1988). The further evolution
of cooperation. Science, 242, 1385–1390.
Axelrod, R., & Hamilton, W. D. (1981). The evolution
of cooperation. Science, 211, 1390–1396.
Bailey, R. C. (1991). The behavioral ecology of Efe
Pygmy men in the Ituri Forest, Zaire (Vol. 86). Ann
Arbor: Museum of Anthropology, University of
Michigan.
Barkow, J. H., Cosmides, L., & Tooby, J. (Eds.). (1992).
The adapted mind: Evolutionary psychology and the
generation of culture. New York: Oxford University
Press.
Barr, C. S., Newman, T. K., Lindell, S., Shannon, C.,
Champoux, M., Lesch, K. P., et al. (2004). Interaction
between serotonin transporter gene variation
and rearing condition in alcohol preference and consumption
in female primates. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 61(11), 1146–1152.
Barr, R. G. (1990). The normal crying curve: What do
we know? Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology,
32, 368–374.
Barr, R. G., Konner, M., Bakeman, R., & Adamson, L.
(1991). Crying in !Kung San infants: A test of the cultural
specificity hypothesis. Developmental Medicine
and Child Neurology, 33, 601–610.
Bates, E.,&Marchman, V. A. (1987). What is and is not
universal in language acquisition. In F. Plum (Ed.),
Language, communication, and the brain (pp. 19–
38). New York: Raven Press.
Belsky, J. (1997). Attachment, mating, and parenting:
An evolutionary interpretation. Human Nature, 8(4),
361–381.
Belsky, J. (1999). Modern evolutionary theory and patterns
of attachment. In J. S. P. R. Cassidy (Ed.),
Handbook of attachment: Theory, research, and clinical
applications (pp. 141–161). New York: Guilford
Press.
Belsky, J., Steinberg, L., & Draper, P. (1991). Childhood
experience, interpersonal development, and repro4. Evolutionary Foundations of Cultural Psychology 99
ductive strategy: An evolutionary theory of socialization.
Child Development, 62, 647–670.
Benedict, R. (1934). Patterns of culture. Boston:
Houghton Mifflin.
Berlin, B., & Kay, P. (1969). Basic color terms: Their
universality and evolution. Berkeley: University of
California Press.
Betzig, L. (1992). Roman polygyny. Ethology and
Sociobiology, 13, 309–349.
34
Betzig, L. (Ed.). (1997). Human nature: A critical
reader. New York: Oxford University Press.
Betzig, L. L. (1986). Despotism and differential reproduction:
ADarwinian view of history.NewYork: Aldine.
Blurton Jones, N. (1993). The lives of hunter-gatherer
children: Effects of parental behavior and parental
reproductive strategy. In M. E. Pereira & L. A. Fairbanks
(Eds.), Juvenile primates: Life history, development,
and behavior (pp. 309–326). New York: Oxford
University Press.
Brown, C. H., & Witkowski, S. R. (1981). Figurative
language in a universalist perspective. American Ethnologist,
8, 596–615.
Brown, D. E. (1991). Human universals. Philadelphia:
Temple University Press.
Bruner, J. (1999). Prologue to the English edition of The
collected works of L. S. Vygotsky. In P. Lloyd & C.
Fernyhough (Eds.), Lev Vygotsky: Critical assessments:
Future directions (Vol. IV, pp. 421–441). London:
Routledge.
Bruner, J. (2003). The narrative construction of reality.
In M. Mateas & P. Sengers (Eds.), Narrative intelligence
(pp. 41–62). Amsterdam: Benjamins.
Bruner, J., & Feldman, C. F. (1996). Group narrative as
a cultural context of autobiography. In D. C. Rubin
(Ed.), Remembering our past: Studies in autobiographical
memory. New York: Cambridge University
Press.
Buss, D. (1989). Sex differences in human mate preferences:
Evolutionary hypotheses tested in 37 cultures.
Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 12, 1–49.
Buss, D. M. (1984). Evolutionary biology and personality
psychology: Toward a conception of human nature
and individual differences. American Psychologist,
39, 1135–1147.
Callaghan, T., Rochat, P., Lillard, A., Claux, M. L.,
Odden, H., Itakura, S., et al. (2005). Synchrony in
the onset of mental-state reasoning: Evidence from
five cultures. Psychological Science, 16(5), 378–384.
Caspi, A., Sugden, K., Moffitt, T. E., Taylor, A., Craig, I.
W., Harrington, H., et al. (2003). Influence of life
stress on depression: Moderation by a polymorphism
in the 5-HTT gene [see comment]. Science, 301, 386–
389.
Cavalli-Sforza, L., Menozzi, P., & Piazza, A. (1994).
The history and geography of human genes. Princeton,
NJ: Princeton University Press.
Cavalli-Sforza, L. L., & Feldman, M. W. (2003). The
application of molecular genetic approaches to the
study of human evolution. Nature Genetics,
33(Suppl.), 266–275.
Chisholm, J. S. (1993). Death, hope, and sex: lifehistory
theory and the development of reproductive
35
strategies. Current Anthropology, 34, 1–24.
Chisholm, J. S. (1999). Death, hope and sex: Steps to an
evolutionary ecology of mind and morality. New
York: Cambridge University Press.
Chomsky, N. (1988). Language and problems of knowledge:
The Managua lectures. Cambridge, MA: MIT
Press.
Chowdhury, A. N. (1996). The definition and classification
of Koro. Culture, Medicine and Psychiatry,
20(1), 41–65.
Cohen, D., Nisbett, R. E., Bowdle, B. F.,&Schwartz, N.
(1996). Insult, aggression, and the southern culture
of honor: An “experimental ethnography.” Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 70(5), 945–
959.
Collaer, M. L., & Hines, M. (1995). Human behavioral
sex differences: A role for gonadal hormones during
early development? Psychological Bulletin, 118(1),
55–107.
Comrie, B. (1989). Language universals and linguistic
typology: Syntax and morphology (2nd ed.). Chicago:
University of Chicago Press.
Cosmides, L., & Tooby, J. (2000). The cognitive neuroscience
of social reasoning. In M. Gazzaniga (Ed.),
The new cognitive neurosciences (2nd ed., pp. 1259–
1270). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Crawford, C., & Krebs, D. L. (Eds.). (1998). Handbook
of evolutionary psychology. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Dahlberg, F. (Ed.). (1981). Woman the gatherer. New
Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
Daly, M., & Wilson, M. (1988). Homicide (2nd ed.).
New York: Aldine de Gruyter.
Daly, M., & Wilson, M. (1983). Sex, evolution and
behavior (2nd ed.). Boston: Willard Grant Press.
D’Andrade, R. (1991). The identification of schemas in
naturalistic data. In M. J. Horowitz (Ed.), Person
schemas and maladaptive interpersonal patterns
(pp. 279–301). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
D’Andrade, R. (1995). The development of cognitive
anthropology. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University
Press.
D’Andrade, R. (2001). A cognitivist’s view of the units
debate in cultural anthropology. Cross-Cultural Research:
Journal of Comparative Social Science, 35(2),
242–257.
D’Andrade, R. G. (1992). Cognitive anthropology. In T.
Schwartz, M. White, & C. A. Lutz (Eds.), New directions
in psychological anthropology (p. 47–52).
Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Darwin, C. (1987). Notebook M, August 16, 1838. In P.
H. Barrett, P. J. Gautrey, L. Herbert, D. Kohn, & S.
Smith (Eds.), Charles Darwin’s notebooks, 1836–
1844; Geology, transmutation of species, metaphysical
36
inquiries (p. 359). Ithaca, NY: Cornell University
Press.
Darwin, C. (1998). The expression of the emotions in
man and animals: Introduction, afterword, and com100 I. THE DISCIPLINE AND ITS HISTORY
mentaries by Paul Ekman (3rd ed.). New York: Oxford
University Press.
Dawkins, R. (1978). Replicator selection and the extended
phenotype. Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie,
47, 61–76.
Dawkins, R. (1979). Twelve misunderstandings of kin
selection. Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie, 51, 184–
200.
Dawkins, R. (1989). The selfish gene, new edition. New
York: Oxford University Press.
de Waal, F. B. M. (1989). Behavioral contrasts between
bonobo and chimpanzee. In P. G. Heltne & L. A.
Marquardt (Eds.), Understanding chimpanzees (pp.
154–175). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press/Chicago Academy of Sciences.
DuBois, C. (1944). The people of Alor. New York:
Harper.
Durham, W. H. (1991). Coevolution: Genes, culture,
and human diversity. Stanford, CA: Stanford University
Press.
Ebling, F. J. P. (2005). The neuroendocrine timing of puberty.
Reproduction, 129(6), 675–683.
Edwards, C. P. (1981). The comparative study of the development
of moral judgement and reasoning. In R.
H. Munroe, R. L. Munroe, & B. B. Whiting (Eds.),
Handbook of cross-cultural human development (pp.
501–528). New York: Garland STPM Press.
Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. (1971). Zur Ethologie menschlichen
Grussverhaltens: II. Das Gruss verhalten and einige
andere Muster freundlicher Kontaktaufnahme
der Waika-Indianer (Yanoama). Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie,
29, 196–213.
Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. (1989). Human ethology. New York:
Aldine de Gruyter.
Ekman, P., Friesen, W. V., O’Sullivan, M., Chan, A.,
Diacoyanni-Tarlatzis, Heider, K., et al. (1987). Universals
and cultural differences in the judgements of
facial expressions of emotion. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 53, 712–717.
Ekman, P., & Rosenberg, E. L. (Eds.). (1997). What the
face reveals: Basic and applied studies of spontaneous
expression using the facial action coding system
(FACS). New York: Oxford University Press.
Fernyhough, C. (1997). Vygotsky’s sociocultural approach:
Theoretical issues and implications for current
research. In S. Hala (Ed.), The development of
social cognition (pp. 65–92). East Sussex, UK: Psychology
Press.
37
Goodall, J. (1986). The chimpanzees of Gombe: Patterns
of behavior. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
Gouzoules, H., & Gouzoules, S. (1990). Matrilineal signatures
in the recruitment screams of pigtail macaques,
Macaca nemestrina. Behaviour, 115(3–4),
327–347.
Gouzoules, S., & Gouzoules, H. (1987). Kinship. In B.
B. Smuts, D. L. Cheney, R. M. Seyfarth, R. W.
Wrangham, & T. T. Struhsaker (Eds.), Primate societies
(pp. 299–305). Chicago: University of Chicago
Press.
Greenberg, J. H. (1975). Research on language universals.
Annual Review of Anthropology, 4, 75–94.
Greenberg, L. (1979). Genetic component of bee odor in
kin recognition. Science, 206, 1095–1097.
Greenfield, P. M. (1999). Historical change and cognitive
change: A two-decade follow-up study in
Zinacantan, a Maya community in Chiapas, Mexico.
Mind, Culture, and Activity, 6, 92–108.
Greenfield, P. M. (2000). What psychology can do for
anthropology, or why anthropology took postmodernism
on the chin. American Anthropologist,
102(3), 564–576.
Greenfield, P. M. (2005). Weaving generations together:
Evolving creativity in the Maya of Chiapas. Santa Fe,
NM: School of American Research.
Griffin, P. B., & Estioko-Griffin, A. (Eds.). (1985). The
Agta of Northeastern Luzon: Recent studies. Cebu
City, Philippines: San Carlos Publications.
Halpern, C. T., Udry, J. R., & Suchindran, C. (1997).
Testosterone predicts initiation of coitus in adolescent
females. Psychosomatic Medicine, 59(2), 161–
171.
Halpern, C. T., Udry, J. R., & Suchindran, C. (1998).
Monthly measures of salivary testosterone predict
sexual activity in adolescent males. Archives of Sexual
Behavior, 27(5), 445–465.
Hamilton, W. D. (1964). The genetical evolution of social
behavior, I and II. Journal of Theoretical Biology,
7, 1–52.
Harris, M. (1968). The rise of anthropological theory:
A history of theories of culture. New York:
Crowell.
Harris, M. (1979). Cultural materialism: The struggle
for a science of culture. New York: Random House.
Harris, M. (1997). Culture, people, nature: An introduction
to general anthropology (7th ed.). New
York: Longman.
Hartung, J. (1982). Polygyny and inheritance of wealth.
Current Anthropology, 23, 1–12.
Hausfater, G., & Hrdy, S. B. (Eds.). (1984). Infanticide:
Comparative and evolutionary perspectives. New
38
York: Aldine de Gruyter.
Hawkes, K. (1991). Hunting income patterns among
the Hadza: Big game, common goods, foraging goals,
and the evolution of the human diet. Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society of London B, 334,
243–251.
Hawkes, K., O’Connell, J. F., & Jones, N. G. (2003).
Human life histories: Primate trade-offs,
grandmothering socioecology, and the fossil record.
In P. M. Kappeler &M. E. Pereira (Eds.), Primate life
histories and socioecology (pp. 204–227). Chicago:
University of Chicago Press.
Hawkes, K., O’Connell, J. F., Jones, N. G. B., Alvarez,
H., & Charnov, E. L. (1998). Grandmothering,
menopause, and the evolution of human life histories.
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences
USA, 95(3), 1336–1339.
Heider, K. (1991). Landscapes of emotion: Mapping
4. Evolutionary Foundations of Cultural Psychology 101
three cultures of emotion in Indonesia. New York:
Cambridge University Press.
Hertz, R. (1973). The pre-eminence of the right hand: A
study in religious polarity. In R. Needham (Ed.),
Right and left: Essays in dual symbolic classification
(pp. 3–31). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
(Original work published 1909)
Hewlett, B. S. (1991). Intimate fathers: The nature and
context of Aka Pygmy paternal infant care. Ann Arbor:
University of Michigan Press.
Hill, K., & Hurtado, M. (1999). The Aché of Paraguay.
In R. B. Lee & R. Daly (Eds.), The Cambridge encyclopedia
of hunters and gatherers (pp. 92–96). Cambridge,
UK: Cambridge University Press.
Hinde, R. A., & Davies, L. (1972a). Removing infant
rhesus from mother for 13 days compared with removing
mother from infant. Journal of Child Psychology
and Psychiatry, 13, 227–237.
Hinde, R. A., & Davies, L. M. (1972b). Changes in
mother–infant relationship after separation in rhesus
monkeys. Nature, 239, 41–42.
Hrdy, S. B. (1977). The langurs of Abu: Female and
male strategies of reproduction. Cambridge, MA:
Harvard University Press.
Hrdy, S. B. (1981). The woman that never evolved.
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Hrdy, S. B. (1992). Fitness tradeoffs in the history and
evolution of delegated mothering with special reference
to wet-nursing, abandonment, and infanticide.
Ethology and Sociobiology, 13(5–6), 409–442.
Hrdy, S. B. (1999). Mother nature: A history of mothers,
infants, and natural selection. New York: Pantheon.
Hurtado, A. M., Hawkes, K., Hill, K., & Kaplan, H.
(1985). Female subsistence strategies among Aché
39
hunter-gatherers of Eastern Paraguay. Human Ecology,
13, 1–27.
Johnson, A.W.,&Earle, T. (1987). The evolution of human
societies: From foraging group to agrarian state.
Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.
Kardiner, A., & Linton, R. (Eds.). (1939). The individual
and his society. New York: Columbia University
Press.
Kardiner, A., & Linton, R. (Eds.). (1945). The psychological
frontiers of society. New York: Columbia University
Press.
Keel, P. K., & Klump, K. L. (2003). Are eating disorders
culture-bound syndromes?: Implications for conceptualizing
their etiology. Psychological Bulletin,
129(5), 747–769.
Keenleyside, A. (1998). Skeletal evidence of health and
disease in pre-contact Alaskan Eskimos and Aleuts.
American Journal of Physical Anthropology, 107(1),
51–70.
Kelly, R. L. (1995). The foraging spectrum: Diversity in
hunter-gatherer lifeways. Washington, DC: Smithsonian
Institution Press.
Kleinman, A. (2003). Introduction: common mental disorders,
primary care, and the global mental health research
agenda. Harvard Review of Psychiatry, 11(3),
155–156.
Konner, M. (1991). Universals of behavioral development
in relation to brain myelination. In K. R. Gibson
& A. C. Petersen (Eds.), Brain maturation and
cognitive development: Comparative and crosscultural
perspectives (pp. 181–223). New York: Aldine
de Gruyter.
Konner, M. (2005). Hunter-gatherer infancy and childhood:
The !Kung and others. In B. S. Hewlett & M.
E. Lamb (Eds.), Hunter-gatherer childhoods: Evolutionary,
developmental and cultural perspectives.
New Brunswick, NJ: Aldine Transaction.
Konner, M. J. (1981). Evolution of human behavior development.
In R. H. Munroe, R. L. Munroe, & B. B.
Whiting (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural human
development (pp. 3–51). New York: Garland STPM
Press.
Konner, M. J. (2002). The tangled wing: Biological constraints
on the human spirit (2nd ed.). New York:
Holt/Times Books.
Kroeber, A. L. (1948). Anthropology. New York: Harcourt
Brace.
Kruger, A. C. (1992). The effect of peer and adult–child
transactive discussions on moral reasoning. Merrill–
Palmer Quarterly, 38(2), 191–211.
Kruger, A. C. (1993). Peer collaboration: Conflict, cooperation,
or both. Social Development, 2(3), 165–
182.
40
Kruger, A. C., & Tomasello, M. (1986). Transactive discussions
with peers and adults. Developmental Psychology,
22, 681–685.
Kruger, A. C., & Tomasello, M. (1996). Cultural learning
and learning culture. In D. Olson & N. Torrance
(Eds.), Handbook of education and human development:
New models of learning, teaching, and schooling
(pp. 369–387). Oxford, UK: Basil Blackwell.
Kurland, J. (1977). Kin selection in the Japanese monkey
(Vol. 12). Basel: Karger.
Lancaster, J. B., & Lancaster, C. S. (1983). Parental investment:
the hominid adaptation. In D. Ortner
(Ed.), How humans adapt (pp. 35–56). Washington,
DC: Smithsonian Institution Press.
Lecours, A. R. (1975). Myelogenetic correlates of the
development of speech and language. In E.
Lenneberg & E. Lenneberg (Eds.), Foundations of
language development (Vol. 1, pp. 121–135). New
York: Academic Press.
Lee, R. B. (1979). The !Kung San: Men, women and
work in a foraging society. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge
University Press.
Lee, R. B., & Daly, R. (Eds.). (1999). The Cambridge
encyclopedia of hunters and gatherers. Cambridge,
UK: Cambridge University Press.
Lee, R. B., & DeVore, I. (1968a). Man the hunter. Chicago:
Aldine.
Lee, R. B., & DeVore, I. (1968b). Problems in the study
of hunters and gatherers. In Man the hunter (pp. 3–
12). Chicago: Aldine.
Lehman, D. R., Chiu, C.-Y., & Schaller, M. (2004). Psy102 I. THE DISCIPLINE AND ITS HISTORY
chology and culture. Annual Review of Psychology,
55, 689–714.
LeVine, R. A. (1982). Culture, behavior, and personality
(2nd ed.). Chicago: Aldine.
LeVine, R. A. (1998). Child psychology and anthropology:
An environmental view. In C. Panter-Brick (Ed.),
Biosocial perspectives on children (pp. 102–130).
Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
LeVine, R. A. (1999). An agenda for psychological anthropology.
Ethos, 27(1), 15–24.
LeVine, R. A. (2001). Culture and personality studies,
1918–1960: Myth and history. Journal of Personality,
69(6), 803–818.
LeVine, R. A. (2002). Populations, communication and
child development. Human Development, 45(4),
291–293.
LeVine, R. A., Dixon, S., LeVine, S., Richman, A.,
Leiderman, P. H., Keefer, C. H., et al. (1994). Child
care and culture: Lessons from Africa.
Levine, R. E., & Gaw, A. C. (1995). Culture-bound syndromes.
Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 18(3),
41
523–536.
Lévi-Strauss, C. (1962). The savage mind. London:
Weidenfeld & Nicholson.
Lévi-Strauss, C. (1963). Totemism (R. Needham,
Trans.). Boston: Beacon Press.
Lewontin, R. C. (1974). The genetic basis of evolutionary
change. New York: Columbia University Press.
Locke, J. L. (1989). Babbling and early speech: Continuity
and individual differences. First Language, 9,
191–206.
Maccoby, E. E. (1998). The two sexes: Growing up
apart, coming together. Cambridge, MA: Harvard
University Press.
MacLean, P. D. (1985). Brain evolution relating to family,
play, and the separation call. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 42(4), 405–417.
MacLean, P. D. (1993). Cerebral evolution of emotion.
In M. Lewis & J. M. Haviland (Eds.), Handbook of
emotions (pp. 67–83). New York: Guilford Press.
Maestripieri, D. (2001). Is there mother–infant bonding
in primates? Developmental Review, 21(1), 93–120.
Malinowski, B. (1964). Sex and repression in savage society.
Cleveland, OH: Meridian Books/World.
Manning, C. J.,Wakeland, E. K.,&Potts,W. K. (1992).
Communal nesting patterns in mice implicate MHC
genes in kin recognition. Nature, 360, 581–583.
Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the
self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation.
Psychological Review, 98(2), 224–253.
Marlowe, F. W. (2005). Who tends Hadza children? In
B. S. Hewlett & M. E. Lamb (Eds.), Hunter-gatherer
childhoods: Evolutionary, developmental and cultural
perspectives (pp. 177–190). New Brunswick,
NJ: Aldine Transaction.
Martin, R. (1990). Primate origins and evolution: A
phylogenetic reconstruction. Princeton, NJ: Princeton
University Press.
Martin, R. D. (1995). Phylogenetic aspects of primate
reproduction: The context of advanced maternal
care. In R. D. Martin, C. R. Pryce,&D. Skuse (Eds.),
Motherhood in human and nonhuman primates:
Biosocial determinants (pp. 16–26). Basel: Karger.
Mayr, E. (1963). Animal species and evolution. Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Mead, M. (1932). An investigation of the thought of
primitive children, with special reference to animism.
Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, 62,
173–190.
Mead, M. (1935). Sex and temperament in three primitive
societies. New York: Morrow.
Mead, M. (1949). Male and female. New York: Morrow.
Murdock, G. P. (1949). Social structure. London:
Macmillan.
42
Murphy, J. (1976). Psychiatric labelling in cross-cultural
perspective. Science, 191, 1019–1028.
Murphy, J.M. (1981). Abnormal behavior in traditional
societies: Labels, explanations, and social reactions.
In R. H. Munroe, R. L. Munroe, & B. B. Whiting
(Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural human development
(pp. 809–826). New York: Garland STPM
Press.
Murphy, J. M. (1994). Anthropology and psychiatric
epidemiology. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica,
Supplementum, 385, 48–57.
Nesse, R. M., & Lloyd, A. T. (1992). The evolution of
psychodynamic mechanisms. In J. H. Barkow, L.
Cosmides,&J. Tooby (Eds.), The adapted mind: Evolutionary
psychology and the generation of culture
(pp. 601–624). New York: Oxford University Press.
Nisbett, R. E. (1993). Violence and U.S. regional culture.
American Psychologist, 48(4), 441–449.
Paus, T., Collins, D. L., Evans, A. C., Leonard, G., Pike,
B., & Zijdenbos, A. (2001). Maturation of white
matter in the human brain: R review of magnetic resonance
studies. Brain Research Bulletin, 54(3), 255–
266.
Peacock, N. R. (1991). Rethinking the sexual division of
labor: Reproduction and women’s work among the
Efe. In M. di Leonardo (Ed.), Gender at the crossroads
of knowledge: Feminist anthropology in the
postmodern era (pp. 339–360). Berkeley: University
of California Press.
Perme, B., Ranjith, G., Mohan, R., & Chandrasekaran,
R. (2005). Dhat (semen loss) syndrome: A functional
somatic syndrome of the Indian subcontinent? General
Hospital Psychiatry, 27(3), 215–217.
Plattner, S. (Ed.). (1989). Economic anthropology. Stanford,
CA: Stanford University Press.
Reinhard, K., Fink, T. M., & Skiles, J. (2003). A case of
megacolon in Rio Grande Valley as a possible case of
Chagas disease. Memorias do Instituto Oswaldo
Cruz, 98(Suppl. 1), 165–172.
Robinson, P., & Tajfel, H. (Eds.). (1997). Social groups
and identities: Developing the legacy of Henri Tajfel.
London: Butterworth-Heinemann.
Rogoff, B. (1990). Apprenticeship in thinking: Cognitive
development in social context. New York: Oxford
University Press.
4. Evolutionary Foundations of Cultural Psychology 103
Rogoff, B., Baker-Sennett, J., Lacasa, P., & Goldsmith,
D. (1995). Development through participation in
sociocultural activity. In J. J. Goodnow, P. J. Miller,
& F. Kessel (Eds.), Cultural practices as contexts for
development (Vol. 67, pp. 45–65). San Francisco:
Jossey-Bass.
Rogoff, B., Sellers, M. J., Pirrotta, S., Fox, N., & White,
43
S. H. (1975). Age of assignment of roles and responsibilities
to children: A cross-cultural survey. Human
Development, 18, 353–369.
Rosenblum, L. A., & Kaufman, I. C. (1968). Variations
in infant development and response to maternal loss
in monkeys. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry,
38(3), 418–426.
Sakamoto, N., Martin, R. G., Kumano, H., Kuboki, T.,
& Al-Adawi, S. (2005). Hikikomori, is it a culturereactive
or culture-bound syndrome?: Nidotherapy
and a clinical vignette from Oman. International
Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine, 35(2), 191–198.
Sapir, E. (1994). The psychology of culture: A course of
lectures. Berlin: de Gruyter.
Schlegel, A., & Barry, H., III (Eds.). (1991). Adolescence:
An anthropological inquiry. New York: Free
Press.
Shepher, J. (1971). Mate selection among second generation
kibbutz adolescents and adults: Incest avoidance
and negative imprinting. Archives of Sexual
Behavior, 1, 293–307.
Sherif, M., Harvey, O. J., White, B. J., Hood, W. R., &
Sherif, C. W. (1961). Intergroup conflict and cooperation:
The Robbers Cave experiment. Norman, OK:
Institute of Group Relations.
Shore, B. (1996). Culture in mind: Cognition, culture,
and the problem of meaning. New York: Oxford
University Press.
Shostak, M. (1981). Nisa: The life and words of a !Kung
woman. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Silberbauer, G. B. (1981). Hunter and habitat in the central
Kalahari Desert. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge
University Press.
Silk, J. (1987). Adoption and fosterage in human societies:
Adaptations or enigmas? Cultural Anthropology,
2, 39–49.
Silk, J. B. (1980). Adoption and kinship in Oceania.
American Anthropologist, 82, 799–820.
Smuts, B. B., Cheney, D. L., Seyfarth, R. M.,
Wrangham, R.W., & Struhsaker, T. T. (Eds.). (1987).
Primate societies. Chicago: University of Chicago
Press.
Smuts, B. B., & Smuts, R. W. (1993). Male-aggression
and sexual coercion of females in nonhumanprimates
and other mammals: Evidence and theoretical
implications. Advances in the Study of Behavior,
22, 1–63.
Sperber, D. (1996). Explaining culture: A naturalistic
approach. Oxford, UK: Blackwell.
Spindler, G. D. (1979). The making of psychological anthropology.
Berkeley: University of California Press.
Spiro, M. E. (1954). Is the family universal? American
Anthropologist, 56, 839–846.
44
Spiro, M. E. (1979). Gender and culture: Kibbutz
women revisited. Durham: Duke University Press.
Spiro, M. E. (1982). Oedipus in the Trobriands. Chicago:
University of Chicago Press.
Spiro, M. E. (1987). Culture and human nature. Chicago:
University of Chicago Press.
Spiro, M. E. (1999). Anthropology and human nature.
Ethos, 27, 7–14.
Stanford, C. B. (2002). The ape’s gift: Meat-eating,
meat-sharing, and human evolution. In F. B. M. de
Waal (Ed.), Tree of origin: What primate behavior
can tell us about human social evolution (pp. 95–
117). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Strier, K. B. (1994). Myth of the typical primate. Yearbook
of Physical Anthropology, 37, 233–271.
Strier, K. B. (2000). Primate behavioral ecology. Boston:
Allyn & Bacon.
Summerfield, D. (2002). ICD and DSM are contemporary
cultural documents. British Medical Journal,
324, 914.
Suomi, S. J. (1997). Early determinants of behaviour:
Evidence from primate studies. British Medical Bulletin,
53(1), 170–184.
Suomi, S. J. (1999). Attachment in rhesus monkeys. In J.
Cassidy & P. R. Shaver (Eds.), Handbook of attachment:
Theory, research, and clinical applications (pp.
181–197). New York: Guilford Press.
Symons, D. (1992). On the use and misuse of Darwinism
in the study of human behavior. In J. H. Barkow,
L. Cosmides, & J. Tooby (Eds.), The adapted mind:
Evolutionary psychology and the generation of culture
(pp. 137–162). New York: Oxford University
Press.
Tajfel, H. (1982). Social identity and intergroup relations.
New York: Cambridge University Press.
Tanner, N. M. (1987). The chimpanzee model revisited
and the gathering hypothesis. In W. G. Kinzey (Ed.),
The evolution of human behavior: Primate models
(pp. 3–27). Albany: State University of New York
Press.
Tomasello, M., Kruger, A. C., & Ratner, H. H. (1993).
Cultural learning. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 16,
495–452.
Tooby, J., & Cosmides, L. (2000). Toward mapping the
evolved functional organization of mind and brain.
In M. S. Gazzaniga (Ed.), The new cognitive
neurosciences, second edition (pp. 1167–1178).
Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Triandis, H. C. (2001). Individualism-collectivism and
personality. Journal of Personality, 69(6), 907–924.
Trivers, R. L. (1971). The evolution of reciprocal altruism.
Quarterly Review of Biology.
Trivers, R. L. (1972). Parental investment and sexual selection.
45
In B. Campbell (Ed.), Sexual selection and
the descent of man, 1871–1971 (pp. 136–179). Chicago:
Aldine.
Trivers, R. L. (1974). Parent–offspring conflict. American
Zoologist, 14, 249–264.
Tronick, E. Z., Morelli, G. A., & Ivey, P. K. (1992). The
Efe forager infant and toddler’s pattern of social rela104 I. THE DISCIPLINE AND ITS HISTORY
tionships: Multiple and simultaneous. Developmental
Psychology, 28(4), 568–577.
Tylor, E. B. (1871). Primitive culture: Researches into
the development of mythology, philosophy, religion,
language, art and custom. London: Murray.
van IJzendoorn, M. H., & Sagi, A. (1999). Crosscultural
patterns of attachment: Universal and contextual
dimensions. In J. Cassidy & P. R. Shaver
(Eds.), Handbook of attachment: Theory, research,
and clinical applications (pp. 713–734). New York:
Guilford Press.
Voronov, M., & Singer, J. A. (2002). The myth of
individualism–collectivism: A critical review. Journal
of Social Psychology, 142(4), 461–480.
Vygotsky, L. (1962). Thought and language. Cambridge,
MA: MIT Press.
Wallace, A. F. C. (1952). The modal personality structure
of the Tuscarora Indians as revealed by the Rorschach
test. Bulletin, Bureau of American Indian
Ethnology, 150.
Weller, S. C., Baer, R. D., de Alba Garcia, J. G., Glazer,
M., Trotter, R., Pachter, L., et al. (2002). Regional
variation in Latino descriptions of susto. Culture,
Medicine and Psychiatry, 26(4), 449–472.
Werner, H. (1948). Comparative psychology of mental
development. Chicago: Follet.
Wertsch, J. V., & Sohmer, R. (1995). Vygotsky on learning
and development. Human Development, 38,
332–337.
Westermeyer, J. (1985). Psychiatric diagnosis across cultural
boundaries. American Journal of Psychiatry,
142(7), 798–805.
White, S. (1970). Some general outlines of the matrix of
developmental changes between five and seven years.
Bulletin of the Orton Society, 20, 41–57.
White, S. H. (1996). The child’s entry into the “age of
reason.” In A. J. Sameroff & M. M. Haith (Eds.),
The five to seven year shift: The age of reason and responsibility
(pp. 17–30). Chicago: University of Chicago
Press.
Whiting, B. B., & Edwards, C. P. (1988). Children of
different worlds: The formation of social behavior.
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Whiting, B. B., & Whiting, J. W. M. (1975). Children of
six cultures: A psychocultural analysis. Cambridge,
46
MA: Harvard University Press.
Whiting, J. W. (1941). Becoming a Kwoma. New Haven,
CT: Yale University Press.
Whiting, J. W. M., & Child, I. L. (1953). Child training
and personality: A cross-cultural study. New Haven,
CT: Yale University Press.
Whiting, J. W. M., Child, I. L., & Lambert, W. W.
(1966). Field guide for a study of socialization (Vol.
1). New York: Wiley.
Whiting, J. W. M., & Whiting, B. B. (1975). Aloofness
and intimacy between husbands and wives. Ethos, 3,
183–207.
Wiessner, P. (1982). Risk, reciprocity and social influences
on !Kung San economics. In E. Leacock & R.
B. Lee (Eds.), Politics and history in band societies
(pp. 61–84). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University
Press.
Wiessner, P. (1996). Leveling the hunter: Constraints on
the status quest in foraging societies. In P. Wiessner
& W. Schiefenhövel (Eds.), Food and the status
quest: An interdisciplinary perspective (pp. 171–
191). Providence: Berghahn Books.
Wilson, E. O. (1998). Consilience: The unity of knowledge.
New York: Knopf.
Winterhalder, B., & Smith, E. A. (Eds.). (1981). Huntergatherer
foraging strategies: Ethnographic and archeological
analyses. Chicago: University of Chicago
Press.
Wolf, A. P. (1995). Sexual attraction and childhood association:
A Chinese brief for Westermarck. Stanford,
CA: Stanford University Press.
Wood, B. (2000). Investigating human evolutionary history.
Journal of Anatomy, 197(Pt. 1), 3–17.
Wood, B., & Richmond, B. G. (2000). Human evolution:
Taxonomy and paleobiology. Journal of Anatomy,
197(Pt. 1), 19–60.
Wrangham, R. (1993). The evolution of sexuality in
chimpanzees and bonobos. Human Nature, 4, 47–
79.
Wrangham, R. W., & Peterson, D. (1996). Demonic
males: Apes and the origins of human violence.
Boston: Houghton Mifflin.
Yakovlev, P. I., & Lecours, A. R. (1967). The myelogenetic
cycles of regional maturation of the brain. In
A. Minkowski (Ed.), Regional development of the
brain in early life (pp. 3–70). Oxford, UK: Blackwell
Scientific.
Zihlman, A. L. (1981). Women as shapers of the human
adaptation. In F. Dahlberg (Ed.), Woman the gatherer
(pp. 75–120). New Haven, CT: Yale University
Press.
Atran, S. (1998). Folk biology and the anthropology of
science: Cognitive universals and cultural particulars.
47
Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 21(4), 547–609.
Baillargeon, R. (1994). How do infants learn about the
physical world? Current Directions in Psychological
Sciences, 3, 133–140.
Beach, K. (1995). Activity as a mediator of sociocultural
change and individual development: The case of
school–work transition in Nepal. Mind, Culture, and
Activity, 2, 285–302.
Berlim, M. T., Mattevi, B. S., Belmonte-de-Abreu, P., &
Crow, T. J. (2003). The etiology of schizophrenia and
the origin of language: Overview of a theory. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 44(1), 7–14.
Bickerton, D. (1990). Language and species. Chicago:
University of Chicago Press.
Bjorklund, D. F., & Pellegrini, A. D. (2002). The origins
of human nature: Evolutionary developmental psychology.
Washington, DC: American Psychological
Association.
Boesch, C., & Boesch, H. (1984). Mental map in wild
chimpanzees: An analysis of hammer transports for
nut cracking. Primates, 25, 160–170.
Brass, M., & Heyes, C. M. (2005). Imitation: Is cognitive
neuroscience solving the correspondence problem?
Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 9, 489–495.
Carey, S. (2004, Winter). Bootstrapping and the origin
of concepts. Daedalus, pp. 1–10.
Cheyne, J. A. (n.d.). Signs of consciousness: Speculations
on the psychology of paleolithic graphics.
Available online at www.arts.uwaterloo.ca/~acheyne/
signcon.html.
Cole, M. (1996). Cultural psychology. Cambridge, MA:
Harvard University Press.
Collins, A., & Gentner, D. (1982). Constructing
runnable mental models. In Proceedings of the 4th
Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society
(pp. 86–89). Ann Arbor: University of Michigan
Press.
Damerow, P. (1998). Prehistory and cognitive development.
In J. Langer & M. Killen (Eds.), Piaget, evolution
and development (pp. 247–270). Mahwah, NJ:
Erlbaum.
D’Andrade, R. G. (1989). Culturally based reasoning.
In A. Gellatly, D. Rogers, & J. A. Sloboda (Eds.),
Cognition and social worlds: Keele cognition seminars
(Vol. 2, pp. 132–143). New York: Clarendon
Press/Oxford University Press.
Deacon, T. W. (1997). The symbolic species: The coevolution
of language and the brain. New York:
Norton.
Diamond, J. (1997). Guns, germs, and steel: The fates of
human societies. New York: Norton.
Donald, M. (1991). Origins of the modern mind: Three
stages in the evolution of culture and cognition.
48
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Donald, M. (2000). The central role of culture in cognitive
evolution: A reflection on the myth of the “isolated
mind.” In L. P. Nucci, G. B. Saxe, & E. Turiel
(Eds.), Culture, thought, and development (pp. 19–
40). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Donald, M. (2001). A mind so rare: The evolution of
human consciousness. New York: Norton.
Dunbar, R. I. (2004). The human story: A new history
of mankind’s evolution. London: Faber & Faber.
Engels, F. (1960). The dialectics of nature. New York:
International.
Engeström, Y. (1987). Learning by expanding: An activity
theoretical approach to developmental research.
Helsinki: Orienta-Konsultit Oy.
Ericsson, K. A., Krampe, R. T., & Tesch-Romer, C.
(1993). The role of deliberate practice in the acquisition
of expert performance. Psychological Review,
100, 363–406.
Falk, D., & Gibson, K. (Eds.). (2001). Evolutionary
anatomy of the primate cerebral cortex. Cambridge,
UK: Cambridge University Press.
Feinman, G. M. (2000). Cultural evolutionary approaches
and archeology: Past, present, and future.
In G. M. Feinman & L. Manzanilla (Eds.), Cultural
evolution: Contemporary viewpoints (pp. 3–12).
New York: Kluwer.
Foley, R., & Lahr, M. M. (2003). On stony ground:
Lithic technology, human evolution, and the emergence
of culture. Evolutionary Anthropology, 12(3),
109–122.
Gaskins, S. (1999). Children’s daily lives in a Mayan village:
A case study of culturally constructed roles and
activities. In A. Göncü, (Ed.), Children’s engagement
in the world: Sociocultural perspectives (pp. 25–60).
New York: Cambridge University Press.
Gaskins, S. (2000). Children’s daily activities in a Mayan
village: A culturally grounded description. CrossCultural Research, 34(4), 375–389.
Gaskins, S. (2003). From corn to cash: Change and continuity
within Mayan families. Ethos, 31(2), 248–
273.
Geertz, C. (1973). The interpretation of culture. New
York: Basic Books.
132 II. THEORY AND METHODS
Gellner, E. (1988). Plough, sword and book: The structure
of human history. London: Collins Harvill.
Gelman, R. (2000). Domain specificity and variability
in cognitive development. Child Development, 71(4),
854–856.
Gelman, R., & Lucariello, J. (2002). The role of learning
in cognitive development. In H. Pashler & R.
Gallistel (Eds.), Steven’s handbook of experimental
49
psychology, 3rd ed.: Vol. 3. Learning, motivation,
and emotion (pp. 395–443). New York: Wiley.
Gelman, S., & Kalish, C. W. (2006). Conceptual development.
In D. Kuhn & R. S. Siegler (Eds.), Handbook
of child psychology: Vol. 2. Cognition, perception,
and language (pp. 687–733). New York:Wiley.
Goodall, J. (1968). The behaviour of free-living chimpanzees
in the Gombe Stream Reserve. London:
Baillière, Tindall, & Cassell.
Goodnow, J. J. (1990). Using sociology to extend psychological
accounts of cognitive development. Human
Development, 33, 81–107.
Goodnow, J. J. (1990). The socialization of cognition:
Acquiring cognitive values. In J. Stigler, R. Shweder,
& G. Herdt (Eds.), Culture and human development
(pp. 259–286). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Gordon, P. (2004). Numerical cognition without words:
Evidence from Amazonia. Science [Special Issue].
306(5695), 496–499.
Granott, N., & Parziale, J. (Eds.). (2002).
Microdevelopment: Transition processes in development
and learning. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University
Press.
Greenfield, P. M. (1999). Historical change and cognitive
change: A two-decade follow-up study in
Zinacantan, a Maya community in Chiapas, Mexico.
Mind, Culture, and Activity, 6(2), 92–108.
Greenfield, P. M. (2002). The mutual definition of culture
and biology in development. In H. Keller, Y. H.
Poortinga, & A. Schölmerick (Eds.), Between culture
and biology: Perspectives on ontogenetic development
(pp. 57–76). New York: Cambridge University
Press.
Greenfield, P. M. (2004). Weaving generations together:
Evolving creativity in the Maya of Chiapas. Santa Fe,
NM: School of American Research.
Greenfield, P. M., & Childs, C. P. (1977). Weaving,
color terms and pattern representation: Cultural influences
and cognitive development among the
Zinacantecos of southern Mexico. Inter-American
Journal of Psychology, 11, 23–28.
Greenfield, P. M., Maynard, A. E., & Childs, C. P.
(2000). History, culture, learning, and development.
Cross-Cultural Research: Journal of Comparative
Social Science, 34(4), 351–374.
Hallpike, C. R. (1979). The foundations of primitive
thought. New York: Clarendon Press.
Hanakawa, T., Honda, M., Okada, T., Fukuyama, H.,
&Shibasaki, H. (2003). Neural correlates underlying
mental calculation in abacus experts: A functional
magnetic resonance imaging study. NeuroImage, 19,
296–307.
Hare, B., & Tomasello, M. (2005). Human-like social
50
skills in dogs? Trends in Cognitive Science, 9, 439–
444.
Hatano, G. (1997). Commentary: Core domains of
thought, innate constraints, and sociocultural contexts.
In H. M. Wellman & K. Inagaki (Eds.), The
emergence of core domains of thought: Children’s
reasoning about physical, psychological, and biological
phenomena (pp. 71–78). San Francisco: JosseyBass.
Hatano, G., & Inagaki, K. (2005). The formation of
culture in mind: A sociocultural approach to cognitive
development. Bulletin of Faculty of Education,
Chiba University.
Hatano, G., & Inagaki, K. (2002). In W. W. Hartup &
R. K. Silbereisen (Eds.), Growing points in developmental
science: An introduction (pp. 123–142). Philadelphia,
PA: Psychology Press. 53, 91–104.
Hatano, G., Siegler, R., Richards, D., Inagaki, K., Stavy,
R., & Wax, N. (1993). The development of biological
knowledge: A multi-national study. Cognitive Development,
8(1), 47–62.
Hirata, S., & Celli, M. L. (2003). Role of mothers in the
acquisition of tool-use behaviours by captive infant
chimpanzees. Animal Cognition, 6, 235–244.
Hirata, S., & Morimura, N. (2000). Native chimpanzees’
(Pan troglodytes) observation of experienced
conspecifics in a tool-using task. Journal of Comparative
Psychology, 114, 291–296.
Hsueh, Y., Tobin, J., & Karasawa, M. (2004). The Chinese
kindergarten in its adolescence. Prospects:
Quarterly Review of Comparative Education, 34,
457–469.
Inagaki, K. (1990). Children’s use of knowledge in everyday
biology. British Journal of Developmental
Psychology, 8(3), 281–288.
Iriki, A., Tanaka, M., Obayashi, S. & Iwamura, Y.
(2001) Self-images in the video monitor coded by
monkey intraparietal neurons. Neuroscientific Research,
40, 163–173.
Ishibashi, H., Hihara, S., & Iriki, A. (2000). Acquisition
and development of monkey tool-use: Behavioral and
kinematic analyses. Canadian Journal of Physiology
and Pharmacology, 78, 958–966.
Jackendoff, R. (1994). Patterns in the mind: Language
and human nature. New York: Basic Books.
Keil, F. (1989). Concepts, kinds, and cognitive development.
Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Keil, F. (2003). That’s life: Coming to understand biology.
Human Development, 46(6), 369–377.
Kroeber, A. (1917). The superorganic. American Anthropologist,
19, 163–213.
Laboratory of Comparative Human Cognition. (1983).
Culture and development. In P. H. Mussen (Series
51
Ed.),&W. Kessen (Vol. Ed.), Handbook of child psychology:
Vol. 1. History, theory, and methods
(pp. 295–356). New York: Wiley.
Latour, B. (1996). On interobjectivity. Mind, Culture,
and Activity, 3(4), 228–243.
Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated learning: Legiti5. Cultural–Historical Activity Theory 133
mate peripheral participation. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge
University Press.
Leontiev, A. N. (1981). Problems in the development of
the mind. Moscow: Progress.
Lewin, R., & Foley, R. A. (2004). Principles of human
evolution. Malden, MA: Blackwell.
Lieberman, P. (1984). The biology and evolution of language.
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Luria, A. R. (1928). The problem of the cultural development
of the child. Journal of Genetic Psychology,
35, 493–506.
Luria, A. R. (1976). Cognitive development. Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Luria, A. R. (1979). The making of mind. Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Mandler, J. M. (2004). The foundations of mind: Origins
of conceptual thought. New York: Oxford University
Press.
Marks, J. (2002). What it means to be 98% chimpanzee:
Apes, people, and their genes. Berkeley: University
of California Press.
Matsuzawa, T. (Ed.). (2001). Primate origins of human
cognition and behavior. Tokyo: Springer-Verlag.
Matsuzawa, T. (2003). The Ai project: Historical and
ecological contexts. Animal Cognition, 6, 199–211.
McBreaty, S., & Brooks, A. S. (2000). The revolution
that wasn’t: A new interpretation of the origin of
modern human behavior. Journal of Human Evolution,
39(5), 453–563.
McGrew, W. C. (1987). Tools to get food: The
subsistants of Tasmanian aborigines and Tanzanian
chimpanzees compared. Journal of Anthropological
Research, 43(3), 247–258.
McGrew,W. C. (1998). Culture in nonhuman primates?
Annual Review of Anthropology, 27, 301–328.
Medin, D. L., Ross, N., Atran, S., Burnett, R. C., &
Blok, S. V. (2002). Categorization and reasoning in
relation to culture and expertise. In B. H. Ross (Ed.),
The psychology of learning and motivation: Advances
in research and theory (Vol. 41, pp. 1–41).
San Diego: Academic Press.
Menzel, R. C., Savage-Rumbaugh, E. S., & Menzel, E.
W., Jr. (2002). Bonobo (Pan paniscus) spatial memory
in a 20-hectare forest. International Journal of
Primatology, 23(3), 601–619.
Mithen, S. (1996). The prehistory of the mind: A search
52
for the origins of art, religion and science. London:
Thames & Hudson.
Nisbett, R. E., Peng, K., Choi, I., & Norenzayan, A.
(2001). Culture and systems of thought: Holistic versus
analytic cognition. Psychological Review, 108(2),
291–310.
Noble, W., & Davidson, I. (1996). Human evolution,
language, and mind. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge
University Press.
Padden, C., & Humphries, T. (1988). Deaf in America:
Voices from a culture. Cambridge, MA: Harvard
University Press.
Parker, S. (2003). Teaching the new baby to talk with biologists!
Human Development, 46(5), 282–287.
Pica, P., Lemer, C., Izard, V., & Dehaene, S. (2004). Exact
and approximate arithmetic in an Amazonian indigenous
group. Science, 306(5695), 499–503.
Plotkin, H. (2001). Some elements of a science of culture.
In E. Whitehouse (Ed.), The debated mind: Evolutionary
psychology versus ethnography (pp. 91–
109). New York: Berg.
Quartz, S. R., & Sejnowski, T. J. (2002). Liars, lovers,
and heroes: What the new brain science reveals about
how we become who we are. New York: Morrow.
Ramachandran, V. S. (2000). Mirror neurons and imitation
learning as the driving force behind “the great
leap forward” in human evolution. Edge, 69.
Renfrew, C., & Scarre, C. (Eds.). (1998). Cognition and
material culture: The archeology of symbolic storage
(McDonald Institute for Archeological Research,
Cambridge University). Oxford, UK: Oxbow Books.
Revusky, S., & Garcia, J. (1970). Learned associations
over long delays. In G. Bower & J. Spence (Eds.),
Psychology of learning and motivation: Advances in
research and theory (Vol. 4, pp. 1–84). New York:
Academic Press.
Ridley, M. (2003). Nature via nurture: Genes, experience
and what makes us human. New York:
HarperCollins.
Rizzolatti, G., & Craighero, L. (2004). The mirrorneuron
system. Annual Review of Neuroscience, 27,
169–192.
Rizzolatti, G., Fadiga, L., Fogassi, L., & Gallese, V.
(2002). From mirror neurons to imitation, facts, and
speculations. In A. N. Meltzoff & W. Prinz (Eds.),
The imitative mind: Development, evolution, and
brain bases (pp. 247–266). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge
University Press.
Rogoff, B. (2003). The cultural nature of human development.
New York: Oxford University Press.
Rogoff, B., & Lave, J. C. (1984). Everyday cognition:
Its development in social context. Cambridge, MA:
Harvard University Press.
53
Rogoff, B., Paradise, R., Arauz, R. M., Correa-Chavez,
M., & Angelillo, C. (2003). Firsthand learning
through intent participation. Annual Review of Psychology,
54, 175–203.
Rosa, A., Vega, J.,&Gomila, Y. A. (2004). Evolution of
the mind: Some methodological and substantive considerations.
Estudios de Psicología, 25(2), 205–215.
Ross, N., Medin, D., Coley, J. D., & Atran, S. (2003).
Cultural and experimental differences in the development
of folkbiological induction. Cognitive Development,
18, 25–47.
Saffran, J. R., Aslin, R. N., & Newport, E. L. (1996).
Statistical learning by 8-month old infants. Science,
274, 1926–1928.
Sato, T., Namiki, H., Ando, J., & Hatano, G. (2004).
Japanese conception of and research on human intelligence.
In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), International handbook
of psychology of human intelligence (pp. 302–
324). New York: Cambridge University Press.
Saxe, G. B. (1982). Developing form of arithmetical
134 II. THEORY AND METHODS
thought among the Oksapmin of Papua New Guinea.
Developmental Psychology, 18, 583–595.
Saxe, G. B. (1994). Studying cognitive development in
sociocultural contexts: The development of practicebased
approaches. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 1(1),
135–157.
Saxe, G. B., & Esmonde, I. (2005). Studying cognition
in flux: A historical treatment of Fu in the shifting
structure of Oksapmin mathematics. Mind, Culture,
and Activity, 12(3–4), 171–225.
Schliemann, A., Carraher, D., & Ceci, S. J. (1997). Everyday
cognition. In J.W. Berry, P. R. Dasen, & T. S.
Sarawathi (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural psychology:
Vol. 2. Basic processes and human development
(2nd ed., pp. 177–226). Needham Heights,
MA: Allyn & Bacon.
Scribner, S. (1977). Modes of thinking and ways of
speaking: Culture and logic reconsidered. In P. N.
Johnson-Laird & P. C. Wason (Eds.), Thinking:
Readings in cognitive science (pp. 483–500). Cambridge,
UK: Cambridge University Press.
Scribner, S.,&Cole, M. (1981). The psychology of literacy.
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Shweder, R. A., Goodnow, J., Hatano, G., LeVine, R.
A., Markus, H., & Miller, P. (1998). The cultural
psychology of development: One mind, many mentalities.
In R. M. Lerner (Ed.), Handbook of child
psychology: Vol 1. Theoretical models of human development
(pp. 865–938). New York: Wiley.
Shweder, R. A., Goodnow, J., Hatano, G., LeVine, R.
A., Markus, H., & Miller, P. (2006). The cultural
psychology of development: One mind, many mentalities.
54
In W. Damon & R. M. Lerner (Editors-inChief) & R.M. Lerner (Vol. Ed.), Handbook of child
psychology: Vol. 1. Theoretical models of human development
(6th ed., pp. 716–792). New York:Wiley.
Spelke, E. S. (2000). Core knowledge. American Psychologist,
55(11), 1233–1243.
Stavy, R., & Wax, N. (1989). Children’s conceptions of
plants as living things. Human Development,
32(635), 1–11.
Stout, D., Toth, N., Schick, K., Stout, J.,&Hutchins, G.
(2000). Stone tool-making and brain activation: Positron
tomography (PET) studies. Journal of Archeological
Science, 27(12), 1215–1233.
Tanaka, S., Michimata, C., Kaminaga, T., Honda, M.,
& Sadato, N. (2002). Superior digit memory of abacus
experts: An event-related functional MRI study.
NeuroReport, 13(17), 2187–2191.
Toda, M. (2000). Emotion and social interaction: A theoretical
overview. In G. Hatano, N. Okada, & T.
Tanabe (Eds.), Affective minds (pp. 3–12). Amsterdam:
Elsevier.
Tomasello, M., Call, J., & Hare, B. (1993). Chimpanzees
understand psychological states: The question is
“Which ones and to which extent?” Trends in Cognitive
Sciences, 7, 153–156.
Tomasello, M. (1994). The question of chimpanzee culture.
In R.W.Wrangham,W. C. McGrew, F. B.M. de
Waal, & P. Heltne (Eds.), Chimpanzee cultures
(pp. 301–317). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
Tomasello, M. (1999). The cultural origins of human
cognition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
Toth, N., Schick, K. D., Savage-Rumbaugh, E. S.,
Sevcik, R. A., & Rumbaugh, D. M. (1993). Pan the
tool-maker: Investigations into the stone tool-making
and tool-using capabilities of a bonobo (Pan
paniscus). Journal of Archaeological Science, 20, 81–
91.
Tulviste, P. (1979). On the origins of theoretic syllogistic
reasoning in culture and the child. Quarterly Newsletter
of the Laboratory of Comparative Human
Cognition, 1(4), 73–79.
Tulviste, P. (1999). Activity as an explanatory principle
in cultural psychology. In S. Chaiklin, M. Hedegaard,
& U. J. Jensen (Eds.), Activity theory and social practice
(pp. 66–78). Aarhus, Denmark: Aarhus University
Press.
Vygotsky, L. S. (1929). The problem of the cultural development
of the child, II. Journal of Genetic Psychology,
36, 415–432.
Vygotsky, L. S. (1977). The collected works of L. S.
Vygotsky: Problems of general psychology. New
55
York: Plenum Press.
Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society. Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Vygotsky, L. S. (1981). The genesis of higher mental
functions. In J. V. Wertsch (Ed.), The concept of activity
in Soviet psychology (pp. 144–240). Armonk,
NY: Sharpe.
Vygotsky, L. S. (1987). The collected works of L. S.
Vygotsky: Vol. 1. Problems of general psychology (R.
W. Rieber&A. S. Carton, Eds.). New York: Plenum.
Vygotsky, L. S., & Luria, A. R. (1993). Studies on the
history of behavior: Ape, primitive, and child.
Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. (Original work published
1930)
Wellman, H. M., & Gelman, S. A. (1998). Knowledge
acquisition in foundational domains. In H. M.
Wellman, S. A. Gelman, & W. Damon (Eds.),
Handbook of child psychology: Vol. 2. Cognition,
perception, and language (pp. 523–573). New
York: Wiley.
Wertsch, J. (1985). Vygotsky and the social formation of
mind. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Wertsch, J., & Tulviste, P. (1992). L. S. Vygotsky and
contemporary developmental psychology. Developmental
Psychology, 28(4), 548–557.
Whitten, A. (2000). Primate culture and social learning.
Cognitive Science, 24(3), 477–508.
Wrangham, R.W., McGrew,W. C., deWaal, F. B. M.,&
Heltne, P. G. (Eds.) (1994). Chimpanzee cultures.
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Wynn, T. (1989). The evolution of spatial competence.
Champaign: University of Illinois Press.
Zur, O., & Gelman, R. R. (2004). Young children can
add and subtract by predicting and checking. Early
Childhood Quarterly Review, 19, 121–137.
Adams, G., & Markus, H.R. (2004). Towards a conception
of culture suitable for a social psychology of culture.
In M. Shaller & S. Christian (Eds.), The psychological
foundations of culture (pp. 335–360).
Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Adams, G., & Plaut, V. C. (2003). The cultural grounding
of relationship: Friendship in North American
andWest African worlds. Personal Relationships, 10,
335–349.
Aronson, E. (1968). Dissonance theory: Progress and
problems. In R. P. Abelson, E. Aronson, W. J.
McGuire, T. M. Newcomb, M. J. Rosenberg, & P. H.
Tannenbaum (Eds.), Theories of cognitive consistency:
A source-book. (pp. 5–27). Chicago: Rand
McNally.
Aronson, E. (1992). The social animal (6th ed.). New
York: Freeman.
Baldwin, M. W., Carrell, S. E., & Lopez, D. E. (1990).
56
Priming relationship schematas: My advisor and the
pope are watching me from the back of my mind.
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 26, 435–
454.
Barratt, M. S. (1993). Early childrearing in Japan:
Cross-cultural and intracultural perspectives. Early
Development and Parenting, 2, 3–6.
Baumeister, R. F. (2005). The cultural animal: Human
nature, meaning, and social life. Oxford, UK: Oxford
University Press.
Baumeister, R. F., & Leary, M. R. (1995). The need to
belong: Desire for interpersonal attachments as a
fundamental human motivation. Psychological Bulletin,
117, 497–529.
Bellah, R. N., Madsen, R., Sullivan, W. M., Swidler, A.,
& Tipton, S. M. (1985). Habits of the heart: Individualism
and commitment in American life. New York:
Harper & Row.
Berkowitz, L. (1989). Frustration–aggression hypothesis:
Examination and reformulation. Psychological
Bulletin, 106, 59–73.
Berry, J.W., Poortinga, Y. H., Segall, M. H.,&Dasen, P.
R. (1992). Cross-cultural psychology: Research and
applications. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Bond, M. H. (1988). Finding universal dimensions of individual
variation in multicultural studies of values:
The Rokeach and Chinese value surveys. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 55(6), 1009–
1015.
Bornstein, M. H., Tamis-LeMonda, C. S., Tal, J.,
Ludeman, P., Toda, S., Rahn, C. W., et al. (1992).
Maternal responsiveness to infants in three societies:
The United States, France, and Japan. Child Development,
63, 808–821.
Bornstein, M. H., Toda, S., Azuma, H., TamisLeMonda, C., & Ogino, M. (1990). Mother and infant
activity and interaction in Japan and in the
United States: II. A comparative microanalysis of naturalistic
exchanges focused on the organization of infant
attention. International Journal of Behavioral
Developmental Psychology, 13, 289–308.
Borofsky, R., Barth, F., Shweder, R., Rodseth, F.,
& Stolzenberg, N. M. (2001). A conversation
about culture. American Anthropologist, 103, 432–
446.
Bourdieu, P. (1977). Outline of a theory of practice (R.
Nice, Trans.). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University
Press.
Brehm, J. (1966). A theory of psychological reactance.
New York: Academic Press.
Brewer, M. B. (2004). Taking the social origins of human
nature seriously: Toward a more imperialist social
psychology. Personality and Social Psychology
57
Review, 8(2), 107–113.
Brewer, M. B., & Gardner, W. L. (1996). Who is this
“we”?: Levels of collective identity and self representations.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
71, 83–93.
Brown, J.,&Kobayashi, C. (2002). Self enhancement in
Japan and America. Asian Journal of Social Psychology,
5, 145–167.
Bruner, J. (1990). Acts of meaning. Cambridge, MA:
Harvard University Press.
Chavajay, P., & Rogoff, B. (1999). Cultural variation
in management of attention by children and their
caregivers. Developmental Psychology, 35, 1079–
1090.
Chiu, L.-H. (1972). A cross-cultural comparison of cognitive
styles in Chinese and American children. International
Journal of Psychology, 7, 235–242.
Choi, I., & Nisbett, R. E. (1998). Situational salience
and cultural differences in the correspondence bias
and in the actor–observer bias. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 24, 949–960.
Choi, I., Nisbett, R. E., & Norenzayan, A. (1999).
Causal attribution across cultures: Variation and universality.
Psychological Bulletin, 125, 47–63.
Chua, H. F., Boland, J. E., & Nisbett, R. E. (2005). Cultural
variation in eye movements during scene perception.
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences,
USA, 102, 12629–12633.
Clark, M. S., & Mills, J. (1979). Interpersonal attraction
in exchange and communal relationships. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 37, 12–24.
Cole, M. (1996). Cultural psychology: A once and future
discipline. Cambridge, MA: Belknap Press of
Harvard University Press.
Cooley, C. H. (1922). Human nature and the social order
(rev. ed.). New York: Scribner’s. (Original work
published 1902)
Crandall, C. S., D’Anello, S., Sakalli, N., Lazarus, E.,
Wieczorkowska, G., & Feather, N. (2002). An
attribution-value model of prejudice: Anti-fat attitudes
in six nations. In W. A. Lesko (Ed.), Readings
in social psychology: General, classic, and contemporary
selections (5th ed., pp. ). Boston: Allyn&Bacon.
D’Andrade, R. G. (1995). The development of cognitive
anthropology. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University
Press.
Deci, E., & Ryan, R. (1985) Intrinsic motivation and
self-determination in human behavior. New York:
Plenum Press.
de Tocqueville, A. (1969). Democracy in America (Vol.
2, pt. 2). Garden City, NY: Anchor. (Original work
published 1835).
DeVos, G. (1983). Adaptive conflict and adjustive coping:
58
Psychocultural approaches to ethnic identity. In
T. Sarbin & K. E. Scheibe (Eds.), Studies in social
identity (pp. 204–230). New York: Praeger.
Diamond, J. (1997). Guns, germs, and steel: The fates of
human societies. New York: Norton.
Diener, E., & Diener, M. (1995). Cross-cultural correlates
of life satisfaction and self-esteem. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 68, 653–663.
Diener, E., & Suh, E. H. (Eds.). (2000). Advances in
quality of life theory and research. Dordrecht, The
Netherlands: Kluwer.
Duffy, S., Uchida, Y., & Kitayama, S. (2004). Culture
and friendship: A social network study. Unpublished
manuscript. University of Michigan, Ann Arbor.
Dunbar, R. (1996). Coevolution of neocortical size,
group size, and language in humans. Behavioral and
Brain Sciences, 16, 681–735.
Durkheim, É. (1964). The rules of sociological method.
New York: Free Press.
Earley, P. C. (1989). East meets West meets Mideast:
Further explorations of collectivistic and individualistic
work groups. Academy of Management Journal,
36, 565–581.
Elliot, A. J., Chirkov, V. I., Kim, Y., & Sheldon, K. M.
6. Self as Cultural Mode of Being 169
(2002). A cross-cultural analysis of avoidance personal
goals. Psychological Science, 12, 505–510.
Fernald, A., & Morikawa, H. (1993). Common themes
and cultural variations in Japanese and American
mothers’ speech to infants. Child Development, 64,
637–656.
Festinger, L. (1957). A theory of cognitive dissonance.
Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.
Fiske, A. P. (1992). Four elementary forms of sociality:
Framework for a unified theory of social relations.
Psychological Review, 99, 689–723.
Fiske, A. P., Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., & Nisbett, R.
E. (1998). The cultural matrix of social psychology.
In D. T. Gilbert, S. T. Fiske & G. Lindzey (Eds.),
Handbook of social psychology (4th ed., pp. 915–
981). Boston: McGraw-Hill.
Fukuyama, F. (1992). The end of history and the last
man. New York: Free Press.
Garfinkel, H. (1967). Studies in ethnomethodology.
Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.
Geertz, C. (1973). The interpretation of cultures. New
York: Basic Books.
Geertz, C. (1975). On the nature of anthropological understanding.
American Scientist, 63, 47–53.
Gibson, J. J. (1979). The ecological approach to visual
perception. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.
Giddens, A. (1984). The constitution of society. Berkeley:
University of California, Berkeley Press.
59
Gilbert, D. T., & Jones, E. E. (1986). Perceiver-induced
constraint: Interpretations of self-generated reality.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50,
269–280.
Gray, H. M., Ambady, N., Ishii, K., & Kitayama, S.
(2006). Mood effects on relative attention to verbal
and nonverbal cues: The role of affiliation goals. Unpublished
manuscript, Harvard University.
Greenfield, P. M., Keller, H., & Fuligni, A. (2003). Cultural
pathways through universal development. Annual
Review of Psychology, 54, 461–490.
Gutchess, A., Welsh, R., Boduroglu, A., & Park, D. C.
(in press). Cultural differences in neural function associated
with object processing. Cognitive, Affective,
and Behavioral Neuroscience .
Han, S.-P., & Shavitt, S. (1994). Persuasion and culture:
Advertising appeals in individualistic and collectivistic
societies. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
30, 326–350.
Harris, M. B. (1974). Mediators between frustration
and aggression in a field experiment. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 10, 561–571.
Heckhausen, J., & Schulz, R. (1995). A life-span theory
of control. Psychological Review, 102, 284–
304.
Heine, S. J., & Hamamura, T. (2007). In search of East
Asian self-enhancement. Personality and Social Psychology
Review, 11, 1–24.
Heine, S. J., Kitayama, S., Lehman, D. R., Takata, T.,
Ide, E., Leung, C., et al. (2001). Divergent consequences
of success and failure in Japan and North
America: An investigation of self-improving motivations
and malleable selves. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 81, 599–615.
Heine, S. J., Lehman, D. R., Markus, H. R., &
Kitayama, S. (1999). Is there a universal need for
positive self-regard? Psychological Review, 106(4),
766–794.
Heine, S. J., Lehman, D. R., Peng, K., & Greenholtz, J.
(2002). What’s wrong with cross-cultural comparisons
of subjective likert scales?: The reference-group
effect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
82, 903–918.
Hermans, H. J. M., Rijks, T. I., & Kempen, H. J. G.
(1993). Imaginal dialogues in the self: Theory and
method. Journal of Personality, 61(2), 207–236.
Hochschild, J. (1995). Facing up to the American
Dream: Race, class, and the soul of the nation.
Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
Hofstede, G. (1980). Culture’s consequences: International
differences in work-related values. Beverly
Hills, CA: Sage.
Hofstede, G. (1991). Cultures and organizations: Software
60
of the mind. London: McGraw-Hill.
Hong, Y., Morris, M. W., Chiu, C., & Benet-Martinez,
V. (2000). Multicultural minds. American Psychologist,
55, 709–720.
Hoshino-Browne, E., Zanna, A. S., Spencer, S. J.,
Zanna, M. P., Kitayama, S., & Lackenbauer, S.
(2005). On the cultural guises of cognitive dissonance:
The case of Easterners and Westerners. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 89, 294–
310.
Imada, T., & Kitayama, S. (2006). Dissonance and eyes
of others. Unpublished manuscript, University of
Michigan, Ann Arbor.
Inglehart, R., & Baker, W. E. (2000). Modernization,
cultural change, and the persistance of traditional
values. American Sociological Review, 65, 19–51.
Ishii, K., Reyes, J. A., & Kitayama, S. (2003). Spontaneous
attention to word content versus emotional tone:
Differences among three cultures. Psychological Science,
14, 39–46.
Iyengar, S. S., & Lepper, M. R. (1999). Rethinking the
value of choice: A cultural perspective on intrinsic
motivation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
76, 349–366.
Ji, L., Zhang, Z.,&Nisbett, R. E. (2004). Is it culture or
is it language?: Examination of language effects in
cross-cultural research on categorization. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 87, 57–65.
Ji, L. J., Peng, K., & Nisbett, R. E. (2000). Culture, control,
and perception of relationships in the environment.
Journal of personality and social psychology,
78(5), 943–955.
Jones, E. E. (1988). Impression formation: What do
people think about? In T. Srull & R. Wyer (Eds.), A
dual process model of impression formation (pp. 83–
89). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Ka_itçiba_i, Ç. (1997). Human development: Crosscultural
perspectives. In J. G. Adair & D. Bélanger
(Ed.), Advances in psychological science: Vol. 1. So170 II. THEORY AND METHODS
cial, personal, and cultural aspects (pp. 475–494).
Hove, UK: Taylor & Francis.
Kakuno, M., & Ura, M. (2002). Effect of Japanese sentence
subject on correspondence bias. Paper presented
at the XXV International Congress of Applied
Psychology, Singapore.
Kang, S., Shaver, P. R., Min, K., & Jin, H. (2003).
Culture-specific patterns in the prediction of life satisfaction:
Roles of emotion, relationship quality, and
self-esteem. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin,
29, 1596–1608.
Kashima, Y., & Kashima, E. S. (2003). Individualism,
GNP, climate, and pronoun drop: Is individualism
61
determined by affluence and climate, or does language
use play a role? Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
34(1), 125–134.
Keller, H., Yovsi, R., Borke, J., Kärtner, J., Jensen, H.,&
Papaligoura, Z. (2004). Developmental consequences
of early parenting experiences: Selfrecognition
and self-regulation in three cultural communities.
Child Development, 75(6), 1745–1760.
Ketay, S., Hedden, T., Aron, A., Markus, H. R., &
Gabrieli, J. D. (2006). Cultural differences in neural
activation during relative versus absolute perceptual
judgments. Unpublished manuscript, State University
of New York, Stony Brook.
Kim, H., & Markus, H. R. (1999). Deviance or uniqueness,
harmony or conformity?: A cultural analysis.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 77,
785–800.
Kitayama, S. (2002). Cultural and basic psychological
processes—toward a system view of culture: Comment
on Oyserman et al. Psychological Bulletin, 128,
189–196.
Kitayama, S., & Duffy, S. (2004). Cultural
competence—tacit, yet fundamental: Self, social relations,
and cognition in the United States and Japan.
In R. Sternberg & E. Grigorenko (Eds.), Culture and
competence: Contexts of life success (pp. 55–87).
Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Kitayama, S., Duffy, S., Kawamura, T., & Larsen, J.
(2003). Perceiving an object and its context in different
cultures: A cultural look at new look. Psychological
Science, 14, 201–206.
Kitayama, S., Ishii, K., Imada, T., Takemura, K., &
Ramaswamy, J. (2006). Voluntary settlement and the
spirit of independence: Evidence from Japan’s
“Northern Frontier.” Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 91, 369–384.
Kitayama, S., Karasawa, M., Curhan, K. B., Ryff, C., &
Markus, H. R. (2006). Independence, interdependence,
and well-being: Divergent patterns in Japan
and the United States. Unpublished manuscript, University
of Michigan, Ann Arbor.
Kitayama, S., & Markus, H. R. (1994). Introduction to
cultural psychology and emotion research. In Emotion
and culture: Empirical studies of mutual influence
(pp. 1–19). Washington, DC: American Psychological
Association.
Kitayama, S., & Markus, H. R. (1999). Yin and yang
of the Japanese self: The cultural psychology of
personality coherence. In D. Cervone & Y. Shoda
(Eds.), The coherence of personality: Social cognitive
bases of personality consistency, variability,
and organization (pp. 242–302). New York: Guilford
Press.
62
Kitayama, S., & Markus, H. R. (2000). The pursuit of
happiness and the realization of sympathy: Cultural
patterns of self, social relations, and well-being. In E.
Diener & E. M. Suh (Eds.), Culture and subjective
well-being (pp. 113–1621). Cambridge, MA: MIT
Press.
Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., & Kurokawa, M. (2000).
Culture, emotion and well-being: Good feelings in Japan
and the U.S. Cognition and Emotion, 14(1), 93–
124.
Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R.,&Matsumoto, H. (1995).
A cultural perspective on self-conscious emotions. In
J. P. Tangney&K.W. Fisher (Eds.), Shame, guilt, embarrassment,
and pride: Empirical studies of selfconscious
emotions. New York: Guilford Press.
Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., Matsumoto, H., &
Norasakkunkit, V. (1997). Individual and collective
processes in the construction of the self: Selfenhancement
in the United States and selfdepreciation
in Japan. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 72, 1245–1267.
Kitayama, S., Mesquita, B., & Karasawa, M. (2006).
Cultural affordances and emotional experience: Socially
engaging and disengaging emotions in Japan
and the United States. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 91, 890–903.
Kitayama, S., Snibbe, A. C., Markus, H. R., & Suzuki,
T. (2004). Is there any “free” choice?: Self and dissonance
in two cultures. Psychological Science, 15(8),
527–533.
Kitayama, S., & Uchida, Y. (2004). Interdependent
agency: An alternative system for action. In R.
Sorrentino, D. Cohen, J.M. Olson, & M. P. Zanna
(Eds.), Culture and social behavior: The Ontario
Symposium (Vol. 10, pp. 137–164). Mahwah, NJ:
Erlbaum.
Kitayama, S., & Uchida, Y. (2006). Culture and social
support. Unpublished manuscript, Koshien University,
Japan.
Kitayama, S., Uchida, Y., Nakama, D., Mesquita, B.,
Saitoh, K., & Morling, B. (2006). Esteem support
and reciprocity monitoring: Self and social relations
in two cultures. Unpublished manuscript, University
of Michigan, Ann Arbor.
Kohn, M. L., Naoi, A., Schoenbach, C., Schooler, C., &
Slomczynski, K. (1990). Position in the class structure
and psychological functioning in the United
States, Japan, and Poland. American Journal of Sociology,
95, 964–1008.
Kondo, D. (1990). Crafting selves: Power, gender, and
discourses of identity in a Japanese work place. Chicago:
University of Chicago Press.
Kroeber, A. L., & Kluckhohn, C. (1966). Culture: A
63
6. Self as Cultural Mode of Being 171
critical review of concepts and definitions. New
York: Vintage. (Original work published in 1952)
Kuhnen, U., & Oyserman, D. (2002). Thinking about
the self influences thinking in general: Cognitive consequences
of salient self-concept. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 38, 492–499.
Kwan, V. S. M., Bond, M. H., & Singelis, T. M. (1997).
Pancultural explanations for life satisfaction: Adding
relationship harmony to self-esteem. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 73, 1038–1051.
Lachman, M. E., & Weaver, S. L. (1998). The sense of
control as a moderator of social class differences in
health and well-being. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 74(3), 763–773.
Lakin, J. L., & Chartrand, T. L. (2003). Using
nonconscious behavioral mimicry to create affiliation
and rapport. Psychological Science, 14, 334–339.
Lee, F., Hallahan, M., & Herzog, T. (1996). Explaining
real life events: How culture and domain shape attributions.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin,
22, 732–741.
Lehman, D. R., Chiu, C., & Schaller, M. (2004). Psychology
and culture. Annual Review of Psychology,
55, 689–714.
Lepper, M. R., & Greene, D. (1978). Overjustification
research and beyond: Toward a means–end analysis
of intrinsic and extrinsic motivation. In M. R. Lepper
& D. Greene (Eds.), The hidden costs of reward
(pp. 109–148). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Letra, T. S. (1976). Japanese patterns of behavior. Honolulu:
University of Hawaii Press.
Markus, H., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the
self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation.
Psychological Review, 98, 224–253.
Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (2004). Models of
agency: Sociocultural diversity in the construction of
action. In V. Murphy-Berman & J. J. Berman (Eds.),
Cross-cultural differences in perspectives on the self
(Vol. 49, pp. 1–57). Lincoln: University of Nebraska
Press.
Markus, H. R., Mullally, P. R., & Kitayama, S. (1997).
Selfways: Diversity in modes of cultural participation.
In U. Neisser & D. Jopling (Eds.), The conceptual
self in context: Culture, experience, selfunderstanding
(pp. 13–62). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge
University Press.
Markus, H. R., Ryff, C. D., Curhan, K. B.,
Palmersheim, K. A., Brim, O. G., & Ryff, C. D.
(2004). In their own words: Well-being at midlife
among high school–educated and college-educated
adults. In Anonymous (Ed.), How healthy are we?: A
national study of well-being at midlife (pp. 273–
64
319). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Markus, H. R., Uchida, Y., Omoregie, H., Townsend, S.
S. M., & Kitayama, S. (2006). Models of agency in
Japanese and American contexts. Psychological Science,
17, 103–112.
Marsella, A. J., DeVos, G., & Hsu, F. L. K. (1985). Culture
and self: Asian and Western perspectives. London:
Tavistock.
Masuda, T., & Kitayama, S. (2004). Perceiver-induced
constraint and attitude attribution in Japan and the
U.S.: A case for the cultural dependence of the correspondence
bias. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
40(3), 409–416.
Masuda, T., & Nisbett, R. E. (2001). Attending holistically
versus analytically: Comparing the context sensitivity
of Japanese and Americans. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 81, 992–934.
Matsumoto, D. (1999). Culture and self: An empirical
assessment of Markus and Kitayama’s theory of independent
and interdependent self-construal. Asian
Journal of Social Psychology, 2(3), 289–310.
McClelland, D. (1985). Human motivation. Glenview,
IL: Scott Foresman Press.
Mead, G. H. (1934). Mind, self, and society. Chicago:
University of Chicago Press.
Mesquita, B., & Frijda, N. H. (1992). Cultural variations
in emotions: A review. Psychological Bulletin,
112(2), 179–204.
Mesquita, B., Karasawa, M., Haire, A., Izumi, K.,
Hayashi, A., Idzelis, M., et al. (2005). Emotions as
culture-specific ways of relating: A comparison between
Japanese and American groups. Unpublished
manuscript, Wake Forest University, Winston-Salem,
NC.
Miller, J. G. (1984). Culture and the development of everyday
social explanation. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 46, 961–978.
Miller, J. G., & Bersoff, D. M. (1994). Cultural influences
on the moral status of reciprocity and the discounting
of endogenous motivation. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 20, 592–602.
Miyake, K., Chen, S.-J., & Campos, J. J. (1985). Infant
temperament, mother’s mode of interaction, and attachment
in Japan: An interim report. Monographs
of the Society for Research in Child Development,
50(1), 276–297.
Miyamoto, Y., & Kitayama, S. (2002). Cultural variation
in correspondence bias: The critical role of attitude
diagnosticity of socially constrained behavior.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83,
1239–1248.
Miyamoto, Y., Kitayama, S.,&Talhelm, T. (2006, January).
A meta-analytic review of cultural differences in
65
cognitive processes. Poster presented at the Conference
of the Society for Personality and Social Psychology,
Palm Springs, CA.
Miyamoto, Y., Nisbett, R. E., & Masuda, T. (2006).
Culture and the physical environment: Holistic versus
analytic perceptual affordances. Psychological
Science, 17, 113–117.
Morling, B., Kitayama, S.,&Miyamoto, Y. (2002). Cultural
practices emphasize influence in the United
States and adjustment in Japan. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 28, 311–323.
Morling, B., Kitayama, S., & Miyamoto, Y. (2003).
American and Japanese women use different coping
strategies during normal pregnancy. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 29, 114–128.
172 II. THEORY AND METHODS
Morris, M., & Peng, K. (1994). Culture and cause:
American and Chinese attributions for social and
physical events. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 67, 949–971.
Moscovici, S. (1984). The phenomena of social representations.
In R. M. Farr & S. Moscovici (Eds.), Social
representation (pp. 3–69). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge
University Press.
Myers, F. (1986). Pintupi country, Pintupi self: Sentiment,
place, and politics among Western Desert Aborigines.
Washington, DC: Smithsonian Institution
Press.
Naoi, A., & Schooler, C. (1985). Occupational conditions
and psychological functioning in Japan. American
Journal of Sociology, 90, 729–752.
Nisbett, R.,&Cohen, D. (1996). Culture of honor: Psychology
of violence in the South. Boulder, CO:
Westview Press.
Nisbett, R., & Masuda, T. (2003). Culture and point of
view. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences
of the USA, 100, 11163–11170.
Nisbett, R., & Ross, L. (1980). Human inference: Strategies
and shortcomings of social judgment.
Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
Nisbett, R. E. (2003). The geography of thought: Why
we think the way we do. New York: Free Press.
Nisbett, R. E., Peng, K., Choi, I., & Norenzayan, A.
(2001). Culture and systems of thought: Holistic vs.
analytic cognition. Psychological Review, 108, 291–
310.
Nisbett, R. E., & Wilson, D. (1977). Telling more than
we know: Verbal reports on mental processes. Psychological
Review, 84, 231–253.
Norenzayan, A., & Heine, S. J. (2005). Psychological
universals: What are they and how can we know?
Psychological Bulletin, 131, 763–784.
Norenzayan, A., Smith, E. E., Kim, B. J., & Nisbett, R.
66
E. (2002). Cultural preferences for formal versus intuitive
reasoning. Cognitive Science, 26, 653–886.
Ochs, E. (1988). Culture and language development:
Language acquisition and language socialization in a
Samoan village. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University
Press.
Oishi, S., & Diener, E. (2003). Culture and well-being:
The cycle of action, evaluation, and decision. Personality
and Social Psychology Bulletin, 29, 939–949.
Oyserman, D., Coon, H. M., & Kemmelmeier, M.
(2002). Rethinking individualism and collectivism:
Evaluation of theoretical and assumptions and metaanalyses.
Psychological Bulletin, 128, 3–72.
Parsons, T.,&Shils, E. A. (1951). Toward a general theory
of action. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
Pearlin, L. I., & Schooler, C. (1978). The structure of
coping. Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 19, 2–
21.
Peng, K., & Nisbett, R. E. (1999). Culture, dialecticism,
and reasoning about contradiction. American Psychologist,
54, 741–754.
Peng, K., Nisbett, R. E., & Wong, N. (1997). Validity
problems of cross-cultural value comparison and
possible solutions. Psychological Methods, 2, 329–
341.
Putnam, R. D. (1993). Making democracy work: Civic
traditions in modern Italy. Princeton, NJ: Princeton
University Press.
Richerson, P. J., & Boyd, R. (2005). Not by genes alone:
How culture transformed human evolution. Chicago:
University of Chicago Press.
Ross, L. (1977). The intuitive psychologist and his
shortcomings: Distortions in the attribution process.
In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in experimental social
psychology (Vol. 10, pp. 174–221). New York:
Academic Press.
Rothbaum, R., Pott, M., Azuma, H., Miyake, K., &
Weisz, J. (2000). The development of close relationships
in Japan and the U.S.: Pathways of symbiotic
harmony and generative tension. Child Development,
71, 1121–1142.
Rozin, P., Lowery, L., Imada, S.,&Haidt, J. (1999). The
CAD triad hypothesis: A mapping between three
moral emotions (contempt, anger, disgust) and three
moral codes (community, autonomy, divinity). Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 76, 574–
586.
Sampson, E. E. (1988). The debate on individualism: Indigenous
psychologies of the individual and their role
in personal and societal functioning. American Psychologist,
43, 15–22.
Sanchez-Burks, J. (2005). Protestant relational ideology:
67
The cognitive underpinnings and organizational implications
of an American anomaly. Research in Organizational
Behavior, 26, 267–308.
Schimmack, U., Oishi, S.,&Diener, E. (2005). Individualism:
A valid and important dimension of cultural
differences between nations. Personality and Social
Psychology Review, 9(1), 17–31.
Schlesinger, A. M. (1986). The cycles of American history.
Boston: Houghton Mifflin.
Schwartz, S. H. (1992). Universals in the structure and
content of values. In M. P. Zanna (Ed.), Advances in
experimental social psychology (Vol. 25, pp. 1–65).
Orlando, FL: Academic Press.
Sedikides, C., Gaertner, L., & Toguchi, Y. (2003).
Pancultural self-enhancement. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 84(1), 60–79.
Sheldon, K. M., & Kasser, T. (1998). Pursuing personal
goals: Skills enable progress, but not all progress is
beneficial. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin,
24, 1319–1331.
Shore, B. (1996). Culture in mind: Cognition, culture,
and the problem of meaning. New York: Oxford
University Press.
Shweder, R. (2003). Why men barbecue: Recipes for
cultural psychology. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
Shweder, R. A. (Ed.). (1991). Thinking through cultures:
Expeditions in cultural psychology. Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Shweder, R. A., & Bourne, E. J. (1982). Does the con6. Self as Cultural Mode of Being 173
cept of person vary cross-culturally? In A. J. Marsella
& G. M. White (Eds.), Cultural conceptions of mental
health and therapy (pp. 130–204). London:
Reidel.
Shweder, R. A., Much, N. C., Mahapatra, M., & Park,
L. (1997). The “big three” of morality (autonomy,
community, divinity), and the “big three” explanations
of suffering. In A. Brandt & P. Rozin (Eds.),
Morality and health (pp. 119–169). New York:
Routledge.
Singelis, T. M. (1994). The measurement of independent
and interdependent self-construals. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 20(5), 580–591.
Smith, P. B. (2004). Acquiescent response bias as an aspect
of cultural communication style. Journal of
Cross-Cultural Psychology, 35(1), 50–61.
Smith, P. B., & Schwartz, S. (1997). Values. In J. W.
Berry, M. H. Segall, & Ç. Kagitçibasi (Eds.), Handbook
of cross-cultural psychology: Vol. 3. Social
behavior and applications (2nd ed., pp. 77–118).
Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Snibbe, A. C., & Markus, H. R. (2005). You can’t always
68
get what you want: Educational attainment,
agency, and choice. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 88, 703–720.
Sperber, D. (1996). Explaining culture: A naturalistic
approach. London: Blackwell.
Steele, C. M. (1988). The psychology of self-affirmation:
Sustaining the integrity of the self. In L. Berkowitz
(Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology
(Vol. 21, pp. 261–302). San Diego: Academic Press.
Steele, C. M., Spencer, S. J., & Lynch, M. (1993). Selfimage
resilience and dissonance: The role of
affirmational recourses. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 64, 885–896.
Takano, Y., & Osaka, E. (1999). An unsupported common
view: Comparing Japan and the U.S. on individualism/
collectivism. Asian Journal of Social Psychology,
2, 311–341.
Taylor, C. (1989). Sources of the self: The making of
modern identities. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
Taylor, S. E., & Brown, J. D. (1988). Illusion and wellbeing:
A social psychological perspective on mental
health. Psychological Bulletin, 103, 193–220.
Taylor, S. E., Sherman, D. K., Kim, H. S., Jarcho, J.,
Takagi, K., & Dunagan, M. S. (2004). Culture and
social support: Who seeks it and why? Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 87, 354–362.
Tönnies, F. (1988). Community and society. New Brunswick,
NJ: Rutgers University Press. (Original published
in 1887)
Trafimow, D., Triandis, H. C., & Goto, S. G. (1991).
Some tests of the distinction between the private self
and the collective self. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 60, 649–655.
Triandis, H. C. (1989). The self and social behavior in
differing cultural contexts. Psychological Review, 96,
506–520.
Triandis, H. C. (1995). Individualism and collectivism.
Boulder, CO: Westview Press.
Triandis, H. C., Kashima, Y., Shimada, E., & Villareal,
M. (1986). Acculturation indices as a means of confirming
cultural differences. International Journal of
Psychology, 21, 43–70.
Turiel, E. (2004). Commentary: Beyond individualism
and collectivism—a problem or progress? In M. E.
Mascolo & J. Li (Eds.), Culture and developing
selves: Beyond dichotomization (pp. 91–100). San
Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Turner, F. (1920). The frontier in American history. New
York: Holt.
Uchida, Y., & Kitayama, S. (2006). Happiness and unhappiness
and West and East: Themes and variations.
Unpublished manuscript, Koshien University,
69
Takaraduka, Japan.
Uchida, Y., Norasakkunkit, V., & Kitayama, S.
(2004). Cultural constructions of happiness: Theory
and evidence. Journal of Happiness Studies, 5,
223–239.
Watsuji, T. (1961). Climate and culture. Hokuseido
Press. (Original work published 1935)
Weber, M. (1950). The protestant ethic and the spirit of
capitalism (T. Parsons, Trans.). New York: Scribner’s.
(Original work published 1904–1906)
Weisz, J. R., Rothbaum, F. M., & Blackburn, T. C.
(1984). Standing out and standing in: The psychology
of control in America and Japan. American Psychologist,
39, 955–969.
Yamagishi, T., & Yamagishi, M. (1994). Trust and commitment
in the United States and Japan. Motivation
and Emotion, 18(2), 129–166.
Yang, K.-S. (1986). Chinese personality and its change.
In M. H. Bond (Ed.), The psychology of the Chinese
people (pp.106–170). New York: Oxford University
Press.
Zahn-Waxler, C., Friedman, R. J., Cole, P. M., &
Mizuta, I. (1996). Japanese and United States preschool
children’s responses to conflict and distress.
Child Development, 67(5), 2462–2477.
Zuckerman, M., & O’Loughlin, R. E. (2006). Selfenhancement
by social comparison: A prospective
analysis. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin,
32, 751–760.
Allik, J., & McCrae, R. R. (2004). Toward a geography
of personality traits: Patterns of profiles across 36
cultures. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
35(1), 13–28.
Anderson, J. R. (1988). A spreading activation theory of
memory. In A. Collins&E. E. Smith (Eds.), Readings
in cognitive science: A perspective from psychology
and artificial intelligence (pp. 138–154). San Mateo,
CA: Kaufmann.
Ayduk, O., Downey, G., Testa, A., Yen, Y., & Shoda, Y.
(1999). Does rejection elicit hostility in rejection sensitive
women? Social Cognition, 17, 245–271.
Barnouw, V. (1985). Culture and personality. Homewood,
IL: Dorsey.
Bem, D. J., & Allen, A. (1974). On predicting some of
the people some of the time: The search for crosssituational
consistencies in behavior. Psychological
Review, 81, 506–520.
Benedict, R. (1934). Patterns of culture. Boston:
Houghton Mifflin.
Betancourt, H.,&López, S. R. (1993). The study of culture,
ethnicity, and race in American psychology.
American Psychologist, 48(6), 629–637.
Bock, P. K. (2000). Culture and personality revisited.
70
American Behavioral Scientist, 44(1), 32–40.
Borkenau, P., Riemann, R, Spinath, F. M., & Angleitner,
A (2006). Genetic and environmental influences on
person × situation profiles. Journal of Personality,
74, 1451–1479.
7. Integrating System Approaches to Culture and Personality 191
Bouchard, T. J., & Loehlin, J. C. (2001). Genes, evolution,
and personality. Behavior Genetics, 31, 243–
273.
Cantor, N., & Kihlstrom, J. F. (1989). Social intelligence
and cognitive assessments of personality. In R. S. J.
Wyer, & T. K. Srull (Eds.), Advances in social cognition
(Vol. 2, pp. 1–59). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Cervone, D. (2004). The architecture of personality.
Psychological Review, 111(1), 183–204.
Cervone, D. (2005). Personality architecture: Withinperson
structures and processes. Annual Review of
Psychology, 56, 423–452.
Chan, W., & Mendoza-Denton, R. (2004, April). Sensitivity
to race-based rejection among Asian Americans.
Paper presented at the annual meeting of the
Western Psychological Association, Phoenix, AZ.
Cheung, F. M., & Leung, K. (1998). Indigenous personality
measures: Chinese examples. Journal of CrossCultural Psychology, 29, 233–248.
Church, A. T. (2000). Culture and personality: Toward
an integrated cultural trait psychology. Journal of
Personality, 68(4), 651–704.
Church, A. T., Katigbak, M. S.,&Reyes, J. A. S. (1996).
Toward a taxonomy of trait adjectives in Filipino:
Comparing personality lexicons across cultures. European
Journal of Personality, 10, 3–24.
Church, A. T., Katigbak, M. S.,&Reyes, J. A. S. (1998).
Further exploration of Filipino personality structure
using the lexical approach: Do the big-five or bigseven
dimensions emerge? European Journal of Personality,
12, 249–269.
CNN. (2005, January 14). Charleston again ranked
best-mannered city. Available online at www.
CNN.com
Cohen, D. (1997). Ifs and thens in cultural psychology.
In R. S. J. Wyer (Ed.), The automaticity of everyday
life: Advances in social cognition (Vol. 10, pp. 121–
131). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Cohen, D. (1998). Culture, social organization, and patterns
of violence. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 75(2), 408–419.
Cohen, D., & Nisbett, R. E. (1994). Self-protection and
the culture of honor: Explaining southern violence.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 20, 551–
567.
Cohen, D., & Nisbett, R. E. (1997). Field experiments
examining the culture of honor: The role of institutions
71
in perpetuating norms about violence. Personality
and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23(11), 1188–
1199.
Cohen, D., Nisbett, R. E., Bowdle, B. F., & Schwarz,
N. (1996). Insult, aggression, and the Southern culture
of honor: An “experimental ethnography.”
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 70,
945–960.
Cohen, D., Vandello, J., Puente, S., & Rantilla, A.
(1999). “When you call me that, smile!”: How norms
for politeness, interaction styles, and aggression
work together in southern culture. Social Psychology
Quarterly, 62, 257–275.
Cole, M. (1996). Cultural psychology: A once and future
discipline. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
Crocker, J., Major, B., & Steele, C. (1998). Social
stigma. In D. T. Gilbert & S. T. Fiske (Eds.), The
handbook of social psychology (4th ed., pp. 504–
553). New York: McGraw-Hill.
Downey, G., & Feldman, S. I. (1996). Implications of
rejection sensitivity for intimate relationships. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 70, 1327–
1343.
DuBois, C. (1944). The people of Alor: A sociopsychological
study of an East Indian island. Minneapolis:
University of Minnesota Press.
Epstein, S. (1979). The stability of behavior: I. On predicting
most of the people much of the time. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 37, 1097–
1126.
Epstein, S. (1994). Trait theory as personality theory:
Can a part be as great as a whole? Psychological Inquiry,
5, 120–122.
Epstein, S., & O’Brien, E. J. (1985). The person–
situation debate in historical and current perspective.
Psychological Bulletin, 98, 513–537.
Fiske, S. T. (2004). Social beings: A core motives approach
to social psychology. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Geertz, C. (1973). The interpretation of cultures: Selected
essays. New York: Basic Books.
Gilbert, D. T., & Malone, P. S. (1995). The correspondence
bias. Psychological Bulletin, 117, 21–38.
Goldberg, L. R. (1992). The development of markers
for the Big-Five factor structure. Psychological Assessment,
4, 26–42.
Gosling, S. D., & John, O. P. (1999). Personality dimensions
in non-human animals: A cross-species review.
Current Directions in Psychological Science, 8, 69–
73.
Gosling, S. D., Kwan, V. S. Y., & John, O. P. (2003). A
dog’s got personality: A cross-species comparative
approach to personality judgments in dogs and humans.
72
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
85, 1161–1169.
Hartshorne, H., &May, M. A. (1928). Studies in deceit.
Oxford, UK: Macmillan.
Heine, S. J., Lehman, D. R., Markus, H. R., &
Kitayama, S. (1999). Is there a universal need for
positive self-regard? Psychological Review, 106,
766–794.
Higgins, E. T. (1996). Knowledge activation: Accessibility,
applicability, and salience. In E. T. Higgins & A.
W. Kruglanski (Eds.), Social psychology: Handbook
of basic principles (pp. 133–168). New York:
Guilford Press.
Hinton, G. E., McClelland, J. L., & Rumelhart, D. E.
(1986). Distributed representations. In D. E.
Rumelhart & J. L. McClelland (Eds.), Parallel distributed
processing: Explorations in the microstructures
of cognition: Vol. I. Foundations (pp. 77–109).
Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.
Hong, Y., Benet-Martinez, V., Chiu, C., & Morris, M.
192 II. THEORY AND METHODS
W. (2003). Boundaries of cultural influence: Construct
activation as a mechanism for cultural differences
in social perception. Journal of Cross-Cultural
Psychology, 34, 453–464.
Hong, Y., & Chiu, C. (2001). Toward a paradigm shift:
From cross-cultural differences in social cognition to
social-cognitive mediation of cultural differences. Social
Cognition, 19, 181–196.
Hong, Y., & Mallorie, L. A. M. (2004). A dynamic
constructivist approach to culture: Lessons learned
from personality psychology. Journal of Research in
Personality, 38, 59–67.
Hong, Y., Morris, M. W., Chiu, C., & Benet-Martinez,
V. (2000). Multicultural minds: A dynamic
constructivist approach to culture and cognition.
American Psychologist, 55(7), 709–720.
Hoorens, V., & Poortinga, Y. H. (2000). Behavior in the
social context. In K. Pawlik & M. R. Rosenzweig
(Eds.), International handbook of psychology
(pp. 40–53). London: Sage.
Humphreys, M. S., & Kashima, Y. (2002).
Connectionism and self: Distributed representational
systems and their implications for self and identity. In
Y. Kashima, M. Foddy, & M. Platow (Eds.), Self and
identity: Personal, social, and symbolic (pp. 27–54).
Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Inkeles, A. (1996). National character: A psycho-social
study. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction.
Iyengar, S. S., & Lepper, M. R. (1999). Rethinking the
value of choice: A cultural perspective on intrinsic
motivation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
76, 349–366.
73
Kammrath, L., Mendoza-Denton, R., & Mischel, W.
(2005). Incorporating if . . . then . . . signatures in
person perception: Beyond the person–situation dichotomy.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
88, 605–613.
Kaplan, B. (1954). A study of Rorschach responses in
four cultures. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
Kashima, Y. (2001). Culture and social cognition: Toward
a social psychology of cultural dynamics. In D.
Matsumoto (Ed.), The handbook of culture and psychology
(pp. 325–360). New York: Oxford University
Press.
Kashima, Y. (2004). Person, symbol, sociality: Towards
a social psychology of cultural dynamics. Journal of
Research in Personality, 38, 52–58.
Kashima, Y., Kashima, E., Farsides, T., Kim, U., Strack,
F., & Werth, L., et al. (2004). Culture and contextsensitive
self: The amount and meaning of contextsensitivity
of phenomenal self differ across cultures.
Self and Identity, 3, 125–141.
Kitayama, S. (2002). Culture and basic psychological
processes—toward a system view of culture: Comment
on Oyserman et al. (2002). Psychological Bulletin,
128, 89–96.
Kitayama, S., & Markus, H. R. (1999). Yin and yang of
the Japanese self: The cultural psychology of personality
coherence. In D. Cervone & Y. Shoda (Eds.),
The coherence of personality: Social-cognitive bases
of consistency, variability, and organization
(pp. 242–302). New York: Guilford Press.
Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., Matsumoto, H., &
Norasakkunkit, V. (1997). Individual and collective
processes in the construction of the self: Selfenhancement
in the United States and self-criticism in
Japan. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
72, 1245–1267.
Levy, S. R., Ayduk, O., & Downey, G. (2001). Rejection
sensitivity: Implications for interpersonal and intergroup
processes. In M. Leary (Ed.), Interpersonal rejection
(pp. 251–289). New York: Oxford University
Press.
Levy, S. R., West, T., Ramirez, L., & Karafantis, D. M.
(2006). The Protestant work ethic: A lay theory with
dual intergroup implications. Group Processes and
Intergroup Relations, 9, 95–115.
Linton, R. (1936). The study of man: An introduction.
New York: Appleton–Century.
Loehlin, J. C., McCrae, R. R., Costa, P. T. J.,&John, O.
P. (1998). Heritabilities of common and measurespecific
components of the Big Five personality factors.
Journal of Research in Personality, 32(4), 431–
453.
74
Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the
self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation.
Psychological Review, 98, 224–253.
Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1998). The cultural
psychology of personality. Journal of Cross-Cultural
Psychology, 29, 63–87.
McAdams, D. P. (1999). Personal narratives and the life
story. In L. A. Pervin & O. P. John (Eds.), Handbook
of personality: Theory and research (2nd ed.,
pp. 478–500). New York: Guilford Press.
McCrae, R. R. (2000). Trait psychology and the revival
of personality and culture studies. American Behavioral
Scientist, 44, 10–31.
McCrae, R. R. (2004). Human nature and culture: A
trait perspective. Journal of Research in Personality,
38, 3–14.
McCrae, R. R., & Allik, J. (2002). The five-factor
model of personality across cultures. New York:
Kluwer Academic/Plenum Press.
Mendoza-Denton, R. (1999). Lay contextualism in stereotyping.
Unpublished dissertation, Columbia University,
New York.
Mendoza-Denton, R., Ayduk, O. N., Shoda, Y., &
Mischel, W. (1997). Cognitive–affective processing
system analysis of reactions to the O. J. Simpson
criminal trial verdict. Journal of Social Issues, 53,
563–581.
Mendoza-Denton, R., Downey, G., Purdie, V. J., Davis,
A., & Pietrzak, J. (2002). Sensitivity to status-based
rejection: Implications for African American students’
college experience. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 83, 896–918.
Mendoza-Denton, R., Page-Gould, E., & Pietrzak, J.
(2006). Mechanisms for coping with status-based rejection
expectations. In S. Levin & C. Van Laar
7. Integrating System Approaches to Culture and Personality 193
(Eds.), Stigma and group inequality: Social psychological
approaches (pp. 151–169). Mahwah, NJ:
Erlbaum.
Mendoza-Denton, R., Park, S., Kammrath, L., & Peake,
P. K. (2004, September). Perceivers as social cognitive
theorists: The case of gender stereotypes. Paper
presentation to the Psychology Department, Stanford
University, Stanford, CA.
Mendoza-Denton, R., Shoda, Y., Ayduk, O.,&Mischel,
W. (1999). Applying cognitive-affective processing
system (CAPS) theory to cultural differences in social
behavior. In W. J. Lonner & D. L. Dinnel (Eds.),
Merging past, present, and future in cross-cultural
psychology: Selected papers from the 14th international
congress of the International Association for
Cross-Cultural Psychology (pp. 205–217). Lisse, The
Netherlands: Swets & Zeitlinger.
75
Miller, J. G. (1997). Theoretical issues in cultural psychology.
In J. W. Berry & Y. H. Poortinga (Eds.),
Handbook of cross-cultural psychology: Vol. 1. Theory
and method (pp. 85–128). Needham Heights,
MA: Allyn & Bacon.
Miller, J. G. (1999). Cultural psychology: Implications
for basic psychological theory. Psychological Science,
10, 85–91.
Mischel, W. (1968). Personality and assessment. New
York: Wiley.
Mischel, W. (1973). Toward a cognitive social learning
reconceptualization of personality. Pyschological Review,
80, 252–283.
Mischel, W. (2003). Challenging the traditional personality
psychology paradigm. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.),
Psychologists defying the crowd: Stories of those
who battled the establishment and won (pp. 139–
156). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Mischel,W. (2004). Toward an integrative science of the
person. Annual Review of Psychology, 55, 1–22.
Mischel, W., & Morf, C. C. (2003). The self as a
psycho-social dynamic processing system: A metaperspective
on a century of the self in psychology. In
M. R. Leary&J. P. Tangney (Eds.), Handbook of self
and identity (pp. 15–43). New York: Guilford Press.
Mischel, W., & Peake, P. K. (1982). Beyond déjà vu in
the search for cross-situational consistency. Psychological
Review, 89, 730–755.
Mischel, W., & Peake, P. K. (1983). Some facets of consistency:
Replies to Epstein, Funder, and Bem. Psychological
Review, 90(4), 394–402.
Mischel, W., & Shoda, Y. (1995). A cognitive-affective
system theory of personality: Reconceptualizing situations,
dispositions, dynamics, and invariance in personality
structure. Psychological Review, 102, 246–
268.
Mischel, W., & Shoda, Y. (1999). Integrating dispositions
and processing dynamics within a unified theory
of personality: The cognitive–affective personality
system. In L. A. Pervin & O. P. John (Eds.),
Handbook of personality: Theory and research (2nd
ed., pp. 197–218). New York: Guilford Press.
Mischel, W., Shoda, Y., & Mendoza-Denton, R. (2002).
Situation–behavior profiles as a locus of consistency
in personality. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 11, 50–54.
Morris, M. W., Nisbett, R. E., & Peng, K. (1995).
Causal attribution across domains and cultures. In D.
Sperber & D. Premack (Eds.), Causal cognition: A
multidisciplinary debate (pp. 577–614). New York:
Clarendon Press/Oxford University Press.
Newcomb, T. M. (1929). The consistency of certain
extrovert–introvert behavior patterns in 51 problem
76
boys. New York: Columbia University, Teachers College
Bureau of Publications.
Nisbett, R. E., & Cohen, D. (1996). Culture of honor:
The psychology of violence in the South. Boulder,
CO: Westview Press.
Obeyeskere, G. (1981). Medusa’s hair: An essay on personal
symbols and religious experience. Chicago:
University of Chicago Press.
Peng, K., Nisbett, R. E., & Wong, N. Y. C. (1997). Validity
problems comparing values across cultures and
possible solutions. Psychological Methods, 2(4),
329–344.
Pervin, L. A. (1994). A critical analysis of current trait
theory. Psychological Inquiry, 5, 103–113.
Pervin, L. A. (1999). The cross-cultural challenge to personality.
In Y. Lee & C. R. McCauley (Eds.), Personality
and person perception across cultures (pp. 23–
41). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Pervin, L. A. (2001). A dynamic systems approach to
personality. European Psychologist, 6(3), 172–176.
Peterson, D. R. (1968). The clinical study of social
behavior. New York: Appleton.
Piker, S. (1998). Contributions of psychological anthropology.
Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 29, 9–
31.
Plaks, J. E., Shafer, J. L., & Shoda, Y. (2003). Perceiving
individuals and groups as coherent: How do
perceivers make sense of variable behavior? Social
Cognition, 21, 26–60.
Poortinga, Y. H., & Hemert, D. A. (2001). Personality
and culture: Demarcating between the common and
the unique. Journal of Personality, 69, 1033–1060.
Pratto, F., Sidanius, J., Stallworth, L. M., & Malle, B. F.
(1994). Social dominance orientation: A personality
variable predicting social and political attitudes.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 67,
741–763.
Read, S. J., Jones, D. K., & Miller, L. C. (1990). Traits
as goal-based categories—the importance of goals in
the coherence of dispositional categories. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 58, 1048–1061.
Read, S. J., & Miller, L. C. (1998). Connectionist models
of social reasoning and social behavior. Mahwah,
NJ: Erlbaum.
Read, S. J., & Miller, L. C. (2002). Virtual personalities:
A neural network model of personality. Personality
and Social Psychology Review, 6, 357–369.
Ross, L., & Nisbett, R. E. (1991). The person and the
194 II. THEORY AND METHODS
situation: Perspectives of social psychology. New
York: McGraw-Hill.
Schwartz, S. H. (1992). Universals in the content and
structure of values: Theoretical advances and empirical
77
tests in 20 countries. In M. Zanna (Ed.), Advances
in experimental social psychology (Vol. 25,
pp. 1–66). New York: Academic Press.
Sellers, R. M., Caldwell, C. H., Schmeelk-Cone, K.
H., & Zimmerman, M. A. (2003). Racial identity,
racial discrimination, perceived stress, and psychological
distress among African American young
adults. Journal of Health and Social Behavior,
44(3), 302–317.
Shelton, J. N. (2000). A reconceptualization of how we
study issues of racial prejudice. Personality and Social
Psychology Review, 4(4), 374–390.
Shoda, Y. (1999). A unified framework for the study of
behavioral consistency: Bridging person–situation
interaction and the consistency paradox. European
Journal of Personality, 13, 361–387.
Shoda, Y., LeeTiernan, S., & Mischel, W. (2002). Personality
as a dynamical system: Emergency of stability
and distinctiveness from intra- and interpersonal
interactions. Personality and Social Psychology Review,
6(4), 316–325.
Shoda, Y., & Mischel, W. (1993). Cognitive social approach
to dispositional inferences: What if the
perceiver is a cognitive social theorist? Personality
and Social Psychology Bulletin, 19, 574–585.
Shoda, Y., & Mischel, W. (1998). Personality as a stable
cognitive–affective activation network: Characteristic
patterns of behavior variation emerge from a stable
personality structure. In S. J. Read & L. C. Miller
(Eds.), Connectionist models of social reasoning and
social behavior (pp. 175–208). Mahwah, NJ:
Erlbaum.
Shoda, Y., & Mischel, W. (2000). Reconciling contextualism
with the core assumptions of personality psychology.
European Journal of Personality, 14, 407–
428.
Shoda, Y., Mischel, W., & Wright, J. C. (1993). Links
between personality judgments and contextualized
behavior patterns: Situation–behavior profiles of personality
prototypes. Social Cognition, 4, 399–429.
Shoda, Y., Mischel, W., & Wright, J. C. (1994).
Intraindividual stability in the organization and patterning
of behavior: Incorporating psychological situations
into the idiographic analysis of personality.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 67,
674–687.
Shweder, R. A. (1990). Cultural psychology—What is
it? In J. W. Stigler, R. A. Shweder, & G. Herdt (Eds.),
Cultural psychology: Essays on comparative human
development (pp. 1–43). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge
University Press.
Shweder, R. A. (1991). Thinking through cultures: Expeditions
in cultural psychology. Cambridge, MA:
78
Harvard University Press.
Snyder, M., & Ickes, W. (1984): Personality and social
behavior. In G. Lindzey & E. Aronson (Eds.), Handbook
of social psychology (pp. 883–947). New York:
Random House.
Steele, C. M. (1997). A threat in the air: How stereotypes
shape intellectual identity and performance.
American Psychologist, 52, 613–629.
Triandis, H. C. (1996). The psychological measurement
of cultural syndromes. American Psychologist, 51,
407–415.
Triandis, H. C. (1997). Cross-cultural perspectives on
personality. In R. Hogan, J. Johnson, & S. Briggs
(Eds.), Handbook of personality (pp. 440–459). San
Diego: Academic Press.
Triandis, H. C. (2000). Dialectics between cultural and
cross-cultural psychology. Asian Journal of Social
Psychology, 3, 185–195.
Triandis, H. C., Lambert, W. W., Berry, J. W., Lonner,
W., Heron, A., Brislin, R. W., et al. (1980). Handbook
of cross-cultural psychology. Boston: Allyn &
Bacon.
Triandis, H. C., & Suh, E. M. (2002). Cultural influences
on personality. Annual Review of Psychology,
53(1), 133–160.
Tylor, E. B. (1871). The origins of culture. Gloucester,
MA: Peter Smith.
Vandello, J. A., & Cohen, D. (2004). When believing is
seeing: Sustaining norms of violence in cultures of
honor. In M. Schaller & C. S. Crandall (Eds.), The
psychological foundations of culture (pp. 281–304).
Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Vernon, P. E. (1964). Personality assessment: A critical
survey. New York: Wiley.
Wallace, A. F. C. (1961). Culture and personality. New
York: Random House.
Whiting, B. B., & Whiting, J. W. M. (1975). Children of
six cultures: A psycho-cultural analysis. Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Whiting, J. W. M., & Child, I. L. (1953). Child training
and personality: A cross-cultural study. New Haven,
CT: Yale University Press.
Wright, J. C.,&Mischel,W. (1988). Conditional hedges
and the intuitive psychology of traits. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 55, 454–469.
Yeats, W. B. (1927). Among school children. In The W.
B. Yeats collection [electronic resource; www.collections.
chadwyck.com]. Alexandria, VA: ChadwyckHealey.
Abelson, R. (1985). A variance explanation paradox.
Psychological Bulletin, 97, 128–132.
Abelson, R. (1995). Statistics as principled argument.
Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
79
Adams, G. (2005). The cultural grounding of personal
relationship: Enemyship in North American and
West African worlds. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 88, 948–968.
Adams, G., & Markus, H. (2004). Toward a conception
of culture suitable for a social psychology of culture.
In M. Schaller & C. Crandall (Eds.), The psychological
foundations of culture (pp. 335–360). Mahwah,
NJ: Erlbaum.
Asch, S. (1987). Social psychology. New York: Oxford
University Press. (Original work published in 1952)
Au, T. K. (1983). Chinese and English counterfactuals.
Cognition, 15, 155–187.
Au, T. K. (1984). Counterfactuals: In reply to Alfred
Bloom. Cognition, 17, 289–302.
Bargh, J., Chen, M., & Burrows, L. (1996).
Automaticity of social behavior: Direct effects of trait
construct and stereotype activation on action. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 230–
244.
Baron, L., & Straus, M. (1989). Four theories of rape in
American society. New Haven, CT: Yale University
Press.
Berry, J. (1979). A cultural ecology of social behavior. In
L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in Experimental Social
Psychology (Vol. 12, pp. 177–206). New York: Academic
Press.
Berry, J., Poortinga, Y., & Pandey, J. (1997). Handbook
of cross-cultural psychology. Boston: Allyn&Bacon.
Blass, T. (2004). The man who shocked the world. New
York: Basic Books.
Bloom, A. H. (1981). The linguistic shaping of thought.
Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Bloom, A. H. (1984). Caution—the words you use may
affect what you say. Cognition, 17, 275–287.
Bond, M. H. (2002). Reclaiming the individual from
Hofstede’s ecological analysis—A 20-year odyssey:
Comment on Oyserman et al. (2002). Psychological
Bulletin, 128, 73–77.
Bornstein, R. (1989). Exposure and affect. Psychological
Bulletin, 106, 265–289.
Braudel, F. (1980). On history. Chicago: University of
Chicago Press.
Brown, R. (1965). Social psychology. New York: Free
Press.
Cavalli-Sforza, L., & Cavalli-Sforza, F. (1995). The
great human diasporas. Reading, MA: Perseus.
Cohen, A., Siegel, J., & Rozin, P. (2003). Faith versus
practice. European Journal of Social Psychology, 33,
287–295.
Cohen, D. (2001). Cultural variation. Psychological
Bulletin, 127, 451–471.
Cohen, D. (2003). The American national conversation
80
about (everything but) shame. Social Research, 70,
1075–1108.
Cohen, D. (2005). Tradition’s thread. Unpublished
manuscript, University of Illinois, Urbana–
Champaign.
Cohen, D., Hoshino-Browne, E., & Leung, A. (2007).
Culture and the structure of personal experience: Insider
and outsider phenomonologies of the self and
social world. In M. Zanna (Ed.), Advances in experimental
social psychology (pp. 1–67). San Diego: Academic
Press.
Cohen, D., & Nisbett, R. E. (1994). Self-protection and
the culture of honor. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 20, 551–567.
Cohen, D., & Nisbett, R. E. (1997). Field experiments
examining the culture of honor. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 23, 1188–1199.
Cohen, D., Nisbett, R. E., Bowdle, B., & Schwarz, N.
(1996). Insult, aggression, and the southern culture
of honor. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
70, 945–960.
Cohen, D., Vandello, J., Puente, S., & Rantilla, A.
(1999). When you call me that, smile! Social Psychology
Quarterly, 62, 257–275.
Cohen, J. (1988). Statistical power analysis for the
behavioral sciences. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Colson, E. (1975). Tradition and contract. Chicago: Aldine.
Cooter, R. (1997). Normative failure theory of law. Cornell
Law Review, 82, 947–979.
232 II. THEORY AND METHODS
Cronbach, L. (1990). Essentials of psychological testing.
New York: HarperCollins.
Daly, M., &Wilson, M. (1988). Homicide. Hawthorne,
New York: Aldine de Gruyter.
Deci, E., Koestner, R., & Ryan, R. (1999) A metaanalytic
review of experiments examining the effects
of extrinsic rewards on intrinsic motivation. Psychological
Bulletin, 125, 627–668.
Diamond, J. (1999). Guns, germs, and steel. New York:
Norton.
Diamond, J. (2005). The ends of the world as we know
them. Retrieved on January 1, 2005, from
www.nytimes.com/2005/01/01/opinion/
01diamond.html?incamp=article_popular_
1&oref=login&pagewanted=print&position
Diener, E., & Suh, E. (Eds.). (2003). Culture and subjective
well-being. Boston: MIT Press.
Dijksterhuis, A., & van Knippenberg, A. (1998). The relation
between perception and behavior, or how to
win a game of Trivial Pursuit. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 74, 865–877.
Dimont, M. (1978). The Jews in America. New York:
Simon & Schuster.
81
Edgerton, R. (1992). Sick societies. New York: Free
Press.
Eliot, T. S. (1998). The SacredWood and major early essays.
Mineola, NY: Dover.
Ellsworth, P., & Gonzalez, R. (2003). Questions and
comparison. In M. Hogg & J. Cooper (Eds.), The
SAGE handbook of social psychology (pp. 24–42).
London: Sage.
Encyclopaedia Britannica. (2004). Retrieved November
2, 2004, from www.britannica.com/ebi/article?
tocId=9273747&query=christopher%
20columbus&ct=“ebi”
Feldman, R. (1968). Response to compatriot and foreigner
who seek assistance. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 10, 202–214.
Fish, S. (2005, December). Academic cross-dressing.
Harper’s, pp. 70–72.
Fiske, A. P. (2002). Using individualism and collectivism
to compare cultures. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 78–
88.
Fiske, A. P., Kitayama, S., Markus, H., & Nisbett, R. E.
(1998). The cultural matrix of social psychology. In
D. T. Gilbert, S. T. Fiske, & G. Linzey (Eds.), Handbook
of social psychology (pp. 915–981). Boston:
McGraw-Hill.
Franiuk, R., Cohen, D., & Pomerantz, E. (2002). Implicit
theories of relationships. Personal Relationships,
9, 345–367.
Galison, P. (2004). Einstein’s compass. Scientific American,
291, 67–69.
Gardner, W., Gabriel, S., & Lee, A. (1999). “I” value
freedom, but “we” value relationships. Psychological
Science, 10, 321–326.
Gilbert, D., Fiske, S., & Lindzey, G. (1998). Handbook
of social psychology. New York: McGrawHill.
Gilbert, D., & Wilson, T. (2000). Miswanting. In J.
Forgas (Ed.), Feeling and thinking (pp. 178–197).
New York: Cambridge University Press.
Gintis, H. (2006). A framework for the unification of
the behavioral sciences. Retrieved October 25, 2006,
from www.bbsonline.org/Preprints/Gintis-12052005/
Referees/Gintis-12052005_preprint.pdf
Glazer, N. (1957). American Judaism. Chicago: University
of Chicago Press.
Glazer, N. (2000). Disaggregating culture. In L. Harrison
& S. Huntington (Eds.), Culture matters (pp.
219–230). New York: Basic Books.
Guglielmino, C., Viganotti, C., Hewlett, B., & CavalliSforza, L. (1995) Cultural variation in Africa. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, USA,
92, 7585–7589.
Haidt, J., Koller, S., & Dias, M. (1993). Affect, culture,
82
and morality, or is it wrong to eat your dog?
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 65,
613–628.
Han, S., & Shavitt, S. (1994). Persuasion and culture.
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 30, 326–
350.
Heine, S. J. (2005). Constructing good selves in Japan
and North America. In R. Sorrentino, D. Cohen, J.
Olson,&M. Zanna (Eds.), Culture and social behavior
(pp. 95–116). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Heine, S. J., Kitayama, S., & Lehman, D. R. (2001).
Cultural differences in self-evaluation. Journal of
Cross-Cultural Psychology, 32, 434–443.
Heine, S. J., & Lehman, D. R. (1995). Cultural variation
in unrealistic optimism. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 68, 595–607.
Heine, S. J., & Lehman, D. R. (1997a). Culture, dissonance,
and self-affirmation. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 81, 599–615.
Heine, S. J., & Lehman, D. R. (1997b). The cultural
construction of self-enhancement. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 72, 1268–1283.
Heine, S. J., & Lehman, D. R. (1999). Culture, selfdiscrepancies,
and self-satisfaction. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 25, 915–925.
Heine, S., Lehman, D., Markus, H., & Kitayama, S.
(1999). Is there a universal need for positive selfregard?
Psychological Review, 106, 766–794.
Heine, S., Lehman, D. R., Peng, K., & Greenholtz, J.
(2002). What’s wrong with cross-cultural comparisons
of subjective Likert scales? Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 82, 903–918.
Heine, S. J., & Renshaw, K. (2002). Interjudge agreement,
self-enhancement, and liking. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 442–451.
Heine, S. J., Takata, T., & Lehman, D. R. (2000). Beyond
self-presentation. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 26, 71–78.
Henrich, J., Boyd, R., Bowles, S., Camerer, C., Gintis,
H., McElreath, R., et al. (2001). In search of Homo
economicus: Experiments in 15 small-scale societies.
American Economic Review, 91, 73–79.
Henrich, J., Boyd, R., Bowles, S., Gintis, H., Fehr, E.,
Camerer, C., et al. (2005). “Economic Man” in cross8. Methods in Cultural Psychology 233
cultural perspective. Behavioral and Brain Sciences,
28, 795–815.
Herrnstein, R., & Murray, C. (1994). The bell curve.
New York: Free Press.
Heyman, G. D.,&Diesendruck, G. (2002). The Spanish
ser/estar distinction in bilingual children’s reasoning
about human psychological characteristics. Developmental
Psychology, 38, 407–417.
83
Hong, Y., Ip, G., Chiu, C., Morris, M., & Menon, T.
(2001). Construction of the self. Social Cognition,
19, 251–268.
Hong, Y., Morris, M., Chiu, C., & Benet-Martinez, V.
(2000). Multicultural minds. American Psychologist,
55, 709–720.
Hoshino-Browne, E., Zanna, A. S., Spencer, S. J.,
Zanna, M. P., Kitayama, S., & Lackenbauer, S.
(2005). On the cultural guises of cognitive dissonance.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
89, 294–310.
Huntington, S. P. (1996). The clash of civilizations and
the remaking of world order. New York: Simon &
Schuster.
Johnson, T., Kulesa, P., Cho, Y., & Shavitt, S. (2005).
The relation between culture and response styles.
Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 36, 264–277.
Kelly, M. H. (1999). Regional naming patterns and the
culture of honor. Names, 47, 3–20.
Kim, H., & Markus, H. (1999). Deviance or uniqueness,
harmony or conformity? Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 77, 785–800.
Kitayama, S. (2002). Culture and basic psychological
processes—toward a system view of culture. Psychological
Bulletin, 128, 89–96.
Kitayama, S., & Markus, H. (1999). Yin and yang of
the Japanese self. In D. Cervone & Y. Shoda (Eds.),
The coherence of personality (pp. 242–302). New
York: Guilford Press.
Kitayama, S., Markus, H., Matsumoto, H., &
Norasakkunkit, V. (1997). Individual and collective
processes in the construction of the self. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 1245–1267.
Kitayama, S., Snibbe, A. C., Markus, H. R., & Suzuki,
T. (2004). Is there any “free” choice? Psychological
Science, 15, 527–533.
Knauft, B. (1985). Good company and violence. Berkeley:
University of California Press.
Kuhnen, U., Hannover, B., & Schubert, B. (2001). The
semantic–procedural interface model of the self.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 80,
397–409.
Kuhnen, U., & Oyserman, D. (2002). Thinking about
the self influences thinking in general. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 38, 492–499.
Kuran, T. (1995). Private truths, public lies. Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Kwan, V. (2007, January). Imported cultural symbols
affect everyday decisions. Paper presented at cultural
psychology preconference of the Society for Personality
and Social Psychology annual meeting, Memphis,
TN.
Lalwani, A. K., Shavitt, S., & Johnson, T. (2006). What
84
is the relation between cultural orientation and socially
desirable responding? Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 90, 165–178.
Lee, A., Aaker, J., & Gardner, W. (2000). The pleasures
and pains of distinct self-construals. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 78(6), 1122–1134.
Lee, F., Hallahan, M., & Herzog, T. (1996). Explaining
real-life events: How culture and domain shape attributions.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin,
22, 732–741.
Leung, A. K.-Y., & Cohen, D. (2007). Within- and
between-culture variation. Urbana-Champaign: University
of Illinois.
Levine, R., Martinez, T., Brase, G., & Sorenson, K.
(1994). Helping in 36 U.S. cities. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 67(1), 69–82.
Levine, R.,&Norenzayan, A. (1999). The pace of life in
31 countries. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
30(2), 178–205.
Levine, R., Sato, S., Hashimoto, T., & Verma, J. (1995).
Love and marriage in eleven cultures. Journal of
Cross-Cultural Psychology, 26(5), 554–571.
Lewontin, R. (1995). Sex, lies, and social science. Retrieved
October 25, 2006, from www.nybooks.com/
contents/19950420
Linton, R. (1936). The study of man. New York:
Appleton–Century–Crofts.
Loewenstein, G., & Schkade, D. (1999). Wouldn’t it be
nice? In D. Kahneman, E. Diener, & N. Schwarz
(Eds.), Well-being (pp. 85–105). New York: Russell
Sage Foundation.
Lopez, A., Atran, S., Coley, J., Medin, D. L., & Smith,
E. (1997). The tree of life. Cognitive Psychology, 32,
251–295.
Lyness, S. (1993). Predictors of differences between Type
a and Type b individuals in heart rate and blood pressure
reactivity. Psychological Bulletin, 114, 266–295.
MacFarquhar, L. (2004, October 18). The pollster. The
New Yorker, pp. 85–94.
MacLeod, R. B. (1947). The phenomenological approach
to social psychology. Psychological Review,
54, 193–210.
Medin, D. L., & Atran, S. (2004). The native mind: Biological
categorization and reasoning in development
and across cultures. Psychological Review, 111, 960–
983.
Mesquita, B., & Karasawa, M. (2002). Different emotional
lives. Cognition and Emotion, 16, 127–141.
Milgram, S. (1974). Obedience to authority. New York:
Harper.
Miller, D. (1999). The norm of self-interest. American
Psychologist, 54, 1053–1060.
Miller, D., & Prentice, D. (1994). Collective errors and
85
errors about the collective. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 20, 541–550.
Miller, J. (2002). Bringing culture to basic psychological
theory—beyond individualism and collectivism. Psychological
Bulletin, 128, 97–109.
Miller, T., Smith, T., Turner, C., Guijarro, M., & Hallet,
234 II. THEORY AND METHODS
A. (1996). Meta-analytic review of research on hostility
and physical health. Psychological Bulletin,
119, 322–348.
Mischel, W., & Shoda, Y. (1995). A cognitive affective
system theory of personality. Psychological Review,
102, 246–268.
Miyamoto, Y., Nisbett, R. E., & Masuda, T. (2006).
Culture and the physical environment: Holistic versus
analytic perceptual affordances. Psychological
Science, 17, 113–119.
Morling, B., Kitayama, S.,&Miyamoto, Y. (2002). Cultural
practices emphasize influence in the United
States and adjustment in Japan. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 28, 311–323.
Morris, M., & Peng, K. (1994). Culture and cause.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 67,
949–971.
Murdock, G., & White, D. (2006). Standard crosscultural
sample: On-line. Retrieved October 24,
2006, from eclectic.ss.uci.edu/~drwhite/worldcul/
SCCS1969.pdf
Nagel, T. (1974). What is it like to be a bat? Philosophical
Review, 83, 435–450.
Nisbett, R. (2004). The geography of thought. New
York: Free Press.
Nisbett, R. (2005). The ghosts of cultural psychology. In
R. Sorrentino, D. Cohen, J. Olson, & M. Zanna
(Eds.), Culture and social behavior (pp. 251–258).
Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Nisbett, R., & Masuda, T. (2003). Culture and point of
view. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences
of the USA, 100, 11163–11170.
Nisbett, R., Peng, K., Choi, I., & Norenzayan, A.
(2001). Culture and systems of thought. Psychological
Review, 108, 291–310.
Nisbett, R., & Wilson, T. (1977). Telling more than we
can know. Psychological Review, 84, 231–259.
Norenzayan, A., & Heine, S. (2005). Psychological universals:
What are they and how can we know? Psychological
Bulletin, 131, 763–784.
Oyserman, D., Coon, H., & Kemmelmeier, M. (2002).
Rethinking individualism and collectivism. Psychological
Bulletin, 128, 3–72.
Oyserman, D., Kemmelmeier, M., & Coon, H. (2002).
Cultural psychology, a new look. Psychological Bulletin,
128, 110–117.
86
Pagel, M., & Mace, R. (2004). The cultural wealth of
nations. Nature, 428, 275–278.
Pauker, S., & Pauker, S. (1979). The amniocentesis decision.
Birth Defects, 15, 289–324.
Perunovic, E., Ross, M., & Wilson, A. (2005). Language,
culture and conceptions of the self. In R.
Sorrentino, D. Cohen, J. Olson, & M. Zanna (Eds.),
Culture and social behavior (pp. 165–180).
Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Putnam, R. (1993). Making democracy work. Princeton,
NJ: Princeton University Press.
Rosnow, R., & Rosenthal, R. (2002). Beginning
behavioral research. Upper Saddle River, NJ:
Prentice Hall.
Ross, L., & Nisbett, R. E. (1991). The person and the
situation. New York: McGraw-Hill.
Rozin, P. (1999). The process of moralization. Psychological
Science, 10, 218–221.
Rozin, P. (2001). Social psychology and science. Personality
and Social Psychology Review, 5, 2–14.
Rozin, P. (2003). Five potential principles for understanding
cultural differences in relation to individual
differences. Journal of Research in Personality, 37,
273–283.
Rozin, P., Lowery, L, Imada, S., & Haidt, J. (1999). The
CAD triad hypothesis. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 76, 574–586.
Salancik, G. (1979). Field stimulations for organizational
behavior research. Administrative Science
Quarterly, 24, 638–650.
Sanchez-Burks, J. (2002). Protestant relational ideology
and (in)attention to relational cues in work settings.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83,
919–929.
Sanchez-Burks, J. (2005). Protestant relational ideology.
In R. Kramer&B. Staw (Eds.), Research in organizational
behavior (pp. 267–308). New York: Elsevier.
Schuman, H., & Kalton, G. (1985). Survey methods. In
G. Lindzey&A. Aronson (Eds.), Handbook of social
psychology (pp. 635–697). New York: Random
House.
Schuman, H., & Presser, S. (1981). Questions and answers
in attitude surveys. New York: Academic Press.
Schwarz, N. (1999). Self-reports. American Psychologist,
54, 93–105.
Sears, D. (1986). College sophomores in the laboratory.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 51,
515–530.
Sears, D., & Funk, C. (1990). The limited effect of economic
self-interest on the political attitudes of the
mass public. Journal of Behavioral Economics, 19,
247–271.
Sera, M. D., Bales, D. W., & del Castillo Pintado, J.
87
(1997). Ser helps Spanish speakers identify “real”
properties. Child Development, 68, 820–831.
Sherif, M., Harvey, O., White, J., Hood, W., & Sherif,
C. (1954). Intergroup conflict and cooperation: The
Robbers Cave experiment. Norman: University of
Oklahoma.
Shweder, R. (1990). Cultural psychology. In J. Stigler, R.
Shweder,&G. Herdt (Eds.), Cultural psychology (pp.
1–43). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Shweder, R. (1993). “Why do men barbeque” and other
postmodern ironies of growing up in the decade of
ethnicity. Daedalus, 122, 279–308.
Shweder, R. (1997). The surprise of ethnography. Ethos,
25, 152–163.
Shweder, R. (2000). Moral maps, “first world” conceits,
and the new evangelists. In L. Harrison & S. Huntington
(Eds.), Culture matters (pp. 158–176). New
York: Basic Books.
Shweder, R. (2003). Why do men barbeque? Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Shweder, R., Much, N., Mahapatra, M., & Park, L.
8. Methods in Cultural Psychology 235
(1997). The “Big Three” of morality (autonomy,
community, divinity) and the “Big Three” explanations
of suffering. In A. Brandt & P. Rozin (Eds.),
Morality and health (pp. 119–169). Florence, KY:
Taylor & Frances/Routledge.
Singelis, T. (1994). The measurement of independent
and interdependent self-construals. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 20(5), 580–591.
Smith, P., & Bond, M. (2003). Honoring culture scientifically
when doing social psychology. InM. Hogg&
J. Cooper (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of social psychology
(pp. 43–61). London: Sage.
Spencer, S. J., Zanna, M. P., & Fong, G. T. (2005). Establishing
a causal chain: Why experiments are often
more effective than mediational analyses in examining
psychological processes. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 89, 845–851.
Spiro, M. (1990). On the strange and familiar in recent
anthropological thought. In J. Stigler, R. Shweder, &
G. Herdt (Eds.), Cultural psychology (pp. 47–61).
Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Stapel, D., & Koomen, W. (2001). I, we, and the effects
of others on me. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 80, 766–781.
Starr, K. (1998). Starr report. Retrieved December 17,
2005, from www.cnn.com/specials/multimedia/
timeline/9809/starr.report/tab.html.
Stasser, G., & Titus, W. (1985). Pooling of unshared information
in group decision making. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 48, 1467–1478.
Steele, C. M. (1997). A threat in the air. American Psychologist,
88
52, 613–629.
Steele, C. M. (1999). Thin ice. The Atlantic Monthly,
284, 44–47, 50–54.
Symons, D. (1992). On the use and misuse of Darwinism
in the study of human behavior. In J. Barkow, L.
Cosmides, & J. Tooby (Eds.), The adapted mind.
New York: Oxford University Press.
Trafimow, D., Triandis, H., & Goto, S. (1991) Some
tests of the distinction between the private and the
collective self. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
60, 649–655.
Triandis, H. (1994). Culture and social behavior. New
York: McGraw-Hill.
Triandis, H., & Berry, J. (1980). Handbook of crosscultural
psychology. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Triandis, H. C., Marin, G., Lisansky, J., & Betancourt,
H. (1984). Simpatia as a cultural script of Hispanics.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 47(6),
1363–1375.
Tsai, J., Levenson, R., & McLoy, K. (2006). Cultural
and temperamental variation in emotional response.
Emotion, 6, 484–497.
U.S. Bureau of the Census. (1999). Statistical abstract of
the United States. Washington, DC: Author.
van Baaren, R. B., Horgan, T. G., Chartrand, T. L., &
Dijkmans, M. (2004). The forest, the trees, and the
chameleon: Context dependence and mimicry. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 86, 453–
459.
Vandello, J., & Cohen, D. (1999). Patterns of individualism
and collectivism in the United States. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 77, 279–
292.
White, K., Lehman, D. R., & Cohen, D. (2006). Culture,
self-construal, and affective reactions to successful
and unsuccessful others. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 45, 582–592.
Will, G. (2004a, October 3). State and local disputes
will drive the nation’s choice. Champaign-Urbana
News-Gazette, p. B2.
Will, G. (2004b, April 26). Shock and awe in Iraq.
Newsweek, p. 64.
Will, G. (2005). The oddness of everything. Retrieved
December 6, 2005, from www.msnbc.msn.com/id/
7856556/site/newsweek/page/2/.
Wilson, T., & Dunn, E. (2004). Self-knowledge. Annual
Review of Psychology, 55, 493–518.
Yamagishi, T. (1986). The provision of a sanctioning
system as a public good. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 51, 110–116.
Yamagishi, T. (1988). Exit from the group as an individualistic
solution to the free rider problem in the
United States and Japan. Journal of Experimental Social
89
Psychology, 24, 530–542.
Yamagishi, T., & Cook, K. (1993). Generalized exchange
and social dilemmas. Social Psychology
Quarterly, 56, 235–248.
Aguirre, G. K., & D’Esposito, M. (1999). Experimental
design for brain FMRI. In A. L. Baert, K. Sartor, & J.
E. Youker (Eds.), Functional MRI (pp. 369–380).
New York: Springer.
Arikan, M. K., Venrim, M., Oran, O., Inan, S., Elhih,
M., & Demiralp, T. (1999). Music effects on eventrelated
potentials of humans on the basis of cultural
environment. Neuroscience Letters, 268(1), 21–24.
Benjamin J., Li, L., Patterson, C., Greenberg, B. D.,
Murphy, D. L., & Hamer, D. H. (1996). Population
and familial association between the D4 dopamine
receptor gene and measures of novelty seeking. Nature
Genetics, 2, 81–84.
Betancourt, H.,&Lopez, S. R. (1993). The study of culture,
ethnicity, and race in American psychology.
American Psychologist, 48, 629–637.
Bolger, D. J., Perfetti, C. A., & Schneider, W. (2005).
Cross-cultural effect on the brain revisited: Universal
structures plus writing system variation. Human
Brain Mapping, 25(1), 92–104.
Bonham, V. L., Warshauer-Baker, E., & Collins, F. S.
(2005). Race and ethnicity in the genome era: The
complexity of the constructs. American Psychologist,
60(1), 9–15.
Boroditsky, L. (2001). Does language shape thought?:
English and Mandarin speakers’ conceptions of time.
Cognitive Psychology, 43(1), 1–22.
Boroditsky, L. (in press). Linguistic relativity. In Encyclopedia
of cognitive science. MacMillan.
Brislin, R. (1970). Back-translation for cross-cultural
research. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
1(3), 185–216.
Buckner, R. L., & Braver, T. S. (1999). Event-related
functional MRI. In A. L. Baert, K. Sartor, & J. E.
Youker (Eds.), Functional MRI (pp. 441–450). New
York: Springer.
Cacioppo, J. T., Lorig, T. S., Nusbaum, H. C., &
Berntson, G. G. (2004). Social neuroscience: Bridging
social and biological systems. In C. Sansone, C. C.
Morf, & A. T. Panter (Eds.), The Sage handbook of
methods in social psychology (pp. 383–404). Thousand
Oaks, CA: Sage.
Casey, B. J., Cohen, J. D., O’Craven, K., Davidson, R.
J., Irwin, W., Nelson, C. A., et al. (1998).
Reproducibility of fMRI results across four institutions
using a spatial working memory task.
NeuroImage, 8(3), 249–261.
Caspi, A., Sugden, K. Moffitt, T. E., Taylor, A., Criag, I.
W., Harrington, H., et al. (2003). Influence of life
90
stress on depression: Moderation by a polymorphism
in the 5-HTT gene. Science, 301, 386–389.
Cavalli-Sforza, L. L. (1998). The DNA revolution in
populations. Trends in Genetics, 14(2), 60–65.
Cavalli-Sforza, L. L. (2005). The human genome diversity
project: Past, present and future. Nature Reviews:
Genetics, 6(4), 333–340.
Chen, C., Burton, M. L., Greenberger, E., & Dmitrieva,
J. (1999). Population migration and the variation of
dopamine (DRD4) allele frequencies around the
globe. Evolution and Human Behavior, 20, 309–324.
Chen, C., Lee, S. Y., & Stevenson, H. W. (1995). Response
style and cross-cultural comparison. Psychological
Science, 6, 170–175.
Cheung, K. H., Osier, M. V., Kidd, J. R., Pakstis, A. J.,
Miller, P. L., & Kidd, K. K. (2000). ALFRED: An allele
frequency database for diverse populations and
DNA polymorphisms. Nucleic Acids Research,
28(1), 361–363.
Chiao, J. Y., Iidaka, T., Bar, M., Aminoff, E., Nogawa,
J., & Ambady, N. (2004). Culture influences neural
responses during emotion recognition. Poster presented
at the 34th Annual Society for Neuroscience
meeting, San Diego.
Cosmides, L., Tooby, J., & Barkow, J. (1992). Evolutionary
psychology and conceptual integration. In
The adapted mind: Evolutionary psychology and the
generation of culture (pp. 3–18). New York: Oxford
University Press.
Davidson, R. J. (2003). Affective neuroscience and
psychophysiology: Toward a synthesis. Psychophysiology,
40, 655–665.
Dennett, D. (1995). Darwin’s dangerous idea: Evolution
and the meanings of life. New York: Simon &
Schuster.
Eberhardt, J. L. (2005). Imaging race. American Psychologist,
60, 181–190.
Elfenbein, H. A.,&Ambady, N. (2002). On the universality
and cultural specificity of emotion recognition: A
meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 203–235.
Evans, A. C., Marrett, S., Neelin, P., Collins, L., Worsley,
K., Dai,W., et al. (1992). Anatomical mapping of
functional activation in stereotactic coordinate space.
NeuroImage, 1(1), 43–53.
Exner, D. V., Dries, D. L., Domanski, M. J., & Cohen,
J. N. (2001). Lesser response of angiotensinconvertingenzyme inhibitor therapy in black as com9. Cultural Neuroscience 251
pared with white patients with left ventricular dysfunction.
New England Journal of Medicine, 344,
1351–1377.
Fraser, S. (1995). The bell curve wars. New York: Basic
Books.
91
Furmark, T., Tillfords, M., Garpenstrand, H.,
Marteinsdottir, I., Langstrom, B., Oreland, L., &
Fredrikson, M. (2004). Serotonin transporter polymorphism
related to amygdala excitability and symptom
severity in patients with social phobia. Neuroscience
Letters, 362(3), 189–192.
Garpenstrand, H., Annas, P., Ekblom, J., Oreland, L.,&
Fredrikson, M. (2001). Human fear conditioning is
related to dopaminergic and serotonergic biological
markers. Behavioral Neuroscience, 115(2), 358–364.
Gauthier, I., & Nelson, C. (2001). The development of
face expertise. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 11,
219–224.
Gazzaniga, M. S., Ivry, R., & Mangun, G. R. (2002).
Cognitive neuroscience: The biology of the mind.
New York: Norton.
Gelernter, J., Kranzler, H., Coccaro, E. F., Siever, L. J.,&
New, A. S. (1998). Serotonin transporter protein
gene polymorphism and personality measures in African
American and European American subjects.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 155(10), 1332–
1338.
Gelernter, J., Kranzler, H., Coccaro, E., Siever, L., New,
A., & Mulgrew, C. L. (1997). D4 dopaminereception
(DRD4) alleles and novelty seeking in
substance-dependent, personality-disorder, and control
subjects. American Journal of Human Genetics,
61(5), 1144–1152.
Gelernter, J., Kranzler, H., & Cubells, J.F. (1997). Serotonin
transporter protein (SLC6A4) allele and
haplotype frequencies and linkage disequilibria in
African- and European-American and Japanese populations
and in alcohol-dependent subjects. Human
Genetics, 101(2), 243–246.
Golby, A. J., Gabrieli, J. D. E., Chiao, J. Y., &
Eberhardt, J. L. (2001). Differential fusiform responses
to same- and other-race faces. Nature Neuroscience,
4(8), 845–850.
Gould, S. J. (1981). The mismeasure of man. New York:
Norton.
Greenfield, P. (1997). Culture as process: Empirical
methods for cultural psychology. In J.W. Berry, Y. H.
Poortinga, & J. Pandey (Eds.), Handbook of crosscultural
psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 301–346). Boston:
Allyn & Bacon.
Gutchess, A., Welsh, R. C., Boduroglu, A., & Park, D.
C. (2006). Cultural differences in neural function associated
with object processing. Cognitive, Affective
and Behavioral Neuroscience, 6(2), 102–109.
Handy, T. C. (2005). Event-related potentials: A methods
handbook. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Hariri, A. R., Mattay, V. S., Tessitore, A., Kolachana, B.,
Fera, F., Goldman, D., et al. (2002). Serotonin transporter
92
genetic variation and the response of the human
amygdala. Science, 297, 400–404.
Hariri, A. R., & Weinberger, D. (2003). Imaging
genomics. British Medical Bulletin, 65, 237–248.
Heeger, D. J., & Ress, D. (2002). What does fMRI tell
us about neuronal activity? Nature Reviews: Neuroscience,
3, 142–151.
Heine, S. J., Lehman, D. R., Peng, K., & Greenholtz, J.
(2002). What’s wrong with cross-culural comparisons
of subjective Likert scales? The reference group
effect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
82(6), 903–918.
Heine, S. J., Takata, T., & Lehman, D. R. (2000). Beyond
self-presentation: Evidence for Japanese selfcriticism.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin,
26, 71–78.
Jahoda, G. (2002). Culture, biology and development
across history. In H. Keller, Y. H. Poortinga, &
A. Schoemerich (Eds.), Between culture and biology:
Perspectives on ontogenetic development
(pp. 13–29). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University
Press.
Janata, P., Birk, J. L., Van Horn, J. D., Leman, M.,
Tillmann, B., & Bharucha, J. J. (2002). The cortical
topography of tonal structures underlying Western
music. Science, 298, 2167–2170.
Janata, P., & Grafton, S. T. (2003). Swinging in the
brain: Shared neural substrates for behaviors related
to sequencing and music. Nature Neuroscience, 6(7),
682–687.
Johnson, M. H. (1997). Developmental cognitive neuroscience:
An introduction. Oxford, UK: Blackwell.
Johnson, M. H., & Munakata, Y. (2005). Processes of
change in brain and cognitive development. Trends in
Cognitive Science, 9(3), 152–158.
Katsuragi, S., Kunugi, H., Sano, A., Tsutsumi, T.,
Isogawa, K., Nanko, S., et al. (1999). Association between
serotonin transporter gene polymorphism and
anxiety-related traits. Biological Psychiatry, 45(3),
368–370.
Ketay, S., Hedden, T., Aron, A., Markus, H., &
Gabrieli, J. D. E. (2005). Cultural differences in neural
activation during relative versus absolutely perceptual
judgments (Program No. 409.24). 2005 Abstract
Viewer/Itinerary Planner. Washington, DC:
Society for Neuroscience.
Kitayama, S., Duffy, S., Kawamura, R., & Larsen, J. T.
(2003). Perceiving an object and its context in different
cultures: A cultural look at new look. Psychological
Science, 14, 201–206.
Kobayashi, C., & Temple, E. (2004). Neural basis of
Japanese theory of mind is different from English
one? Paper presented at the 34th Annual Society for
93
Neuroscience meeting, San Diego.
Kosslyn, S. M. (1999). If neuroimaging is the answer,
what is the question? Philosophical Transactions of
the Royal Society of London B, 354(1387), 1283–
1294.
Kumakiri, C., Kodama, K., Shimizu, E., Yamanouchi,
N., Okada, S., Noda, S., et al. (1999). Study of the
association between the serotonin transporter gene
regulatory region polymorphism and personality
252 II. THEORY AND METHODS
traits in a Japanese population. Neuroscience Letters,
263, 205–207.
Lam, K. C., Buehler, R., McFarland, C., Ross, M., &
Cheung, I. (2005). Cultural differences in affective
forecasting: the role of focalism. Personality and Social
Psychological Bulletin, 31(9), 1296–1309.
Lesch, K. P., Bengel, D., Heils, A., Sabol, S. Z.,
Greenberg, B. D., Petri, S., et al. (1996). Association
of anxiety-related traits with a polymorphism in the
serotonin transporter gene regulatory region. Science,
274(5292), 1527–1531.
Li, S.-C. (2003). Biocultural orchestration of developmental
plasticity across levels: The interplay of biology
and culture in shaping the mind and behavior
across the life span. Psychological Bulletin, 129(2),
171–194.
Maguire, E. A., Gadian, D. G., Johnsrude, I. S.,
Good, C. D., Ashburner, J., Frackowiak, R. S. J., et
al. (2000). Navigation-related structural change in
the hippocampi of taxi drivers. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences USA, 97(8), 4398–
4403.
Markus, H., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the
self: Implications for cognition, emotion and motivation.
Psychological Review, 98, 224–253.
Markus, H., Kitayama, S., & Heiman, R. (1996). Culture
and “basic” psychological principles. In E. T.
Higgins & A. W. Kruglanski (Eds.), Social psychology:
Handbook of basic principles (pp. 857–913).
New York: Guilford Press.
Masuda, T., & Nisbett, R. E. (2001). Attending holistically
vs. analytically: Comparing the context sensitivity
of Japanese and Americans. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 81, 922–934.
Mazziotta, J. C., Toga, A.W., Evans, A., Fox, P.,&Lancaster,
J. (1995). A probabilistic atlas of the human
brain: Theory and rationale for its development.
NeuroImage, 2, 89–101.
McCabe, K. (2003). Neuroeconomics. In L. Nadel
(Ed.), Encyclopedia of cognitive science (pp. 294–
298). New York: Macmillan.
McClure, S., Li, J., Tomlin, D., Cypert, K. S., Montague,
L. M., & Montague, P. R. (2004). Neural correlates
94
of behavioral preference for culturally familiar
drinks. Neuron, 44, 379–387.
Mesquita, B., & Frijda, N. H. (1992). Cultural variations
in emotions: A review. Psychological Bulletin,
112, 179–204.
Miyamoto, Y., & Kitayama, S. (2002). Cultural variation
in correspondence bias: The critical role of attitude
diagnosticity of socially constrained behavior.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83,
1239–1248.
Miyamoto, Y., Nisbett, R. E., & Masuda, T. (2006).
Culture and the physical environment: Holistic versus
analytic perceptual affordances. Psychological
Science, 17(2), 113–119.
Morris, M., & Peng, K. (1994). Culture and cause:
American and Chinese attributions for social and
physical events. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 67, 949–971.
Morrison, S. J., Demorest, S. M., Aylward, E. H.,
Cramer, S. C., & Maravilla, K. R. (2003). FMRI investigation
of cross-cultural music comprehension.
NeuroImage, 20(1), 378–384.
Munafo, M. R., Clark, T. G., Moore, L. R., Payne, E.,
Walton, R., & Flint, J. (2003). Genetic
polymorphisms and personality in healthy adults: A
systematic review and meta-analysis. Molecular Psychiatry,
8(5), 471–484.
Nagel, T. (1998). Conceiving the impossible and the
mind–body problem. Philosophy, 73(285), 337–352.
Neville, H. J., & Bavelier, D. (1998). Neural organization
and plasticity of language. Current Opinion in
Neurobiology, 8(2), 254–258.
Nisbett, R. E., & Cohen, D. (1996). Culture of honor:
The psychology of violence in the South. Boulder,
CO: Westview Press.
Nisbett, R. E., & Norenzayan, A. (2002). Culture and
cognition. In H. Pashler & D. L. Medin (Eds.),
Stevens handbook of experimental psychology: Cognition
(3rd ed., Vol. 2, pp. 561–597). New York:
Wiley.
Nisbett, R. E., Peng, K., Choi, I., & Norenzayan, A.
(2001). Culture and systems of thought: Holistic vs.
analytic cognition. Psychological Review, 108, 291–
310.
Norenzayan, A., & Heine, S. J. (2005). Psychological
universals: What are they and how can we know?
Psychological Bulletin, 135, 763–784.
Ochsner, K., & Lieberman, M. (2001). The emergence
of social cognitive neuroscience. American Psychologist,
56, 717–734.
Ojemann, J. G., Buckner, R. L., Akbudak, E., Snyder, A.
Z., Ollinger, J. M., McKinstry, R. C., et al. (1998).
Functional MRI studies of word-stem completion:
95
Reliability across laboratories and comparison to
blood flow imaging with PET. Human Brain Mapping,
6(4), 203–215.
Osier, M. V., Cheung, K. H., Rajeevan, H., Pakstis, A. J.,
Kidd, J. R., Miller, P. L., et al. (2002). ALFRED (ALlele
FREquency Database): A resource for genetic anthropology
and human population genetics. Human
Origins and Disease: CSHL Meeting Abstracts of Papers,
43.
Park, D. C.,&Gutchess, A. H. (2002). Aging, cognition
and culture: A neuroscientific perspective. Neuroscience
and Biobehavioral Reviews, 26(7), 859–867.
Paulesu, E., McCrory, E., Fazio, F., Menoncello, L.,
Brunswick, N., Cappa, S. F., et al. (2000). A cultural
effect on brain function. Nature Neuroscience, 3(1),
91–96.
Paulus, W., Hallett, M., Rossini, P. M., & Rothwell, J.
C. (1998). Transcranial magnetic stimulation. In Proceedings
of the International Symposium on
Transcranial Stimulation. Gottingen: Elsevier.
Peng, K., Nisbett, R., & Wong, N. Y. C. (1997). Validity
problems comparing value across cultures
9. Cultural Neuroscience 253
and possible solutions. Psychological Methods, 2,
329–344.
Plomin, R., & Kosslyn, S. M. (2001). Genes, brain and
cognition. Nature Neuroscience, 4, 1153–1155.
Raichle, M. E. (2003). Functional brain imaging and the
human brain. Journal of Neuroscience, 23(10),
3959–3962.
Sankar, P.,&Cho, M. K. (2002). Toward a new vocabulary
of human genetic variation. Science, 298(5597),
1337–1338.
Sen, S., Burmeiter, M., & Ghosh, D. (2004). Metaanalysis
of the association between a serotonin transporter
promoter polymorphism (5-HTTLPR) and
anxiety-related personality traits. American Journal
of Medical Genetics B, 127(1), 85–89.
Shields, A. E., Fortun, M., Hammonds, E. M., King, P.
A., Lerman, C., Rapp, R., et al. (2005). The use of
race variables in genetic studies of complex traits and
the goal of reducing health disparities: A transdisciplinary
perspective. American Psychologist, 60(10),
77–103.
Smedley, A., & Smedley, B. (2005). Race as biology is
fiction, racism as a social problem is real: Anthropological
and historical perspectives on the social construction
of race. American Psychologist, 60(1), 16–
26.
Snow, C. P. (1959). The two cultures and the scientific
revolution. New York: Cambridge University
Press.
Talairach, J., & Tournoux, P. (1988). Co-planar
96
stereotaxic atlas of the human brain: 3-dimensional
proportional system—an approach to cerebral imaging.
New York: Theime.
Tishkoff, S. A., & Kidd, K. K. (2004). Implications of
biogeography of human populations for “race” and
medicine. Nature Genetics, 36(11), S21–S27.
Umekage, T., Tochigi, M., Marui, T., Kato, C., Hibino,
H., Otani, T., et al. (2003). Serotonin transporterlinked
promoter region polymorphism and personality
traits in a Japanese population. Neuroscience Letters,
337, 13–16.
Wolbers, T., Weiller, C., & Buchel, C. (2004). Neural
foundations of emerging route knowledge in complex
spatial environments. Cognitive Brain Research,
21, 401–411.
Wang, V. O., & Sue, S. (2005). In the eye of the storm:
Race and genomics in research and practice. American
Psychologist, 60(1), 37–45.
Xue, G., Chen, C., Jin, Z., & Dong, Q. (2006). Cerebral
asymmetry in the fusiform areas predicted the efficiency
of learning a new writing system. Journal of
Cognitive Neuroscience, 18, 923–931.
Aaker, J. L., & Lee, A. Y. (2001). “I” seek pleasures and
“we” avoid pains: The role of self-regulatory goals in
information processing and persuasion. Journal of
Consumer Research, 28, 33–49.
Atran, S., Medin, D. L., & Ross, N. O. (2005). The cultural
mind: Environmental decision making and cultural
modeling within and across populations. Psychological
Review, 112, 744–776.
Bakan, D. (1966). The duality of human existence. Chicago:
Rand McNally.
Bargh, J. A. (1984). Automatic and conscious processing
of social information. In R S. Wyer, Jr. & T. K.
Srull (Eds.), Handbook of social cognition (Vol. 3,
pp. 1–43). New York: Erlbaum.
Bargh, J. A. (1990). Auto-motives: Preconscious determinants
of social interaction. In E. T. Higgins & R.
M. Sorrentino (Eds.), Handbook of motivation and
cognition (Vol. 2, pp. 93–130). New York: Guilford
Press.
Bargh, J. A., Bond, R. N., Lombardi, W. J., & Tota, M.
E. (1986). The additive nature of chronic and temporary
sources of construct accessibility. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 50, 869–878.
Bargh, J. A.,&Chartrand, T. L. (2000). The mind in the
middle: A practical guide to priming and
automaticity research. In H. T. Reis & C. M. Judd
(Eds.), Handbook of research methods in social and
personality psychology (pp. 253–285). Cambridge,
UK: Cambridge University Press.
Bargh, J. A., Raymond, P., Pryor, J. B., & Strack, F.
(1995). Attractiveness of the underling: An automatic
97
power → sex association and its consequences
for sexual harassment and aggression. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 68, 768–781.
Baumeister, R. F., & Leary, M. R. (1995). The need to
belong: Desire for interpersonal attachments as a
fundamental human motivation. Psychological Bulletin,
117, 497–529.
Berry, J.W. (1976). Cross-cultural research and methodology
series: III. Human ecology and cognitive style:
Comparative studies in cultural and psychological
adaptation. Oxford, UK: Sage.
Berry, J. W. (1994). An ecological perspective on cul10. Priming “Culture” 275
tural and ethnic psychology. In E. J. Trickett, R. J.
Watts, & D. Birman (Eds.), Human diversity: Perspectives
on people in context (pp. 115–141). San
Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.
Bond, M. H., & Yang, K. S. (1982). Ethnic affirmation
versus cross-cultural accommodation: The variable
impact of questionnaire language on Chinese
bilinguals from Hong Kong. Journal of CrossCultural Psychology, 13, 169–185.
Bontempo, R. (1993). Translation fidelity of psychological
scales: An item response theory analysis of an
individualism–collectivism scale. Journal of CrossCultural Psychology, 24, 149–166.
Boroditsky, L. (2000). Metaphoric structuring: Understanding
time through spatial metaphors. Cognition,
75, 1–28.
Brewer, M. B., & Gardner, W. L. (1996). Who is this
“we”?: Levels of collective identity and selfrepresentations.
Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 71, 83–93.
Briley, D. A., & Wyer, R. S. (2001). Transitory determinants
of values and decisions: The utility (or
nonutility) of individualism and collectivism in understanding
cultural differences. Social Cognition,
19, 197–227.
Briley, D. A., & Wyer, R. S. (2002). The effect of group
membership salience on the avoidance of negative
outcomes: Implications for social and consumer decisions.
Journal of Consumer Research, 29, 400–415.
Burris, C. T.,&Rempel, J. K. (2004). “It’s the end of the
world as we know it”: Threat and the spatialsymbolic
self. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
86, 19–42.
Cha, O. (2006). “I” see trees, “We” see forest: Cognitive
consequences of independence vs. interdependence.
Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University
of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI.
Chartrand, T. L., & Bargh, J. A. (1996). Automatic activation
of impression formation: Nonconscious goal
priming reproduces effects of explicit task instructions.
98
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
71, 464–478.
Chen, S., Lee-Chai, A. Y., & Bargh, J. A. (2001). Relationship
orientation as a moderator of the effects of
social power. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
80, 173–187.
Choi, I., Nisbett, R. E., & Norenzayan, A. (1999).
Causal attribution across cultures: Variation and universality.
Psychological Bulletin, 125, 47–63.
Cohen, D. (2001). Cultural variation: Considerations
and implications. Psychological Bulletin, 127, 451–
471.
Cohen, J. (1992). A power primer. Psychological Bulletin,
112, 155–159.
Cross, S. E., & Madson, L. (1997). Models of the self:
Self-construals and gender. Psychological Bulletin,
122, 5–37.
Fiske, A. P. (1991). Structures of social life: The four elementary
forms of human relations. New York: Free
Press.
Förster, J., & Higgins, E. T. (2005). How global versus
local perception fits regulatory focus. Psychological
Science, 16, 631–636.
Gaines, S. O., Jr., Marelich,W. D., Bledsoe, K. L., Steers,
W. N., Henderson, M. C., Granrose, C. S., et al.
(1997). Links between race/ethnicity and cultural
values as mediated by racial/ethnic identity and moderated
by gender. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 72, 1460–1476.
Galinsky, A. D., Gruenfeld, D. H., & Magee, J. C.
(2003). From power to action. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 85, 453–466.
Gardner, W. L., Gabriel, S., & Dean, K. K. (2004). The
individual as “melting pot”: The flexibility of
bicultural self-construals. Cahiers de Psychologie
Cognitive [Current Psychology of Cognition], 22,
181–201.
Gardner, W. L., Gabriel, S., & Lee, A. Y. (1999). “I”
value freedom, but “we” value relationships: Selfconstrual
priming mirrors cultural differences in
judgment. Psychological Science, 10, 321–326.
Gasper, K., & Clore, G. L. (2002). Attending to the big
picture: Mood and global versus local processing of
visual information. Psychological Science, 13, 34–40.
Georgas, J. (1988). An ecological and social crosscultural
model: The case of Greece. In J. W. Berry, S.
H. Irvine, & E. B. Hunt (Eds.), Indigenous cognition:
Functioning in cultural context (pp. 105–123).
Dordrecht, the Netherlands: Martinus Nijhoff.
Georgas, J. (1993). Ecological–social model of Greek
psychology. In U. Kim & J. W. Berry (Eds.),
Indiginous psychologies: Research and experience in
cultural context (pp. 56–78). Thousand Oaks, CA:
99
Sage.
Gollwitzer, P. M., Heckhausen, H., & Steller, B. (1990).
Deliberative and implemental mind-sets: Cognitive
tuning toward congruous thoughts and information.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 59,
1119–1127.
Gregg, G. (2005). The Middle East: A cultural psychology.
New York: Oxford University Press.
Haberstroh, S., Oyserman, D., Schwarz, N., Kühnen,
U., & Ji, L. J. (2002). Is the interdependent self more
sensitive to question context than the independent
self?: Self-construal and the observation of conversational
norms. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
38, 323–329.
Hannover, B., & Kühnen, U. (2004). Culture, context,
and cognition: The Semantic Procedural Interface
model of the self. In W. Stroebe & M. Hewstone
(Eds.), European review of social psychology (Vol.
15, pp. 297–333). Hove, UK: Psychology Press/Taylor
& Francis (UK).
Higgins, E. T. (1989). Knowledge accessibility and activation:
Subjectivity and suffering from unconscious
sources. In J. S. Uleman & J. A. Bargh (Eds.), Unintended
thought (pp. 75–123). New York: Guilford
Press.
Higgins, E. T. (1996). Knowledge activation: Accessibility,
applicability, and salience. In E. T. Higgins & A.
276 II. THEORY AND METHODS
W. Kruglanski (Eds.), Social psychology: Handbook
of basic principles (pp. 133–168). New York:
Guilford Press.
Higgins, E. T., & Bargh, J. A. (1987). Social cognition
and social perception. Annual Review of Psychology,
38, 379–426.
Hofstede, G. (1980). Culture’s consequences. Thousand
Oaks, CA: Sage.
Hofstede, G. (2001). Culture’s consequences: Comparing
values, behaviors, institutions and organizations
across nations (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA:
Sage.
Holland, R. W., Roeder, U. R., van Baaren, R. B.,
Brandt, A. C.,&Hannover, B. (2004). Don’t stand so
close to me: The effects of self-construal on interpersonal
closeness. Psychological Science, 15, 237–242.
Hong, Y. Morris, M., Chiu, C., & Benet-Martínez, V.
(2000). Multicultural minds: A dynamic
constructivist approach to culture and cognition.
American Psychologist, 55, 709–720.
Inglehart, R. (1997). Modernization and
postmodernization: Cultural, economic, and political
change in 43 societies. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University
Press.
Ka_itçiba_i, Ç. (1987). Growth and progress in crosscultural
100
psychology. Berwyn, PA: Swets North America.
Ka_itçiba_i, Ç. (1997).Wither multiculturalism? Applied
Psychology: An International Review, 46, 44–49.
Kashima, E. S., & Kashima, Y. (1998). Culture and language:
The case of cultural dimensions and personal
pronoun use. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
29, 461–486.
Kashima, Y., & Kashima, E. S. (2003). Individualism,
GNP, climate, and pronoun drop: Is individualism
determined by affluence and climate, or does language
use play a role? Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
34, 125–134.
Kashima, Y., Kashima, E., & Aldridge, J. (2001). Toward
cultural dynamics and self-conceptions. In S.
Constantine & M. B. Brewer (Eds.), Individual self,
relational self, collective self (pp. 277–298). New
York: Psychology Press.
Kashima, Y., Yamaguchi, S., Kim, U., Choi, S. C.,
Gelfand, M. J., & Yuki, M. (1995). Culture, gender,
and self: A perspective from individualism–
collectivism research. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 69, 925–937.
Kemmelmeier, M., & Cheng, B. Y. M. (2004). Language
and self-construal priming: A replication and extension
in a Hong Kong sample. Journal of CrossCultural Psychology, 35, 705–712.
Kemmelmeier, M., Wieczorkowska, G., Erb, H. P., &
Burstein, E. (2002). Individualism, authoritarianism,
and attitudes toward assisted death: Cross-cultural,
cross-regional, and experimental evidence. Journal of
Applied Social Psychology, 32, 60–85.
Kitayama, S., Duffy, S., Kawamura, T., & Larsen, J.
(2003). Perceiving an object and its context in different
cultures. Psychological Science, 14, 201–206.
Kitayama, S., Ishii, K., Imada, T., Takemura, K., &
Ramaswamy, J. (2006). Voluntary settlement and the
spirit of independence: Evidence from Japan’s
“northern frontier.” Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 91, 369–384.
Kuhn, M. H., & McPartland, T. S. (1954). An empirical
investigation of self-attitudes. American Sociological
Review, 19, 68–76.
Kühnen, U., Hannover, B., & Schubert, B. (2001). The
semantic-procedural interface model of the self: The
role of self-knowledge for context-dependent versus
context-independent modes of thinking. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 80, 397–409.
Kühnen, U., & Oyserman, D. (2002) Thinking about
the self influences thinking in general: Cognitive consequences
of salient self-concept. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 38, 492–499.
Lay, C., Fairlie, P., Jackson, S., Ricci, T., Eisenberg, J.,
Sato, T., et al. (1998). Domain-specific allocentrism–
101
idiocentrism: A measure of family connectedness.
Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 29, 434–460.
Lee, A. Y., Aaker, J. L., & Gardner, W. L. (2000). The
pleasures and pains of distinct self-construals: The
role of interdependence in regulatory focus. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 78, 1122–
1134.
Lehman, D. R., Chiu, C. Y., & Schaller, M. (2004). Psychology
and culture. Annual Review of Psychology,
55, 689–714.
Leung, T., & Kim, M. S. (1997). A revised self-construal
scale. Honolulu: University of Hawaii at Manoa.
Mandel, N. (2003). Shifting selves and decision making:
The effects of self-construal priming on consumer
risk-taking. Journal of Consumer Research, 30, 30–
40.
Marian, V., & Kaushanskaya, M. (2004). Self-construal
and emotion in bicultural bilinguals. Journal of
Memory and Language, 51, 190–201.
Markus, H., Uchida, Y., & Omoregie, H. (2006). Going
for the gold: Models of agency in Japanese and
American contexts. Psychological Science, 17, 103–
112.
Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the
self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation.
Psychological Review, 98, 224–253.
Markus, H. R., & Oyserman, D. (1989). Gender and
thought: The role of the self-concept. In M.
Crawford & M. Gentry (Eds.), Gender and thought:
Psychological perspectives (pp. 100–127). New
York: Springer-Verlag.
Miller, J. G. (1984). Culture and the development of everyday
social explanation. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 46, 961–978.
Morris, M. W., & Leung, K. (2000). Justice for all?:
Progress in research on cultural variation in the psychology
of distributive and procedural justice. Applied
Psychology: An International Review, 49, 100–
132.
Morris, M. W., & Peng, K. (1994). Culture and cause:
American and Chinese attributions for social and
10. Priming “Culture” 277
physical events. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 67, 949–971.
Neely, J. H. (1977). Semantic priming and retrieval from
lexical memory: Roles of inhibitionless spreading activation
and limited-capacity attention. Journal of
Experimental Psychology: General, 106, 226–254.
Newman, L. S. (1993). How individualists interpret
behavior: Idiocentrism and spontaneous trait inference.
Social Cognition, 11, 243–269.
Nisbett, R. E. (2003). The geography of thought: How
Asians and Westerners think differently . . . and why.
102
New York: Free Press.
Oishi, S., Wyer, R. S., & Colcombe, S. J. (2000). Cultural
variation in the use of current life satisfaction to
predict the future. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 78, 434–445.
Oyserman, D. (1993). The lens of personhood: Viewing
the self and others in a multicultural society. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 65, 993–1009.
Oyserman, D. (2006). High power, lower power and
equality: Culture beyond individualism and collectivism.
Journal of Consumer Psychology, 16, 352–356.
Oyserman, D. (2007). Social identity and selfregulation.
In A. W. Kruglanski & E. T. Higgins
(Eds.), Social psychology: Handbook of basic principles
(2nd ed.). New York: Guilford Press.
Oyserman, D., Coon, H. M., & Kemmelmeier, M.
(2002). Rethinking individualism and collectivism:
Evaluation of theoretical assumptions and metaanalyses.
Psychological Bulletin, 128, 3–72.
Oyserman, D., Kemmelmeier, M., & Coon, H. M.
(2002). Cultural psychology, a new look: Reply to
Bond (2002), Fiske (2002), Kitayama (2002), and
Miller (2002). Psychological Bulletin, 128, 110–
117.
Oyserman, D., & Lee,W. S. (2007). Cultural syndromes
influence what and how we think: Effects of priming
individualism and collectivism. Manuscript under review.
Oyserman, D., Sorensen, N., Cha, O., & Schwarz, S.
(2006). Thinking about “Me” or “Us” in East and
West: Priming independence and interdependence
and Stroop performance. Manuscript under review.
Oyserman, D., Sorensen, N., & Reber, R. (2006). What
did you say? Priming cultural syndrome, verbal fluency
and auditory accuracy. Manuscript under review.
Ralston, D. A., Cunniff, M. K., & Gustafson, D. J.
(1995). Cultural accommodation: The effect of language
on the responses of bilingual Hong Kong Chinese
managers. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
26, 714–727.
Rhee, E., Uleman, J. S., & Lee, H. K. (1996). Variations
in collectivism and individualism by ingroup and culture:
Confirmatory factor analyses. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 71, 1037–1054.
Roccas, S.,&Brewer, M. B. (2002). Social identity complexity.
Personality and Social Psychology Review, 6,
88–106.
Rokeach, M., & Ball-Rokeach, S. J. (1989). Stability
and change in American value priorities, 1968–1981.
American Psychologist, 44, 775–784.
Ross, M., Xun, W. Q. E., & Wilson, A. E. (2002). Language
and the bicultural self. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 28, 1040–1050.
Rudman, L. A., & Borgida, E. (1995). The afterglow of
103
construct accessibility: The behavioral consequences
of priming men to view women as sexual objects.
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 31, 493–
517.
Sayle, M. (1998). The social contradictions of Japanese
capitalism. Atlantic Monthly, 281, 84–94.
Schwartz, S. H. (1992). Universals in the content and
structure of values: Theoretical advances and empirical
tests in 20 countries. In M. P. Zanna (Ed.), Advances
in experimental social psychology (Vol. 25,
pp. 1–65). New York: Academic Press.
Schwarz, N. (2002). Situated cognition and the wisdom
of feelings: Cognitive tuning. In L. F. Barrett & P.
Salovey (Eds.), The wisdom in feelings: Psychological
processes in emotional intelligence (pp.144–166).
New York: Guilford Press.
Schwarz, N. (2006). Individualism and collectivism.
Journal of Consumer Psychology, 16, 324.
Schwarz, N., & Bless, H. (1992). Constructing reality
and its alternatives: An inclusion/exclusion model of
assimilation and contrast effects in social judgment.
In L. L. Martin & A. Tesser (Eds.), The construction
of social judgments (pp. 217–245). Hillsdale, NJ:
Erlbaum.
Schwarz, N., & Clore, G. L. (1996). Feelings and phenomenal
experiences. In E. T. Higgins & A. W.
Kruglanski (Eds.), Social psychology: Handbook of
basic principles (pp. 433–465). New York: Guilford
Press.
Schwarz, N., & Clore, G. L. (2007). Feelings and phenomenal
experiences. In A. W. Kruglanski &
E. T. Higgins (Eds.), Social psychology: Handbook
of basic principles (2nd ed.). New York: Guilford
Press.
Shavitt, S., Lalwani, A. K., Zhang, & Torrelli, ? (2006).
The horizontal/vertical distinction in cross-cultural
consumer research. Journal of Consumer Psychology,
16, 352–356.
Shweder, R. A., & LeVine, R. A. (Eds.). (1984). Culture
theory: Essays on mind, self, and emotion. New
York: Cambridge University Press.
Singelis, T. M. (1994). The measurement of independent
and interdependent self-construals. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 20, 580–591.
Singelis, T. M., Triandis, H. C., Bhawuk, D.,&Gelfand,
M. J. (1995). Horizontal and vertical dimensions of
individualism and collectivism: A theoretical and
measurement refinement. Cross-Cultural Research:
The Journal of Comparative Social Science, 29, 240–
275.
Sinha, D., & Tripathi, R. C. (1994). Individualism in a
collectivist culture: A case of coexistence of opposites.
In U. Kim, H. C. Triandis, Ç. Ka_itçiba_i, S. C.
104
Choi, & G. Yoon (Eds.), Individualism and collectiv278 II. THEORY AND METHODS
ism: Theory, method, and applications (pp. 123–
136). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Smith, P. K., & Trope, Y. (2006). You focus on the
forest when you’re in charge of the trees: Power
priming and abstract information processing. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 90, 578–
596.
Sperber, D. (2001). Mental modularity and cultural diversity.
In H. Whitehouse (Ed.), The debated mind:
Evolutionary psychology versus ethnography
(pp. 23–56). New York: Berg.
Srull, T. K., & Wyer, R. S., Jr. (1978). Category accessibility
and social perception. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 37, 841–856.
Srull, T. K., & Wyer, R. S., Jr. (1979). The role of category
accessibility in the interpretation of information
about persons: Some determinants and implications.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 37,
1660–1672.
Stapel, D. A., & Koomen, W. (2001). I, we, and the effects
of others on me: How self-construal level moderates
social comparison effects. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 80, 766–781.
Strack, F., Schwarz, N., Bless, H., Kübler, A., & Wänke,
M. (1993). Awareness of the influence as a determinant
of assimilation versus contrast. European Journal
of Social Psychology, 23, 53–62.
Strack, F., Schwarz, N., & Gschneidinger, E. (1985).
Happiness and reminiscing: The role of time perspective,
affect, and mode of thinking. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 49, 1460–1469.
Tajfel, H. (1982). Social psychology of intergroup relations.
Annual Review of Psychology, 33, 1–39.
Tajfel, H. (2001). Social stereotypes and social groups.
In. M. A. Hogg & D. Abrams (Eds.), Intergroup relations:
Essential readings (pp. 132–145). New York:
Psychology Press.
Tajfel, H., & Forgas, J. P. (2000). Social categorization:
Cognitions, values and groups. In C. Strangor (Ed.),
Stereotypes and prejudice: Essential readings
(pp. 49–63). New York: Psychology Press.
Tajfel, H., & Turner, J. C. (2004). The social identity
theory of intergroup behavior. In J. T. Jost & J.
Sidanius (Eds.), Political psychology: Key readings
(pp. 276–293). New York: Psychology Press.
Tavassoli, N. T. (2002). Spatial memory for Chinese and
English. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 33,
415–431.
Trafimow, D., Silverman, E. S., Fan, R. M. T., & Law, J.
S. F. (1997). The effects of language and priming on
the relative accessibility of the private self and the
105
collective self. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
28, 107–123.
Trafimow, D., Triandis, H. C., & Goto, S. G. (1991).
Some tests of the distinction between the private self
and the collective self. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 60, 649–655.
Triandis, H. C. (1995). Individualism and collectivism.
Boulder, CO: Westview.
Triandis, H. C., Bontempo, R., Villareal, M. J., Asai,
M., & Lucca, B. (1988). Individualism and collectivism:
Cross-cultural perspectives on self-ingroup relationships.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
54, 323–338.
Triandis, H. C., & Gelfand, M. J. (1998). Converging
measurement of horizontal and vertical individualism
and collectivism. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 74, 118–128.
Triandis, H. C., McCusker, C., & Hui, C. H. (1990).
Multimethod probes of individualism and collectivism.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
59, 1006–1020.
Trope, Y., & Liberman, N. (2003). Temporal construal.
Psychological Review, 110, 403–421.
Uskul, A., & Oyserman, D. (2006). Question comprehension
and response: Implications of individualism
and collectivism. In B. Mannix, M. Neale, & Y. Chen
(Eds.), Research on managing groups and teams: Vol.
9. National culture and groups (pp. 173–201). Oxford,
UK: JAI Press.
Watkins, D., & Gerong, A. (1999). Language of response
and the spontaneous self-concept: A test of
the cultural accommodation hypothesis. Journal of
Cross-Cultural Psychology, 30, 115–121.
Watkins, D., & Regmi, M. (2002). Does the language of
response influence self-presentation?: A Nepalese test
of the cultural accommodation hypothesis.
Psychologia: An International Journal of Psychology
in the Orient, 45, 98–103.
Woike, B. A. (1994). The use of differentiation and integration
processes: Empirical studies of “separate”
and “connected” ways of thinking. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 67, 142–150.
Woike, B. A., Lavezzary, E., & Barksy, J. (2001). The influence
of implicit motives on memory processes.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81,
935–945.
Yang, K. S., & Bond, M. H. (1980). Ethnic affirmation
by Chinese bilinguals. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
11, 411–425.
Abrams, D., Marques, J., Bown, N., & Dougill, M.
(2002). Anti-norm and pro-norm deviance in the
bank and on the campus: Two experiments on subjective
group dynamics. Group Processes and Intergroup
106
Relations, 5, 163–182.
Altorki, S. (1980). Milk-kinship in Arab Society: An unexplored
problem in the ethnography of marriage.
Ethnology, 19, 283–244.
Ardner, S. (1964). The comparative study of rotating
credit associations. Journal of the Royal Anthropological
Institute, 94, 201–209.
Augoustinos, M., & Innes, J. M. (1990). Towards an integration
of social representations and social schema
theory. British Journal of Social Psychology, 29, 213–
231.
Baumeister, R. F., & Leary, M. R. (1995). The need to
belong: Desire for interpersonal attachments as a
fundamental human motivation. Psychological Bulletin,
117, 497–529.
Baxter, P. T.W., & Almagor, U. (Eds.). (1978). Age, generation
and time: Some features of East African age
organizations. New York: St. Martin’s Press.
Beidelman, T. O. (1963). The blood covenant and the
concept of blood in Ukaguru. Africa, 33, 321–342.
Berkman, L. F., Glass, T., Brissette, I., & Seeman, T. E.
(2000). From social integration to health: Durkheim
in the new millennium. Social Science and Medicine,
51, 843–857.
Berry, D. S. (2000). Attractiveness, attraction, and sexual
selection: Evolutionary perspectives on the form
and function of physical attractiveness. In M. P.
Zanna (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology
(Vol. 32, pp. 273–342). New York: Academic
Press.
Boas, F. (1970). The social organization and the secret
societies of the Kwakiutl Indians. New York, Johnson
Reprint Corporation.
Bond, M. H., & Smith, P. B. (1996). Cross-cultural social
and organizational psychology. In J. T. Spence, J.
M. Darley, & D. J. Foss (Eds.), Annual review of psychology
(Vol. 47, pp. 205–235). Palo Alto, CA: Annual
Reviews.
Brewer, M. B., & Brown, R. J. (1998). Intergroup relations.
In D. T. Gilbert, S. T. Fiske, & G. Lindzey
(Eds.), Handbook of social psychology (4th ed., Vol.
2, pp. 554–594). New York: McGraw-Hill.
Buss, D. M. (1989). Sex differences in human mate preferences:
Evolutionary hypothesis tested in 37 cultures.
Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 12, 1–49.
Buss, D. M., & Barnes, M. (1986). Preferences in human
mate selection. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 50, 559–570.
Bynum, V. E. (1992). Unruly women: The politics of social
and sexual control in the Old South. Chapel Hill
and London: University of North Carolina Press.
Camara, S. (1976). Gens de la parole: Essai sur la condition
et le rôle des griots dans la société Malinké.
107
Paris: Mouton.
Caporael, L. R. (1997). The evolution of truly social
cognition: The core configurations model. Review of
Personality and Social Psychology, 1, 276–298.
Capriello, P., Cuddy, A. J. C., & Fiske, S. T. (2004). Social
structure beliefs alter stereotypes. Unpublished
manuscript, Princeton University, Princeton, NJ.
Chen, N. Y., Shaffer, D. R., &Wu, C. (1997). On physical
attractiveness stereotyping in Taiwan: A revised
sociocultural perspective. Journal of Social Psychology,
137, 117–124.
Cuddy, A. J. C., Fiske, S. T., & Glick, P. (in press-a).
Competence and warmth as universal trait dimensions
of interpersonal and intergroup perception: The
Stereotype Content Model and the BIAS map. In M.
P. Zanna (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology.
New York: Academic Press.
Cuddy, A. J. C., Fiske, S. T.,&Glick, P. (in press-b). The
BIAS map: Behaviors from intergroup affect and stereotypes.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology.
Cuddy, A. J. C., Fiske, S. T., Kwan, V. S. Y., Glick, P.,
Demoulin, S., Leyens, J.-P., et al. (in press). Is the stereotype
content model culture-bound?: A crosscultural
comparison reveals systematic similarities
and differences. British Journal of Social Psychology.
Cunningham, M. R. (1986). Measuring the physical in
physical attractiveness: Quasi-experiments on the
sociobiology of female facial beauty. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 50, 925–935.
Cunningham, M. R., Roberts, A. R., Barbee, A. P.,
Druen, P. B., & Wu, C. (1995). “Their ideas of
beauty are, on the whole, the same as ours”: Consistency
and variability in the crosscultural perception
of female physical attractiveness. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 68, 261–279.
Davidson, J. N. (1998). Courtesans and fishcakes: The
consuming passions of classical Athens. New York:
St. Martins.
Dépret, E. F., & Fiske, S. T. (1999). Perceiving the powerful:
Intriguing individuals versus threatening
groups. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
35, 461–480.
Dettwyler, K. A. (1988). More that nutrition: Breastfeeding
in urban Mali. Medical Anthropology Quarterly,
2, 172–183.
DiChiara, J., & Fiske, S. T. (2004). Status competition
and interpersonal perception. Unpublished raw data,
Princeton University, Princeton, NJ.
Dion, K. K., Pak, A. W., & Dion, K. L. (1990). Stereotyping
physical attractiveness: A sociocultural perspective.
Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 21,
158–179.
Douglas, M. (1966). Purity and danger: An analysis of
108
concepts of pollution and taboo. London: Routledge
& Kegan Paul.
Durkheim, É. (1933). The division of labour in society
(G. Simpson, trans.). New York: Free Press. (Original
work published 1893)
Durkheim, É. (1915). The elementary forms of the religious
life (J. W. Swain, trans.). New York: Free Press.
(Original work published 1912)
Ember, M., & Ember, C. (1983). Marriage, family, and
302 III. IDENTITY AND SOCIAL RELATIONS
kinship: Comparative studies of social organization.
New Haven, CT: Human Relations Area Files Press.
Endo, Y., Heine, S., & Lehman, D. R. (2000). Culture
and positive illusions in close relationships: How my
relationships are better than yours. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin , 26, 1571–1586.
Erber, R., & Fiske, S. T. (1984). Outcome dependency
and attention to inconsistent information. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 47, 709–726.
Evans-Pritchard, E. E. (1933). Zande bloodbrotherhood.
Africa, 6, 369–401.
Evans-Pritchard, E. E. (1951). Kinship and marriage
among the Nuer. Oxford, UK: Clarendon Press.
Feingold, A. (1992). Good-looking people are not what
we think. Psychological Bulletin, 111, 304–341.
Fiske, A. P. (1991). Structures of social life: The four elementary
forms of human relations. New York: Free
Press.
Fiske, A. P. (2000). Complementarity theory: Why human
social capacities evolved to require cultural
complements. Personality and Social Psychology Review,
4, 74–94.
Fiske, A. P. (2002a). Using individualism and collectivism
to compare cultures: A critique of the validity
and measurement of the constructs: Comment on
Oyserman et al. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 78–88.
Fiske, A. P. (2002b). Moral emotions provide the selfcontrol
needed to sustain social relationships. Self
and Identity, 1, 169–175.
Fiske, A. P. (2004a). Four modes of constituting relationships:
Consubstantial assimilation; space, magnitude,
time, and force; concrete procedures; abstract
symbolism. In N. Haslam (Ed.), Relational models
theory: A contemporary overview (pp. 61–146).
Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Fiske, A. P. (2004b). Relational models theory 2.0. In N.
Haslam (Ed.), Relational models theory: A contemporary
overview (pp. 3–25). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Fiske, A. P., & Haslam, N. (1996). Social cognition is
thinking about relationships. Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 5, 143–148.
Fiske, A. P., & Haslam, N. (2005). The four basic social
bonds: Structures for coordinating interaction. In M.
109
Baldwin (Ed.), Interpersonal cognition (pp. 267–
298). New York: Guilford Press.
Fiske, A. P., Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., & Nisbett, R.
E. (1998). The cultural matrix of social psychology.
In D. T. Gilbert, S. T. Fiske, & G. Lindzey (Eds.),
Handbook of social psychology (4th ed., Vol. 2,
pp. 915–981). New York: McGraw-Hill.
Fiske, A. P., & Tetlock, P. (1997). Taboo tradeoffs: Reactions
to transactions that transgress spheres of exchange.
Political Psychology, 17, 255–294
Fiske, S. T. (1992). Thinking is for doing: Portraits of
social cognition from daguerreotype to laserphoto.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 63,
877–889.
Fiske, S. T. (1998). Stereotyping, prejudice, and discrimination.
In D. T. Gilbert, S. T. Fiske, & G. Lindzey
(Eds.), Handbook of social psychology (4th ed., Vol.
2, pp. 357–411). New York: McGraw-Hill.
Fiske, S. T. (2002a). Five core social motives, plus or minus
five. In S. J. Spencer, S. Fein, M. P. Zanna, & J.
Olson (Eds.), Motivated social perception: The Ontario
Symposium (Vol. 9, pp. 223–246). Mahwah,
NJ: Erlbaum.
Fiske, S. T. (2002b). What we know now about bias and
intergroup conflict: Problem of the century. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 11, 123–128.
Fiske, S. T. (2004). Social beings: A core motives approach
to social psychology. New York: Wiley.
Fiske, S. T., Cuddy, A. J. C., & Glick, P. (2002). Emotions
up and down: Intergroup emotions result
from perceived status and competition. In D. M.
Mackie & E. R. Smith (Eds.), From prejudice to intergroup
emotions: Differentiated reactions to social
groups (pp. 247–264). Philadelphia: Psychology
Press.
Fiske, S. T., Cuddy, A. J. C., & Glick, P. (2007). Universal
dimensions of social perception: Warmth and
competence. Trends in Cognitive Science, 11, 77–83.
Fiske, S. T., Cuddy, A. J., Glick, P., & Xu, J. (2002). A
model of (often mixed) stereotype content: Competence
and warmth respectively follow from perceived
status and competition. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 82, 878–902.
Fiske, S. T., Lin, M. H., & Neuberg, S. L. (1999). The
continuium model: Ten years later. In S. Chaiken &
Y. Trope (Eds.), Dual process theories in social psychology
(pp. 231–254). New York: Guilford Press.
Fiske, S. T., & Neuberg, S. L. (1990). A continuum
model of impression formation, from category-based
to individuating processes: Influence of information
and motivation on attention and interpretation. In
M. P. Zanna (Ed.), Advances in experimental social
psychology (Vol. 23, pp. 1–74). New York: Academic
110
Press.
Fiske, S. T., & Ruscher, J. B. (1993). Negative interdependence
and prejudice: Whence the affect? In D. M.
Mackie & D. L. Hamilton (Eds.), Affect, cognition
and stereotyping: Interactive processes in group perception
(pp. 239–268). San Diego: Academic Press.
Fiske, S. T., Xu, J., Cuddy, A. C., & Glick, P. (1999).
(Dis)respecting versus (dis)liking: Status and interdependence
predict ambivalent stereotypes of competence
and warmth. Journal of Social Issues, 55, 473–
491.
Fiske, S. T., & Yamamoto, M. (2005). Coping with rejection:
Core social motives, across cultures. In K. D.
Williams, J. P. Forgas, & W. von Hippel (Eds.), The
social outcast: Ostracism, social exclusion, rejection,
and bullying (pp. 185–198). New York: Psychology
Press.
Fortes, M. (1945). The dynamics of clanship among the
Tallensi: Being the first part of an analysis of the social
structure of a Trans-Volta tribe. Oxford, UK:
Oxford University Press.
Fortes, M. (1987). Totem and taboo. In M. Fortes, Religion,
morality and the person: Essays on Tallensi religion
(pp. 110–142). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge
University Press. (Original work published 1966)
Fortune, R. (1932). Omaha secret societies (Columbia
11. Social Relations in Our Species and Cultures 303
University Contributions to Anthropology, Vol. 14.).
New York: Columbia University Press.
Fox, R. (1967). Kinship and marriage: An anthropological
perspective. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University
Press.
Frazer, J. G. (1968). Totemism and exogamy: A treatise
on certain early forms of superstition and society.
London: Dawsons of Pall Mall. (Original work published
1910)
Geertz, C. (1962). The rotating credit association: A
“middle rung” in development. Economic Development
and Cultural Change, 10, 241–263.
Goldenweiser, A. A. (1963). Totemism, an analytical
study. Journal of American Folk-lore, 23, 179–293.
(Original work published 1910)
Goodnow, J. J. (2004). The domain of work in households:
A relational models approach. In N. Haslam
(Ed.), Relational models theory: A contemporary
overview (pp. 167–196). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Gregor, T. A. (1979). Secrets, exclusion, and the dramatization
of men’s roles. In M. L. Margolis & W. E.
Carter, (Eds.), Brazil, anthropological perspectives:
Essays in honor of Charles Wagley (pp. 250–269).
New York: Columbia University Press.
Gurtman, M. B. (1992). Trust, distrust, and interpersonal
problems: A circumplex analysis. Journal of
111
Personality and Social Psychology, 62, 989–1002.
Hardin, C. D., & Higgins, E. T. (1996). Shared reality:
How social verification makes the subjective objective.
In R. M. Sorrentino & E. T. Higgins (Eds.),
Handbook of motivation and cognition (Vol. 3,
pp. 28–34). New York: Guilford Press.
Hart, D. V. (1977). Compadrinazgo: Ritual kinship in
the Philippines. DeKalb: Northern Illinois University
Press.
Haslam, N. (2004). Research on the relational models:
An overview. In N. Haslam (Ed.), Relational models
theory: A contemporary overview (pp. 27–57). Mahwah,
NJ: Erlbaum.
Heine, S. J., Lehman, D. R., Markus, H. R.,&Kitayama,
S. (1999). Is there a universal need for positive selfregard?
Psychological Review, 106, 766–794.
Heine, S. J., & Renshaw, K. (2002). Interjudge agreement,
self-enhancement, and liking: Cross-cultural
divergences. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin,
28, 578–587.
Ho, D. Y. F. (1998). Interpersonal relationships and relationship
dominance: An analysis based on methodological
relationism. Asian Journal of Social Psychology,
1, 1–16.
Höffer, A. (1979). The caste hierarchy and the state in
Nepal: A study of the Muluki Ain of 1854.
Innsbruck: Universitätsverlag Wagner.
Hofstede, G. H. (2001). Culture’s consequences: Comparing
values, behaviors, institutions, and organizations
across nations (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Hogg, M. A. (2001). A social identity theory of leadership.
Personality and Social Psychology Review, 5,
184–200.
Hollis, A. C. (1905). The Masai: Their language and
folklore. Oxford, UK: Clarendon Press.
House, J. S., Landis, K. R., & Umberson, D. (1988). Social
relationships and health. Science, 241, 540–545.
Khare, R. S. (1976). The Hindu hearth and home. Durham,
NC: Carolina Academic Press.
Khatib-Chahidi, J. (1992). Milk kinship in Shi’ite Islamic
Iran. In V. Maher (Ed.), The anthropology of
breast feeding: Natural law or social construct
(pp. 109–132). New York: St. Martin’s Press.
Kitayama, S., & Markus, H. R. (1999). Yin and yang of
the Japanese self: The cultural psychology of personality
coherence. In D. Cervone & Y. Shoda (Eds.),
The coherence of personality: Social cognitive bases
of personality consistency, variability, and organization
(pp. 242–302). New York: Guilford Press.
Kopytoff, I. (1982). Slavery. Annual Review of Anthropology,
11, 207–230.
Kopytoff, I. (1988). The cultural context of African abolition.
In S. Miers & R. Roberts, (Eds.), The end of
112
slavery in Africa (pp. 115–138). Madison: University
of Wisconsin Press.
Kurzban, R., & Leary, M. R. (2001). Evolutionary origins
of stigmatization: The functions of social exclusion.
Psychological Bulletin, , 127, 187–208.
Kwan, V. S. Y., John, O. P., Kenny, D. A., Bond, M.
H., & Robins, R. W. (2004). Reconceptualizing individual
differences in self-enhancement bias: An
interpersonal approach. Psychological Review, 111,
94–110.
Labouret, H. (1929). La parenté à plaisanteries en
Afrique Occidentale. Africa, 2, 244–254.
Leach, J.W., & Leach, E. (Eds.). (1983). The Kula: New
perspectives on Massim exchange. Cambridge, UK:
Cambridge University Press.
Leary, M. R., & Baumeister, R. F. (2000). The nature
and function of self-esteem: Sociometer theory. In M.
P. Zanna (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology
(Vol. 32, pp. 1–62). New York: Academic
Press.
Lévi-Strauss, C. (1969). The elementary structures of
kinship (Rev. ed., J. H. Bell Trans.; J. R. von Sturmer
& R. Needham (Eds.). Boston: Beacon Press. (Original
work published 1949)
Levy, R. I. (1973). Tahitians. Chicago: University of
Chicago Press.
Llewelyn-Davies, M. (1981). Women, warriors, and patriarchs.
In S. B. Ortner & H. Whitehead (Eds.), Sexual
meanings: The cultural construction of gender
and sexuality (pp. 330–358). New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Lovejoy, P. E. (Ed.). (1981). The ideology of slavery in
Africa. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage.
Lynch, J. H. (1986). Godparents and kinship in early
medieval Europe. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University
Press.
Macintyre, M. (1983). The Kula: A bibliography. Cambridge,
UK: Cambridge University Press.
MacKenzie, D. (1996). Violent solutions: Revolutions,
nationalism, and secret societies in Europe to 1918.
Lanham, MD: University Press of America.
Mak, L.-F. (1981). The sociology of secret societies: A
study of Chinese secret societies in Singapore and
304 III. IDENTITY AND SOCIAL RELATIONS
peninsular Malaysia. Kuala Lumpur: Oxford University
Press.
Malinowski, B. (1961). Argonauts of the Western Pacific:
An account of native enterprise and adventure
in the archipelagoes of Melanesian New Guinea.
New York: Dutton. (Original work published 1922)
Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the
self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation.
Psychological Review, 98, 224–253.
113
Marriott, M. (1976). Hindu transactions: Diversity
without dualism. In B. Kapferer (Ed.), Transaction
and meaning: Directions in the anthropology of exchange
and symbolic behavior (pp. 109–142). Philadelphia:
Institute for the Study of Human Issues.
McGraw, A. P., & Tetlock, P. E. (2005). Taboo tradeoffs,
relational framing and the acceptability of exchange.
Journal of Consumer Psychology, 15, 2–15.
McGraw, A. P., Tetlock, P. E. A., & Kristel, O. V.
(2003). The limits of fungibility: Relational schemata
and the value of things. Journal of Consumer Research,
30, 219–229.
Miller, J. G., & Bersoff, D. M. (1998). The role of liking
in perceptions of the moral responsibility to help: A
cultural perspective. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 34, 443–469.
Mintz, S.W., &Wolf, E. R. (1950). An analysis of ritual
co-parenthood (compadrazgo). Southwestern Journal
of Anthropology, 6, 341–368.
Morling, B., & Evered, S. (2006). Secondary control reviewed
and defined. Psychological Bulletin, 132,
269–296.
Morling, B., & Fiske, S. T. (1999). Defining and measuring
harmony control. Journal of Research in Personality,
33, 379–414.
Morling, B., Kitayama, S., & Miyamoto, Y. (2003).
American and Japanese women use different coping
strategies during normal pregnancy. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 29, 1533–1546.
Murphy,W. P. (1980). Secret knowledge as property and
power in Kpelle society: Elders versus youth. Africa,
50, 193–207.
Needham, R. (Ed.). (1971). Rethinking kinship and
marriage. London: Tavistock.
Neuberg, S. L., & Fiske, S. T. (1987). Motivational influences
on impression formation: Outcome dependency,
accuracy-driven attention, and individuating
processes. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
53, 431–444.
Neuberg, S. L., Smith, D. M., & Asher, T. (2000). Why
people stigmatize: Toward a biocultural framework.
In T. F. Heatherton, R. E. Kleck, M. R. Hebl, & J. G.
Hull (Eds.), The social psychology of stigma (pp. 31–
61). New York: Guilford Press.
Nutini, H. (1984). Ritual kinship: Ideological and structural
integration of the compadrazgo system in rural
Tlaxcala (Vol. 2). Princeton, NJ: Princeton University
Press.
Nutini, H., & Bell, B. (1980). Ritual kinship: The structure
and historical development of the compadrazgo
system in rural Tlaxcala (Vol. 1). Princeton, NJ:
Princeton University Press.
Orenstein, H. (1968). Toward a grammar of defilement
114
in Hindu sacred law. In M. Singer & B. S. Cohen
(Eds.), Structure and change in Indian society
(pp. 115–131).NewYork:Wenner-Gren Foundation.
Osgood, C. E., Suci, G. J.,&Tannenbaum, P. H. (1957).
The measurement of meaning. Urbana: University of
Illinois Press.
Oyserman, D., Coon, H. M., & Kemmelmeier, M.
(2002). Rethinking individualism and collectivism:
Evaluation of theoretical assumptions and metaanalysis.
Psychological Bulletin, 178, 3–72.
Parsons, T., & Bales, R. F. (1955). Family, socialization
and interaction process. Glencoe, IL: Free Press.
Parsons, T., & Shils, E. A. (Eds.). (1951). Toward a general
theory of action. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
Paulme, D. (1939). Parenté à plaisanteries et alliance
par le sang en Afrique Occidentale. Africa, 12, 433–
444.
Paulme, D. (1968). Pacte de sang, classes d’âge et castes
en Afrique noir. Archives Européenes de Sociologie,
9, 12–33.
Pham, L. B. (2006). Social relationship practices: An alternative
account of cultural differences in mentalities.
Manuscript under review.
Piaget, J. (1932). The language and thought of the child.
2nd ed. New York: Harcourt, Brace.
Piaget, J. (1952). The child’s conception of number.
New York: Humanities Press. (Original work published
1932)
Piaget, J. (1965). The moral judgment of the child (M.
Gabain, Trans.). New York: Free Press. (Original
work published 1932)
Pittman, T. S. (1998). Motivation. In D. T. Gilbert, S. T.
Fiske, & G. Lindzey (Eds.), Handbook of social psychology
(4th ed., Vol. 1, pp. 549–590). New York:
McGraw-Hill.
Powdermaker, H. (1993). After freedom: A cultural
study in the deep south. Madison: University of Wisconsin
Press. (Original work published 1939)
Radcliffe-Brown, A. R. (1965a). On joking relationships.
In Structure and function in primitive society:
Essays and addresses (pp. 90–104). New York: Free
Press. (Original work published 1940)
Radcliffe-Brown, A. R. (1965b).Afurther note on joking
relationships. In Structure and function in primitive
society: Essays and addresses (pp. 105–116). New
York: Free Press. (Original work published 1949)
Radcliffe-Brown, A. R., & Forde, D. (Eds.). (1960). African
systems of kinship and marriage [Published for
the International African Institute]. New York: Oxford
University Press.
Rai, S. N., & Rathmore, J. (1988). Attraction as a function
of cultural similarity and proportion of similar
115
attitudes related to different areas of life.
Psycholingua, 29, 123–131.
Rothbaum, F., Pott, M., Azuma, H., Miyake, K., &
Weisz, J. (2000). The development of close relationships
in Japan and the United States: Paths of symbiotic
harmony and generative tension. Child Development,
71, 1121–1142.
11. Social Relations in Our Species and Cultures 305
Rothbaum, F., Weisz, J., Pott, M., Miyake, K., &
Morelli, G. (2000). Attachment and culture: Security
in the United States and Japan. American Psychologist,
55, 1093–1104.
Rubin, V., & Tuden, A. (Eds.). (1977). Comparative
perspectives on slavery in New World plantation societies.
Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences,
292, whole volume.
Ruscher, J. B., & Fiske, S. T. (1990). Interpersonal competition
can cause individuating processes. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 58, 832–843.
Shaffer, D. R., Crepaz, N., & Sun, C. R. (2000). Physical
attractiveness stereotyping in cross-cultural perspective:
Similarities and differences between Americans
and Taiwanese. Journal of Cross-Cultural
Psychology, 31, 557–582.
Simmel, G. (1971). On individuality and social forms:
Selected writings [Edited and with an Introduction by
D. N. Levine]. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Simmel, G. (1990). The philosophy of money D. Frisby
(Ed.), T. Bottomore & D. Frisby (Trans., 2nd ed.).
London: Routledge. (Original work published 1900)
Smith, P. B., & Bond, M. H. (1994). Social psychology
across cultures: Analysis and perspective. Needham
Heights, MA: Allyn & Bacon.
Sondak, H. (1998). Relational models and organizational
studies: Applications to resource allocation
and group process. In C. L. Cooper & D. M. Rousseau
(Eds.), Trends in organizational behavior (Vol.
5, pp. 83–102). Chichester, UK: Wiley.
Spencer, P. (1988). The Maasai of Matapato: A study of
rituals of rebellion. Bloomington: Indiana University
Press, in association with the International African
Institute.
Stansfield, S. A., Bosma, H., Hemingway, H., & Marmot,
M. G. (1998). Psychosocial work characteristics
and social support as predictors of SF-36 health functioning:
The Whitehall II study. Psychosomatic Medicine,
60, 247–255.
Stevens, L. E., & Fiske, S. T. (1995). Motivation and
cognition in social life: A social survival perspective,
Social Cognition, 13, 189–214.
Stevens, L. E., & Fiske, S. T. (2000). Motivated impressions
of a powerholder: Accuracy under task dependency
and misperception under evaluation dependency.
116
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 26,
907–922.
Takahashi, K., Ohara, N., Antonucci, T. C., &
Akiyama, H. (2002). Commonalities and differences
in close relationships among the Americans and Japanese:
A comparison by the individualism/collectivism
concept. International Journal of Behavioral Development,
26, 453–465.
Tambiah, S. J. (1969). Animals are good to think and
good to prohibit. Ethnology, 8, 423–459.
Tegnaeus, H. (1952). Blood brothers: An ethnosociological
study of the institutions of bloodbrotherhood
with special reference to Africa. New
York: Philosophical Library.
Thomsen, L., Sidanius, J., & Fiske, A. P. (2006). Interpersonal
leveling, independence, and selfenhancement:
A comparison between Denmark and
the US, and a relational practice framework for cultural
psychology. European Journal of Social Psychology,
36, 1–25.
Tönnies, F. (1988). Community and society [Gemeinschaft
und Gesellschaft] (C. P. Loomis, Trans., with
an Introduction by John Samples). New Brunswick,
NJ: Transaction. (Original work published 1887)
Tuzin, D. (1984). Miraculous voices: The auditory experience
of numinous objects. Current Anthropology,
25, 579–596.
Vélez-Ibañez, C. (1983). Bonds of mutual trust: The cultural
systems of rotating credit associations among
urban Mexicans and Chicanos. New Brunswick, NJ:
Rutgers University Press.
Verkuyten, M., & Masson, K. (1996). Culture and gender
differences in the perception of friendship by adolescents.
International Journal of Psychology, 31,
207–217.
Vodosek, M. (2003). Finding the right chemistry: Relational
models and relationship, process, and task
conflict in culturally diverse research groups. Unpublished
doctoral dissertation, University of Michigan,
Ann Arbor.
Whalen, P. J. (1998). Fear, vigilance, and ambiguity: Initial
neuroimaging studies of the human amygdala.
Current Directions in Psychological Science, 7, 177–
188.
Wheeler, L., & Kim, Y. (1997). What is beautiful is
culturally good: The physical attractiveness stereotype
has different content in collectivistic cultures.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23,
795–800.
Wiggins, J. S., & Trapnell, P. D. (1997). Personality
structure: The return of the Big Five. In R. Hogan, J.
Johnson, & S. Briggs (Eds.), Handbook of personality
psychology (pp. 737–765). New York: Academic
117
Press.
Wyatt-Brown, B. (1982). Southern honor: Ethics and
behavior in the Old South. New York: Oxford University
Press.
Yalman, N. (1963). On the purity of women in the
castes of Ceylon and Malabar. Journal of the Royal
Anthropological Institute, 93, 25–58.
Yamagishi, T. (1998). The structure of trust: An evolutionary
game of mind and society. Tokyo: Tokyo University
Press.
Yamagishi, T. (2002). The structure of trust: An evolutionary
game of mind and society. Hokkaido Behavioral
Science Report, No. SP-13.
Yamagishi, T., & Yamagishi, M. (1994). Trust and commitment
in the United States and Japan. Motivation
and Emotion, 18, 129–166.
Yamamoto, M., Miyamoto, S., Fiske, S. T., Miki, H.,
Okiebisu, et al. (2004). Comparative data on friendship.
Unpublished raw data, University of Tsukuba,
Japan.
Abrams, D., & Hogg, M. A. (2001). Collective identity:
Group membership and self-conception. In M. Hogg
& R. Tindale (Eds.), Blackwell handbook of social
psychology: Group processes (pp. 425–460). Oxford,
UK: Blackwell.
318 III. IDENTITY AND SOCIAL RELATIONS
Adams, G., & Dzokoto, V. A. (2003). Self and identity
in African studies. Self and Identity, 2, 345–359.
Aoki, M. (2001). Toward a comparative institutional
analysis. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Aron, A., Aron, E. N., Tudor, M., & Nelson, G. (1991).
Close relationships as including other in the self.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 60,
241–253.
Benedict, R. (1946). The chrysanthemum and the
sword: Patterns of Japanese culture. Boston: Houghton
Mifflin.
Berry, J. W. (1979). A cultural ecology of social behavior.
Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 12,
177–206.
Bochner, S. (1994). Cross-cultural differences in the self
concept: A test of Hofstede’s individualism/collectivism
distinction. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
25, 273–283.
Bond, M. H., & Cheung, T. (1983). College students’
spontaneous self-concept: The effect of culture
among respondents in Hong Kong, Japan, and the
United States. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
13, 186–200.
Bond, M. H., & Hewstone, M. (1988). Social identity
theory and the perception of intergroup relations in
Hong Kong. International Journal of Intercultural
Relations, 12, 153–170.
118
Branch, C.W., Tayal, P., & Triplett, C. (2000). The relationship
of ethnic identity and ego identity status
among adolescents and young adults. International
Journal of Intercultural Relations, 24, 777–790.
Branscombe, N. R., Schmitt, M. T., & Harvey, R. D.
(1999). Perceiving pervasive discrimination among
African Americans: Implications for group identification
and well-being. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 77, 135–149.
Brewer, M. B. (1979). Ingroup bias in the minimal intergroup
situation: A cognitive–motivational analysis.
Psychological Bulletin, 86, 307–324.
Brewer, M. B. (1981). Ethnocentrism and its role in interpersonal
trust. In M. Brewer & B. Collins (Eds.),
Scientific inquiry and the social sciences (pp. 345–
360). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Brewer, M. B. (2001). The many faces of social identity:
Implications for political psychology. Political Psychology,
22, 115–125.
Brewer, M. B., & Caporael, L. R. (2006). An evolutionary
perspective on social identity: Revisiting groups.
In M. Schaller, J. Simpson, & D. Kenrick (Eds.), Evolution
and social psychology (pp. 143–161). Philadelphia:
Psychology Press.
Brewer, M. B., & Gardner, W. (1996). Who is this
“we”?: Levels of collective identity and self representation.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
71, 83–93.
Brewer, M. B., & Kramer, R. D. (1986). Choice behavior
in social dilemmas: Effects of social identity,
group size, and decision framing. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 50, 543–549.
Brewer, M. B., & Roccas, S. (2001). Individual values,
social identity, and optimal distinctiveness. In C.
Sedikides & M. Brewer (Eds.), Individual self,
relational self, collective self (pp. 219–237). Philadelphia:
Psychology Press.
Buchan, N. R., Croson, R., & Dawes, R. M. (2002).
Swift neighbors and persistent strangers: A crosscultural
investigation of trust and reciprocity in social
exchange. American Journal of Sociology, 108,
168–206.
Buchan, N. R., Croson, R., & Johnson, E. J. (2003).
Let’s get personal: An international examination of
the influence of communication, culture, and social
distance on trust and trustworthiness (Working paper).
University of Wisconsin, Madison.
Caporael, L. R. (1997). The evolution of truly social
cognition: The core configurations model. Personality
and Social Psychology Review, 1, 276–298.
Chang,W. C., Lee, L., & Koh, S. (1996, June). The concept
of self in a modern Chinese context. Paper presented
at the 50th Anniversary Conference of the Korean
119
Psychological Association, Seoul, Korea.
Coleman, J. S. (1990). Foundations of social theory.
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Cook, K. S. (Ed.). (2001). Trust in society. New York:
Russell Sage Foundation.
Cousins, S. D. (1989). Culture and self-perception in Japan
and the United States. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 56, 124–131.
Crocker, J., Luhtanen, R., Blaine, B., & Broadnax, S.
(1994). Collective self-esteem and psychological
well-being among White, Black, and Asian college
students. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin,
20, 503–513.
Cross, S. E., & Madson, L. (1997). Models of the self:
Self-construals and gender. Psychological Bulletin,
122, 5–37.
Dasgupta, P. S. (1988). Trust as commodity. In D.
Gambetta (Ed.), Trust: Making and breaking cooperative
relations (pp. 49–72). Oxford, UK: Blackwell.
Deaux, K. (1993). Reconstructing social identity. Personality
and Social Psychology Bulletin, 19, 4–12.
DeCremer, D., & van Vugt, M. (1999). Social identification
effects in social dilemmas: A transformation of
motives. European Journal of Social Psychology, 29,
871–893.
Dhawan, N., Rosemen, I., Naidu, R., Thapa, K., &
Rettek, S. (1995). Self-concepts across two cultures:
India and the United States. Journal of CrossCultural Psychology, 26, 606–621.
Diehl, M. (1990). The minimal group paradigm: Theoretical
explanations and empirical findings. In W.
Stroebe & M. Hewstone (Eds.), European review of
social psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 263–292). Chichester,
UK: Wiley.
Doise,W. (1978). Groups and individuals: Explanations
in social psychology. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge
University Press.
Doosje, B., Ellemers, N., & Spears, R. (1995). Perceived
intragroup variability as a function of group status
and identification. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 31, 410–436.
Endo, Y., Heine, S. J., & Lehman, D. R. (2000). Culture
12. Culture and Social Identity 319
and positive illusions in close relationships:Howmyrelationships
are better than your relationships. Personality
and Social Psychology Bulletin, 26, 1571—1586.
Foddy, M., Platow, M.,&Yamagishi, T. (2003). Groupbased
trust in strangers: Evaluations or expectations?
Unpublished manuscript, La Trobe University, Melbourne,
Australia.
Gabriel, S., & Gardner, W. L. (1999). Are there
“his”and “hers” types of interdependence?: The implications
of gender differences in collective versus
120
relational interdependence for affect, behavior, and
cognition. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
77, 642–655.
Gilligan, C. (1982). In a different voice: Psychological
theory and women’s development. Cambridge, MA:
Harvard University Press.
Gudykunst, W. B. (1988). Culture and intergroup processes.
In M.H. Bond (Ed.), The cross-cultural challenge
to social psychology (pp. 165–181). Thousand
Oaks, CA: Sage.
Hamaguchi, E. (1977). “Nihon rashisa” no saihakken
[The rediscovery of “Japaneseness”]. Tokyo: Nihon
Keizai Shinbunsha.
Hamilton, D. L., Sherman, S. J., & Lickel, B. (1998).
Perceiving social groups: The importance of the
entitativity continuum. In C. Sedikides, J. Schopler,
& C. A. Insko (Eds.), Intergroup cognition and intergroup
behavior (pp. 47–74). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Haslam, S. A., Oakes, P. J., Turner, J. C.,&McGarty, C.
(1996). Social identity, self-categorization, and the
perceived homogeneity of ingroups and outgroups:
The interaction between social motivation and cognition.
In R. M. Sorrentino & E. T. Higgins (Eds.),
Handbook of motivation and cognition: Vol. 3. The
interpersonal context (pp. 182–222). New York:
Guilford Press.
Heine, S. J. (2003). An exchange between Heine and
Brown & Kobayashi regarding Brown & Kobayashi
(2002): Self-enhancement in Japan?: A reply to
Brown & Kobayashi. Asian Journal of Social Psychology,
6, 75–84.
Heine, S. J., & Lehman, D. R. (1997). The cultural construction
of self-enhancement: An examination of
group-serving biases. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 72, 1268–1283.
Hewstone, M., & Ward, C. (1985). Ethnocentrism and
causal attribution in Southeast Asia. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 48, 614–623
Ho, D. F.Y. (1993). Relational orientation in Asian social
psychology. In U. Kim&J.W. Berry (Ed.), Indigenous
psychologies: Research and experience in cultural
context (pp. 240–259). Newbury Park, CA: Sage.
Hofstede, G. (1980). Culture’s consequences: International
differences in work-related values, Beverly
Hills, CA: Sage.
Hogg, M. A., & Abrams, D. (1988). Social identifications:
A social psychology of intergroup relations and
group processes. London: Routledge.
Hogg, M. A., & Turner, J. C. (1987). Intergroup behaviour,
self-stereotyping, and the salience of social categories.
British Journal of Social Psychology, 26, 325–
340.
Hwang, K. K. (1999). Filial piety and loyalty: Two types
121
of social identification in Confucianism. Asian Journal
of Social Psychology, 2, 163–183.
Ip, G. W. M., & Bond, M. H. (1995). Culture, values,
and the spontaneous self-concept. Asian Journal of
Psychology, 1, 29–35.
Iyengar, S. S., Lepper,M. R.,&Ross, L. (1999). Independence
from whom? Interdependence with whom?:
Cultural perspectives on ingroups versus outgroups.
In D. Prentice & D. Miller (Eds.), Cultural divides:
Understanding and overcoming group conflict
(pp. 273–301). New York: Russell Sage Foundation.
Jin, N., Yamagishi, T., & Kiyonari, T. (1996). Bilateral
dependency and the minimal group paradigm. Japanese
Journal of Psychology, 67, 77–85. (in Japanese)
Karp, D. R., Jin, N., Yamagishi, T., & Shinotsuka, H.
(1993). Raising the minimum in the minimal group
paradigm. Japanese Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 32, 231–240.
Kashima, E., & Hardie, E. A. (2000). The development
and validation of the Relational, Individual, and Collective
Self-Aspects (RIC) Scale. Asian Journal of Social
Psychology, 3, 19–48.
Kashima, Y., Yamaguchi, S., Kim, U., Choi, S., Gelfand,
M., & Yuki, M. (1995). Culture, gender, and self: A
perspective from individualism-collectivism research.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69,
925–937.
Kim, U.,&Lee, S.H. (1994, June). The Confucian model
of morality, justice, selfhood and society: Implications
for modern society. Paper presented at the Eighth International
Conference on Korean Studies, Seoul.
King, A. Y. C., & Bond, M. H. (1985). The Confucian
paradigm of man: A sociological view. In W. T. Tseng
& D. Wu (Eds.), Chinese culture and mental health
(pp. 29–46). New York: Academic Press.
Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., Matsumoto, H., &
Norasakkunkit, V. (1997.) Individual and collective
processes in the construction of the self: Self enhancement
in the United States and self-criticism in Japan.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72,
1245–1267.
Kramer, R. M. (1999). Trust and distrust in organizations:
Emerging perspectives, enduring questions.
Annual Review of Psychology, 50, 569–598.
Kuhn, M. H., & McPartland, T. S. (1954). An empirical
investigation of self-attitudes. American Sociological
Review, 19, 68–76.
Kurman, J., & Sriram, N. (1997). Self-enhancement,
generality of self-evaluation, and affectivity in Israel
and Singapore. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
28, 421–441.
Kwan, V., Bond, M. H., & Singelis, R. M. (1997).
Pancultural explanations for life satisfaction: Adding
122
relationship harmony to self-esteem. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 73, 1038–1051.
Lebra, T. S. (1976). Japanese patterns of behavior. Honolulu:
University of Hawaii Press.
320 III. IDENTITY AND SOCIAL RELATIONS
Lemaine, G. (1974). Social differentiation and social
originality. European Journal of Social Psychology,
4, 17–52.
Leung, K. (1988). Some determinants of conflict avoidance.
Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 19, 125–136.
Leung, K., & Bond, M. H. (1984). The impact of cultural
collectivism on reward allocation. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 47, 793–804.
Levine, R. A., & Campbell, D. T. (1972). Ethnocentrism:
Theories of conflict, ethnic attitudes and
group behavior. New York: Wiley.
Luhtanen, R., & Crocker, J. (1992). A collective selfesteem
scale: Self-evaluations of one’s social identity.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 18, 302–
318.
Ma, V., & Schoeneman, T. (1997). Individualism versus
collectivism: A comparison of Kenyan and American
self-concepts. Basic and Applied Social Psychology,
19, 261–273.
Macy, M. W., & Skvoretz, J. (1998). The evolution of
trust and cooperation between strangers: A computational
model. American Sociological Review, 63,
638–660.
Mahler, I., Greenberg, L., & Hayashi, H. (1981). A
comparative study of rules of justice: Japanese versus
American. Psychologia, 24, 1–8.
Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the
self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation.
Psychological Review, 98, 224–253.
Miller, A. S., & Kanazawa, S. (2000). Order by accident:
The origin and consequences of conformity in
contemporary Japan. Boulder, CO: Westview.
Munro, D. J. (1985). Introduction. In D. J. Munro
(Ed.), Individualism and holism: Studies in Confucian
and Taoist value (pp. 1–34). Ann Arbor: University
of Michigan Press.
Nagel, J. (1994). Constructing ethnicity: Creating and
recreating ethnic identity and culture. Social Problems,
41, 152–176.
Nakane, C. (1970). Japanese society. Berkeley: University
of California Press.
Oishi, S. (2005). The flexible inclusion and exclusion of
others in self-concept. Unpublished manuscript, University
of Virginia, Charlottesville.
Ostrom, E. (1998). A behavioral approach to the rational
choice theory of collective action. American Political
Science Review, 92, 1–22.
Oyserman, D., Coon, H. M., & Kemmelmeier, M.
123
(2002). Rethinking individualism and collectivism:
Evaluation of theoretical assumptions and metaanalyses.
Psychological Bulletin, 128, 3–72.
Perreault, S., & Bourhis, R. Y. (1998). Social identification,
interdependence and discrimination. Group
Processes and Intergroup Relations, 1, 49–66.
Platow, M., McClintock, C., & Liebrand, W. (1990).
Predicting intergroup fairness and ingroup bias in the
minimal group paradigm. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 20, 221–240.
Prentice, D., Miller, D., & Lightdale, J. (1994). Asymmetries
in attachments to groups and to their members:
Distinguishing between common-identity and
common-bond groups. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 20, 484–493.
Pye, L. (2000). Traumatized political cultures: The after
effects of totalitarianism in China and Russia. Japanese
Journal of Political Science, 1, 113–128.
Rhee, E., Uleman, J., Lee, H. K., & Roman, R. J.
(1995). Spontaneous self-descriptions and ethnic
identities in individualistic and collectivistic cultures.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69,
142–152.
Rose, R. (1985). National pride in cross-national perspective.
International Social Science Journal, 103,
85–96.
Ross, M., Xun, W. Q. E., & Wilson, A. E. (2002). Language
and the bicultural self. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 28, 1040–1050.
Schimmack, U., Oishi, S.,&Diener, E. (2005). Individualism:
A valid and important dimension of cultural
differences between nations. Personality and Social
Psychology Review, 9, 17–31.
Sedikides, C., & Brewer, M. B. (Eds.). (2001). Individual
self, relational self, collective self. Philadelphia:
Psychology Press.
Sedikides, C., Gaertner, L., & Toguchi, Y. (2003).
Pancultural self-enhancement. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 84, 60–79.
Seeley, E., Gardner, W., Pennington, G., & Gabriel, S.
(2003). Circle of friends or members of a group? Sex
differences in relational and collective attachment to
groups. Group Processes and Intergroup Relations,
6, 251–263.
Shaw, R. (2000). “Tok af, lef af”: A political economy of
Temne techniques of secrecy and self. In I. Karp & D.
Masolo (Eds.), African philosophy as cultural inquiry
(pp. 25–49). Bloomington: Indiana University Press.
Simon, B., & Hamilton, D. L. (1994). Self-stereotyping
and social context: The effects of relative in-group
size and in-group status. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 66, 699–711.
Smith, P. B., & Bond, M. H. (1999). Social psychology
124
across cultures (2nd ed.). Boston,MA:Allyn&Bacon.
Snibbe, A. C., Kitayama S., Markus H. R., & Suzuki T.
(2003). They saw a game: A Japanese and American
(football) field study. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
34, 581–595.
Stryker, S. (1987). Identity theory: Developments and
extensions. In K. Yardley & T. Honess (Eds.), Self
and identity (pp. 89–104). New York: Wiley.
Sumner, W. G. (1906). Folkways. New York: Ginn.
Tajfel, H. (1969). Cognitive aspects of prejudice. Journal
of Social Issues, 25, 79–97.
Tajfel, H. (1970). Experiments in intergroup discrimination.
Scientific American, 223(2), 96–102.
Tajfel, H. (1978). Social categorization, social identity
and social comparison. In H. Tajfel (Ed.), Differentiation
between social groups (pp. 61–76). London:
Academic Press.
Tajfel, H. (1981). Human groups and social categories.
Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
12. Culture and Social Identity 321
Tajfel, H., Billig, M., Bundy, R., & Flament, C. (1971).
Social categorization and intergroup behaviour. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 1, 149–178.
Tajfel, H., & Turner. J. C. (1979). An integrative theory
of intergroup conflict. In W. Austin & S. Worchel
(Eds.), Social psychology of intergroup relations
(pp. 33–47). Chicago: Nelson.
Thoits, P. A., & Virshup, L. V. (1997). Me’s and we’s:
Forms and functions of social identities. In R.
Ashmore & Lee Jussim (Eds.), Self and identity: Fundamental
issues (Vol. 1, pp. 106–133). New York:
Oxford University Press.
Trafimow, D., Triandis, H. C., & Goto, S. G. (1991).
Some tests of the distinction between the private self
and the collective self. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 60, 649–655.
Triandis, H. C. (1989). The self and social behavior in
differing cultural contexts. Psychological Review, 96,
506–520.
Triandis, H. C. (1995). Individualism and collectivism,
Boulder, CO: Westview.
Triandis, H. C., Chan D., Bhawuk, D., Iwao, S., &
Sinha, J. (1995). Multimethod probes of allocentrism
and idiocentrism. International Journal of Psychology,
30, 461–480.
Triandis, H. C., McCusker, C., & Hui, C. H. (1990).
Multimethod probes of individualism and collectivism.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
59, 1006–1020.
Turner, J. C. (1975). Social comparison and social identity:
Some prospects for intergroup behaviour. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 5, 5–34.
Turner, J. C. (1981). The experimental social psychology
125
of intergroup behaviour. In J. Turner & H. Giles
(Eds.), Intergroup behaviour (pp. 66–101). Oxford,
UK: Blackwell.
Turner, J. C. (1985). Social categorization and the selfconcept:
A social cognitive theory of group behavior.
In E. Lawler (Ed.), Advances in group processes (Vol.
2, pp. 77–122). Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.
Turner, J. C., Hogg, M., Oakes, P., Reicher, S., &
Wetherell, M. (1987). Rediscovering the social
group: A self-categorization theory. Oxford, UK:
Blackwell.
Tyler, T. R. (2001). Why do people rely on others?: Social
identity and the social aspects of trust. In K. S.
Cook (Ed.), Trust in society (pp. 285–306). New
York: Russell Sage Foundation.
Vanneman, R. D., & Pettigrew, T. F. (1972). Race and
relative deprivation in the urban United States. Race,
13, 461–486.
Verkuyten, M., & Lay, C. (1998). Ethnic minority identity
and psychological well-being: The mediating role
of collective self-esteem. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 28, 1969–1986.
Watkins, D., Adair, J., Akande, A., Gerong, A.,
McInerney, D., Sunar, D., et al. (1998). Individualism–
collectivism, gender and the self-concept: A nine culture
investigation. Psychologia, 41, 259–271.
Wetherell, M. (1982). Cross-cultural studies of minimal
groups: Implications for the social identity theory of
intergroup relations. In H. Tajfel (Ed.), Social identity
and intergroup relations (pp. 207–240). Cambridge,
UK: Cambridge University Press.
Wilder, D. A. (1986). Social categorization: Implications
for creation and reduction of intergoup bias. In L.
Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in experimental social
psychology (Vol. 19, pp. 291–355). New York: Academic
Press.
Wit, A. P., & Kerr, N. L. (2002). Me versus just us versus
us all: Categorization and cooperation in nested
social dilemmas. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 83, 616–637.
Wong, R. Y., & Hong, Y (2005). Dynamic influences of
culture on cooperation in the Prisoner’s Dilemma.
Psychological Science, 16, 429–434.
Yamagishi, T. (1988a). Exit from the group as an individualistic
solution to the free rider problem in the
United States and Japan. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 24, 530–542.
Yamagishi, T. (1988b). The provision of a sanctioning
system in the United States and Japan. Social Psychology
Quarterly, 51, 265–271.
Yamagishi, T., Foddy, M., Makimura, Y., Matsuda, M.,
& Platow, M. (2003). Contextualized and
decontextualized use of social categories: Comparisons
126
of Australians and Japanese on group-based
trust and cooperation (Working Paper Series No. 7).
Sapporo, Japan: Hokkaido University, Department
of Behavioral Science.
Yamagishi, T., Jin, N., & Kiyonari, T. (1999). Bounded
generalized reciprocity: Ingroup boasting and
ingroup favoritism. Advances in Group Processes,
16, 161–197.
Yamagishi, T., Jin, N., & Miller, A. S. (1998). Collectivism
and in-group bias. Asian Journal of Social Psychology,
1, 315–328.
Yamagishi, T., & Kiyonari, T. (2000). The group as the
container of generalized reciprocity. Social Psychology
Quarterly, 63, 116–132.
Yamagishi, T., & Kosugi, M. (1999). Character detection
in social exchange. Cognitive Studies, 6, 179–
190. (in Japanese)
Yamagishi, T., & Yamagishi, M. (1994). Trust and commitment
in the United States and Japan. Motivation
and Emotion, 18, 129–166.
Yeros, P. (Ed.). (1999). Ethnicity and nationalism in Africa:
Constructivist reflections and contemporary
politics. London: Macmillan.
Yuki, M. (2003). Intergroup comparison versus
intragroup cooperation: A cross-cultural examination
of social identity theory in North American and
East Asian cultural contexts. Social Psychology
Quarterly, 66, 166–183.
Yuki, M., Maddux, W. W., Brewer, M. B., & Takemura,
K. (2005). Cross-cultural differences in relationshipand
group-based trust. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 31, 48–62.
Alderson, A. S., & Nielsen, F. (2002). Globalization and
the great U-turn: Income inequality trends in 16
OECD countries. American Journal of Sociology,
107, 1244–1299.
Anthias, F. (2001). New hybridities, old concepts: The
limits of “culture.” Ethnic and Racial Studies, 24,
619–641.
Appadurai, A. (1996). Modernity at large: Cultural dimensions
of globalization. Minneapolis: University
of Minnesota Press.
Barth, F. (2002). An anthropology of knowledge. Current
Anthropology, 43, 1–18.
Benet-Martinez, V., & Haritatos, J. (2005). Bicultural
Identity Integration (BII): Components and
psychosocial antecedents. Journal of Personality, 73,
1015–1050.
Benet-Martinez, V., Leu, J., Lee, F., & Morris, M. W.
(2002). Negotiating biculturalism: Cultural frame
switching in biculturals with oppositional versus
compatible cultural identities. Journal of CrossCultural Psychology, 33, 492–516.
127
Berry, J. W. (2001). A psychology of immigration. Journal
of Social Issues, 57, 615–631.
Berry, J.W.,&Sam, D. L. (1997). Acculturation and adaptation.
In J. W. Berry, M. H. Segall, & C.
Ka_itçiba_i (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural psychology:
Vol. 3. Social behavior and applications
(2nd ed., pp. 291– 326). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Berry, J.W., Poortinga, Y. H., Segall, M. H.,&Dasen, P.
R. (1992). Cross-cultural psychology: Research and
applications. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University
Press.
Birman, D. (1998). Biculturalism and perceived competence
of Latino immigrant adolescents. American
Journal of Community Psychology, 26, 335–354.
Bourhis, R. Y., & Giles, H. (1977). The language of intergroup
distinctiveness. In H. Giles (Ed.), Language,
ethnicity and intergroup relations (pp. 119–135).
London: Academic Press.
Brewer, M. B., & Gardner, W. (1996). Who is this
“we”?: Levels of collective identity and self representations.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
71, 83–93.
Camilleri, C., & Malewska-Peyre, H. (1997). Socialization
and identity strategies. In J. W. Berry, P. R.
Dasen, & T. S. Saraswathi (Eds.), Handbook of
cross-cultural psychology: Vol. 2. Basic processes
and human development (2nd ed., pp. 41–67).
Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Casmir, F. L. (1992). Third-culture building: A paradigm
shift for international and intercultural communication.
Comunnication Yearbook, 16, 407–428.
Castells, M. (1998). The end of millennium. Oxford,
UK: Blackwell.
Chao, M., Chen, J., Roisman, G. I., & Hong, Y. (in
press). Essentializing race: Implications for bicultural
individuals’ cognition and physiological reactivity.
Psychological Science.
Cheryan, S., & Monin, B. (2005). “Where are you really
from?”: Asian Americans and identity denial.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 89,
717–730.
Chiu, C., & Chen, J. (2004). Symbols and interactions:
Application of the CCC model to culture, language,
and social identity. In S. H. Ng, C. Candlin, & C.
Chiu (Eds.), Proceedings of ICLASP8. Hong Kong:
City University of Hong Kong Press.
Chiu, C., & Hong, Y. (2005). Culture: Dynamic processes.
In A. J. Elliot & C. S. Dweck (Eds.), Handbook
of competence and motivation (pp. 489–505).
New York: Guilford Press.
Cohen, D., & Gunz, A. (2002). As seen by the other . . .
: Perspectives on the self in the memories and emotional
perceptions of Easterners and Westerners. Psychological
128
Science, 13, 55–59.
Devos, T., & Banaji, M. (2005). American = white?
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 88(3),
447–466.
Dickow, H., & Moller, V. (2002). South Africa’s “rainbow
people,” national pride and optimism: A trend
study. Social Indicators Research, 59, 175–202.
DiMaggio, D. (1997). Culture cognition. Annual Review
of Sociology, 23, 263–287.
Dunbar, E. (1994). The German executive in the U.S.
work and social environment: Exploring role demands.
International Journal of Intercultural Relations,
18, 277–291.
Earley, P. C. (2002). Redefining interactions across cultures
and organizations: Moving forward with cultural
intelligence. Research in Organizational Behavior,
24, 271–299.
Earley, P. C., & Ang, S. (2003). Cultural intelligence: Individual
interactions across cultures. Stanford, CA:
Stanford University Press.
Fischer, M. M. J. (1999). Emergent forms of life:
Anthropologies of late or postmodernities. Annual
Review of Anthropology, 28, 455–478.
Friedman, J. (1994). Cultural identity and global process.
London: Sage.
Fu, J. H., & Chiu, C. (2003). Studying cultures from a
shorter distance: Change and maintenance of cultural
values in multicultural environment. Manuscript
under review
Furnham, A., & Li, Y. H. (1993). The psychological adjustment
of the Chinese community in Britain: A
study of two generations. British Journal of Psychiatry,
162, 109–113.
Ganguly-Scrase, R. (2003). Paradoxes of globalization,
liberalization, and gender equality: The worldviews
13. Multicultural Identities 341
of the lower middle class in West Bengal, India. Gender
and Society, 17, 544–566.
Gardner, W. L., Gabriel, S., & Lee, A. (1999). “I” value
freedom, but “we” value relationships: Self-construal
priming mirrors cultural differences in judgment.
Psychological Science, 10, 321–326.
Giddens, A. (1985). The nation–state and violence.
Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.
Greenberg, J., Solomon, S., & Pyszczynski, T. (1997).
Terror management theory of self-esteem and cultural
worldview: Empirical assessments and conceptual
refinements. In P. M. Zanna (Ed.), Advances in
experimental social psychology (Vol. 29, pp. 61–
141). San Diego: Academic Press.
Grosjean, F. (1989). Neurolinguists, beware!: The bilingual
is not two monolinguals in one person. Brain
and Language, 36, 3–15.
129
Halloran, M. J., & Kashima, E. S. (2004). Social identity
and worldview validation: The effects of ingroup
identity primes and mortality salience on value endorsement.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin,
30, 915–925.
Hampton, J. A. (1997). Emergent attributes in combined
concepts. In T. B.Ward, S. M. Smith, & J. Vaid
(Eds.), Creative thought: An investigation of conceptual
structures and processes (pp. 83–110). Washington,
DC: American Psychological Association.
Han, S., & Shavitt, S. (1994). Persuasion and culture:
Advertising appeals in individualistic and
collectivistic societies. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 30, 326–350.
Haslam, S., Oakes, P. J., McGarty, C., Turner, J. C., &
Onorato, R. S. (1995). Contextual changes in the
prototypicality of extreme and moderate outgroup
members. European Journal of Social Psychology,
25, 509–530.
Heine, S. J., Lehman, D. R., Markus, H., & Kitayama,
S. (1999). Is there a universal need for positive selfregard?
Psychological Review, 106, 766–794.
Hetts, J. J., Sakuma, M., & Pelham, B. W. (1999). Two
roads to positive regard: Implicit and explicit selfevaluation
and culture. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 35, 512–559.
Higgins, E. T. (1996). Knowledge activation: Accessibility,
applicability and salience. In E. T. Higgins & A.
E. Kruglanski (Eds.), Social psychology: Handbook
of basic principles (pp.133–168). New York:
Guilford Press.
Higgins, E. T., Friedman, R. S., Harlow, R. E., Idson, L.
C., Ayduk, O. N., & Taylor, A. (2001). Achievement
orientations from subjective histories of success: Promotion
pride versus prevention pride. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 31, 3–23.
Hirschman, C. (1983). America’s melting pot reconsidered.
Annual Review of Sociology, 9, 397–423.
Ho, D. Y. F.,&Chiu, C. (1994). Component ideas of individualism,
collectivism, and social organization:
An application in the study of Chinese culture. In U.
Kim, H. C. Triandis, C. Ka_itçiba_i, G. Choi, & G.
Yoon (Eds.), Individualism and collectivism: Theory,
method and applications (pp. 137–156). Thousand
Oaks, CA: Sage.
Hogg, M. A. (2001). A social identity theory of leadership.
Personality and Social Psychology Review, 5,
184–200.
Hogg, M. A. (2003). Social identity. InM. R. Leary & J.
P. Tangney (Eds.), Handbook of self and identity
(pp. 462–479). New York: Guilford Press.
Hong, Y., Benet-Martinez, V., Chiu, C., & Morris, M.
W. (2003). Boundaries of cultural influence: Construct
130
activation as a mechanism for cultural differences
in social perception. Journal of Cross-Cultural
Psychology, 34, 453–464.
Hong, Y., Chiu, C.,&Kung, T. M. (1997). Bringing culture
out in front: Effects of cultural meaning system
activation on social cognition. In K. Leung, Y.
Kashima, U. Kim,&S. Yamaguchi (Eds.), Progress in
Asian social psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 135–146). Singapore:
Wiley.
Hong, Y., Morris, M. W., Chiu, C., & Benet-Martinez,
V. (2000). Multicultural minds: A dynamic
constructivist approach to culture and cognition.
American Psychologist, 55, 709–720.
Hong, Y., Roisman, G. I.,&Chen, J. (2006). A model of
cultural attachment: A new approach for studying
bicultural experience. In M. H. Bornstein & L. Cote
(Eds.), Acculturation and parent child relationships:
Measurement and development (pp. 135–170).
Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Inglehart, R., & Baker, W. E. (2000). Modernization,
cultural change, and the persistence of traditional
values. American Sociological Review, 65, 19–51.
Ip, Y., Chen, J., & Chiu, C. (2003). Intersubjective consensus
on regulatory focus. Unpublished raw data,
University of Illinois, Urbana–Champaign.
Jetten, J., Postmes, T., & McAuliffe, B. (2002). “We’re
all individuals”: Group norms of individualism and
collectivism, levels of identification and identity
threat. European Journal of Social Psychology, 32,
189–207.
Kanno, Y. (2003). Negotiating bilingual and bicultural
identities: Japanese returnees betwixt two worlds.
Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Kashima, E. S., Halloran, M. J., Yuki, M.,&Kashima, Y.
(2004). The effects of personal and collective mortality
salience on individualism: Comparing Australians
and Japanese with higher and lower self-esteem. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 40, 384–392.
Kashima, E. S., & Kashima, Y. (1998). Culture and language:
The case of cultural dimensions and personal
pronoun use. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
29, 461–486.
Kim, H. S., & Markus, H. R. (1999). Deviance or
uniqueness, Harmony or conformity?: A cultural
analysis. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
77, 785–800.
Kitayama, S., Duffy, S., Kawamura, T., & Larsen, J. T.
(2003). Perceiving an object and its context in different
cultures: A cultural look at New Look. Psychological
Science, 14, 201–206.
342 III. IDENTITY AND SOCIAL RELATIONS
LaFromboise, T., Coleman, H. L., & Gerton, J. (1993).
Psychological impact of biculturalism: Evidence and
131
theory. Psychological Bulletin, 114, 395–412.
Lal, D. (2000). Does modernization require
Westernization? Independent Review, 5, 5–24.
Lau, I. Y., Chiu, C., & Lee, S.-L. (2001). Communication
and shared reality: Implications for the psychological
foundations of culture. Social Cognition, 19,
350–371.
Lau, I. Y., Lee, S.-L., & Chiu, C. (2004). Language, cognition
and reality: Constructing shared meanings
through communication. In M. Schaller & C.
Crandall (Eds.), The psychological foundations of
culture (pp. 77–100). Mahway, NJ: Erlbaum.
Lee, S.-L. (2002). Communication and shared representation:
The role of knowledge estimation. Unpublished
doctoral dissertation, University of Hong
Kong, Hong Kong.
Lee, S., Sobal, J., & Frongillo, E. A. (2003). Comparison
of models of acculturation: The case of Korean
Americans. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
34, 282–296.
Lehman, D., Chiu, C., & Schaller, M. (2004). Culture
and psychology. Annual review of psychology. Palo
Alto, CA: Annual Reviews.
Leung, K. A., Chiu, C., & Hong, Y. (2003). Communication
and regulatory focus. Unpublished raw data,
University of Illinois, Urbana–Champaign.
Li, Q., & Hong, Y. (2001). Intergroup perceptual accuracy
predicts real-life intergroup interactions. Group
Processes and Intergroup Relations, 4, 341–354.
Lu, X. (2001). Bicultural identity development and Chinese
community formation: An ethnographic study
of Chinese schools in Chicago. Howard Journal of
Communications, 12, 203–220.
Lukes, S. (1973). Individualism. Oxford, UK:
Blackwell.
Lyons, A., & Kashima, Y. (2001). The reproduction of
culture: Communication processes tend to maintain
cultural stereotypes. Social Cognition, 19, 372–394.
Ma, V., & Schoeneman, T. J. (1997). Individualism versus
collectivism: A comparison of Kenyan and American
self-concepts. Basic and Applied Social Psychology,
19, 261–273.
Mahalingam, R. (2003). Essentialism, culture, and beliefs
about gender among the Aravanis of Tamil
Nadu, India. Sex Roles, 49, 489–496.
Mahalingam, R., & Rodriguez, J. (2003). Essentialism,
power and cultural psychology of gender. Journal of
Cognition and Culture, 3, 157–174.
Marques, J., Abrams, D., Paez, D., & MartinezTaboada, C. (1998). The role of categorization and
in-group norms in judgments of groups and their
members. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
75, 976–988.
132
Marques, J., & Paez, D. (1994). The black sheep effect:
Social categorization, rejection of ingroup deviates,
and perception of group variability. In W. Stroebe &
M. Hewstone (Eds.), European review of psychology
(Vol. 5, pp. 37–68). New York: Wiley.
McAuliffe, B. J., Jetten, J., Hornsey, M., & Hogg, M. A.
(2003). Individualist and collectivist norms: When
it’s ok to go your own way. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 33, 57–70.
Medea, L. (2002). Creolisation and globalization in a
neo-Colonial context: The case of reunion. Social
Identities, 8, 125–141.
Menon, T., & Morris, M. W. (2001). Social structure in
North American and Chinese cultures: Reciprocal influence
between objective and subjective structures.
Journal of Psychology in Chinese Societies, 2, 27–50.
Menon, T., Morris, M. W., Chiu, C., & Hong, Y.
(1999). Culture and the construal of agency: Attribution
to individual versus group dispositions. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 76, 701–717.
Miller, D. T., & Prentice, D. A. (1994). Collective errors
and errors about the collective. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 20, 541–550.
Montreuil, A., & Bourhis, R. Y. (2001). Majority acculturation
orientations toward “valued” and “devalued”
immigrants. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
32, 698–719.
Ng, S. H., & Bradac, J. (1993). Power is language: Vernal
communication and social influence. Newbury
Park, CA: Sage.
Niemann, Y. F., Romero, A. J., Arredondo, J., & Rodriguez,
V. (1999). What does it mean to be “Mexican”?:
Social construction of an ethnic identity. Hispanic
Journal of Behavioral Sciences, 21, 47–60.
No, S., & Hong, Y. (2004a, January). Negotiating
bicultural identity: Contrast and assimilation effects
in cultural frame switching. Poster presented at the
annual conference of the Society for Personality and
Social Psychology, Austin, TX.
No, S., & Hong, Y. (2004b, January). Bicultural frame
switching: Belief in race as fixed moderates minority
reactivity toward cultural primes. Poster presented at
the annual conference of the American Psychological
Society, Chicago, IL.
No, S.,Wan, C., & Chiu, C. (2005). Cultural hybridization
among Chinese and Korean ethnics residing in
the United States. Unpublished raw data, University
of Illinois, Urbana–Champaign.
Organista, P. B., Organista, K. C., & Kurasaki, K.
(2002). The relationship between acculturation and
ethnic minority mental health. In K. M. Chun, P. B.
Organista, & G. Marin (Eds.), Acculturation: Advances
in theory, measurement, and applied research
133
(pp. 139–162). Washington, DC: American Psychological
Association.
Oyserman, D. (1993). The lens of personhood: Viewing
the self and others in a multicultural society. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 65, 993–1009.
Oyserman, D., Sakamoto, I., & Lauffer, A. (1998). Cultural
accommodation: Hybridity and the framing of
social obligation. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 74, 1606–1618.
Padilla, A. M., & Perez, W. (2003). Acculturation, social
identity, and social cognition: A new perspective.
Hispanic Journal of Behavioral Sciences, 25, 35–55.
Pang, C. L. (2000). Negotiating identity in contemporary
Japan: The case of Kikokushijo. London: Kegan
Paul.
Parameswaran, R. (2002). Local culture in global media:
Excavating colonial and material discourses in
National Geographic. Communication Theory, 12,
287–315.
Park, R. E. (1928). Human migration and the marginal
man. American Journal of Sociology, 33, 881–893.
Phinney, J. S., & Devich-Navarro, M. (1997). Variations
in bicultural identification among African
American and Mexican American adolescents. Journal
of Research on Adolescence, 7, 3–32.
Pinkley, R. L., & Northcraft, G. B. (1994). Conflict
frames of reference: Implications for dispute processes
and outcomes. Academy of Management Journal,
37, 193–205.
Rhee, E., Uleman, J. S., Lee, H. K., & Roman, R. J.
(1995). Spontaneous self-descriptions and ethnic
identities in individualistic and collectivistic cultures.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69,
142–152.
Richmond, A. H. (2002). Globalization: Implications
for immigrants and refugees. Ethnic and Racial
Studies, 25, 707–727.
Robertson, R. (1992). Globalization: Social theory and
global culture. London: Sage.
Robins, L. N., & Regier, D. A. (Eds.). (1991). Psychiatric
disorders in America: The epidemiologic catchment
areas study. New York: Free Press.
Roccas, S., & Brewer, M. (2002). Social identity complexity.
Personality and Social Psychology Review, 6,
88–106.
Rogler, L. H., Cortes, D. E., & Malgady, R. G. (1991).
Acculturation and mental health status among Hispanics:
Convergence and new directions for research.
American Psychologist, 46, 585–597.
Ross, M., Xun, W. Q. E., & Wilson, A. E. (2002). Language
and the bicultural self. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 28, 1040–1050.
Rudmin, F. W. (2003). Critical history of the acculturation
134
psychology of assimilation, separation, integration,
and marginalization. Review of General Psychology,
7, 3–37.
Ryder, A. G., Alden, L. E., & Paulhus, D. L. (2000). Is
acculturation unidimensional or bidimensional?: A
head-to-head comparison in the prediction of personality,
self-identity, and adjustment. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 79, 49–65.
Salcedo, R, (2003). When the global meets the local at
the mall. American Behavioral Scientist, 46, 1084–
1103.
Sassen, S. (1998). Globalization and its discontents: Essays
on the new mobility of people and money. New
York: New Press.
Sechrist, G. B., & Stangor, C. (2001). Perceived consensus
influences intergroup behavior and stereotype accessibility.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology,
80, 645–654.
Sedikides, C., & Brewer, M. B. (2001). Individual self,
relational self, and collective self: Partner, opponents,
or strangers? In C. Sedikides & M. B. Brewer (Eds.),
Individual self, relational self, collective self (pp. 1–
4). Ann Arbor, MI: Psychology Press.
Shore, B. (1996). Culture in mind: Cognition, culture,
and the problem of meaning. New York: Oxford
University Press.
Simonton, D. K. (1997). Foreign influence and national
development: The impact of open milieus on Japanese
civilization. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 72, 86–94.
Simonton, D. K. (2000). Creativity: Cognitive, personal,
developmental, and social aspects. American Psychologist,
55, 151–158.
Sparrow, L. M. (2000). Beyond multicultural man:
Complexities of identity. International Journal of
Intercultural Relations, 24, 173–201.
Sperber, D. (1996). Explaining culture: A naturalistic
approach. Cambridge, MA: Blackwell.
Sprott, J. E. (1994). “Symbolic ethnicity” and Alaska
natives of mixed ancestry living in Anchorage: Enduring
group or a sign of impending assimilation?
Human Organization, 53, 311–322.
Suinn, R. M., Ahuna, C., & Khoo, G. (1992). The
Suinn–Lew Asian Self-Identity Acculturation Scale:
Concurrent and factorial validation. Educational and
Psychological Measurement, 52, 1041–1046.
Sussman, N. M. (2000). The dynamic nature of cultural
identity throughout cultural transitions: Why home
is not so sweet. Personality and Social Psychology
Review, 4, 355–373.
Takenaka, A. (1999). Transnational community and its
ethnic consequences: The return migration and the
transformation of ethnicity of Japanese Peruvians.
135
American Behavioral Scientist, 42, 1459–1474.
Terry, D. J., & Hogg, M. J. (1996). Group norms and
the attitude-behavior relationship: A role for group
identification. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 22, 776–793.
Terry, D. J., Hogg, M. A., & White, K. M. (1999). The
theory of planned behaviour: Self-identity, social
identity and group norms. British Journal of Social
Psychology, 38, 225–244.
Thompson, C. J., & Arsel, Z. (2004). The Starbucks
brandscape and consumers’ (anticorporate) experiences
of glocalization. Journal of Consumer Research,
31, 632–642.
Trafimow, D., Silverman, E. S., Fan, R. M.-T., & Law, J.
S. F. (1997). The effects of language and priming on
the relative accessibility of the private self and the
collective self. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
28, 107–123.
Trafimow, D., Triandis, H. C., & Goto, S. G. (1991).
Some tests of the distinction between the private self
and the collective self. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 60, 649–655.
Tsai, J. L., Ying, Y., & Lee, P. A. (2000). The meaning of
“being Chinese” and “being American: Variation
among Chinese American young adults.” Journal of
Cross-Cultural Psychology, 31, 302–332.
344 III. IDENTITY AND SOCIAL RELATIONS
Tsuda, T. (2001). When identities become modern: Japanese
emigration to Brazil and the global
contextualization of identity. Ethnic and Racial
Studies, 24, 412–432.
Tsuda, T. (2003). Strangers in the ethnic homeland: Japanese
Brazilian return migration in transnational perspective.
New York: Columbia University Press.
Turner, J. C., Hogg, M., Oakes, P., Reicher, S., &
Wetherell, M. (1987). Rediscovering the social
group: A self-categorization theory. Oxford, UK:
Blackwell.
Tzeng, O. C. S., & Henderson, M. M. (1999). Objective
and subjective cultural relationships related to industrial
modernization and social progress. International
Journal of Intercultural Relations, 23, 411–
445.
van Strien, P. J. (1997). The American “colonization” of
northwest European social psychology after World
War II. Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences,
33, 349–363.
Verkuyten, M., & deWolf, A. (2002). Being, feeling and
doing: Discourses and ethnic self-definitions among
minority group members. Culture and Psychology, 8,
371–399.
Verkuyten, M., & Pouliasi, K. (2002). Biculturalism
among older children: Cultural frame switching, attributions,
136
self-identification, and attitudes. Journal
of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 33, 596–609.
Wan, C., & Chiu, C. (2003). Intersubjective consensus
and person perception. Unpublished raw data, University
of Illinois, Urbana–Champaign.
Wan, C., & Chiu, C. (2005, January). They think men
and women are different, and I agree! The role of
intersubjective consensus in gender identification.
Poster presented at the 6th annual meeting of the Society
of Personality and Social Psychology, New Orleans,
LA.
Wan, C., Chiu, C., Peng, S., & Tam, K. (in press). Measuring
cultures through intersubjective norms: Implications
for predicting relative identification with two
or more cultures. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology.
Wan, C., Chiu, C., & Tam, K. (2005, May). Who voted
for Bush?: Intersubjective representations of what
Republicans and Democrats like and dislike. Hot
Topic Talk at the 17th Annual Convention of American
Psychological Society, Los Angeles, CA.
Wan, C., Chiu, C., Tam, K., Lee, S., Lau, I. Y., & Peng,
S. (2007). Perceived cultural importance and actual
self-importance of values in cultural identification.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 92,
337–354.
Wan,W.W.,&Chiu, C. (2002). Effects of novel conceptual
combination on creativity. Journal of Creative
Behavior, 36, 227–240.
Wang, Q. (2001). Culture effects on adults’ earliest
childhood recollection and self-description: Implications
for the relation between memory and the self.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81,
220–233.
Ward, C., Bochner, S., & Furnham, A. (2001). The psychology
of culture shock (2nd ed.). Philadelphia:
Routledge.
Ward, C., & Searle, W. (1991). The impact of value discrepancies
and cultural identity on psychological and
sociocultural adjustment of sojourners. International
Journal of Intercultural Relations, 15, 209–225.
Ward, T. B., Patterson, M. J., Sifonis, C. M., Dodds, R.
A.,&Saunders, K. N. (2002). The role of graded category
structure in imaginative thought. Memory and
Cognition, 30, 199–216.
Waters, M. C. (1990). Ethnic options: Choosing identities
in America. Berkeley: University of California
Press.
Weber, M. (1958). The Protestant ethic and the spirit of
capitalism (T. Parsons, Trans.). New York: Scribner’s.
(Original work published 1904)
Wong, R. Y., & Hong, Y. (2005). Dynamic influences of
culture on cooperation in the prisoner’s dilemma.
Psychological Science, 16, 429–434.
137
Wyer, R. S.,&Srull, T. K. (1986). Human cognition in its
social context. Psychological Review, 93, 322–359.
Yamada, A.,&Singelis, T. M. (1999). Biculturalism and
self-construal. International Journal of Intercultural
Relations, 23, 697–709.
Zaharna, R. S. (1989). Self-shock: The double-binding
challenge of identity. International Journal of Intercultural
Relations, 13, 501–525.
Allmendinger, J., & Hackman, J. R. (1995). The more,
the better?: A four-nation study of the inclusion of
women in symphony orchestras. Social Forces, 74(2),
423–460.
Alutto, J. (2002). Culture, levels of analysis, and cultural
transition. In F. Yammarino & F. Dansereau
(Eds.), The many faces of multi-level issues (pp. 321–
326). San Francisco: JAI Press.
Ambady, N., Koo, J., Lee, F., & Rosenthal, R. (1996).
More than words: Linguistic and nonlinguistic politeness
in two cultures. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 70(5), 996–1011.
Ambady, N., Shih, M., Hallahan, M., & Lee, F. (2005).
Stock explanations: Culture and causal attributions
in letters to shareholders. Unpublished manuscript,
Tufts University, Medford, MA.
Arthur, W. B. (1994). Increasing returns and path dependence
in the economy. Ann Arbor: University of
Michigan Press.
Ascherson, N. (1996). Black Sea. New York: Hill &
Wang.
Ayman, R., & Chemers, M. M. (1983). Relationship of
supervisory behavior ratings to work group effectiveness
and subordinate satisfaction among Iranian managers.
Journal of Applied Psychology, 68, 338–341.
Barker, R. (1998, October 12). So your workers want
to telecommute. BusinessWeek. Available at www.
businessweek.com
Barnard, C. (1968). The functions of the executive.
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Bellah, R. N. (1957). Tokugawa religion. New York:
Free Press.
Bellah, R. N. (1985). Tokugawa religion: The cultural
roots of modern Japan. New York: Free Press.
Bellah, R. N., Madsen, R., Sullivan, W. M., Swidler, A.,
& Tipton, S. M. (1996). Habits of the heart: Individualism
and commitment in American life. Berkeley:
University of California Press.
Bendix, R. (1977). Max Weber: An intellectual portrait.
Berkeley: University of California Press.
Bettman, J., & Weitz, B. (1983). Attributions in the
boardroom: Causal reasoning in corporate annual reports.
Administrative Science Quarterly, 28, 165–
183.
Bird, A., Heinbuch, S., Dunbar, R., & McNulty, M.
138
(1993). A conceptual model of the effects of area
studies training programs and a preliminary investigation
of the model’s hypothesized relationships. International
Journal of Intercultural Relations, 17(4),
415–435.
Birnbaum-More, P., & Wong, G. (1995). Acquisition of
managerial values in the People’s Republic of China
and Hong Kong. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
26(3), 255–275.
Brief, A. P. (2000). Just doing business: Modern racism
and obedience to authority as explanations for employment
discrimination. Organizational Behavior
and Human Decision Processes, 81(1), 72–97.
Briley, D. A., & Wyer, R. S. (2001). Transitory determinants
of values and decisions: The utility (or
nonutility) of individualism and collectivism in understanding
cultural differences. Social Cognition,
19, 197–227.
Brown, P., & Levinson, S. (1987). Politeness: Some universals
in language usage. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge
University Press.
Brown, R. (1986). Social psychology (2nd ed.). New
York: Free Press.
Cai, D. A. (2001). Looking below the surface: Comparing
subtleties of U.S. and Chinese culture in negotiation.
In J. Weiss (Ed.), Tigers roar: Asia’s recovery
and its impact (pp. 217–237). New York: Sharpe.
Chartrand, T. L., & Bargh, J. (1999). The chameleon effect:
The perception–behavior link and social interaction.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
76(6), 893–910.
14. Cultural Psychology of Workways 365
Chatman, J. A., & Barsade, S. G. (1995). Personality,
organizational culture, and cooperation: Evidence
from a business simulation. Administrative Science
Quarterly, 40(3), 423–443.
Chatman, J. A., Polzer, J. T., Barsade, S. G., & Neale,
M. A. (1998). Being different yet feeling similar: The
influence of demographic composition and organizational
culture on work processes and outcomes. Administrative
Science Quarterly, 43(4), 749–780.
Cheng, C. M., & Chartrand, T. L. (2003). Selfmonitoring
without awareness: Using mimicry as a
nonconscious affiliation strategy. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 85(6), 1170–1179.
Copeland, L., & Griggs, L. (1985). Going international:
How to make friends and deal effectively in the
global marketplace. New York: Random House.
Crèvecoeur, J. (1981). Letters from an American farmer.
New York: Penguin Books. (Original work published
1782)
Daniels, B. C. (1995). Puritans at play. New York: St.
Martin’s Press.
139
Dechert, C. R. (1961). “Simpatía” and leadership: A
study of group relations among Italian government
employees. Bolletino di Psicologia Applicata, 43–44,
1–9.
De Dreu, C. K. W., & Weingart, L. R. (2003). Task versus
relationship conflict, team performance, and
team member satisfaction: A meta-analysis. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 88(4), 741–749.
Denison, D. (1996). What IS the difference between organizational
culture and organizational climate?: A
native’s point of view on a decade of paradigm wars.
Academy of Management Review, 21(3), 619–654.
DePaulo, B. M.,&Kashy, D. A. (1998). Everyday lies in
close and casual relationships. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 74(1), 63–79.
Deshpande, S., & Viswesvaran, C. (1992). Is crosscultural
training of expatriate managers effective: A
meta analysis. International Journal of Intercultural
Relations, 16, 295–310.
de Tocqueville, A. (1990). Democracy in America. New
York: Vintage Books. (Original work published
1840)
DeVoe, S. E., & Iyengar, S. S. (2004). Managers’ theories
of subordinates: A cross-cultural examination of
manager perceptions of motivation and appraisal of
performance. Organizational Behavior and Human
Decision Processes, 93(1), 47–61.
Diaz-Guerrero, R. (1967). Psychology of the Mexican.
Austin: University of Texas Press.
Dovidio, J. F., & Gaertner, S. L. (2000). Aversive racism
and selection decisions: 1989 and 1999. Psychological
Science, 11(4), 315–320.
Durkheim, É. (1933). The division of labor in society
New York: Free Press.
Earley, P. C. (1989). Social loafing and collectivism: A
comparison of United States and the People’s Republic
of China. Administrative Science Quarterly, 34,
565–581.
Earley, P. C. (1997). Face, harmony, and social structure:
An analysis of organizational behavior across
cultures. New York: Oxford University Press.
Earley, P. C., & Ang, S. (2003). Cultural intelligence: An
analysis of individual interactions across cultures.
Palo Alto, CA: Stanford University Press.
Earley, P. C., & Gibson, C. B. (1998). Taking stock in
our process on individualism–collectivism: 100 years
of solidarity and community. Journal of Management
Special Issue: Yearly Review of Management, 24(3),
265–304.
Earley, P. C., & Mosakowski, E. (2000). Creating hybrid
team cultures: An empirical test of transnational
team functioning. Academy of Management Journal,
43(1), 26–49.
140
Earley, P. C., & Mosakowski, E. (2002). Linking culture
and behavior in organizations: Suggestions for theory
development and research methodology. In F.
Yammarino & F. Dansereau (Eds.), Research in multilevel issues (Vol. 1, pp. 297–319). Newbury Park,
CA: JAI Press.
Elsbach, K. D. (2003). Organizational perception management.
Research in Organizational Behavior, 25,
297–332.
Elsbach, K. D. (2004). Interpreting workplace identities:
The role of office décor. Journal of Organizational
Behavior, 25(1), 99–128.
Eschbach, D. M., Parker, G. E.,&Stoeberl, P. A. (2001).
American repatriate employees’ retrospective assessments
of the effects of the cross-cultural training on
their adaptation to international assignments. International
Journal of Human Resource Management,
12, 270–287.
Farh, J.-L., Tsui, A., Xin, K., & Cheng, B.-S. (1998).
The influence of relational demography and guanxi:
The Chinese case. Organizational Science, 9, 471–
488.
Fischer, D. (1989). Albion’s seed: Four British folkways
in America. New York: Oxford University Press.
Fiske, A. P., Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., & Nisbett, R.
E. (1998). The cultural matrix of social psychology.
In D. Gilbert, S. Fiske, & G. Lindzey (Eds.), Handbook
of social psychology (Vol. 2, pp. 915–981). San
Francisco: McGraw-Hill.
Frost, L. (2005, March 23). France’s assembly lengthens
35-hour workweek. The Associated Press. Retrieved
October 10, 2006, from www.postgazette.com/pg/
05082/476118.stm
Furnham, A. (1990). The Protestant work ethic: The
psychology of work related beliefs and behaviours.
New York: Routledge.
Gelfand, M., & Cai, D. A. (2004). Cultural structuring
of the social context of negotiation. In M. J. Gelfand
& J. M. Brett (Eds.), The handbook of negotiation
and culture. Palo Alto, CA: Stanford University
Press.
Gelfand,, M. J., Higgins, M., Mishii, L. H., Raver, J. L.,
Dominguez, A., Murakami, F., et al. (2002). Culture
and egocentric perceptions of fairness in conflict and
negotiation. Journal of Applied Psychology, 87(5),
833–845.
366 III. IDENTITY AND SOCIAL RELATIONS
Gelfand, M. J., Nishii, L. H., Holcombe, K. M., Dyer,
N., Ohbuchi, K., & Fukuno, M. (2001). Cultural influences
on cognitive representations of conflict: Interpretations
of conflict episodes in the United States
and Japan. Journal of Applied Psychology, 86(6),
1059–1074.
141
Gladwell, M. (2002, July 22). The talent myth: Are
smart people overrated? The New Yorker Magazine,
pp. 100–105.
Graen, G., Novak, M., & Sommerkamp, P. (1982). The
effects of leader-member exchange and job design on
productivity and satisfaction: Testing a dual attachment
model. Organizational Behavior and Human
Performance, 30, 191–231.
Grice, H. P. (1968). Utterer’s meaning, sentencemeaning
and word-meaning. Foundations of Language,
4, 225–242.
Goffman, E. (1959). The presentation of self in everyday
life. Garden City, NY: Doubleday.
Goffman, E. (1967). Interaction ritual: Essays in facetoface behavior. New York: Pantheon Books.
Hallahan, M., Lee, F., & Herzog, T. (1997). It’s not just
whether you win or lose it is also where you play the
game: Cross-cultural differences in the positivity
bias. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 28, 768–
778.
Hampden-Turner, C., & Trompenaars, A. (1993). The
seven cultures of capitalism: Value systems for creating
wealth in the United States, Japan, Germany,
France, Britain, Sweden, and the Netherlands. New
York: Doubleday.
Heaphy, E., Sanchez-Burks, J., & Ashford, S. (2007).
American professionalism: Contents and consequences
of an organizational role schema. Unpublished
manuscript, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor.
Hébert, R. (2005). A world of difference. APS Observer,
18(4), 24–25.
Heine, S., Lehman, D., Peng, K., & Greenholtz, J.
(2002). What’s wrong with cross-cultural comparisons
of subjective Likert scales?: The reference-group
effect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
82(6), 903–918.
Herodotus. (2003). The histories [Penguin classics].
New York: Penguin.
Hofstede, G. (1980). Culture’s consequences. Beverly
Hills, CA: Sage.
Holtgraves, T. (1997). Styles of language use: Individual
and cultural variability in conversational indirectness.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
73(3), 624–637.
Holtgraves, T.,&Yang, J. (1992). The interpersonal underpinnings
of request strategies: General principles
and differences due to culture and gender. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 62, 246–256.
Hong, Y., Morris, M., Chiu, C., & Benet-Martinez, V.
(2000). Multicultural minds: A dynamic
constructivist approach to culture and cognition.
American Psychologist, 55, 709–720.
Hui, C., Eastman, K., & Yee, C. (1995). The relationship
142
between individualism–collectivism and
satisfaction at the workplace. Applied Psychology:
An International Review, 44, 276–282.
Hui, C.,&Luk, C. (1997). Industrial/organizational psychology.
In J. Berry,M. Segall,&C.Ka_itçiba_i (Eds.),
Handbook of cross-cultural psychology (Vol. 3, pp.
371–412). Needham Heights, MA: Allyn & Bacon.
Jehn, K. A. (1995). A multimethod examination of the
benefits and detriments of intragroup conflict. Administrative
Science Quarterly, 40(2), 256–282.
Jehn, K. A.,&Bendersky, C. (2003). Intragroup conflict
in organizations: A contingency perspective on the
conflict outcome relationship. Research in Organizational
Behavior, 25, 187–242.
Jehn, K. A., Northcraft, G. B., & Neale, M. A. (1999).
Why differences make a difference: A field study of
diversity, conflict, and performance in workgroups.
Administrative Science Quarterly, 44(4), 741–763.
Kacperczyk, A., Sanchez-Burks, J., & Baker, W. (2005).
Chameleon social networks patterns and crosscultural
fluency. Unpublished manuscript, University
of Michigan, Ann Arbor.
Kanungo, R. (1990). Culture and work alienation:
Western models and Eastern realities. International
Journal of Psychology, 25, 795–812.
Kim, S. U. (1988). The role of social values and competitiveness
in economic growth: With special reference
to Korea. In D. Sinha & H. S. R. Kao (Eds.), Social
values and development: Asian perspectives (pp. 76–
92). New Delhi: Sage.
Kluckhohn, F., & Strodtbeck, F. L. (1961). Variations in
value orientations. Evanston, IL: Row, Peterson.
Kohn, M. L., & Schooler, C. (1983). Work and personality:
An inquiry into the impact of social stratification.
Norwood, NJ: Ablex.
Kool, R., & Saksena, N. K. (1988). Leadership styles
and its effectiveness among Indian executives. Indian
Journal of Applied Psychology, 26(1), 9–15.
LaFrance, M. (1979). Nonverbal synchrony and rapport:
Analysis by the cross-lag panel of technique. Social
Psychology Quarterly, 42(1), 66–70.
Landes, D. (2000). Culture makes almost all the difference.
In S. P. Huntington & L. E. Harrison (Eds.),
Culture matters: How values shape human progress
(pp. 2–14). New York: Basic Books.
Lau, D. C., & Murnighan, J. K. (1998). Demographic
diversity and faultlines: The compositional dynamics
of organizational groups. Academy of Management
Review, 23(2), 325–340.
Lee, F. (1993). Being polite and keeping mum: How bad
news is communicated in organizational hierarchies.
Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 23(14), 1124–
1149.
143
Lee, F. (1997). When the going gets tough, do the tough
ask for help?: Help seeking and power motivation in
organizations. Organizational Behavior and Human
Decision Processes, 72(3), 336–363.
Lee, F. (1999). Verbal strategies for seeking help in organizations.
Journal of Applied Social Psychology,
29(7), 1472–1496.
14. Cultural Psychology of Workways 367
Lee, F., Peterson, C., & Tiedens, L. (2004). Mea culpa:
Predicting stock prices from organizational attributions.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin,
30(12), 1–14.
Lenski, G. (1963). The religious factor. New York: Anchor
Books.
Li, J., Tsui, A., & Weldon, E. (2000). Management and
organization in the Chinese context. New York:
Macmillan.
Lindsley, S. L., & Braithwaite, C. A. (1996). You should
“wear a mask”: Facework norms in cultural and
intercultural conflict in maquiladoras. International
Journal of Intercultural Relations, 20(2), 199–225.
Linstedt, S. (2002, October 14). Wonder where your
time goes?: You probably spent it at work. Buffalo
News, p. B7.
Markus, H., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the
self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation.
Psychological Review, 98(2), 224–253.
Markus, H. R., & Lin, L. R. (1999). Conflictways: Cultural
diversity in the meanings and practices of conflict.
In D. A. Prentice&D. R. Miller (Eds.), Cultural
divides: Understanding and overcoming group conflict
(pp. 302–333). New York: Russell Sage Foundation.
Marx, K. (1992). Capital: A critique of political economy.,
New York: Penguin Books. (Original work
published 1873)
McClelland, D. (1961). The achieving society. New
York: Van Nostrand.
Mead, M. (1967). Male and female. New York:
HarperCollins.
Mischel, W., & Shoda, Y. (1995). A cognitive-affective
system theory of personality: Reconceptualizing situations,
dispositions, dynamics, and invariance in personality
structures. Psychological Review, 102(2),
246–268.
Morris, M. W., Poldony, J. M., & Ariel, S. (2000).
Missing relations: Incorporating relational constructs
into models of culture. In P. C. Earley & H. Singh
(Eds.), Innovations in international and crosscultural
management (pp. 52–90). Thousand Oaks,
CA: Sage.
Morris, M. W., & Young, M. J. (2002). Linking culture
to behavior: Focusing on more proximate cognitive
mechanisms. In F. Yammarino&F. Dansereau (Eds.),
144
Research in multi-level issues: Vol. 1. The many faces
of multi-level issues (pp. 327–341). New York:
Elsevier.
Murrell, A. J., Dietz-Uhler, B. L., Dovidio, J. F., &
Drout, C. (1994). Aversive racism and resistance to
affirmative action: Perception of justice are not necessarily
color blind. Basic and Applied Social Psychology,
15(1/2), 71–86.
Neuman, E., Sanchez-Burks, J., Ybarra, O., & Goh, K.
(2005). American optimism about the consequences
of workgroup conflict. Unpublished manuscript,
University of Michigan, Ann Arbor.
Ouchi, W. (1981). Theory Z. Reading, MA: AddisonWesley.
Oyserman, D., Coon, H. M., & Kemmelmeier, M.
(2002). Rethinking individualism and collectivism:
Evaluation of theoretical assumptions and metaanalyses.
Psychological Bulletin, 128(1), 3–72.
Paglis, L. L., & Green, S. G. (2002). Both sides now: Supervisor
and subordinate perspectives on relationship
quality. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 32(2),
250–277.
Parsons, T., Bales, R. F.,&Shils, E. (1953).Working papers
in the theory of action. New York: Free Press.
Pelled, L. H. (1996). Demographic diversity, conflict,
and work group outcomes: An intervening process
theory. Organizational Science, 7, 615–631.
Pelled, L. H., & Xin, K. R. (1997). Birds of a feather:
Leader–member demographic similarity and organizational
attachment in Mexico. Leadership Quarterly,
8(4), 433–450.
Peng, K., Nisbett, R. E., & Wong, N. (1997). Validity
problems comparing values across cultures and possible
solutions. Psychological Methods, 2(4) 329–
344.
Pinkley, R. L. (1990). Dimensions of conflict frame: Disputant
interpretations of conflict. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 75(2), 117–126.
Prentice, D., & Miller, D. (1999). Cultural Divides: Understanding
and overcoming group conflict. New
York: Russell Sage Foundation.
Rafaeli, A., & Dutton, J. (1997). Navigating by attire:
The use of dress by female administrative employees.
Academy of Management Journal, 40(1), 9–45.
Riesman, D. (1961). The lonely crowd. New Haven,
CT: Yale University Press.
Sagiv, L., & Schwartz, S. H. (2000a). Value priorities
and subjective well-being: Direct relations and congruity
effects. European Journal of Social Psychology,
30, 177–198.
Sagiv, L., & Schwartz, S. H. (2000b). A new look at national
culture: Illustrative applications to role stress
and managerial behavior conference presentations.
145
In N. Ashkenasy, M. Peterson, & C. Wilderom
(Eds.), Handbook of organizational culture and climate
(pp. 417–436). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Salancik, G., & Meindl, J. (1984). Corporate attributions
and strategic illusions of management control.
Administrative Science Quarterly, 29, 238–254.
Sanchez-Burks, J. (2002). Protestant relational ideology
and (in)attention to relational cues in work settings.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83(4),
919–929.
Sanchez-Burks, J. (2005). Protestant relational ideology:
The cognitive underpinnings and organizational
implications of an American anomaly. In R.
Kramer & B. Staw (Eds.), Research in organizational
behavior (Vol. 26, pp. 265–305). New York:
Elsevier.
Sanchez-Burks, J., Blount, S., & Bartel, C. (2007). The
role of behavioral mirroring and relational attunement
in intercultural workplace interactions. Unpublished
manuscript, University of Michigan, Ann
Arbor.
368 III. IDENTITY AND SOCIAL RELATIONS
Sanchez-Burks, J., Lee, F., Choi, I., Nisbett, R. E., Zhao,
S., & Koo, J. (2003). Conversing across cultures:
East–West communication styles in work and
nonwork contexts. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 85(2), 363–372.
Sanchez-Burks, J., Nisbett, R. E., & Ybarra, O. (2000).
Cultural styles, relational schemas, and prejudice
against out-groups. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 79(2), 174–189.
Schein, E. (1996). Culture: The missing concept in organization
studies. Administrative Science Quarterly,
41, 229–240.
Schneider, B. (1987). The people make the place. Personnel
Psychology, 40, 437–453.
Schooler, C. (1976). Serfdom’s legacy: An ethnic continuum.
American Journal of Sociology, 81(6), 1265–
1286.
Sears, D. (1983). The person-positivity bias. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 44(2), 233–250.
Sherony, K. M., & Green, S. G. (2002). Coworker exchange:
Relationships between coworkers, leadermember
exchange, and attitudes. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 87(3), 542–549.
Sinha, J. B. (1980). Nurturant task leader. New Delhi:
Concept.
Staw, B., McKechenie, P., & Puffer, S. (1983). The justification
of organizational performance. Administrative
Science Quarterly, 28, 582–600.
Takano, Y., & Osaka, E., (1999). An unsupported common
view: Comparing Japan and the U.S. on individualism/
collectivism. Asian Journal of Social Psychology,
146
2(3), 311–341.
Thomas, D. (1993). Racial dynamics in cross-race developmental
relationships. Administrative Science
Quarterly, 38, 169–194.
Ting-Toomey, S. (1988). Intercultural conflict styles: A
face-negotiation theory. In Y. Y. Kim & W. B.
Gudykunst (Eds.), Theories in intercultural communication
(pp. 213–238). Newbury Park, CA: Sage.
Tönnies, F. (2002). Community and society. Piscataway,
NJ: Transaction Publishers. (Original work published
1887)
Triandis, H. C., Dunnette, M. D., & Hough, L. M.
(1994). Handbook of industrial and organizational
psychology. Palo Alto, CA: Consulting Psychology
Press.
Triandis, H. C., Marin, G., Lisansky, J., & Betancourt,
H. (1984). Simpatía as a cultural script of Hispanics.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 47,
1363–1375.
Tung, R. L. (1987). Expatriate assignments: Enhancing
success and minimizing failure. Academy of Management
Review, 1(2), 117–125.
U.S. Bureau of the Census. (2000). Nativity, citizenship,
year of entry, and region of birth. Retrieved October
10, 2006, from www.census.gov
van Baaren, R., Horgan, T., Chartrand, T.,&Dijkmans,
M. (2004). The forest, the trees, and the chameleon:
Context dependence and mimicry. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 86, 453–459.
van Baaren, R. B., Maddux, W. M., Chartrand, T. L., de
Bouter, C., & Van Knippenberg, A. (2003). It takes
two to mimic: Behavioral consequences of self
construals. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
84, 1093–1102.
Wall, J. A., Jr. (1990). Managers in the People’s Republic
of China. Academy of Management Executive,
4(2), 19–32.
Weber,M. (1930). Protestant ethic and the spirit of capitalism.
Winchester, MA: Allen & Unwin. (Original
work published 1904)
Wessel, H. (2003, November 16). A 40-hour workweek
just a dream to many. Houston Chronicle. Retrieved
October 10, 2006, from www.chron.com/CDA/archives/
archive.mp/?id=2003-37-8256
Williams, K. Y., & O’ Reilly, C. A., III. (1998). Demography
and diversity in organizations: A review of 40
years of research. Research in Organizational Behavior,
20, 77–141.
Word, C. O., Zanna, M. P., & Cooper, J. (1974). The
nonverbal mediation of self- fulfilling prophecies in
interracial interaction. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 10, 109–120.
Whyte,W. H. (1956). Organization man. New York: Simon
147
& Schuster.
Winterbottom, M. R. (1953). The relation of childhood
training in independence to achievement motivation.
Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of
Michigan, Ann Arbor.
Zartman, W., & Berman, M. (1982). The practical negotiator.
New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
Zemba, Y., Young, M., & Morris, M. W. (2005).
Blaming executives for organizational harms: How
intuitive logics of Japanese and Americans differ. Unpublished
manuscript, Tokyo University, Tokyo, Japan.
Adler, N., & Ostrove, J. M. (1999). Socioeconomic status
and health: What we know and what we don’t.
Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 896,
3–15.
Adler, N. E., Marmot, M., McEwan, B. S., & Stewart, J.
(Eds.). (1999). Annals of the New York Academy of
Sciences: Vol. 896. Socioeconomic status and health
in industrialized nations. New York: New York
Academy of Sciences.
Attwell, P. (1987). The deskilling controversy.Work and
Occupations, 14, 323–346.
Biswas, U. N., & Pandey, J. (1996). Mobility and perception
of socioeconomic status among tribal and
caste group. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
27, 200–215.
Burkam, D. T., Ready, D. D., Lee, V. E., & LoGerfo, L.
F. (2004). Social-class differences in summer learning
between kindergarten and first grade: Model specification
and estimation. Sociology of Education, 77,
1–31.
Caudill, W. A. (1973). The influence of social structure
and culture on human behavior in modern Japan.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 157, 240–
257.
Cohen, D. (2001). Cultural variation: Considerations
and implications. Psychological Bulletin, 127, 451–
471.
Dickens, W. T., & Flynn, J. R. (2001). Heritability estimates
versus large environmental effects: The IQ
paradox resolved. Psychological Review, 108, 346–
69.
Duckitt, J. (1992). Education and authoritarianism
among English- and Afrikaans-speaking White South
Africans. Journal of Social Psychology, 132, 701–708.
Entwisle, D. R., Alexander, K. L., & Olsen, L. S. (1997).
Children, schools, and inequality. Boulder, CO:
Westview Press.
Faiola, A. (2004, August 31). Japanese women live, and
like it, on their own: Gender roles shift as many stay
single. The Washington Post, p. A01.
Farnen, R. F., & Meleon, J. D. (2000). Democracy, authoritarianism
and education: A cross-national empirical
148
survey. New York: Palgrave Macmillan.
Flynn, J. R. (1987). Massive IQ gains in 14 nations:
What IQ tests really measure. Psychological Bulletin,
101, 171–191.
Form, W. (1987). On the degradation of job skills. Annual
Review of Sociology, 13, 29–47.
Freeman, M. A. (1997). Demographic correlates of individualism
and collectivism: A study of social values
in Sri Lanka. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
28, 321–341.
Gallo, L. C., & Matthews, K. A. (2003). Understanding
the association between socioeconomic status and
physical health: Do negative emotions play a role?
Psychological Bulletin, 129, 10–51.
Goldstone, J. (1987). Cultural orthodoxy, risk and innovation:
The divergence of East and West in the early
modern world. Sociological Theory, 5, 119–135.
Greenough, W. T., Cohen, N. J., & Juraska, J. M.
(1999). New neurons in old brains: Learning to survive?
Nature Neuroscience, 2, 203–205.
Heyns, B. (1978). Summer learning and the effects of
schooling. New York: Academic Press.
Inglehart, R., & Baker, W. E. (2000). Modernization,
cultural change, and the persistence of traditional
values. American Sociological Review, 65, 19–51.
Inkeles, A. (1960). Industrial man: The relation of status
to experience, perception, and value. American Journal
of Sociology, 66, 1–31.
Inkeles, A. (1969). Making men modern: On the causes
and consequences of individual change in six developing
countries. American Journal of Sociology, 75,
208–225.
Inkeles, A. (1983). Exploring individual modernity.
New York: Columbia University Press.
Inkeles, A., & Smith, D. H. (1974). Becoming modern:
Individual changes in six developing countries.
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Joreskog, K. G. (1973). A general method for estimating
a linear structural equation system. In A. S.
Goldberger & O. D. Duncan (Eds.), Structural equation
models in the social sciences (pp. 85–112). New
York: Seminar Press.
Kempermann, G., Kuhn, H. G., & Gage, F. H. (1997).
More hippocampal neurons in adult mice living in an
enriched environment. Nature, 386, 493–495.
Kohn, M. L. (1959). Social class and parental values.
American Journal of Sociology, 64, 337–351.
Kohn, M. L., Kazimierz, M., Slomczynski, K. J.,
Khmelko, V., Mach, B.W., Paniotto, V., et al. (1997).
Social structure and personality under conditions of
radical social change: A comparative analysis of Poland
and Ukraine. American Sociological Review, 62,
614–638.
149
Kohn, M. L., & Schooler, C. (1983). Work and personality:
An inquiry into the impact of social stratification.
Norwood, NJ: Ablex.
Kohn, M. L., & Slomczyski, K. M. (1990). Social structure
and self-direction: A comparative analysis of the
United States and Poland. Oxford, UK: Blackwell.
Kroeber, A. L. (1930). Caste. Encyclopedia of the social
sciences (Vol. 3, pp. 254–257). New York:
Macmillan.
Kunovich, R. M. (2004). Social structural position and
prejudice: An exploration of cross-national differences
in regression slopes. Social Science Research,
33, 20–44.
386 III. IDENTITY AND SOCIAL RELATIONS
Lebra, T. S. (1984). Japanese women: Constraint and
fulfillment. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press.
Lowe, J. G., McHenry, R. D.,&Pease, R.W., Jr. (1985).
Webster’s ninth new collegiate dictionary. Springfield,
MA: Merriam-Webster.
Luke, T.W. (1991). The discourse of development: A genealogy
of “developing nations” and the discipline of
modernity. Current Perspectives in Social Theory, 11,
271–293.
Macfarlane, A. (1986). Marriage and love in England:
Modes of reproduction 1300–1840. Oxford, UK:
Blackwell.
Marmot, M. (1999). Epidemiology of socioeconomic
status and health: Are determinants within countries
the same as between countries? Annals of the New
York Academy of Sciences, 896, 16–29.
Marmot, M., Ryff, C. D., Bumpass, L. L. Shipley, M., &
Marks, N. F. (1997). Social inequalities in health:
Next questions and converging evidence. Social Science
Medicine, 44, 901–910.
McLeod, J. D., & Kessler, R. C. (1990). Socioeconomic
status differences in vulnerability to undesirable life
events. Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 31,
162–172.
Merton, R. K. (1957a). The role set: Problems in sociological
theory. British Journal of Sociology, 8, 106–
120.
Merton, R. K. (1957b). Social theory and social structure.
New York: Free Press.
Miech, R., Essex, M. J.,&Goldsmith, H. H. (2001). Socioeconomic
status and the adjustment to school:
The role of self-regulation during early childhood.
Sociology of Education, 74, 102–120.
Miller, J., Schooler, C., Kohn, M. L., & Miller, K. A.
(1979). Women and work: The psychological effects
of occupational conditions. American Journal of Sociology,
85, 66–94.
Mulatu, M. S., & Schooler, C. (2002). Causal connections
between SES and health: Reciprocal effects and
150
mediating mechanisms. Journal of Health and Social
Development, 43, 22–41.
Nakane, C. (1970). Japanese society. Berkeley: University
of California Press.
Naoi, A., & Schooler, C. (1985). Occupational conditions
and psychological functioning in Japan. American
Journal of Sociology, 90, 729–752.
Naoi, M., & Schooler, C. (1990). Psychological consequences
of occupational conditions among Japanese
wives. Social Psychology Quarterly, 58, 100–116.
Neisser, U. (1998). Introduction: Rising test scores and
what they mean. In The rising curve: Long-term
gains in IQ and related measures (pp. 3–22). Washington,
DC: American Psychological Association.
Nisbett, R. (2003). The geography of thought: How
Asians andWesterners think differently . . . and Why.
New York: Free Press.
Nisbett, R. E., & Cohen, D. (1996). Culture of honor:
The psychology of violence in the South. Boulder,
CO: Westview Press.
Ogburn, W. F. (1964). Social evolution reconsidered. In
O. D. Duncan (Ed.), On culture and social change:
Selected papers (pp. 17–32). Chicago: University of
Chicago Press.
Pearlin, L. I., & Kohn, M. L. (1966). Social class, occupation,
and parental values: A cross-national study.
American Sociological Review, 31, 466–479.
Penn, R., Michael, R., Rose, & Rubery, J. (1994). Skill
and occupational change. Oxford, UK: Oxford University
Press.
Ray, J. J. (1979). A short balanced F scale. Journal of
Social Psychology, 109, 309–310.
Ridington, R. (1988). Knowledge, power, and the individual
in subarctic hunting societies. American Anthropologist,
90, 98–110.
Schneirla, T. C. (1951). The “levels” concepts in the
study of social organization in animals. In J. Rohrer
& M. Sherif (Eds.), Social psychology of the crossroads
(pp. 83–120). New York: Harper.
Schooler, C. (1972). Social antecedents of adult psychological
functioning. American Journal of Sociology,
78, 299–322.
Schooler, C. (1976). Serfdom’s legacy: An ethnic continuum.
American Journal of Sociology, 81, 1265–
1286.
Schooler, C. (1984). Psychological effects of complex
environments during the life span: A review and theory.
Intelligence, 8, 259–281.
Schooler, C. (1989). Social structural effects and experimental
situations: Mutual lessons of cognitive and
social science. In K. W. Schaie & C. Schooler (Eds.),
Social structure and aging: Psychological processes
(pp. 129–147). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
151
Schooler, C. (1990a). Psychosocial factors and effective
cognitive functioning through the life span. In J. E.
Birren & K. W. Schaie (Eds.), Handbook of the psychology
of aging (pp. 347–358). Orlando, FL: Academic
Press.
Schooler, C. (1990b). Individualism and the historical
and social–structural determinants of people’s concern
over self-directedness and efficacy. In J. Rodin,
C. Schooler, & K. W. Schaie (Eds.), Self directedness
and efficacy: Causes and effects throughout the life
course (pp. 19–44). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Schooler, C. (1994). A working conceptualization of social
structure: Mertonian roots and psychological
and sociocultural relationships. Social Psychology
Quarterly, 57, 262–273.
Schooler, C. (1996). William Caudill and the reproduction
of culture: Infant, child and maternal
behavior in Japan and the U.S. In D. Shwalb & B.
Shwalb (Eds.), Japanese childrearing: Two generations
of scholarship (pp. 139–163). New York:
Guilford Press.
Schooler, C. (1998). Environmental complexity and the
Flynn effect. In U. Neisser (Ed.), The rising curve:
Long-term gains in IQ and related measures (pp. 67–
79). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Schooler, C. (2007). The effects of the cognitive complexity
of occupational conditions and leisure time
15. Culture and Social Structure 387
activities on the intellectual functioning of older
adults. In W. Chodzko-Zajko & A. Kramer (Eds.),
Aging, exercise and cognition: Enhancing cognitive
and brain plasticity of older adults. Champaign, IL:
Human Kinetics.
Schooler, C.,&Mulatu, M. S. (2001). The reciprocal effects
of leisure time activities and intellectual functioning
in older people: A longitudinal analysis. Psychology
and Aging, 16, 466–482.
Schooler, C., Mulatu, M. S., & Oates, G. (1999). The
continuing effects of substantively complex work on
the intellectual functioning of older workers. Psychology
and Aging, 14, 483–506.
Schooler, C., Mulatu, M. S., & Oates, G. (2004). Effects
of occupational self-direction on the intellectual
functioning and self-directed orientations of older
workers: Findings and implications for individuals
and societies. American Journal of Sociology, 110,
161–197.
Schooler, C., & Naoi, M. (1988). The psychological effects
of traditional and of economically peripheral
job settings in Japan. American Journal of Sociology,
94, 335–355.
Schooler, C., & Smith, K. C. (1978). . . . and a Japanese
wife: Social antecedents of women’s role values in Japan.
152
Sex Roles, 4, 23–41.
Sears, D. O. (1987). Implications of the life-span approach
for research on attitudes of social cognition.
In R. P. Abeles (Ed.), Life span perspectives and social
psychology (pp. 17–60). Hillsdale, NJ:
Erlbaum.
Sewell, W. H., Hauser, R. M., Springer, K. W., &
Hauser, T. S. (2001). As we age: A review of the Wisconsin
Longitudinal Study, 1957–2001. Madison:
Center for Demography and Ecology, University of
Wisconsin–Madison.
Simpson, M. (1972). Authoritarianism and education:
A comparative approach. Sociometry, 35, 223–234.
Stansfeld, S. A., Head, J., & Marmot, M. (1998). Explaining
social class differences in depression and
well-being. Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology,
33, 1–9.
Tawney, R. H. (1963). Religion and the rise of capitalism.
Gloucester, MA: Smith.
United States Department of Labor. (1965). Dictionary
of occupational titles.Washington, DC: U.S. Government
Printing Office.
Wallerstein, I. (1974). The rise and future demise of the
world capitalist system: Concepts for comparative
analysis. Comparative Studies in Social History, 16,
287–415.
Weber, M. (1958). The Protestant ethic and the spirit of
capitalism. New York: Scribner.
Witkin, H. A., Dyk, R. B., Faterson, H. F., Goodenough,
D. R., & Karp, S. A. (1962). Psychological differentiation:
Studies of development. New York: Wiley.
Woodburn, J. (1982). Egalitarian societies. Man, 17,
431–451.
Angyal, A. (1941). Disgust and related aversions. Journal
of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 36, 393–
412.
Appadurai, A. (1981). Gastro-politics in Hindu South
Asia. American Ethnologist, 8, 494–511.
Baeyens, F., Kaes, B., Eelen, P., & Silverans, P. (1996).
Observational evaluative conditioning of an embedded
stimulus element. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 26, 15–28.
Barker, L. M. (Ed.) (1982). The psychobiology of human
food selection. Bridgeport, CT: AVI.
Barnett, S. A. (1956). Behaviour components in the
feeding of wild and laboratory rats. Behaviour, 9,
24–43.
Bartoshuk, L. M. (1990). Distinctions between taste and
smell relevant to the role of experience. In E. D.
Capaldi & T. L. Powley (Eds.), Taste, experience and
feeding (pp. 62–72).Washington, DC: American Psychological
Association.
Beardsworth, A., & Keil, T. (1997). Sociology on the
153
menu. London: Routledge.
Beauchamp, G. K. (1981). Ontogenesis of taste preference.
In D. Walcher & N. Kretchmer (Eds.), Food,
nutrition and evolution (pp. 49–57). New York:
Masson.
Becker, E. (1973). The denial of death. New York: Free
Press.
Billing, J., & Sherman, P. W. (1998). Antimicrobial
functions of spices: Why some like it hot. Quarterly
Review of Biology, 73, 3–49.
Birch, L. L. (1980). Effect of peer model’s food choices
and eating behaviors on pre-schoolers food preferences.
Child Development, 51, 489–496.
Birch, L. L., Billman, J., & Richards, S. S. (1984). Time
of day influences food acceptability. Appetite, 5,
109–116.
Birch, L. L., Fisher, J. O., & Grimm-Thomas, K. (1996).
The development of children’s eating habits. In H. L.
Meiselman & H. J. H. MacFie (Eds.), Food choice,
acceptance and consumption (pp. 161–206). London:
Blackie.
Birch, L. L., Zimmerman, S. I., & Hind, H. (1980). The
influence of social-affective context on the formation
of children’s food preferences. Child Development,
51, 856–861.
Bock, W. J. (1959). Preadaptation and multiple evolutionary
pathways. Evolution, 13, 194–211.
Booth, D. A. (1994). Psychology of nutrition. London:
Taylor & Francis.
Buss, D. (2004). Evolutionary psychology. The new science
of the mind (2nd ed.). Boston: Allyn&Bacon.
Cavalli-Sforza, L. L., Feldman, M. W., Chen, K. H., &
Dornbusch, S. M. (1982). Theory and observation in
cultural transmission, Science, 218, 19–27.
Coe, S. D., & Coe, M. D. (1996). The true history of
chocolate. London: Thames & Hudson.
Darwin, C. R. (1965). The expression of emotions in
man and animals. Chicago: University of Chicago
Press. (Original work published 1872)
DeGarine, I. (1972). The socio-cultural aspects of nutrition.
Ecology of Food and Nutrition, 1, 143–163.
deHouwer, J., Thomas, S., & Baeyens, F. (2001). Associative
learning of likes and dislikes: A review of 25
years of research on human evaluative conditioning.
Psychological Bulletin, 127, 853–869.
Denton, D. A. (1982). The hunger for salt. Berlin:
Springer-Verlag.
Diamond, J. (1996). Guns, germs, and steel: The fates of
human societies. New York: Norton.
Douglas, M. (1966). Purity and danger. London: Routledge.
Douglas, M., & Nicod, M. (1974). Taking the biscuit:
The structure of British meals. New Society, 30, 744–
747.
154
Drewnowski, A. (1999). Fat and sugar in the global
diet: Dietary diversity in the nutrition transition. In
R. Grew (Ed.), Food in global history (pp. 194–206).
Boulder, CO: Westview Press.
Drewnowski, A., & Greenwood, M. R. C. (1983).
412 IV. ACQUISITION AND CHANGE OF CULTURE
Cream and sugar: Human preferences for high-fat
foods. Physiology and Behavior, 30, 629–633.
Duncker, K. (1938). Experimental modifications of children’s
food preferences through social suggestion.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 33,
489–507.
Ekman, P. (1992). An argument for basic emotions.
Cognition and Emotion, 6, 169–200.
Ekman, P., & Friesen, W. V. (1975). Unmasking the
face. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
Elias, N. (1978). The history of manners: Vol. 1. The
civilizing process (E. Jephcott, Trans.). New York:
Pantheon Books. (Original work published 1939).
Elner, R. W., & Hughes, R. N. (1978). Energy maximization
in the diet of the shore crab, Carcinus maenus.
Journal of Animal Ecology, 47, 103–116.
Fiddes, N. (1991). Meat. A natural symbol. London:
Routledge.
Fischler, C. (1990). L’homnivore. Paris: Editions Odile
Jacob.
Fischler, C. (1999). The “mad cow” crisis: A global perspective.
In R. Grew (Ed.), Food in global history
(pp. 207–213). Boulder, CO: Westview Press.
Frazer, J. G. (1922). The golden bough: A study in
magic and religion (abridged ed., T. H. Gaster, Ed.).
New York: Macmillan. (Original work published
1890)
Garcia, J., Ervin, F. R., Yorke, C. H., & Koelling, R. A.
(1967). Conditioning with delayed vitamin injection.
Science, 155, 716–718.
Garcia, J., Hankins, W. G., & Rusiniak, K. W. (1974).
Behavioral regulation of the milieu interne in man
and rat. Science, 185, 824–831.
Haidt, J., Koller, S., & Dias, M. (1993). Affect, culture,
and morality, or is it wrong to eat your dog? Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 65, 613–628.
Haidt, J., McCauley, C. R., & Rozin, P. (1994). A scale
to measure disgust sensitivity. Personality and Individual
Differences, 16, 701–713.
Harris, M. (1985). Good to eat: Riddles of food and
culture. New York: Simon & Schuster.
Harris, M., & Ross, E. (Eds.). (1987). Food and evolution.
Philadelphia: Temple University Press.
Hill, J. O.,&Peters, J. C. (1998). Environmental contributions
to the obesity epidemic. Science, 280, 1371–
1374.
Humphrey, N. K. (1976). The social function of intellect.
155
In P. P. G. Bateson & R. A. Hinde (Eds.),
Growing points in ethology (pp. 303–317). Cambridge,
UK: Cambridge University Press.
Izard, C. E. (1977). Human emotions. New York: Plenum
Press.
Kahn, B. E., & McAlister, L. (1997). Grocery revolution:
The new focus on the consumer. Reading, MA:
Addison-Wesley.
Kass, L. (1994). The hungry soul. New York: Free Press.
Katz, S. H. (1982). Food, behavior and biocultural evolution.
In L. M. Barker (Ed.), The psychobiology of
human food selection (pp. 171–188). Westport, CT:
AVI.
Katz, S. H. (1997). Secular morality. In A. Brandt & P.
Rozin (Eds.), Morality and health (pp. 297–330).
New York: Routledge.
Katz, S. (Ed.). (2004). Encyclopedia of food. New York:
Scribner.
Khare, R. S. (1976). The Hindu hearth and home. Durham,
NC: Carolina Academic Press.
Kiple, K. F.,&Ornelas, K. C. (Eds.). (2000). Cambridge
world history of food. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge
University Press.
Krebs, J. R., & Davies, N. B. (Eds.). (1997). Behavioural
ecology (4th ed.). Oxford, UK: Blackwell Scientific.
Lakoff, G., & Johnson, M. (1980). Metaphors we live
by. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Leichter, H. M. (1997). Lifestyle correctness and the
new secular morality. In A. Brandt & P. Rozin (Eds.),
Morality and health (pp. 359–378). New York:
Routledge.
Levenstein, H. (1988). Revolution at the table. The
transformation of the American diet. New York: Oxford
University Press.
Levenstein, H. (1993). Paradox of plenty. A social history
of eating in modern America. New York: Oxford
University Press.
Logue, A. W. (2004). The psychology of eating and
drinking (3rd ed.). New York: Brunner-Routledge.
Marriott, M. (1968). Caste ranking and food transactions:
A matrix analysis. In M. Singer & B. S. Cohn
(Eds.), Structure and change in Indian society
(pp. 133–171). Chicago: Aldine.
Martin, I., & Levey, A. B. (1978). Evaluative conditioning.
Advances in Behaviour Research and Therapy, 1,
57–102.
Mauss, M. (1972). A general theory of magic (R. Brain,
Trans.). New York: Norton. (Original work published
1902)
Maurer, D., & Sobal, J. (Eds.). (1995). Eating agendas:
Food and nutrition as social problems. New York:
deGruyter.
Mayr, E. (1960). The emergence of evolutionary novelties.
156
In S. Tax (Ed.), Evolution after Darwin: Vol. 1.
The evolution of life (pp. 349–380). Chicago: University
of Chicago Press.
Mead, M. (1943). The problem of changings food habits.
Bulletin of the National Research Council, 108,
20–31.
Meigs, A. S. (1984). Food, sex, and pollution: A New
Guinea religion. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University
Press.
Meiselman, H. L. (1996). The contextual basis for
food acceptance, food choice, and food intake: The
food, the situation, and the individual. In: H. L.
Meiselman & H. L. H. MacFie (Eds.), Food choice,
acceptance and consumption (pp. 239–263). London:
Blackie.
Meiselman, H. L. (Ed.). (2000). Dimensions of the
meal. The science, culture, business, and art of eating.
Gaithersburg, MD: Aspen.
Meiselman, H. L., & MacFie, H. L. H. (Eds.). (1996).
16. Food and Eating 413
Food choice, acceptance and consumption. London:
Blackie.
Messer, E. (1984). Anthropological perspectives on diet.
Annual Review of Anthropology, 13, 205–249.
Miller, W. I. (1997). The anatomy of disgust. Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Milton, K. (1993, August). Diet and primate evolution.
Scientific American, pp. 86–93.
Mintz, S. W. (1985). Sweetness and power. New York:
Viking.
Murcott, A. (Ed.). (1983). The sociology of food and
eating. London: Gower.
Nemeroff, C., & Rozin, P. (1989). “You are what you
eat”: Applying the demand-free “impressions” technique
to an unacknowledged belief. Ethos: Journal of
Psychological Anthropology, 17, 50–69.
Nemeroff, C., & Rozin, P. (2000). The makings of the
magical mind. In K. S. Rosengren, C. N. Johnson, &
P. L. Harris (Eds.), Imagining the impossible: Magical,
scientific, and religious thinking in children
(pp. 1–34). New York: Cambridge University Press.
Ochs, E., Pontecorvo, C., & Fasulo, A. (1996). Socializing
taste. Ethnos: Journal of Psychological Anthropology,
61, 7–46.
Ohnuki-Tierney, E. (1993). Rice as self: Japanese identities
through time. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University
Press.
Payer, L. (1996). Medicine and culture. New York: Holt.
Pliner, P. (1982). The effects of mere exposure on liking
for edible substances. Appetite, 3, 283–290.
Pliner, P. (1983). Family resemblance in food preferences.
Journal of Nutrition Education, 15, 137–140.
Pliner, P., & Rozin, P. (2000). The psychology of the
157
meal. In H. Meiselman (Ed.), Dimensions of the
meal: The science, culture, business, and art of eating
(pp. 19–46). Gaithersburg, MD: Aspen.
Pyszczynski, T., Greenberg, J., & Solomon, S. (1997).
Why do we need what we need?: A terror management
perspective on the roots of human social motivation.
Psychological Inquiry, 8, 1–20
Richter, C. P. (1956). Salt appetite of mammals: Its dependence
on instinct and metabolism. In L’instinct
dans le comportement des animaux et de l’homme
(pp. 577–629). Paris: Masson.
Rodin, J. Silberstein, L. R., & Striegel-Moore, R. H.
(1985). Women and weight: A normative discontent.
In T. B. Sonderegger (Ed.), Nebraska Symposium on
Motivation: Vol. 32. Psychology and Gender
(pp. 267–307). Lincoln: University of Nebraska
Press.
Rolls, B. J. (2003). The supersizing of America: Portion
size and the obesity epidemic. Nutrition Today, 38,
42–53.
Rosenstein, D., & Oster, H. (1988). Differential facial
responses to four basic tastes in newborns. Child Development,
59, 1555–1568.
Rozin, E. (1982). The structure of cuisine. In L. M.
Barker (Ed.), The psychobiology of human food selection
(pp. 189–203). Westport, CT: AVI.
Rozin, E., & Rozin, P. (1981). Culinary themes and
variations. Natural History, 90(2), 6–14.
Rozin, P. (1976). The selection of food by rats, humans
and other animals. In J. Rosenblatt, R. A. Hinde, C.
Beer, & E. Shaw (Eds.), Advances in the study of
behavior (Vol. 6, pp. 21–76). New York: Academic
Press.
Rozin, P. (1982). Human food selection: The interaction
of biology, culture and individual experience. In L.
M. Barker (Eds.), The psychobiology of human food
selection (pp. 225–254). Westport, CT: AVI.
Rozin, P. (1988). Social learning about foods by humans.
In T. Zentall & B. G. Galef, Jr. (Eds.), Social
learning: A comparative approach (pp. 165–187).
Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Rozin, P. (1990a). Getting to like the burn of chili pepper:
Biological, psychological and cultural perspectives.
In B. G. Green, J. R. Mason, & M. R. Kare
(Eds.), Chemical senses: Vol. 2. Irritation (pp. 231–
269). New York: Marcel Dekker.
Rozin, P. (1990b). Development in the food domain.
Developmental Psychology, 26, 555–562.
Rozin, P. (1991). Family resemblance in food and other
domains: The family paradox and the role of parental
congruence. Appetite, 16, 93–102.
Rozin, P. (1999a). Preadaptation and the puzzles and
properties of pleasure. In D. Kahneman, E. Diener, &
158
N. Schwarz (Eds.), Well-being: The foundations of
hedonic psychology (pp. 109–133). New York: Russell
Sage Foundation.
Rozin, P. (1999b). The process of moralization. Psychological
Science, 10, 218–221.
Rozin, P. (2004). Meat. In S. Katz (Ed.), Encyclopedia of
food (pp. 666–671). New York: Scribner.
Rozin, P. (2005). The meaning of food in our lives: A
cross-cultural perspective on eating and well-being.
Journal of Nutrition Education and Behavior, 37,
S107–S112.
Rozin, P. (in press). Domain denigration and process
preference in academic psychology. Perspectives on
Psychological Science
Rozin, P., Bauer, R.,&Catanese, D. (2003). Attitudes to
food and eating in American college students in six
different regions of the United States. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 85, 132–141.
Rozin, P., & Fallon, A. E. (1987). A perspective on disgust.
Psychological Review, 94(1), 23–41.
Rozin, P., Fallon, A. E., & Augustoni-Ziskind, M.
(1986). The child’s conception of food: Development
of categories of accepted and rejected substances.
Journal of Nutrition Education, 18, 75–81.
Rozin, P., Fischler, C., Imada, S., Sarubin, A., &
Wrzesniewski, A. (1999). Attitudes to food and the
role of food in life: Comparisons of Flemish Belgium,
France, Japan and the United States. Appetite, 33,
163–180.
Rozin, P., Fischler, C., Shields, C., & Masson, E.
(2006). Attitudes toward large numbers of choices
in the food domain: A cross-cultural study of five
414 IV. ACQUISITION AND CHANGE OF CULTURE
countries in Europe and the USA. Appetite, 46,
304–308.
Rozin, P., Haidt, J., & McCauley, C. R. (2000). Disgust.
In M. Lewis & J. Haviland (Eds.), Handbook of
emotions, second edition (pp. 637–653). New York:
Guilford Press.
Rozin, P., Haidt, J., McCauley, C. R., & Imada, S.
(1997). The cultural evolution of disgust. In H. M.
Macbeth (Ed.), Food preferences and taste: Continuity
and change (pp. 65–82). Oxford, UK: Berghahn.
Rozin, P., Hammer, L., Oster, H., Horowitz, T., &
Marmara, V. (1986). The child’s conception of
food: Differentiation of categories of rejected substances
in the 1.4 to 5 year age range. Appetite, 7,
141–151.
Rozin P, Kabnick, K., Pete, E., Fischler, C., Shields, C.
(2003). The ecology of eating: smaller portion sizes
in France than in the United States help explain the
French paradox. Psychological Science, 14, 450–
454.
159
Rozin, P., & Kalat, J. W. (1971). Specific hungers and
poison avoidance as adaptive specializations of learning.
Psychological Review, 78, 459–486.
Rozin, P., & Kennel, K. (1983). Acquired preferences
for piquant foods by chimpanzees. Appetite, 4, 69–
77.
Rozin, P., Levine, E., & Stoess, C. (1991). Chocolate
craving and liking. Appetite, 17, 199–212.
Rozin, P., Lowery, L., Imada, S.,&Haidt, J. (1999). The
CAD triad hypothesis: A mapping between three
other-directed moral emotions (contempt, anger, disgust)
and three moral ethics (community, autonomy,
divinity). Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
76, 574–586.
Rozin, P., Millman, L., & Nemeroff, C. (1986). Operation
of the laws of sympathetic magic in disgust and
other domains. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
50, 703–712.
Rozin, P.,&Nemeroff, C. J. (1990). The laws of sympathetic
magic: A psychological analysis of similarity
and contagion. In J. Stigler, G. Herdt, & R. A.
Shweder (Eds.), Cultural psychology: Essays on comparative
human development (pp. 205–232). Cambridge,
UK: Cambridge University Press.
Rozin, P., Nemeroff, C., Horowitz, M., Gordon, B., &
Voet, W. (1995). The borders of the self: Contamination
sensitivity and potency of the mouth, other apertures
and body parts. Journal of Research in Personality,
29, 318–340.
Rozin, P., & Pelchat, M. L. (1988). Memories of
mammaries: Adaptations to weaning from milk in
mammals. In A. N. Epstein & A. Morrison (Eds.),
Advances in psychobiology (Vol. 13, pp. 1–29). New
York: Academic Press.
Rozin, P., Riklis, J., & Margolis, L. (2003). Mutual exposure
or close peer relationships do not seem to foster
increased similarity in food, music or television
program preferences. Appetite, 42, 41–48.
Rozin, P., & Schiller, D. (1980). The nature and acquisition
of a preference for chili pepper by humans. Motivation
and Emotion, 4, 77–101.
Rozin, P., & Schulkin, J. (1990). Food selection. In E.
M. Stricker (Ed.), Handbook of behavioral neurobiology:
Vol. 10. Food and water intake (pp. 297–328).
New York: Plenum Press.
Samuelson, R. J. (Ed.). (1990). The economist book of
vital world statistics. New York: Random House.
Schulkin, J. (1991). Sodium hunger. The search for a
salty taste. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University
Press.
Schutz, H. G. (1989). Beyond preference: Appropriateness
as a measure of contextual acceptance of food.
In D. M. H. Thomson (Ed.), Food acceptability
160
(pp. 115–134). Essex, UK: Elsevier.
Scitovsky T. (1992). The joyless economy: The psychology
of human satisfaction (rev ed.). Oxford, UK: Oxford
University Press. (Original work published
1976)
Sclafani, A. (1999). Macronutrient-conditioned flavor
preferences. In H.-R. Berthoud & R. J. Seeley (Eds.),
Neural control of macronutrient selection (pp. 93–
106). Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press.
Shepherd, R., & Raats, M. M. (Eds.). (2006). Psychology
of food choice. Wallingford, UK: CABI.
Shweder, R. A., Much, N. C., Mahapatra, M., & Park,
L. (1997). The “big three” of morality (autonomy,
community, divinity), and the “big three” explanations
of suffering. In A. Brandt & P. Rozin (Eds.),
Morality and health (pp. 119–169). New York:
Routledge.
Siegal, M. (1997). Becoming mindful of food. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 4, 177–181.
Simoons, F. J. (1969). Primary adult lactose intolerance
and the milk drinking habit: A problem and biological
and cultural interrelations: I. Review of the medical
research. American Journal of Digestive Diseases,
14, 819–836.
Simoons, F. J. (1970). Primary adult lactose intolerance
and the milk drinking habit: A problem and biological
and cultural interrelations: II. A cultural–
historical hypothesis. American Journal of Digestive
Diseases, 15, 695–710.
Simoons, F. J. (1991). Food in China: A cultural and historical
inquiry. Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press.
Simoons, F. J. (1994). Eat not this flesh: Food avoidances
from prehistory to the present. Madison: University
of Wisconsin Press (Original work published
1961)
Sobal, J. (1999). Food system globalization, eating
transformations, and nutrition transitions. In R.
Grew (Ed.), Food in global history (pp. 171–193).
Boulder, CO: Westview Press.
Solomon, R. L. (1980). The opponent process theory of
acquired motivation. American Psychologist, 35,
691–712.
Stearns, P. N. (1997). Fat history. Bodies and beauty in
the modern West. New York: New York University
Press.
16. Food and Eating 415
Stein, R. L., & Nemeroff, C. J. (1995). Moral overtones
of food: Judgments of others based on what they eat.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 21, 480–
490.
Steiner, J. E. (1979). Human facial expressions in response
to taste and smell stimulation. In H. W. Reese
& L. P. Lipsitt (Eds.), Advances in child development
161
and behavior (Vol. 13, pp. 257–295.) New York: Academic
Press.
Szalai, A. (Ed.) (1972). The use of time: Daily activities
of urban and suburban populations in twelve countries.
The Hague: Mouton.
Tambiah, S. J. (1969). Animals are good to think and
good to prohibit. Ethnology, 8, 423–459.
Tomkins, S. S. (1963). Affect, imagery, consciousness:
Vol. 2. The negative affects. New York: Springer.
Twigg, J. (1983). Vegetarianism and the meanings of
meat. In A. Murcott (Ed.), The sociology of food and
eating: Essays on the sociological significance of food
(pp. 18–30). London: Gower.
Tylor, E. B. (1974). Primitive culture: Researches into
the development of mythology, philosophy, religion,
art and custom. New York: Gordon Press. (Original
work published 1871)
Wansink, B. (2004). Environmental factors that increase
food intake and consumption volume of unknowing
consumers. Annual Review of Nutrition, 24, 455–
479.
Watson, J. L. (Ed.). (1997). Golden arches East: McDonald’s in East Asia. Stanford, CA: Stanford University
Press.
Weingarten, H. P., & Elston, D. (1991). A survey of
cravings in a student sample. Appetite, 17, 167–175.
Whitehead, H. (2000). Food rules. Hunting, sharing,
and tabooing game in Papua New Guinea. Ann Arbor:
University of Michigan Press.
Whorton, J. C. (1982). Crusaders for fitness. Princeton,
NJ: Princeton University Press.
Young, L. R., & Nestle, M. (1995). Portion size in dietary
assessment: Issues and policy implications. Nutrition
Reviews, 53(6), 149–158
Zajonc, R. B. (1968). Attitudinal effects of mere exposure.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
9(2), 1–27.
Akerlof, G., & Kranton, R. (2000). Economics and
identity. Quarterly Journal of Economics, 115, 715–
753.
Alcorta, C.,&Sosis, R. (2005). Ritual, emotion, and sacred
symbols: The evolution of religion as an adaptive
complex. Human Nature, 16, 323–359.
Alexander, R. (1987). The biology of moral systems.
New York: Aldine de Gruyter.
Alexander, R. (1989). Evolution of the human psyche.
In C. Stringer (Ed.), The human revolution. Edinburgh:
University of Edinburgh Press.
Allport, G. (1956). The nature of prejudice. Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Andresen, J. (Ed.). (2001). Religion in mind. New York:
Cambridge University Press.
Aristotle. (1963). Aristotle: Categories and de
162
Interpretatione (J. L. Ackrill, Trans.). Oxford, UK:
Clarendon.
Atran, S. (1989). Basic conceptual domains. Mind and
Language, 4, 7–16.
Atran, S. (1990). Cognitive foundations of natural history.
Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Atran, S. (1996). Modes of thinking about living kinds:
Science, symbolism and common sense. In D. Olson
& N. Torrance (Eds.), Modes of thought: Explorations
in culture and cognition. New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Atran, S. (1998). Folkbiology and the anthropology of
science. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 21, 547–609.
Atran, S. (2001). The trouble with memes. Human Nature,
12, 351–381.
Atran, S. (2002). In gods we trust. New York: Oxford
University Press.
Atran, S. (2003). Genesis of suicide terrorism. Science,
299, 1534–1539.
Atran, S. (2004, October). Tuning out Hell’s harpists:
Interviews with Hamas. Paper presented to the Permanent
Monitoring Panel on Terrorism, World Federation
of Scientists, Geneva. Retrieved on November
19, 2006, from www.sitemaker.umich.edu/
satran/files/satran0105.pdf
Atran, S. (2005). Adaptationism in human cognition:
Strong, spurious, or weak? Mind and Language, 20,
39–67.
Atran, S. (2006a, April). Global Network Terrorism.
Part 1: Sacred values and radicalization. Briefing to
the National Security Council, White House, Washington,
DC. Available at www.au.af.mil/au/awc/
awcgate/whitehouse/atrannsc-042806.pdf
Atran, S. (2006b). The moral logic and growth of suicide
terrorism. The Washington Quarterly, 29, 127–
147.
Atran, S., Lois, X., & Ucan Ek’, E. (2004). Plants of the
Petén Itza’ Maya (University of Michigan Memoirs,
No. 38). Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Museum
of Anthropology Publications.
Atran, S., Medin, D., & Ross, N. (2005). The cultural
mind: Ecological decision making and cultural modeling
within and across populations. Psychological
Review, 112(4), 744–776.
Atran, S., Medin, D., Ross, N., Lynch, E., Vapnarsky, V.,
Ucan Ek’, E., et al. (2002). Folkecology, cultural epidemiology,
and the spirit of the commons. Current
Anthropology, 43, 421–450.
Atran, S., & Norenzayan, A. (2004). Religion’s evolutionary
landscape: Counterintuition, commitment,
compassion, communion. Behavioral and Brain Sciences,
27, 713–770.
Atran, S., & Sperber, D. (1991). Learning without
163
teaching: Its place in culture. In L. TolchinskyLandsmann (Ed.), Culture, schooling and psychological
development. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.
Atran, S., & Stern, J. (2005). Small groups find fatal
purpose through the web. Nature, 436, 620.
Avis, J., & Harris, P. (1991). Belief–desire reasoning
among Baka children. Child Development, 62, 460–
467.
Azzam, J.-P. (2005). Suicide-bombing as intergenerational
investment. Public Choice, 122, 177–198.
Baron, J., & Greene, J. (1996). Determinants of insensitivity
to quantity in valuation of public goods. Journal
of Experimental Psychology: Applied, 2, 107–
125.
Baron, J.,&Leshner, S. (2000). How serious are expressions
of protected values? Journal of Experimental
Psychology: Applied, 6, 183–194.
Baron, J., & Spranca, M. (1997). Protected values. Organizational
Behavior and Human Decision Processes,
70, 1–16.
Barrett, J. (1998). Cognitive constraints on Hindu concepts
of the divine. Journal for the Scientific Study of
Religion, 37, 608–619.
Barrett, J. (2000). Exploring the natural foundations of
religion. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 4, 29–34.
Barrett, J., & Keil, F. (1996). Conceptualizing a nonnatural
entity. Cognitive Psychology, 31, 219–247.
Barrett, J., & Nyhoff, M. (2001). Spreading nonnatural
concepts. Journal of Cognition and Culture, 1, 69–
100.
Barrett, L., Dunbar, R., & Lycett, J. (2001). Human
evolutionary psychology. Basingstoke, UK:
Macmillan.
Bartlett, F. (1932). Remembering. Cambridge, UK:
Cambridge University Press.
Barth, F. (1975). Ritual and knowledge among the
448 IV. ACQUISITION AND CHANGE OF CULTURE
Baktaman of New Guinea. New Haven, CT: Yale
University Press.
Baumeister, R., Smart, L., & Boden, J. (1996). Relation
of threatened egotism to violence and aggression.
Psychological Review, 103, 5–23.
Becker, G. (1968). Crime and punishment: An economic
approach. Journal of Political Economy, 76, 169–
217.
Beit-Hallahmi, B., & Argyle, M. (1997). The psychology
of religious behavior, belief, and experience. London:
Routledge.
Ben-Amos, P. G. (1994). The promise of greatness:
Women and power in an Edo spirit possession cult.
In T. Blakely,W. van Beek,&D. Thomson (Eds.), Religion
in Africa. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.
Bering, J., & Bjorklund, D. (2002, March). Simulation
164
constraints on the development of death representation.
Paper presented at the conference, “Minds and
Gods,” Ann Arbor, University of Michigan and John
Templeton Foundation.
Bering, J., & Bjorklund, D. (2004). The natural emergence
of reasoning about the afterlife as a developmental
regularity. Developmental Psychology, 40,
217–233.
Blackmore, S. (1999). The meme machine. Oxford, UK:
Oxford University Press.
Bloom, H. (1999, June 14). Billy Graham. Time Magazine,
pp. 120–123.
Bloom, M. (2005). Dying to kill: The allure of suicide
terrorism. New York: Columbia University Press.
Bloom, P., & Veres, C. (1999). The perceived
intentionality of groups. Cognition, 71, B1–B9.
Boehm, C. (1999). Hierarchy in the forest. Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Boyd, R., & Richerson, P. (2005). The origin and evolution
of cultures. New York: Oxford University Press.
Boyer, P. (1994). The naturalness of religious ideas.
Berkeley: University of California Press.
Boyer, P. (2000). Functional origins of religious concepts.
Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute,
6, 195–214.
Boyer, P. (2001). Religion explained. New York: Basic
Books.
Boyer, P., & Ramble, C. (2001). Cognitive templates for
religious concepts. Cognitive Science, 25, 535–564.
Brown, R., & Kulick, J. (1982). Flashbulb memory. In
U. Neiser (Ed.), Memory observed: Remembering in
natural contexts. San Francisco: Freeman.
Bulbulia, J. (2004). Religious costs as adaptations that
signal altruistic intention. Evolution and Cognition,
10, 19–38.
Burkert, W. (1996). Creation of the sacred. Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Cahill, L., Prins, B., Weber, M., & McGaugh, J. (1994).
Beta-adrenergic activation and memory for emotional
events. Nature, 371, 702–704.
Cohen, S. (2002). India, Pakistan, and Kashmir. Journal
of Strategic Studies, 25, 32–60.
Cronk, L. (1994). Evolutionary theories of morality and
the manipulative use of signals. Zygon, 29, 81–101.
Csibra, G., Gergely, G., Bíró, S., Koós, O., &
Brockbank, M. (1999). Goal attribution without
agency cues. Cognition, 72, 237–267.
d’Aquili, E., & Newberg, A. (1999). The mystical mind.
Minneapolis: Fortress Press.
Dawkins, R. (1976). The selfish gene. New York: Oxford
University Press.
Dawkins, R. (1998). Unweaving the rainbow. Boston:
Houghton Mifflin.
165
Dawkins, R. (2006). The God delusion. Boston:
Houghton Mifflin.
Dawkins R., & Krebs J. R. (1978). Animal signals: Information
or manipulation? In J. R. Krebs & N.
Davies (Eds.), Behavioural ecology: An evolutionary
approach (1st ed.). Oxford, UK: Blackwell.
Deacon T. (1997). The symbolic species. New York:
Norton.
de Landa, D. (1985). Relación de la cosas de Yucatán. In
M. Rivera Dorado (Ed.), Crónicas de America (Vol.
7). Madrid: Historia 16 (Original work composed in
1566)
Dennett, D. (1978). Response to Premack and Woodruff:
Does the chimpanzee have a theory of mind?
Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 4, 568–570.
Dennett, D. (1995). Darwin’s dangerous idea. New
York: Simon & Schuster.
Dennett, D. (1997). Appraising grace: What evolutionary
good is God? The Sciences, 37, 39–44.
Dennett, D. (2006). Breaking the spell: Religion as a
natural phenomenon. New York: Viking.
de Quervain, D., Fischbacher, U., Treyer, V.,
Schellhammer, M., Schnyder, U., Buck, A., et al.
(2004). The neural basis of altruistic punishment.
Science, 305, 1254–1258.
Durkheim, É. (1995). The elementary forms of religious
life. New York: Free Press. (Original work published
1912)
Evans-Pritchard, E. (1940). The Nuer. Oxford, UK: Oxford
University Press.
Evans-Pritchard, E. (1960). Zande cannibalism. Journal
of the Royal Anthropological Institute, 90, 238–258.
Firth, R. (1963). Offering and sacrifice. Journal of the
Royal Anthropological Institute, 93, 12–24.
Fischoff, B., Slovic, P., & Lichtenstein, S. (1980).
Knowing what you want: Measuring labile variables.
In T. Wallstein (Ed.), Cognitive processes in choice
and decision behavior. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Fiske, A., & Tetlock, P. (1997). Taboo tradeoffs: Reactions
to transactions that transgress the speheres of
jutice. Political Psychology, 18, 255–297.
Frank, R. (1988). Passions within reason. New York:
Norton.
Freud, S. (1955). Group psychology and the analysis of
the Ego. In J. Strachey (Ed.), The standard edition of
the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud
(Vol. 18). London: Hogarth Press. (Original work
published 1921)
Fukuyama, F. (1995). Trust. New York: Free Press.
Gambetta, D. (2005). Making sense of suicide missions.
New York: Oxford University Press.
Geary, D., & Huffman, K. (2002). Brain and cognitive
evolution. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 667–698.
166
Gibbon, E. (1845). Decline and fall of the Roman empire
(6 vols.). London: International Book Company.
(Original work published 1776–1788)
Ginges, J., Atran, S., Medin, D., & Shikaki, K. (in
press). Sacred bounds on rational resolution of conflict.
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences
of the USA.
Grafen, A. (1990). Biological signals as handicaps. Journal
of Theoretical Biology, 144, 517–546.
Goldman, R. (1964). Religious thinking from childhood
to adolescence. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
Goodall, J. (1986). The chimpanzees of Gombe: Patterns
of behavior. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
Goodstein, L. (2000, January 1). A direct line to God in
an impersonal era. New York Times, p. 24.
Greeley, A. (1975). The sociology of the paranormal.
London: Sage.
Greenberg, J., Pyszczynski, T., Solomon, S., Rosenblatt,
A., Veeder, M., Kirkland, S., et al. (1990). Evidence
for terror management theory II. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 58, 308–318.
Guthrie, S. (1993). Faces in the clouds: A new theory of
religion. New York: Oxford University Press.
Hamilton, W., & Orians, G. (1965). Evolution of brood
parasitism in altricial birds. Condor, 67, 361–382.
Hardin, R. (1995). One for all: The logic of group conflict.
Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
Harris, M. (1974). Cows, pigs, wars, and witches. New
York: Random House.
Harris, S. (2006). Letter to a Christian nation. New
York: Knopf.
Harrison, M. (2006). An economist looks at suicide terrorism.
World Economics, 7(3), 1–15.
Heath, C., & Sternberg, E. (2001). Emotional selection
in memes: The case of urban legends. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 81, 1028–1041.
Heider, F., & Simmel, S. (1944). An experimental study
of apparent behavior. American Journal of Psychology,
57, 243–259.
Henrich, J., Boyd, R., Bowles, S., Camerer, C., Fehr, E.,
& Gintis, H. (2001). In search of Homo economicus:
Behavioral experiments in 15 small-scale societies.
American Economic Review, 91, 73–78.
Hobbes, T. (1901). Leviathan. New York: Dutton.
(Original work published 1651)
Hoffman, B., & McCormick, G. (2004). Terrorism, signaling,
and suicide attack. Studies in Conflict and
Terrorism, 27, 243–281.
Horowitz, D. (1984). Ethnic groups in conflict. Berkeley:
University of California Press.
Hume, D. (1956). The natural history of religion. Stanford,
CA: Stanford University Press. (Original work
167
published 1757)
Hummer, R., Rogers, R., Narn, C., & Ellison C. (1999).
Religious involvement and U.S. adult mortality. Demography,
36, 273–285.
Humphrey, N. (1995). Soul searching: Human nature
and supernatural belief., London: Chatto&Windus.
Huntington, S. (1997). The clash of civilizations. New
York: Simon & Schuster.
Ibn Khaldûn. (1958). The Muqaddimah (3 vols.). London:
Routledge & Kegan Paul. (Original work composed
in 1318)
Irons, W. (1996). Morality, religion, and human nature.
In W. Richardson & W. Wildman (Eds.), Religion
and science. New York: Routledge.
Irons,W. (2001). Religion as a hard-to-fake sign of commitment.
In R. Nesse (Ed.), Evolution and the capacity
for commitment. New York: Russell Sage Foundation.
Irons, W., & Chagnon, N. (2002, June 19–23). The unseen
order: How religion works as a hard-to-fake
sign of commitment. Paper presented at Human
Behavior and Evolution Society meeting, Rutgers
University, New Brunswick, NJ.
Jacobs, M. (1934). Northwest Sahaptin texts. New
York: Columbia University Press.
Johnstone, R. (1998). Game theory and communication.
In L. Dugatkin & H. Reeve (Eds.), Game theory
and animal behavior. New York: Oxford University
Press.
Joseph, R. (Ed.). (2002). NeuroTheology. San Jose, CA:
University of California Press.
Kahneman, D. (2003). Maps of bounded rationality:
Psychology for behavioral economics. American Economic
Review, 93, 1449–1475.
Kahneman, D., & Tversky, A. (1979). Prospect theory:
An analysis of decision under risk. Econometrica, 47,
263–291.
Kant, I. (1997). Critique of practical reason. Cambridge,
UK: Cambridge University Press. (Original
work published in 1788)
Kauffman, S. (1993). The origins of order. New York:
Oxford University Press.
Keil, F. (1979). Semantic and conceptual development.
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Keillor, G. (1999, Jun 14). Faith at the speed of light.
Time Magazine.
Kierkegaard, S. (1955). Fear and trembling and the sickness
unto death. New York: Doubleday. (Original
work published 1843)
Kirkpatrick, L. (1999). Toward an evolutionary psychology
of religion and personality. Journal of Personality,
67, 921–952.
Kluckholn, C., & Leighton, D. (1974). The Navaho.
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. (Original
168
work published 1946)
Knight, N., Sousa, P., Barrett, J., & Atran, S. (2004).
Children’s attributions of beliefs to humans and God:
Cross-cultural evidence. Cognitive Science, 28, 117–
126.
Krebs J. R., & Dawkins, R. (1984). Animal signals:
Mind-reading and manipulation. In J. R. Krebs & N.
Davies (Eds.), Behavioural ecology: An evolutionary
approach (2nd ed.). Oxford, UK: Blackwell.
450 IV. ACQUISITION AND CHANGE OF CULTURE
Kroeber, A. L. (1963). Anthropology: Culture patterns
and processes. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World.
(Original work published 1923)
Krueger, A., & Malecková, J. (2003). Seeking the roots
of terror. Chronicle of Higher Education. Retrieved
June 6, 2003 from chronicle.com/free/v49/i39/
39b01001.htm
Kuper, A. (1996). The chosen primate. Cambridge, MA:
Harvard University Press.
Lack, D. (1968). Ecological adaptations for breeding in
birds. London: Methuen.
Lawson, E. T., & McCauley, R. (1990). Rethinking religion.
New York: Cambridge University Press.
Lester, T. (2002, February 8). Supernatural selection.
The Atlantic Monthly.
Levin, J. (1994). Religion and health. Social Science
Medicine, 38, 1475–1482.
Lipkind, W. (1940). Carajá cosmography. Journal of
American Folk-Lore, 53, 248–251.
Lowie, R. (1924). Primitive religion. New York: Boni &
Liveright.
Lumsden, C., & Wilson, E. (1981). Genes, mind and
culture. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Lynch, A. (1996). Thought contagion. New York: Basic
Books.
MacDonald, K. (1998). Separation and its discontents:
Toward an evolutionary theory of Anti-Semitism.
Westport, CT: Praeger.
Madsen, J. (2004). The rationale of suicide attack. Risq
(online). Retrieved September, 2004 from www.
risq.org/modules.php?name=News&file=print&sid=
367
Markman, A., & Medin, D. (2002). Decision making.
In H. Pashler (Series Ed.), & D. Medin (Vol. Ed.),
Steven’s handbook of experimental psychology. New
York: Wiley.
Matthews, D., McCullough, M., Larson, D., Koenig,
H., Swyers, J., & Milano, M. (1998). Religious commitment
and health status. Archives of Family Medicine,
7, 188–124.
McCauley, R., & Lawson, E. T. (2003). Bringing ritual
to mind. New York: Cambridge University Press.
McClenon, J. (2002). Wondrous healing: Shamanism,
169
human evolution and the origin of religion. DeKalb:
Northern Illinois University Press.
McGraw, A., & Tetlock, P. (2005). Relational framing:
The power to render acceptable transactions unacceptable
and unacceptable transactions acceptable.
Journal of Consumer Psychology, 15, 2–16.
McReady, N. (2002, February). Adrenergic blockers
shortly after trauma can block PTSD. Clinical Psychiatry
News, pp.
Medin, D., & Atran, S. (2004). The native mind: Biological
categorization and reasoning in development
and across cultures. Psychological Review, 111, 960–
983.
Medin, D., Schwartz, H., Blok, S., & Birnbaum, L.
(1999). The semantic side of decision making.
Psychonomic Bulletin and Review, 6, 562–569.
Meggitt, M. (1965). The desert people: A study of the
Walbiri of central Australia. Chicago: University of
Chicago Press.
Merari, A. (2005). Social, organization, and psychological
factors in suicide terrorism. In T. Bjorgo (Ed.),
Root causes of suicide terrorism. New York: Routledge.
Neisser, U., & Harsch, N. (1992). Phantom flashbulbs.
In E. Winograd & U. Neisser (Eds.), Affect and accuracy
in recall. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University
Press.
Nesse, R. (Ed.). (2001). Evolution and the capacity
for commitment. New York: Russell Sage Foundation.
Norenzayan, A., Atran, S., Faulkner, J., & Schaller, M.
(2006). Memory and mystery: Cultural selection of
minimallu counterintuitive narratives. Cognitive Science,
30, 1–23.
Norenzayan, A., & Hansen, I. (2006). Belief in supernatural
agents in the face of death. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 32, 174–187.
Onishi, K., & Baillargeon, R. (2005). Do 15-month-old
infants understand false beliefs? Science, 308, 255–
25.
Onishi, N. (2002). Africans fill churches that celebrate
wealth.New York Times, March 13.
Owsianiecki, L., Upal, M. A., Sloan, D. J.,&Tweney, R.
(2005). Role of context in the recall of counterintuitive
concepts. Journal of Cognition and Culture,
5, 215–240.
Panksepp, J. (1993). Emotional source of “chills” induced
by music. Music Perception, 13, 171–207.
Pap, A. (1963). Types and meaninglessness. Mind, 69,
41–54.
Pape, R. (2003). Dying to win: The strategic logic of suicide
terrorism. New York: Random House.
Persinger, M. (1987). Neurophysiological bases of God
beliefs. New York: Praeger.
Pinker, S. (1997). How the mind works. New York:
170
Norton.
Pinker, S. (2004, October 29). The evolutionary psychology
of religion. Paper presented at the annual
meeting of the Freedom from Religion Foundation,
Madison, WI. Available online at pinker.wjh.harvard.
edu/articles/media/2004_10_29_religion.htm
Premack, D., & Premack, A. (1995). Origins of social
competence. In M. Gazzaniga (Ed.), The cognitive
neurosciences. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Pyszczynski, T., Greenberg, J., & Solomon, S. (1999). A
dual process model of defense against conscious and
unconscious death-related thoughts: An extension of
terror management theory. Psychological Review,
106, 835–845.
Pyysiäinen, I. (2003). Buddhism, religion, and the concept
of “God.” Numen, 50, 147–171.
Pyysiäinen, I., & Anttonen, V. (Eds.). (2002). Current
approaches in the cognitive science of religion. London:
Continuum.
Rappaport, R. (1999). Ritual and religion in the mak17. Religion’s Social and Cognitive Landscape 451
ing of humanity. New York: Cambridge University
Press.
Resnick, P., & Zeckhauser, R. (2002). Trust among
strangers in internet interactions. In M. Baye (Ed.),
Advances in Applied Microeconomics, 11. Amsterdam:
Elsevier Science.
Rhode, D., & Chivers, C. (2002, March 17). Qaeda’s
grocery lists and manuals of killing. New York
Times, p. A1.
Robertson Smith, W. (1894). Lectures on the religion of
the Semites London: Adam & Charles Black.
Rosch, E., Mervis, C., Grey, W., Johnson, D., & BoyesBraem, P. (1976). Basic objects in natural categories.
Cognitive Psychology, 8, 382–439.
Rubin, D. (1995). Memory in oral traditions. New
York: Oxford University Press.
Sageman, M. (2004). Understanding terror networks.
Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press.
Schelling, T. (1963). The strategy of conflict. New York:
Oxford University Press.
Schneider, S., & Shanteau, J. (Eds.). (2003). Emerging
perspectives on judgment and decision research.
Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Seligman, S. (1971). Phobias and preparedness. Behavioral
Therapy, 2, 307–320.
Shamir, J., & Shikaki, K. (2005). Public opinion in the
Israeli-Palestinian two-level game. Journal of Peace
Research, 42, 311–328.
Skitka, L., & Mullen, E. (2002). The dark side of moral
conviction. Analyses of Social Issues and Public Policy,
2, 35–41.
Sober, E., & Wilson, D. S. (1998). Unto others. Cambridge,
171
MA: Harvard University Press.
Sommers, F. (1963). Types and ontology. Philosophical
Review, 72, 327–363.
Sosis, R. (2000). Religion and intragroup cooperation:
Preliminary results of a comparative analysis of utopian
communities. Cross-Cultural Research, 34, 70–
87.
Sosis, R., & Alcorta, C. (2003). Signaling, solidarity,
and the sacred: The evolution of religious behavior.
Evolutionary Anthropology, 12, 264–274.
Sosis, R., & Bressler, E. (2003). Cooperation and
commune longevity: A test of the costly signaling
theory of religion. Cross-Cultural Research, 37,
211–239.
Sosis, R., & Ruffle, B. (2004). Ideology, religion, and
the evolution of cooperation: Field experiments on
Israeli kibbutzim. Research in Economic Anthropology,
23, 87–115.
Spencer, B., & Gillen, F. (1904). The Northern tribes of
Central Australia. London: Macmillan.
Sperber, D. (1975). Rethinking symbolism. Cambridge,
UK: Cambridge University Press.
Sperber, D. (1985). Anthropology and psychology: Towards
an epidemiology of representations. Man, 20,
73–89.
Sperber, D. (1996). Explaining culture. Oxford, UK:
Blackwell.
Sperber, D., & Hirschfeld, L. (2004). The cognitive
foundations of cultural stability and diversity. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 8, 40–46.
Sperber, D., & Wilson, D. (1995). Relevance: Communication
and cognition (2nd ed.). Oxford, UK:
Blackwell.
Stark, R. (2000). The rise of Christianity. Princeton, NJ:
Princeton University Press.
Stern, J. (2003). Terror in the name of God: Why religious
militants kill. New York: HarperCollins.
Swanson, G. (1960). The birth of the gods. Ann Arbor:
University of Michigan Press.
Talbot, M. (2000, February 27). A mighty fortress. New
York Times Magazine, p. 34.
Tambiah, S. (1981). A performative approach to ritual.
London: British Academy.
Tamminen, K. (1994). Religious experiences in childhood
and adolescence. International Journal for the
Psychology of Religion, 4, 61–85.
Tanner, C., & Medin, D. (2004). Protected values: No
omission bias and no framing effects. Psychonomic
Bulletin and Review, 11, 185–191.
Tetlock, P. (2000). Coping with trade-offs: Psychological
constraints and political implications. In S. Lupia, M.
McCubbins, & S. Popkin (Eds.), Political reasoning
and choice. Berkeley: University of California Press.
172
Tetlock, P. (2003). Thinking the unthinkable: Sacred
values and taboo cognitions. Trends in Cognitive Sciences,
7, 320–324.
Thompson, L., & Gonzalez, R. (1997). Environmental
disputes: Competition for scarce resources and clashing
of values. In M. Bazerman & D. Messick (Eds.),
Environment, ethics, and behavior: The psychology
of environmental valuation and degradation. San
Francisco: New Lexington Press.
Thun, T. (1963). Die religiose Entscheidung der Jugend.
The Hague: Mouton.
Tinbergen, N. (1951). The study of instinct. London:
Oxford University Press.
Tomasello, M., Kruger, A., & Ratner, H. (1993). Cultural
learning. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 16,
495–511.
Tooby, J., & Cosmides, L. (1992). The psychological
foundations of culture. In J. Barkow, L. Cosmides, &
J. Tooby (Eds.), The adapted mind: Evolutionary
psychology and the generation of culture. New York:
Oxford University Press.
Trainor, L., & Trehub, S. (1992). The development of
referential meaning in music. Music Perception, 9,
455–470.
Tulving, E. (1972). Episodic and semantic memory. In E.
Tulving & W. Donaldson (Eds.), Organization of
memory. New York: Academic Press.
Turnbull, C. (1962). The forest people: A study of the
pygmies of the Congo. New York: Simon&Schuster.
Turner, M. (1996). The literary mind: Origins of
thought and language. Oxford, UK: Oxford University
Press.
Turner, V. (1969). The ritual process. New York: Aldine.
Tuzin, D. (1982). Ritual violence among the Ilahita
Arapesh. In G. Herdt (Ed.), Rituals of manhood:
452 IV. ACQUISITION AND CHANGE OF CULTURE
Male initiation in Papua New Guinea. Berkeley: University
of California Press.
Tversky, A., Slovic, P., & Sattath, S. (1988). Contingent
weighting in judgment and choice. Psychological Review,
95, 371–384.
Varshney, A. (2003). Nationalism, ethnic conflict and
rationality. Perspectives on Politics, 1, 85–99.
Walker, S. (1992). Supernatural beliefs, natural kinds
and conceptual structure. Memory and Cognition,
20, 655–662.
Watanabee, J., & Smuts, B. (1999). Explaining ritual
without explaining it away. American Anthropologist,
101, 98–112.
Weber, M. (1978). Economy and society (G. Roth & C.
Wittich, Eds.). Berkeley: University of California
Press.
Whitehouse, H. (2000). Arguments and icons. Oxford,
173
UK: Oxford University Press.
Whitehouse, H. (2004). Modes of religiosity: A cognitive
theory of religious transmission. Walnut Creek,
CA: AltaMira Press.
Wilson, D. S. (2002). Darwin’s cathedral. Chicago: University
of Chicago Press.
Wilson, E. O. (1978). On human nature. Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Winkelman, M. (1992). Shamans, priests, and witches:
A cross-cultural study of magico-religious practitioners.
(Anthropological Research Papers, No. 44).
Tempe: Arizona State University.
Worthington, E., Kurusu, T., McCullough, M., &
Sandage, S. (1996). Empirical research on religion
and psychotherapeutic processes of outcomes. Psychological
Bulletin, 19, 448–487.
Zahavi, A. (1975). Mate selection: A selection for a
handicap. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 53, 205–
214.
Allport, G. W. (1954). The nature of prejudice. Cambridge,
MA: Addison-Wesley.
Anderson, B. (1991). Imagined communities: Reflections
on the origin and spread of nationalism (Rev.
and extended ed.). London: Verso.
Asch, S. E. (1951). Effects of group pressure upon the
modification and distortion of judgments. In H.
Guetzkow (Ed.), Groups, leadership and men
(pp. 39–76). Pittsburgh: Carnegie Press.
Asch, S. E. (1956). Studies of independence and conformity:
I. A minority of one against a unanimous majority.
Psychological Monographs, 70.
Bandura, A. (1986). Social foundations of thought and
action: A social cognitive theory. Englewood Cliffs,
NJ: Prentice-Hall.
Barkow, J. H., Cosmides, L., & Tooby, J. (1992). The
adapted mind: Evolutionary psychology and the generation
of culture. New York: Oxford University
Press.
Barth, F. (1990). Guru and the conjurer: Transactions in
knowledge and the shaping of culture in Southeast
Asia and Melanesia. Man, 25(4), 640–653.
Basalla, G. (1988). The evolution of technology. Cambridge,
UK: Cambridge University Press.
Baum, W. M., Richerson, P. J., Efferson, C. M., &
Paciotti, B. M. (2004). An experimental model of cultural
evolution including traditions of rule giving and
rule following. Evolution and Human Behavior, 25,
305–326.
Bettinger, R. L., Boyd, R., & Richerson, P. J. (1996).
Style, function, and cultural evolutionary processes.
In H. D. G. Maschner (Ed.), Darwinian
archaeologies (pp. 133–164). New York: Plenum
Press.
174
Bloom, P. (2000). How children learn the meanings of
words. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Boehm, C. (1996). Emergency decisions, culturalselection
mechanics, and group selection. Current
Anthropology, 37(5), 763–793.
Boesch, C. (2003). Is culture a golden barrier between
human and chimpanzee? Evolutionary Anthropology,
12, 82–91.
Bongaarts, J., & Watkins, S. C. (1996). Social interactions
and contemporary fertility transitions. Population
and Development Review, 22(4), 639–682.
Boyd, R., Gintis, H., Bowles, S., & Richerson, P. J.
(2003). The evolution of altruistic punishment. Proceeding
of the National Academy of Sciences USA,
100, 3531–3535.
Boyd, R., & Richerson, P. J. (1985). Culture and the
evolutionary process. Chicago: University of Chicago
Press.
Boyd, R., & Richerson, P. J. (1989). Social learning as
an adaptation. Lectures on Mathematics in the Life
Sciences, 20, 1–26.
Boyd, R., & Richerson, P. J. (1992a). How
microevolutionary processes give rise to history. In
M. H. Nitecki & D. V. Nitecki (Eds.), History and
evolution (pp. 179–209). Albany: State University of
New York Press.
Boyd, R., & Richerson, P. J. (1992b). Punishment allows
the evolution of cooperation (or anything else)
in sizable groups. Ethology and Sociobiology, 13(3),
171–195.
Boyd, R.,&Richerson, P. J. (1996). Why culture is common
but cultural evolution is rare. Proceedings of the
British Academy, 88, 73–93.
Brown, M. J. (2004). Is Taiwan Chinese?: The impact of
culture, power, and migration on changing identities.
Berkeley: University of California Press.
Burrow, J. W. (1966). Evolution and society: A study in
Victorian social theory. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge
University Press.
Buss, D. M. (1999). Evolutionary psychology: The new
science of the mind. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Byrne, R. (1995). The thinking ape: Evolutionary origins
of intelligence. Oxford, UK: Oxford University
Press.
Byrne, R., Barnard, P. J., Davidson, I., Janik, V. M.,
McGrew, W. C., Miklosi, A., et al. (2004). Understanding
culture across species. Trends in Cognitive
Sciences, 8, 341–346.
Campbell, D. T. (1965). Variation and selective retention
in socio-cultural evolution. In H. R. Barringer,
G. I. Blanksten, & R. W. Mack (Eds.), Social change
in developing areas: A reinterpretation of evolutionary
theory (pp. 19–49). Cambridge, MA:
175
Schenkman.
Castro, L.,&Toro, M. (2004). The evolution of culture:
From primate social learning to human culture. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Science USA,
101(27), 10235–10240.
Cavalli-Sforza, L. L. (2000). Genes, peoples, and languages.
Farrar, Straus & Giroux.
Cavalli-Sforza, L. L., & Feldman, M. W. (1981). Cultural
transmission and evolution: A quantitative approach.
Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
Chaiken, S. (1979). Communicator’s physical attractiveness
and persuasion. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 37, 1387–1397.
Cohen, D., & Vandello, J. (2001). Honor and “faking”
honorability. In R. M. Nesse (Ed.), Evolution and the
capacity for commitment (pp. 163–185). New York:
Russell Sage Foundation.
Cronk, L., Chagnon, N. A., & Irons, W. (2000). Adaptation
and human behavior: An anthropological perspective.
New York: de Gruyter.
Daly, M., & Wilson, M. (1983). Sex, evolution and
behavior. Boston: Willard Grant.
Dawkins, R. (1976). The selfish gene. Oxford, UK: Oxford
University Press.
Diamond, J. (1997). Guns, germs, and steel: The fates of
human societies. New York: Norton.
Donald, M. (1991). Origins of the modern mind: Three
stages in the evolution of culture and cognition.
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Dunn, M., Terrill, A., Reesink, G., Foley, R. A., &
Levinson, S. C. (2005). Structural phylogenetics and
18. Cultural Evolution and the Shaping of Cultural Diversity 473
the reconstruction of ancient language history. Science,
309, 2072–2075.
Durham, W. H. (1991). Coevolution: Genes, culture,
and human diversity. Stanford, CA: Stanford University
Press.
Fearon, J. D. (2003). Ethnic and cultural diversity by
country. Journal of Economic Growth, 8(2), 195–
222.
Festinger, L., Schachter, S., & Back, K. (1950). Social
pressures in informal groups: A study of a housing
community. New York: Harper.
Foster, G. M. (1960). Culture and conquest: America’s
Spanish heritage. New York: Wenner-Gren Foundation
for Anthropological Research.
Gigerenzer, G., & Goldstein, D. G. (1996). Reasoning
the fast and frugal way: Models of bounded rationality.
Psychological Review, 103(4), 650–669.
Gil-White, F. J. (2001). Are ethnic groups biological
“species” to the human brain?: Essentialism in our
cognition of some social categories. Current Anthropology,
42(4), 515–554.
176
Griliches, Z. (1957). Hybrid corn: An exploration of the
economics of technological change. Econometrica,
48, 501–522.
Hamilton, W. D. (1964). Genetic evolution of social
behavior I, II. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 7(1), 1–
52.
Handelman, S. (1995). Comrade criminal: Russia’s new
Mafiya. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
Harpending, H. C., Batzer, M. A., Gurven, M., Jorde, L.
B., Rogers, A. R., & Sherry, S. T. (1998). Genetic
traces of ancient demography. Proceedings of the National
Academy of Sciences USA, 95(4), 1961–1967.
Henrich, J. (2001). Cultural transmission and the diffusion
of innovations: Adoption dynamics indicate that
biased cultural transmission is the predominate force
in behavioral change. American Anthropologist,
103(4), 992–1013.
Henrich, J. (2004). Demography and cultural evolution:
Why adaptive cultural processes produced maladaptive
losses in Tasmania. American Antiquity, 69(2),
197–221.
Henrich, J., & Boyd, R. (1998). The evolution of conformist
transmission and the emergence of betweengroup
differences. Evolution and Human Behavior,
19(4), 215–241.
Henrich, J., Boyd, R., Bowles, S., Camerer, C., Fehr, E.,
Gintis, H., et al. (2001). In search of Homo
economicus: Behavioral experiments in 15 smallscale
societies. American Economic Review, 91(2),
73–78.
Henrich, J., Boyd, R., Bowles, S., Camerer, C., Fehr, E.,
& Gintis, H. (2004). Foundations of human
sociality: Economic experiments and ethnographic
evidence from fifteen small-scale societies. Oxford,
UK: Oxford university Press.
Henrich, J., & Gil-White, F. J. (2001). The evolution of
prestige—Freely conferred deference as a mechanism
for enhancing the benefits of cultural transmission.
Evolution and Human Behavior, 22(3), 165–196.
Henrich, J., Bowles, S., Boyd, R. T., Hopfensitz, A.,
Richerson, P. J., Sigmund, K., et al. (2003). Group report:
The cultural and genetic evolution of human
cooperation. In P. Hammerstein (Ed.), Genetic and
cultural evolution of cooperation (pp. 445–468).
Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Hovland, C. I., Janis, I. L., & Kelley, H. H. (1953).
Communication and persuasion: Psychological studies
of opinion change. New Haven, CT: Yale University
Press.
Inkeles, A. (1983). Exploring individual modernity.
New York: Columbia University Press.
Insko, C. A., Gilmore, R., Drenan, S., Lipsitz, A.,
Moehle, D., & Thibaut, J. (1983). Trade versus expropriation
177
in open groups: A comparison of two
type of social power. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 44, 977–999.
Jacobs, R. C., & Campbell, D. T. (1961). The perpetuation
of an arbitrary tradition through several generations
of laboratory microculture. Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, 62, 649–568.
Johnson, A. W., & Earle, T. K. (2000). The evolution of
human societies: From foraging group to agrarian
state (2nd ed.). Stanford, CA: Stanford University
Press.
Jorgensen, J. G. (1980). Western Indians: Comparative
environments, languages, and cultures of 172
Western American Indian Tribes. San Francisco:
Freeman.
Kaessmann, H., & Pääbo, S. (2002). The genetical history
of humans and the great apes. Journal of Internal
Medicine, 251, 1–18.
Kaessmann, H., Wiebe, V., & Pääbo, S. (1999). Extensive
nuclear DNA sequence diversity among chimpanzees.
Science, 286, 1159–1162.
Kelly, R. C. (1985). The Nuer conquest: The structure
and development of an expansionist system. Ann Arbor:
University of Michigan Press.
Kelly, R. L. (1995). The foraging spectrum: Diversity in
hunter-gatherer lifeways. Washington, DC: Smithsonian
Institution Press.
Klein, R. G. (1999). The human career: Human biological
and cultural origins (2nd ed.). Chicago: University
of Chicago.
Knauft, B. M. (1985). Good company and violence:
Sorcery and social action in a Lowland New Guinea
society. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Knight, C., Studdert-Kennedy, M., & Hurford, J. R.
(2000). The evolutionary emergence of language: Social
function and the origins of linguistic form. Cambridge,
UK: Cambridge University Press.
Labov, W. (2001). Principles of linguistic change: Social
factors (Vol. 29). Malden, MA: Blackwell.
Laland, K. N., Richerson, P. J., & Boyd, R. (1996). Developing
a theory of animal social learning. In C. M.
Heyes&B. G. Galef, Jr. (Eds.), Social learning in animals:
The roots of culture (pp. 129–154). San Diego:
Academic Press.
Logan, M. H., & Schmittou, D. A. (1998, Summer).
The uniqueness of Crow art: A glimpse into the his474 IV. ACQUISITION AND CHANGE OF CULTURE
tory of an embattled people. Montana: The Magazine
of Western History, pp. 58–71.
Massini, S. (2004). The diffusion of mobile telephony in
Italy and the UK: An empirical investigation. Economics
of Innovation and New Technology, 13, 251–
277.
178
McElreath, R., Lubell, M., Richerson, P. J. M., Baum,
W., Edsten, E., Waring, T., et al. (2005). Applying
formal models to the laboratory study of social learning:
The impact of task difficulty and environmental
fluctuation. Evolution and Human Behavior, 26,
483–508.
Moore, B. R. (1996). The evolution of imitative learning.
In C. M. Heyes & B. G. Galef, Jr. (Eds.), Social
learning in animals: The roots of culture (pp. 245–
265). San Diego: Academic Press.
Moreland, R. L., Levine, J. M., & McMinn, J. G.
(2001). Self-categorization and work group socialization.
In M. A. Hogg&D. Terry (Eds.), Social identity
processes in organizational contexts (pp. 87–100).
Philadelphia: Psychology Press.
Moylan, J. W., Graham, C. M., Borgerhoff Mulder, M.,
Nunn, C. L., & Håkansson, N. T. (2005). Cultural
traits and linguistic trees: Phylogenetic signal in East
Africa. In C. P. Lipo, M. J. O’Brien, M. Collard, & S.
J. Shennan (Eds.), Mapping our ancestors: Phylogenetic
approaches in anthropology and prehistory
(pp. 33–52). New York: Aldine.
Murdock, G. P. (1967). Ethnographic atlas. Pittsburgh:
University of Pittsburgh Press.
Needham, J. (1987). Science and civilization in China:
Vol. 5. Part 7. The gunpowder epic. Cambridge, UK:
Cambridge University Press.
Nettle, D. (1999). Linguistic diversity. Oxford, UK: Oxford
University Press.
Newcomb, T. M. (1943). Personality and social change.
New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.
Newcomb, T. M., Koenig, L. E., Flacks, R., &Warwick,
D. P. (1967). Persistence and change: Bennington
College and its Students after twenty-five years. New
York: Wiley.
Newson, L. (2003). Kin, culture, and reproductive decisions.
Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University
of Exeter, Exeter, UK.
Newson, L., Postmes, T., Lea, S. E. G., & Webley, P.
(2005). Why are modern families small?: Toward an
evolutionary and cultural explanation for the demographic
transition. Personality and Social Psychology
Review, 9, 360–375.
Newson, L., Postmes, T., Lea, S. E. G., Webley, P.,
Richerson, P. J.,&McElrath, R. (in press). Influences
on communication about reproduction: The cultural
evolution of low fertility. Evolution and Human
Behavior.
Odling-Smee, F. J., Laland, K. N., & Feldman, M. W.
(2003). Niche construction: The neglected process in
evolution (Vol. 37). Princeton, NJ: Princeton University
Press.
Pagel, M., & Mace, R. (2004). The cultural wealth of
179
nations. Nature, 428, 276–278.
Perloff, R. M. (2003). The dynamics of persuasion:
Communication and attitudes in the 21st century.
London: Erlbaum.
Petty, R. E., & Cacioppo, J. T. (1986). The elaboration
likelihood model of persuasion. In L. Berkowitz
(Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology
(Vol. 19, pp. 123–205). New York: Academic Press.
Postmes, T., Haslam, S. A., & Swaab, R. (2005). Social
influence in small groups: An interactive model of social
identity formation. European Review of Social
Psychology, 16, 1–42.
Richerson, P. J., & Boyd, R. (1999). Complex
societies—The evolutionary origins of a crude
superorganism. Human Nature, 10(3), 253–289.
Richerson, P. J., & Boyd, R. (2001). The evolution of
subjective commitment to groups: A tribal instincts
hypothesis. In R. M. Nesse (Ed.), Evolution and the
capacity for commitment (pp. 186–220). New York:
Russell Sage Foundation.
Richerson, P. J., & Boyd, R. (2005). Not by genes alone:
How culture transformed human evolution. Chicago:
University of Chicago Press.
Richerson, P. J., Boyd, R., & Henrich, J. (2003). Cultural
evolution of human cooperation. In P.
Hammerstein (Ed.), Genetic and cultural evolution
of cooperation (pp. 357–388). Berlin: MIT Press.
Rogers, E. M. (1995). Diffusion of innovations (4th
ed.). New York: Free Press.
Rogoff, B., Paradise, R., K., Mejia Arauz, R., CorreaChavez, M., & Angelillo, C. (2003). Firsthand learning
through intent participation. Annual Review of
Psychology, 54, 175–203.
Rudicel, S. A. (1994). The shod foot and its implications
for American women. Journal of the Southern Orthopaedic
Association, 3, 268–272.
Sherif, M.,&Murphy, G. (1936). The psychology of social
norms. New York/London: Harper&Brothers.
Shoumatoff, A. (2005). Dispatches from the vanishing
world. Retrieved July 17, 2005, from www.
dispatchesfromthevanishingworld.com/
Simons, H. W., Berkowitz, N. N., & Moyer, R. J. S.,
(1970). Similarity, credibility and attitude change: A
review and a theory. Psychological Bulletin, 73, 1–
16.
Simoons, F. J. (1969). Primary adult lactose intolerance
and the milking habit: A problem in biologic and cultural
interrelations: I. Review of the medical research.
American Journal of Digestive Diseases,
14(12), 819–836.
Simoons, F. J. (1970). Primary adult lactose intolerance
and the milking habit: A problem in biologic and cultural
interrelations: II. A culture historical hypothesis.
180
American Journal of Digestive Diseases, 15(8),
695–710.
Sperber, D. (1996). Explaining culture: A naturalistic
approach. Oxford, UK: Blackwell.
Tamura, K., & Nei, M. (1993). Estimation of the
number of nucleotide substitutions in the control
region of mitochondrial DNC in humans and chim18. Cultural Evolution and the Shaping of Cultural Diversity 475
panzees. Molecular Biology and Evolution, 10(3),
512–526.
Thomason, S. G. (2001). Language contact. Washington,
DC: Georgetown University Press.
Tomasello, M. (1996). Do apes ape? In C. M. Heyes &
B. G. Galef, Jr. (Eds.), Social learning in animals: The
roots of culture (pp. 319–346). New York: Academic
Press.
Tomasello, M. (1999). The cultural origins of human
cognition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Trivers, R. (1972). Parental investment and sexual selection.
In B. Campbell (Ed.), Sexual selection and the
descent of man (pp. 136–139). Chicago: Aldine.
Trivers, R. L. (1971). The evolution of reciprocal altruism.
Quarterly Review of Biology, 46(1), 35–57.
Whiten, A., & Custance, D. (1996). Studies of imitation
in chimpanzees and children. In C. M. Heyes & B. G.
Galef, Jr. (Eds.), Social learning in animals: The roots
of culture (pp. 291–318). New York: Academic
Press.
Whiten, A., Goodall, J., McGrew, W. C., Nishida, T.,
Reynolds, V., Sugiyama, Y., et al. (1999). Cultures in
chimpanzees. Nature, 399, 682–685.
Williams, G. C. (1966). Adaptation and natural selection:
A critique of some current evolutionary
thought. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
Wilson, D. S. (2002). Darwin’s cathedral: Evolution, religion,
and the nature of society. Chicago: University
of Chicago Press.
Wright, P. (1966). Attitude change under direct and indirect
interpersonal influence. Human Relations, 19,
199–211.
Zelinsky, W. (1971). The hypothesis of the mobility
transition. Geographical Review, 61, 219–249.
Abu-Lughod, L. (1993). Writing women’s worlds: Bedouin
stories. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Appadurai, A. (1988). Putting hierarchy in its place.
Cultural Anthropology, 3, 36–49.
Bardige, B., Ward, J. V., Gilligan, C., Taylor, J., & Cohen,
G. (1988). Moral concerns and considerations
of urban youth. In C. Gilligan, J. V. Ward, & J. Taylor
(Eds.), Mapping the moral domain (pp. 159–
173). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Berkowitz, L. (1964). Development of motives and values
in a child. New York: Basic Books.
181
Berry, J.W., Poortinga, Y. H., Segall, M. H.,&Dasen, P.
R. (1992). Cross-cultural psychology: Research and
applications. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University
Press.
Bersoff, D. M., & Miller, J. G. (1993). Culture, context,
and the development of moral accountability judgments.
Developmental Psychology, 29(4), 664–676.
Brandt, R. B. (1959). Ethical theory. Upper Saddle
River, NJ: Prentice Hall.
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development:
Experiments by nature and design. Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Bruner, J. S. (1973). Going beyond the information
given. In J. M. Anglin (Ed.), Beyond the information
given: Studies in the psychology of knowing
(pp. 218–238). New York: Norton.
Bruner, J. (1990). Acts of meaning. Cambridge, MA:
Harvard University Press.
Buck-Morss, S. (1975). Socio-economic bias in Piaget’s
theory: Implications for cross-cultural studies. Human
Development, 18, 35–49.
Cohen, D., & Nisbett, R. E. (1997). Field experiments
examining the culture of honor: The role of institutions
in perpetuating norms about violence. Personality
and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23(11), 1188–
1199.
Colby, A., & Damon, W. (1992). Some do care: Contemporary
lives of moral commitment. New York:
Free Press.
Cole, M. (1990). Cultural psychology: A once and future
discipline? In J. J. Berman (Ed.), Nebraska Symposium
on Motivation: Vol. 38. Cross-cultural perspectives
(pp. 279–335). Lincoln: University of
Nebraska Press.
Cole, M. (1996). Cultural psychology: A once and future
discipline. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
Cousins, S. D. (1989). Culture and self-perception in Japan
and the United States. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 56, 124–131.
D’Andrade, R. G. (1984). Cultural meaning systems. In
R. A. Shweder&R. A. LeVine (Eds.), Culture theory:
Essays on mind, self, and emotion (pp. 88–119).
New York: Cambridge University Press.
Darley, J. M., & Pittman, T. S. (2003). The psychology
of compensatory and retributive justice. Personality
and Social Psychology Review, 7(4), 324–336.
Darley, J., & Zanna, M. (1982). Making moral judgments.
American Scientist, 70, 515–521.
Dien, D. S.-F. (1982). A Chinese perspective on
Kohlberg’s theory of moral development. Developmental
Review, 2, 331–341.
Edwards, C. P. (1975). Societal complexity and moral
182
development: A Kenyan study. Ethos, 3(4), 505–527.
Edwards, C. P. (1985). Another style of competence:
The caregiving child. In A. D. Vogel & G. F. Melson
(Eds.), The origins of nurturance (pp. 95–121). New
York: Erlbaum.
Edwards, C. (1986). Cross-cultural research on
19. Cultural Psychology of Moral Development 495
Kohlberg’s stages: The basis for consensus. In S.
Modgil & C. Modgil (Eds.), Kohlberg: Consensus
and controversy (pp. 419–430). Philadelphia: Falmer
Press.
Eysenck, H. J. (1961). Handbook of abnormal psychology:
An experimental approach. New York: Basic
Books.
Fincham, F.,&Jaspars, J. (1980). Attribution of responsibility:
From man the scientist to man as lawyer. In
L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in experimental social
psychology (Vol. 13, pp. 82–138). San Diego, CA:
Academic Press.
Flanagan, C., Bowes, J. M., Jonsson, B., Csapo, B., &
Shblanova, E. (1998). Ties that bind: Correlates of
adolescents’ civic commitment in seven countries.
Journal of Social Issues, 54(3), 457–475.
Freud, S. (1930). Civilization and its discontents. London:
Hogarth Press.
Fung, H. (1999). Becoming a moral child: The socialization
of shame among young Chinese children. Ethos,
27(2), 180–209.
Fung, H., & Chen, E. C. (2001). Across time and beyond
skin: Self and transgression in the everyday socialization
of shame among Taiwanese preschool
children. Social Development, 10(3), 420–437.
Geertz, C. (1973). The interpretation of cultures. New
York: Basic Books.
Gert, B. (1988). Morality: A new justification of the
moral rules. New York: Oxford University Press.
Gilligan, C. (1977). In a different voice: Women’s conceptions
of self and of morality. Harvard Educational
Review, 47(4), 481–517.
Gilligan, C. (1982). In a different voice: Psychological
theory and women’s development. Cambridge, MA:
Harvard University Press.
Gilligan, C., Ward, J. V., & Taylor, J. (Eds.). (1988).
Mapping the moral domain. Cambridge, MA: Harvard
University Press.
Gilligan, C., & Wiggins, G. (1988). The origins of morality
in early childhood relationships. In C. Gilligan,
J. Ward, & J. Taylor (Eds.), Mapping the moral domain:
A contribution of women’s thinking to psychological
theory and education (pp. 111–138). Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Haidt, J. (2001). The emotional dog and its rational tail:
A social intuitionist approach to moral judgment.
183
Psychological Review, 108(4), 814–834.
Haidt, J., Koller, S. H., & Dias, M. G. (1993). Affect,
culture, and morality, or is it wrong to eat your dog?
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 65(4),
613–628.
Harkness, S., Edwards, C. P., & Super, C. M. (1981).
Social roles and moral reasoning: A case study in a
rural African community. Developmental Psychology,
17(5), 595–603.
Heath, S. B. (1996). Ruling places: Adaptation in development
by inner-city youth. In R. Jessor, A. Colby, &
R. A. Shweder (Eds.), Ethnography and human development:
Context and meaning in social inquiry
(pp. 225–251). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Heider, F. (1958). The psychology of interpersonal relations.
New York: Wiley.
Howe, C. C., & Kahn, P. H. (1996). Along the Rio Negro:
Brazilian children’s environmental views and
values. Developmental Psychology, 32(6), 978–987.
Huebner, A., & Garrod, A. (1991). Moral reasoning in
a Karmic world. Human Development, 34, 341–352.
Huebner, A. M.,&Garrod, A. C. (1993). Moral reasoning
among Tibetan Monks: A study of Buddhist adolescents
and young adults in Nepal. Journal of CrossCultural Psychology, 24(2), 167–185.
Jensen, L. A. (1997). Different worldviews, different
morals: America’s culture war divide. Human Development,
40(6), 325–344.
Jensen, L. A. (1998). Moral divisions within countries
between orthodoxy and progressivism: India and the
United States. Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion,
37(1), 90–107.
Kagan, J. (1984). The nature of the child. New York:
Basic Books.
Kahn, P. H. (1992). Children’s obligatory and discretionary
moral judgments. Child Development, 63,
416–430.
Kahn, P. H. (1997). Bayous and jungle rivers: Crosscultural
perspectives on children’s environmental
moral reasoning. In H. D. Saltzstein (Ed.), Culture as
a context for moral development: New perspectives
on the particular and the universal (pp. 23–36). San
Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Kahn, P. (1998). Children’s moral and ecological reasoning
about the Prince William Sound oil spill. Developmental
Psychology, 33(6), 1091–1096.
Kahn, P. (1999). The human relationship with nature:
Development and culture. Cambridge, MA: MIT
Press.
Kant, I. (1964). The doctrine of virtue. Chicago: University
of Chicago Press. (Original work published
1797)
Kim, H. S., & Markus, H. R. (2002). Freedom of
184
speech and freedom of silence: An analysis of talking
as a cultural practice. In R. Shweder, M.
Minow, & H. R. Markus (Eds.), Engaging cultural
differences: The multicultural challenge in liberal
democracies (pp. 432–452). New York: Russell
Sage Foundation.
Kohlberg, L. (1969). Stage and sequence: The cognitivedevelopmental
approach to socialization. In D. A.
Goslin (Ed.), Handbook of socialization theory
(pp. 347–380). Chicago: Rand McNally.
Kohlberg, L. (1971). From is to ought: How to commit
the naturalistic fallacy and get away with it in the
study of moral development. In T. Mischel (Ed.),
Cognitive development and epistemology (pp. 151–
236). New York: Academic Press.
Kohlberg, L. (1981). The philosophy of moral development:
Moral stages and the idea of justice (Vol. 1).
New York: Harper & Row.
Kohlberg, L., Levine, C., & Hewer, A. (1983). Moral
stages: A current formulation and a response to critics.
In J. A. Meacham (Ed.), Contributions to human
496 IV. ACQUISITION AND CHANGE OF CULTURE
development (Vol. 10, pp. 1–177). Basel, Switzerland:
Karger.
LeVine, R. A. (1984). Properties of culture: An
ethnographic view. In R. A. Shweder & R. A. LeVine
(Eds.), Culture theory: Essays on mind, self, and
emotion (pp. 67–87). New York: Cambridge University
Press.
Ma, H. K. (1997). The affective and cognitive aspects of
moral development: A Chinese perspective. In H.
Kao & D. Sinha (Eds.), Asian perspectives on psychology
(pp. 93–109). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Markus, H. R., Kitayama, S., & Heiman, R. J. (1996).
Culture and “basic” psychological principles. In E.
Higgins & A. Kruglanski (Eds.), Social psychology:
Handbook of basic principles (pp. 857–913). New
York: Guilford Press.
Miller, J. G. (1984). Culture and the development of everyday
social explanation. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 46(5), 961–978.
Miller, J. G. (1991). A cultural perspective on the morality
of beneficence and interpersonal responsibility. In
S. Ting-Toomey & F. Korzenny (Eds.), International
and intercultural communication annual (Vol. 15,
pp. 11–27). Newbury Park, CA: Sage.
Miller, J. G. (1994). Cultural diversity in the morality of
caring: Individually oriented versus duty-based interpersonal
moral codes. Cross-Cultural Research,
28(1), 3–39.
Miller, J. G. (1997). Theoretical issues in cultural psychology.
In J. W. Berry, Y. H. Poortinga, & J. Pandey
(Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural psychology: Vol.
185
1. Theory and method (2nd ed., pp. 85–128). Boston,
MA: Allyn & Bacon.
Miller, J. G. (1999). Cultural psychology: Implications
for basic psychological theory. Psychological Science,
10(2), 85–91.
Miller, J. G. (2001). Culture and moral development. In
D. Matsumoto (Ed.), The handbook of culture and
psychology (pp. 151–169). New York: Oxford University
Press.
Miller, J. G. (2002). Bringing culture to basic psychological
theory: Beyond individualism and collectivism:
Comment on Oyserman et al. (2002). Psychological
Bulletin, 128(1), 97–109.
Miller, J. G. (2006). Insights into moral development
from cultural psychology. In M. Killen & J. Smetana
(Eds.), Handbook of moral development (pp. 375–
398). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Miller, J. G., & Bersoff, D. M. (1992). Culture and
moral judgment: How are conflicts between justice
and interpersonal responsibilities resolved? Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 62(4), 541–
554.
Miller, J. G., & Bersoff, D. M. (1994). Cultural influences
on the moral status of reciprocity and the discounting
of endogenous motivation [Special issue:
The self and the collective]. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 20(5), 592–602.
Miller, J. G., & Bersoff, D. M. (1995). Development in
the context of everyday family relationships: Culture,
interpersonal morality, and adaptation. In M. Killen
& D. Hart (Eds.), Morality in everyday life: Developmental
perspectives (pp. 259–282). New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Miller, J. G., & Bersoff, D. M. (1999). The role of liking
in perceptions of the moral responsibility to help: A
cultural perspective. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 34(5), 443–469.
Miller, J. G., Bersoff, D. M., & Harwood, R. L. (1990).
Perceptions of social responsibilities in India and in
the United States: Moral imperatives or personal decisions?
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
58(1), 33–47.
Miller, J. G.,&Luthar, S. (1989). Issues of interpersonal
responsibility and accountability: A comparison of
Indians’ and Americans’ moral judgments. Social
Cognition, 7(3), 237–261.
Miller, P. J., Wiley, A. R., Fung, H., & Liang, C.-H.
(1997). Personal storytelling as a medium of socialization
in Chinese and American families. Child Development,
68(3), 557–568.
Much, N. C. (1997). A semiotic view of socialisation,
lifespan development and cultural psychology: With
vignettes from the moral culture of traditional Hindu
186
households [Special issue: Cultural constructions and
social cognition: Emerging themes]. Psychology and
Developing Societies, 9(1), 65–106.
Much, N. C., & Shweder, R. A. (1978). Speaking of
rules: The analysis of culture in breach. InW. Damon
(Ed.), New directions for child development: Moral
development (Vol. 2, pp. 19–39). San Francisco:
Jossey-Bass.
Nucci, L. P. (2002). The development of moral reasoning.
In U. Goswami (Ed.), Blackwell handbook of
childhood cognitive development (pp. 303–325).
Malden, MA: Blackwell.
Piaget, J. (1932). The moral judgment of the child. London:
Routledge & Kegan Paul.
Piaget, J. (1973). Need and significance of cross-cultural
studies in genetic psychology. In J. W. Berry & P. R.
Dasen (Eds.), Culture and cognition: Readings in
cross-cultural psychology (pp. 299–309). London:
Methuen.
Pool, D. L., Shweder, R. A.,&Much, N. C. (1983). Culture
as a cognitive system: Differentiated rule understandings
in children and other savages. In E. T. Higgins,
D. N. Ruble, & W. W. Hartup (Eds.), Social
cognition and social development: A sociocultural
perspective (pp. 193–213). New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Rawls, J. (1971). Justice as fairness. Cambridge, MA:
Harvard University Press.
Rozin, P. (1999). The process of moralization. Psychological
Science, 10(3), 218–221.
Rozin, P., Lowery, L., Imada, S.,&Haidt, J. (1999). The
CAD triad hypothesis: A mapping between three
moral emotions (contempt, anger, disgust) and three
moral codes (community, autonomy, divinity). Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 76(4), 574–
586.
19. Cultural Psychology of Moral Development 497
Rozin, P., & Singh, L. (1999). The moralization of cigarette
smoking in the United States. Journal of Consumer
Psychology, 8(3), 321–337.
Schaberg, L. (2002). Toward a cultural broadening of
feminist theory: A comparison of everyday outlooks
on social roles, dissent, and feminism among United
States and Japanese adults. Unpublished doctoral dissertation,
University of Michigan, Ann Arbor.
Schwartz, T. (1981). The acquisition of culture. Ethos,
9, 4–17.
Shimizu, H. (2001). Japanese adolescent boys’ senses of
empathy (omoiyari) and Carol Gilligan’s perspectives
on the morality of care: A phenomenological approach.
Culture and Psychology, 7(4), 453–475.
Shweder, R. A. (1982). Beyond self-constructed knowledge:
The study of culture and morality. Merrill–
187
Palmer Quarterly, 28(1), 41–69.
Shweder, R. A. (1984). Anthropology’s romantic rebellion
against the enlightenment, or there’s more to
thinking than reason and evidence. In R. A. Shweder
& R. A. LeVine (Eds.), Culture theory: Essays on
mind, self, and emotion (pp. 27–66). Cambridge,
UK: Cambridge University Press.
Shweder, R. A. (1990). Cultural psychology—What is
it? In J. W. Stigler, R. A. Shweder, & G. Herdt (Eds.),
Cultural psychology: Essays on comparative human
development (pp. 27–66). New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Shweder, R. A. (1999). Cultural psychology. In R. A.
Wilson & F. C. Keil (Eds.), The MIT encyclopedia of
the cognitive sciences (pp. 211–213). Cambridge,
MA: MIT Press.
Shweder, R. A. (2000a). The psychology of practice and
the practice of the three psychologies. Asian Journal
of Social Psychology, 3, 207–222.
Shweder, R. A. (2000b). Moral maps, “First World”
conceits and the new evangelists. In L. Harrison & S.
P. Huntington (Eds.), Culture matters: How values
shape human progress (pp. 158–177). New York: Basic
Books.
Shweder, R. A. (2002). What about “female genital mutilation”?:
And why understanding culture matters in
the first place. In R. A. Shweder, M. Minow, & H. R.
Markus (Eds.), Engaging cultural differences: The
multicultural challenge in liberal democracies
(pp. 216–251). New York: Russell Sage Foundation.
Shweder, R. A., & Bourne, E. J. (1984). Does the concept
of the person vary cross-culturally? In R. A.
Shweder & R. A. Levine (Eds.), Culture theory: Essays
on mind, self, and emotion (pp. 158–199). New
York: Cambridge University Press.
Shweder, R. A., & LeVine, R. A. (1984). Culture theory:
Essays on mind, self, and emotion. Cambridge, UK:
Cambridge University Press.
Shweder, R. A., Mahapatra, M., & Miller, J. G. (1987).
Culture and moral development. In J, Kagan & S.
Lamb (Eds.), The emergence of morality in young children
(pp. 1–83). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Shweder, R. A., Markus, H. R., Minow, M. L., &
Kessel, F. (1997). The free exercise of culture: Ethnic
customs, assimilation and American law. Newsletter
of the Social Science Research Council, 51(4), 61–67.
Shweder, R. A., Minow, M., & Markus, H. (Eds.).
(2002). Engaging cultural differences: The multicultural
challenge in liberal democracies. New York:
Russell Sage Foundation.
Shweder, R. A., Much, N. C., Mahapatra, M., & Park,
L. (1997). The “big three” of morality (autonomy,
community, divinity) and the “big three” explanations
188
of suffering. In A. M. Brandt (Ed.), Morality
and health (pp. 119–169). New York: Routledge.
Shweder, R. A., & Sullivan, M. A. (1990). The semiotic
subject of cultural psychology. In L. A. Pervin (Ed.),
Handbook of personality: Theory and research
(pp. 399–416). New York: Guilford Press.
Shweder, R. A., & Sullivan, M. A. (1993). Cultural psychology:
Who needs it? Annual Review of Psychology,
44, 497–527.
Simpson, E. L. (1974). Moral development research: A
case study of scientific cultural bias. Human Development,
17(2), 81–106.
Smetana, J. G. (1981). Preschool children’s conceptions
of moral and social rules. Child Development, 52(4),
1333–1336.
Smetana, J. (1995). Morality in context: Abstractions,
ambiguities and applications. In R. Vasta (Ed.), Annals
of child development: A research annual
(pp. 83–130). Philadelphia: Jessica Kingsley.
Smetana, J. G., Schlagman, N., & Adams, P. W. (1993).
Preschool children’s judgments about hypothetical
and actual transgressions. Child Development, 64,
202–214.
Snarey, J. R. (1985). Cross-cultural universality of
social-moral development: A critical review of
Kohlbergian research. Psychological Bulletin, 97(2),
202–232.
Snarey, J., & Keljo, K. (1991). In a Gemeinschaft voice:
The cross-cultural expansion of moral development
theory. In W. M. Kurtines & J. L. Gewirtz (Eds.),
Handbook of moral behavior and development: Vol.
1. Theory (pp. 395–424). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Song, M.-J., Smetana, J., & Kim, S. Y. (1987). Korean
children’s conceptions of moral and conventional
transgressions. Developmental Psychology, 23(4),
377–382.
Stack, C. B. (1986). The culture of gender: Women and
men of color. Signs, 11(2), 321–324.
Stein, R., & Nemeroff, C. J. (1995). Moral overtones of
food: Judgments of others based on what they eat.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 21(5),
480–490.
Strauss, C., & Quinn, N. (1997). A cognitive theory of
cultural meaning. New York: Cambridge University
Press.
Sullivan, E. V. (1977). A study of Kohlberg’s structural
theory of moral development: A critique of liberal social
science ideology. Human Development, 20(6),
352–376.
Taylor, A. J. W. (2003). Justice as a basic human need.
New Ideas in Psychology, 21(3), 209–219.
498 IV. ACQUISITION AND CHANGE OF CULTURE
Thomas, S. J. (1986). Estimating gender differences in
189
the comprehension and preference of moral issues.
Developmental Review, 6, 165–180.
Tobin, J. J., Wu, D. Y. H., & Davidson, D. H. (1989).
Preschool in three cultures: Japan, China, and the
United States. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
Turiel, E. (1983). The development of social knowledge:
Morality and convention. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge
University Press.
Turiel, E. (1998a). The development of morality. In N.
Eisenberg (Ed.), Handbook of child psychology: Social,
emotional, and personality development (Vol. 3,
pp. 863–892). New York: Wiley.
Turiel, E. (1998b). Notes from the underground: Culture,
conflict, and subversion. In J. Langer & M.
Killen (Eds.), Piaget, evolution, and development
(pp. 271–296). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Turiel, E. (2002). The culture of morality: Social development,
context, and conflict. New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Turiel, E., Killen, M.,&Helwig, C. C. (1987). Morality:
Its structure, functions, and vagaries. In J. Kagan &
S. Lamb (Eds.), The emergence of morality in young
children (pp. 155–243). Chicago: University of Chicago
Press.
Turiel, E., Smetana, J. G., & Killen, M. (1991). Social
contexts in social cognitive development. In W. M.
Kurtines & J. L. Gewirtz (Eds.), Handbook of moral
behavior and development: Vol. 2. Research
(pp. 307–332). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Urmson, J. C. (1958). Saints and heroes. In A. I. Melden
(Ed.), Essays in moral philosophy (pp. 198–216). Seattle:
University of Washington Press.
Vandello, J. A., & Cohen, D. (2003). Male honor and
female fidelity: Implicit cultural scripts that perpetuate
domestic violence. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 84(5), 997–1010.
Vasudev, J., & Hummel, R. C. (1987). Moral stage sequence
and principled reasoning in an Indian sample.
Human Development, 30(2), 105–118.
Walker, L. J. (1984). Sex differences in the development
of moral reasoning: A critical review. Child Development,
55(3), 677–691.
Walker, L. J., Pitts, R. C., Hennig, K. H., & Matsuba,
M. K. (1995). Reasoning about morality and real-life
moral problems. In M. Killen & D. Hart (Eds.), Morality
in everyday life: Developmental perspectives
(pp. 371–407). New York: Cambridge University
Press.
Walker, V. S., & Snarey, J. R. (Eds.). (2004). Race-ing
moral formation: African American perspectives on
care and justice. New York: Teachers College Press.
Ward, J. V. (1988). Urban adolescents’ conceptions of
violence. In C. Gillian, J. V.Ward, & J. Taylor (Eds.),
190
Mapping the moral domain (pp. 175–200). Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Wertsch, J. V. (1995). Sociocultural research in
the copyright age. Culture and Psychology, 1, 81–
102.
Whiting, B. B., & Whiting, J. W. (1975). Children of six
cultures: A psycho-cultural analysis. Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Yau, J., & Smetana, J. G. (2003). Conceptions of moral,
social-conventional, and personal events among Chinese
preschoolers in Hong Kong. Child Development,
74(3), 647–658.
Abe, J., & Izard, C. (1999). Compliance, noncompliance
strategies, and the correlates of compliance in 5year-old Japanese and American children. Social Development,
8(1), 1–20.
Ainsworth, M. D. (1976). Systems for rating maternal
care behavior. Princeton, NJ: Educational Testing
Service Test Collection.
Ainsworth, M. D., Blehar,M. C.,Waters, E., &Wahl, S.
(1978). Patterns of attachment: A psychological
study of the Strange Situation. Hillsdale, NJ:
Erlbaum.
Ainsworth, M. D., & Bowlby, J. (1991). An ethological
approach to personality development. American Psychologist,
46(4), 333–341.
Allen, J. P., & Land, D. (1999). Attachment in adolescence.
In J. Cassidy & P. R. Shaver (Eds.), Handbook
of attachment (pp. 319–335). New York: Guilford
Press.
Barry, B. I., Bacon, I. L., & Child, M. K. (1959). Relation
of child training to subsistence economy. American
Anthropologist, 61(1), 51–63.
Baumeister, R. F., & Vohs, K. D. (2003). Willpower,
choice, and self-control. In G. Loewenstein, D. Read,
& R. F. Baumeister (Eds.), Time and decision: Economic
and psychological perspectives on
intertemporal choice (pp. 201–216). New York: Russell
Sage Foundation.
Belsky, J., Rosenberger, K., & Crnic, K. (1995). The origins
of attachment security: “Classical” and contextual
determinants. In S. Goldberg, R. Muir, & J. Kerr
(Eds.), Attachment theory: Social, developmental,
and clinical perspectives (pp. 153–183). Hillsdale,
NJ: Analytic Press.
Belsky, J., Spritz, B., & Crnic, K. (1996). Infant attachment
security and affective–cognitive information
processing at age 3. Psychological Science, 7, 111–
114.
Bornstein, M. H., Azuma, H., Tamis-LeMonda, C., &
Ogino, M. (1990). Mother and infant activity and
interaction in Japan and in the United States: I. A
comparative macroanalysis of naturalistic exchanges.
191
International Journal of Behavioral Development,
13(3), 267–287.
Bowlby, J. (1982). Attachment and loss (Vol. 1, 2nd
ed.). New York: Basic Books.
Bowlby, J. (1988). A secure base: Parent–child attachment
and healthy human development. New York:
Basic Books.
Bretherton, I. (1985). Attachment theory: Retrospect
and prospect. Monographs of the Society for Research
in Child Development, 50(1), 3–39.
Bretherton, I. (1987). New perspectives on attachment
relations: Security, communication and internal
working models. In J. Osofsky (Ed.), Handbook of
infant development (pp. 1061–1100). New York:
Wiley.
Bretherton, I. (1992). The origins of attachment theory:
John Bowlby and Mary Ainsworth. Developmental
Psychology, 28, 759–775.
Bridges, L. J., & Grolnick, W. S. (1995). The development
of emotional self-regulation in infancy and
early childhood. In N. Eisenberg (Ed.), Social development:
Review of personality and social psychology
(pp. 185–211). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Bridges, L. J., Grolnick, W. S., & Connell, J. P. (1997).
Infant emotion regulation with mothers and fathers.
Infant Behavior and Development, 20(1), 47–57.
Briggs, J. L. (1970). Never in anger: Portrait of an Eskimo
family. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
Calkins, S. D. (2004). Early attachment processes and
the development of emotional self-regulation. In R. F.
Baumeister & K. D. Vohs (Eds.), Handbook of selfregulation:
Research, theory, and applications (pp.
324–339). New York: Guilford Press.
Calkins, S. D., & Johnson, M. C. (1998). Toddler regulation
of distress to frustrating events: Temperamental
and maternal correlates. Infant Behavior and Development,
21(3), 379–395.
Calkins, S. D., Smith, C. L., Gill, K. L., & Johnson, M.
C. (1998). Maternal interactive style across contexts:
Relations to emotional, behavioral and physiological
regulation during toddlerhood. Social Development,
7, 250–369.
Carlson, V. J., & Harwood, R. L. (2003). Attachment,
culture, and the caregiving system: The cultural patterning
of everyday experiences among Anglo and
Puerto Rican mother–infant pairs. Infant Mental
Health Journal, 24(1), 53–73.
Cassidy, J. (1988). Child–mother attachment and the
self in six-year-olds. Child Development, 59, 121–
134.
Cassidy, J. (1994). Emotion regulation: Influences of attachment
relationships. Monographs of Society for
192
Research in Child Development, 59, 228–249.
Cassidy, J., & Berlin, L. (1994). The insecure/ambivalent
pattern of attachment: Theory and research.
Child Development, 65, 971–991.
Cassidy, J., & Kobak, R. R. (1988). Avoidance and its
522 IV. ACQUISITION AND CHANGE OF CULTURE
relation to other defensive processes. In J. Belsky &
T. Nezworski (Eds.), Clinical implications of attachment
(pp. 300–323). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Cervone, D., & Shoda, Y. (1999). The coherence of
personality: Social-cognitive bases of consistency,
variability, and organization. New York: Guilford
Press.
Chang, E. C. (2001). Cultural influences on optimism
and pessimism: Differences in Western and Eastern
construals of the self. In Optimism and pessimism:
Implications for theory, research, and practice
(pp. 257–280). Washington, DC: American Psychological
Association.
Chao, R. K. (1992). Immigrant Chinese mothers and
European American mothers: Their aims of control
and other child rearing aspects related to school
achievement. Dissertation Abstracts International,
53(6-A), 1787–1788.
Chao, R. K.,&Tseng, V. (2002). Parenting of Asians. In
M. H. Bornstein (Ed.), Handbook of parenting: Vol.
4. Social conditions and applied parenting (2nd ed.,
pp. 59–93). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Chen, X., Cen, G., Li, D., & He, Y. (2005). Social functioning
and adjustment in Chinese children: The imprint
of historical time. Child Development, 76(1),
182–195.
Chen, X., Rubin, K., Cen, G., Hastings, P. D., Chen, H.,
& Stewart, S. L. (1998). Child-rearing attitudes and
behavioral inhibition in Chinese and Canadian toddlers:
A cross-cultural study. Developmental Psychology,
34(4), 677–686.
Chen, X., Rubin, K. H., Liu, M., Chen, H.,Wang, L., Li,
D., et al. (2003). Compliance in Chinese and Canadian
toddlers: A cross-cultural study. International
Journal of Behavioral Development, 27(5), 428–436.
Clancy, P. M. (1986). The acquisition of communicative
style in Japanese. In G. Schieffelin & E. Ochs (Eds.),
Language socialization across cultures (pp. 213–
250). New York: Cambridge University Press.
Cole, P. M., Martin, S. E., & Dennis, T. A. (2004). Emotion
regulation as a scientific construct: Methodological
challenges and directions for child development
research. Child Development, 75(2), 317–333.
Cole, P. M., & Tamang, B. L. (1998). Nepali children’s
ideas about emotional displays in hypothetical challenges.
Developmental Psychology, 34, 640–646.
Crockenberg, S., & Litman, C. (1990). Autonomy as
193
competence in 2-year-olds: Maternal correlates of
child defiance, compliance, and self-assertion. Developmental
Psychology, 26(6), 961–971.
deWolff, M. S.,&van IJzendoorn, M. H. (1997). Sensitivity
and attachment: A meta-analysis on parental
antecedents of infant attachment. Child Development,
68, 571–591.
Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2000). The “what” and
“why” of goal pursuits: Human needs and selfdetermination
of behavior. Psychoanalytic Inquiry,
11(3), 227–268.
Dennis, T. A., Cole, P. M., Zahn-Waxler, C., & Mizuta,
I. (2002). Self in context: Autonomy and relatedness
in Japanese and U.S. mother–preschooler dyads.
Child Development, 73(6), 1803–1817.
Diener, M. L., Mangelsdorf, S. C., McHale, J. L., &
Frosch, C. A. (2002). Infants’ behavioral strategies
for emotion regulation with fathers and mothers: Associations
with emotional expressions and attachment
quality. Infancy, 3(2), 153–174.
Doi, T. (1973). Anatomy of dependence. Tokyo:
Kodansha International Press.
Doi, T. (1989). The concept of amae and its psychoanalytic
implications. International Review of Psychoanalysis,
16, 349–354.
Doi, T. (1992). On the concept of amae. Infant Mental
Health Journal, 13(1), 7–11.
Eisenberg, N. (2002). Emotion-related regulation and
its relation to quality of social functioning. In W.
W. Hartup & R. A. Weinberg (Eds.), Child psychology
in retrospect and prospect: In celebration
of the 75th anniversary of the Institute of Child
Development (Vol. 32, pp. 133–171). Mahwah,
NJ: Erlbaum.
Eisenberg, N., Liew, J., & Pidada, S. U. (2001). The relations
of parental emotional expressivity with the
quality of Indonesian children’s social functioning.
Emotion, 1(2), 116–136.
Eisenberg, N., & Morris, S. A. (2002). Children’s
emotion-related regulation. In R. V. Kail (Ed.), Advances
in child development and behavior (Vol. 30,
pp. 189–229). San Diego: Academic Press.
Eisenberg, N., Smith, C. L., Sadovsky, A., & Spinrad, T.
L. (2004). Effortful control: Relations with emotion
regulation, adjustment, and socialization in childhood.
In R. F. Baumeister (Ed.), Handbook of selfregulation:
Research, theory, and applications
(pp. 259–282). New York: Guilford Press.
Eisenberg, N., & Spinrad, T. L. (2004). Emotion-related
regulation: Sharpening the definition. Child Development,
75(2), 334–339.
Eisenberg, N., & Zhou, Q. (2000). Regulation from a
developmental perspective. Psychological Inquiry,
194
11(3), 166–177.
Emde, R. N. (1992). Amae, intimacy, and the early
moral self. Infant Mental Health Journal, 13(1), 34–
42.
Feldman, R., Greenbaum, C.W., & Yirmiya, N. (1999).
Mother–infant affect synchrony as an antecedent of
the emergence of self-control. Developmental Psychology,
35(5), 223–231.
Fiske, A., Kitayama, S., Markus, H., & Nisbett, R.
(1998). The cultural matrix of social psychology. In
D. Gilbert, S. Fiske, & G. Lindzey (Eds.), The handbook
of social psychology (4th ed., Vol. 2, pp. 915–
981). Boston: McGraw-Hill.
Fonagy, P. (1999, May). Transgenerational consistencies
of attachment: A new theory. Paper presented at the
American Psychoanalytic Association Meeting,
Washington, DC.
Friedlmeier, W., & Trommsdorff, G. (1999). Emotion
regulation in early childhood: A cross-cultural comparison
between German and Japanese toddlers.
20. Situating the Child in Context 523
Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 30(6), 684–
711.
Gergen, K. L., Gulerce, A., Lock, A., & Misra, G.
(1996). Psychological science in cultural context.
American Psychologist, 51, 496–503.
Grant, H., & Dweck, C. (2001). Cross-cultural response
to failure: Considering outcome attributions
with different goals. In F. Salili & C. Chiu (Eds.), Student
motivation: The culture and context of learning
(pp. 203–219). Dordrecht, The Netherlands: Kluwer
Academic.
Greenfield, P. M., Keller, H., Fuligni, A.,&Maynard, A.
(2003). Cultural pathways through universal development.
Annual Review of Psychology, 54 (1), 461–
490.
Grolnick, W. S., Bridges, L. J., & Connell, J. P. (1996).
Emotion regulation in two-year-olds: Strategies and
emotional expressions in four contexts. Child Development,
67 (3), 928–941.
Grolnick, W. S., McMenamy, J. M., & Kurowski, C. O.
(1999). Emotional self-regulation in infancy and
toddlerhood. In L. Balter & C. Tamis-LeMonda
(Eds.), Child psychology: A handbook of contemporary
issues (pp. 3–22). Philadelphia: Psychology
Press.
Grolnick, W. S., & Ryan, R. M. (1989). Parental styles
associated with children’s self-regulation and competence
in school. Journal of Educational Psychology,
81(2), 143–154.
Grossmann, K. E., Grossmann, K., Zimmermann, P.
(1999). A wider view of attachment and exploration:
Stability and change during the years of immaturity.
195
In J. Cassidy & P. R. Shaver (Eds.),
Handbook of attachment: Theory, research, and
clinical applications (pp. 760–786). New York:
Guilford Press.
Harwood, R. L. (1992). The influence of culturally derived
values on Anglo and Puerto Rican mothers’
perceptions of attachment behavior. Child Development,
63, 822–839.
Harwood, R. L., Miller, J. G., & Irizarry, N. L. (1995).
Culture and attachment: Perceptions of the child in
context. New York: Guilford Press.
Heine, S. J. (2001). Self as cultural product: An examination
of East Asian and North American selves.
Journal of Personality, 69, 881–906.
Heine, S. J., & Lehman, D. R. (1997). Culture, dissonance,
and self-affirmation. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 23, 389–400.
Heine, S. J., Markus, H. R., Lehman, D. R., &
Kitayama, S. (1999). Is there a universal need for
positive self-regard? Psychological Review, 106(4),
766–794.
Ho, D. F. (1986). Chinese pattern of socialization: A
critical review. In M. H. Bond (Ed.), The psychology
of Chinese people (pp. 1–37). New York: Oxford
University Press.
Ip, G. W. M., & Bond, M. H. (1995). Culture, values,
and the spontaneous self-concept. Asian Journal of
Psychology, 1(1), 29–35.
Ka_itçiba_i, C. (1996). Family and human development
across cultures. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Kanagawa, C., Cross, S. E., & Markus, H. R. (2001).
“Who am I?”: The cultural psychology of the conceptual
self. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin,
27, 90–103.
Kashima, Y., Siegel, M., Tanaka, K., & Kashima, E. S.
(1992). Do people believe behaviors are consistent
with attitudes?: Toward a cultural psychology of attribution
processes. British Journal of Social Psychology,
31, 111–124.
Keller, H. (2003). Socialization for competence: Cultural
models of infancy. Human Development, 46,
288–311.
Keller, H., Lohaus, A., Kuensemueller, P., Abels, M.,
Yovsi, R., Voelker, S., et al. (2004). The bioculture of
parenting: Evidence from five cultural communities.
Parenting: Science and Practice, 4(1), 25–50.
Keller, H., Lohaus, A., Volker, S., Cappenberg, M., &
Chasiotis, A. (1999). Temporal contingency as an independent
component of parenting behavior. Child
Development, 70(2), 474–485.
Keller, H., Papaligoura, Z., Kuensemueller, P., Voelker,
S., Papaeliou, C., Lohaus, A., et al. (2003). Concepts
of mother–infant interaction in Greece and Germany.
196
Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 34(6), 677–
689.
Keller, H., Yovsi, R., Borke, J., Kartner, J., Jensen, H.,&
Papligoura, Z. (2004). Developmental consequences
of early parenting experiences: Self-recognition and
self-regulation in three cultural communities. Child
Development, 75(6), 1745–1760.
Keller, H., Yovsi, R. D., & Voelker, S. (2002). The role
of motor stimulation in parental ethnotheories. Journal
of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 33, 398–445.
Kitayama, S., Karasawa, M., & Mesquita, B. (2004).
Collective and personal processes in regulating emotions:
Emotion and self in Japan and the U.S. In P.
Philippot & R. S. Feldman (Eds.), The regulation of
emotion (pp. 251–273). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Kitayama, S., & Markus, H. R. (1999). Yin and yang of
the Japanese self: The cultural psychology of personality
coherence. In D. Cervone & Y. Shoda (Eds.),
The coherence of personality: Social-cognitive bases
of consistency, variability, and organization
(pp. 242–302). New York: Guilford Press.
Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., & Kurokawa, M. (2000).
Culture, emotion, and well-being: Good feelings in
Japan and the United States. Cognition and Emotion,
14(1), 93–124.
Kochanska, G. (2001). Emotional development in children
with different attachment histories: The first
three years. Child Development, 72(2), 474–490.
Kochanska, G., Coy, K. C.,&Murray, K. T. (2001). The
development of self-regulation in the first four years
of life. Child Development, 72(4), 1091–1111.
Kochanska, G., & Knaack, A. (2003). Effortful control
as a personality characteristic of young children: Antecedents,
correlates, and consequences. Journal of
Personality, 71, 1087–1112.
524 IV. ACQUISITION AND CHANGE OF CULTURE
Kochanska, G., & Murray, K. T. (2000). Mother–child
mutually responsive orientation and conscience development:
From toddler to early school age. Child
Development, 71(2), 417–431.
Kochanska, G., Murray, K. T., & Coy, K. C. (1997). Inhibitory
control as a contributor to conscience in
childhood: From toddler to early school age. Child
Development, 68(2), 263–277.
Kochanska, G., Murray, K. L., & Harlan, E. T. (2000).
Effortful control in early childhood: Continuity and
change, antecedents, and implications for social development.
Developmental Psychology, 36, 220–
232.
Kondo-Ikemura, K., & Matsuoka, Y. (1999, April). The
characteristics of attachment styles in Japanese students.
Paper presented at the Society for Research in
Child Development, Albuquerque, NM.
197
Kopp, C. B. (2001). Self-regulation in childhood. In N.
Eisenberg, N. J. Smelser, & P. B. Baltes (Eds.), International
encyclopedia of the behavioral and social
sciences (pp. 13862–13866). New York: Elsevier.
Kuczynski, L., Kochanska, G., Radke-Yarrow, M., &
Girnius-Brown, O. (1987). A developmental interpretation
of young children’s noncompliance. Developmental
Psychology, 23, 799–806.
Ladd, G. W. (1999). Peer relationships and social competence
during early and middle childhood. Annual
Review of Psychology, 50, 333–359.
Lebra, T. S. (1994). Mother and child in Japanese socialization:
A Japan–U.S. comparison. In P. M. Greenfield
& R. R. Cocking (Eds.), Cross-cultural roots of
minority child development (pp. 259–274). Hillsdale,
NJ: Erlbaum.
LeVine, R. A. (2004). Challenging the expert: Findings
from an African study of infant care and development.
In U. P. Gielen & J. L. Roopnarine (Eds.),
Childhood and adolescence in cross-cultural perspectives.
Westport, CT: Praeger.
LeVine, R. A., & Norman, K. (2001). The infant’s acquisition
of culture: Early attachment reexamined in
anthropological perspective. In C. C. Moore & H. F.
Matthews (Eds.), The psychology of cultural experience
(pp. 83–103). New York: Cambridge University
Press.
Levy, R. I. (1973). Tahitians: Mind and experience in the
Society Islands. Chicago: University of Chicago
Press.
Main, M., & Cassidy, J. (1988). Categories of response
to reunion with the parent at age 6: Predictable from
infant attachment classifications and stable over a 1month period. Developmental Psychology, 24, 1–12.
Main, M., & Goldwyn, R. (1998). Adult attachment
classification system. Unpublished manuscript, University
of California, Berkeley.
Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the
self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation.
Psychological Review, 98, 224–253.
Markus, H. R., Mullally, P. R., & Kitayama, S. (1997).
Self-ways: Diversity in modes of cultural participation.
In U. Neisser & D. Jopling (Eds.), The conceptual
self in context (pp. 13–61). Cambridge, UK:
Cambridge University Press.
Matas, L., Arend, R., & Sroufe, L. A. (1978). Continuity
of adaptation in the second year: The relationship
between quality of attachment and later competence.
Child Development, 49, 547–556.
Mesquita, B. (2003). Emotions as dynamic cultural phenomena.
In R. J. Davidson, K. R. Scherer, & H. H.
Goldsmith (Eds.), Handbook of affective sciences
(pp. 871–890). Oxford, UK: Oxford University
198
Press.
Mesquita, B., Karasawa, M., Haire, A., & Izumi, S.
(2002). The emotion process as a function of cultural
models: A comparison between American, Mexican,
and Japanese cultures. Unpublished manuscript,
Wakeforest University, Winston-Salem, NC.
Miller, J. G. (1984). Culture and the development of everyday
social explanation. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 45(6), 961–978.
Miller, J. G. (2004). The cultural deep structure of psychological
theories of social development. In R.
Sternberg & E. Grigorenko (Eds.), Culture and competence
(pp. 111–138). Washington, DC: American
Psychological Association.
Miller, P. J., Fung, H., & Mintz, J. (1996). Selfconstruction
through narrative practices: A Chinese
and American comparison of early socialization.
Ethos, 24(2), 237–280.
Mizuta, I., Zahn-Waxler, C., Cole, P. M., & Hiruma, N.
(1996). A cross-cultural study of preschoolers’ attachment:
Security and sensitivity in Japanese and
U.S. dyads. International Journal of Behavioral Development,
19, 141–159.
Morelli, G. (1997). Growing up female in a forager
community. In M. E. Morbeck, A. Galloway, & A.
Zihlman (Eds.), Life history, females and evolution.
Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
Morelli, G., Henry, P. I., & Baldwin, H. (2002, November).
Different caregivers but similar care
among the Efe foragers: Are there different ways to
conceptualize consistency of care? Paper presented
at the American Anthropological Association, New
Orleans, LA.
Morelli, G., Rogoff, B., Oppenheimer, G., & Goldsmith,
D. (1992). Cultural variations in infants’
sleeping arrangements: Questions of independence.
Developmental Psychology, 28, 604–613.
Morelli, G., Verhoef, H., & Anderson, C. (1996, August).
Please don’t interrupt me, I’m talking: Community
variation in the way children share the attention
of their caregivers with others. Paper presented
at the International Society for the Study of Behavioral
Development, Québec, Canada.
Nezworski, M. T. (1983). Continuity in adaptation into
the fourth year: Individual differences in curiosity
and exploratory behavior of preschool children. Unpublished
doctoral dissertation, University of Minnesota,
Minneapolis.
Nisbett, R. E., Peng, K., Choi, I., & Norenzayan, A.
(2001). Culture and systems of thought: Holistic ver20. Situating the Child in Context 525
sus analytic cognition. Psychological Review, 108(2),
291–310.
199
Nomura, N., Noguchi, Y., Saito, S., & Tezuka, I.
(1995). Family characteristics and dynamics in Japan
and the United States: A preliminary report from the
family environment scale. International Journal of
Intercultural Relations, 19, 59–86.
Nsamenang, A. B. (1992). Human development in cultural
context: A Third World perspective. Newbury
Park, CA: Sage.
Ochs, E., & Schieffelin, B. (1984). Language acquisition
and socialization: Three developmental stories and
their implications. In R. Shweder & R. A. LeVine
(Eds.), Culture theory: Essays on mind, self and emotion
(pp. 276–320). Chicago: University of Chicago
Press.
Okonogi, K. (1992). Amae as seen in diverse interpersonal
interactions. Infant Mental Health Journal, 13,
18–25.
Osterweil, Z., & Nagano, K. N. (1991). Maternal views
on autonomy: Japan and Israel. Journal of CrossCultural Psychology, 22, 362–375.
Raeff, C. (1997). Individuals in relationships: Cultural
values, children’s social interactions, and the development
of an American individualistic self. Developmental
Review, 17, 205–238.
Roberts, W., & Strayer, J. (1996). Empathy, emotional
expressiveness, and prosocial behavior. Child Development,
67(2), 449–470.
Rogoff, B. (1990). Apprenticeship in thinking. New
York: Oxford University Press.
Rogoff, B., Mistry, J., Goncu, A., & Mosier, C. (1993).
Guided participation in cultural activity by toddlers
and caregivers. Monographs of the Society for Research
in Child Development, 58(8, Serial No. 236).
Rothbart, M. K. (1989). Temperament and development.
In G. A. Kohnstamm, J. E. Bates, & M. K.
Rothbart (Eds.), Temperament in childhood
(pp. 187–247). New York: Wiley.
Rothbart, M. K., & Derryberry, D. (1981). Development
of individual differences in temperament. In M.
E. Lamb & A. L. Brown (Eds.), Advances in developmental
psychology (pp. 37–86). Hillsdale, NJ:
Erlbaum.
Rothbaum, F., & Kakinuma, M. (2004). Amae and attachment:
Security in cultural context. Human Development,
47, 34–39.
Rothbaum, F., Kakinuma, M., Nagaoka, M., & Azuma,
H. (2005). Attachment and amae: Parent–child closeness
in the US and Japan. Unpublished manuscript,
Tufts University, Medford, MA.
Rothbaum, F., Nagoaka, R., & Ponte, I. (2005). Caregiver
sensitivity in cultural context: Japanese and US
teachers’ beliefs about anticipating and responding to
children’s needs. Unpublished manuscript, Tufts University,
200
Medford, MA.
Rothbaum, F., Pott, M., Azuma, H., Miyake, K., &
Weisz, J. (2000). The development of close relationships
in Japan and the US: Pathways of symbiotic
harmony and generative tension. Child Development,
71, 1121–1142.
Rothbaum, F., & Trommsdorff, G. (2006). Do roots
and wings complement or oppose one another?: The
socialization of relatedness and autonomy in cultural
context. In J. E. Grusec & P. D. Hastings (Eds.), The
handbook of socialization (pp. 461–489). New York:
Guilford Press.
Rothbaum, F., Weiss, J., Pott, M., Miyake, K., &
Morelli, G. (2000). Attachment and culture: Security
in the United States and Japan. American Psychologist,
55, 1093–1104.
Rothbaum, F., Weisz, J., & Snyder, S. (1982). Changing
the world and changing the self: A two-process
model of perceived control. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 42, 5–37.
Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2000a). The darker and
brighter sides of human existence: Basic psychological
needs as a unifying concept. Psychological Inquiry,
11(4), 319–338.
Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2000b). Self-determination
theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation, social
development, and well-being. American Psychologist,
55(1), 68–78.
Ryan, R. M., Kuhl, J., & Deci, E. L. (1997). Nature and
autonomy: Organizational view of social and neurobiological
aspects of self-regulation in behavior and
development. Development and Psychopathology, 9,
701–728.
Saarni, C. (1997). Emotional competence and selfregulation
in childhood. In P. Salovey & D. J. Sluyter
(Eds.), Emotional development and emotional intelligence:
Educational implications (pp. 35–66). New
York: Basic Books.
Saraswathi, T. S. (2003). Cross-cultural perspectives in
human development: Theory, research and applications.
Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Seifer, R., & Schiller, M. (1995). The role of parenting
sensitivity, infant temperament, and dyadic interaction
in attachment theory and assessment. In E. Waters,
B. Vaughn, G. Posada, & K. Kondo-Ikemura
(Eds.), Caregiving, cultural, and cognitive perspectives
on secure-base behavior and working models
(pp. 146–147). Monographs of the Society for Research
in Child Development, 60(2–3, Serial No.
244).
Shweder, R. A., Goodnow, J. J., Hatano, G., LeVine, R.
A., Markus, H. R., & Miller, P. J. (2000). The cultural
psychology of development: One mind, many
201
mentalities. In W. Damon & R. M. Lerner (Eds.),
Handbook of child psychology, Vol. 1. Theoretical
models of human development (5th ed., pp. 865–
937). New York: Wiley.
Shweder, R. A., Much, N. C., Mahapatra, M., & Park,
L. (1997). The “Big Three” of morality (autonomy,
community, divinity) and the “Big Three” explanations
of suffering. In A. M. Brandt & P. Rozin (Eds.),
Morality and health (pp. 119–169). New York:
Routledge.
526 IV. ACQUISITION AND CHANGE OF CULTURE
Silverman, I.W., & Ippolito, M. F. (1995). Maternal antecedents
of delay ability in young children. Journal
of Applied Developmental Psychology, 16, 569–591.
Sroufe, L. A. (1979). Socioemotional development. In J.
Osofsky (Ed.), Handbook of infant development (pp.
462–516). New York: Wiley.
Sroufe, L. A. (1983). Infant–caregiver attachment and
patterns of adaptation in preschool: The roots of
maladaptation and competence. In M. Perlmutter
(Ed.), The Minnesota Symposia on Child Psychology:
Development and policy concerning children with
specific needs (pp. 41–83). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Sroufe, L. A. (1996). Emotional development: The organization
of emotional life in the early years. New
York: Cambridge University Press.
Sroufe, L. A., Fox, N. A., & Pancake, V. (1983). Attachment
and dependency in developmental perspective.
Child Development, 54, 1615–1627.
Stifter, C. A., Spinrad, T. L., & Braungart-Rieker, J. M.
(1999). Toward a developmental model of child compliance:
The role of emotion regulation in infancy.
Child Development, 70(1), 21–32.
Stigler, J. W., Smith, S., & Mao, L. (1985). The selfperception
of competence by Chinese children. Child
Development, 56, 1259–1270.
Suh, E. M. (2000). Self, the hyphen between culture and
subjective well-being. In E. Diener & E. M. Suh
(Eds.), Culture and subjective well-being (pp. 63–86).
Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Suh, E. M. (2002). Culture, identity consistency, and
subjective well-being. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 83, 1378–1391.
Takahashi, K. (1990). Are the key assumptions of the
“Strange Situation” procedure universal?: A view
from Japanese research. Human Development, 33,
23–30.
Thompson, R. A. (1994). Emotion regulation: A theme
in search of definition. In N. A. Fox (Ed.), Monographs
of the Society for Research in Child Development,
59, 25–52.
Thompson, R. A. (1998). Early sociopersonality development.
In W. Damon & E. Eisenberg (Eds.), Handbook
202
of child development: Vol. 3. Social, emotional,
and personality development (pp. 177–235). New
York: Wiley.
Tobin, J. J., Wu, D. Y. H., & Davidson, D. H. (1989).
Preschool in three cultures. New Haven, CT: Yale
University Press.
Triandis, H. C. (1995). Individualism and collectivism.
Boulder, CO: Westview Press.
Trommsdorff, G. (1995). Person–context relations as
developmental conditions for empathy and prosocial
action: A cross-cultural analysis. In T. A.
Kindermann & J. Valsiner (Eds.), Development of
person–context relations (pp. 113–146). Hillsdale,
NJ: Erlbaum.
Trommsdorff, G., & Friedlmeier, W. (2003). Maternal
sensitivity and preschool children’s emotion regulation
in Japan and Germany. Unpublished manuscript,
University of Konstanz, Konstanz, Germany.
Trommsdorff, G., & Kornadt, H. J. (2003). Parent–
child relations in cross-cultural perspective. In L.
Kuczynski (Ed.), Handbook of dynamics in parent–
child relations (pp. 271–306). London: Sage.
Tronick, E. Z. (1989). Emotions and emotional communication
in infancy. American Psychologist, 44(2),
112–119.
Ujiie, T. (1997). How do Japanese mothers treat children’s
negativism? Journal of Applied Developmental
Psychology, 18(4), 467–483.
Van IJzendoorn, M. H., & Sagi, A. (1999). Crosscultural
patterns of attachment: The universal and
contextual dimensions. In J. Cassidy & P. R. Shaver
(Eds.), Handbook of attachment: Theory, research,
and clinical applications (pp. 713–734). New York:
Guilford Press.
Voelker, S., Yovsi, R., & Keller, H. (1998). Maternal
interaction quality as assessed by non trained raters
from different cultural backgrounds. Paper presented
at the 15th Biennial ISSBD meetings, Bern, Switzerland.
Waters, E., & Cummings, E. M. (2000). A secure base
from which to explore close relationships. Child Development,
71(1), 164–172.
Weinfield, N. S., Sroufe, A. L., Egeland, B., & Carlson,
E. A. (1999). The nature of individual differences in
infant–caregiver attachment. In J. Cassidy & P. R.
Shaver (Eds.), Handbook of attachment: Theory, research,
and clinical applications (pp. 68–88). New
York: Guilford Press.
Weisz, J. R., Rothbaum, F. M., & Blackburn, T. C.
(1984a). Standing out and standing in: The psychology
of control in America and Japan. American Psychologist,
39, 955–969.
Weisz, J. R., Rothbaum, F. M., & Blackburn, T. C.
(1984b). Swapping recipes for control. American
203
Psychologist, 39, 974–975.
Yamada, H. (2004). Japanese mothers’ views of young
children’s areas of personal discretion. Child Development,
75(1), 164–179.
Zahn-Waxler, C., Friedman, R. J., Cole, P., Mizuta, I.,
& Hiruma, N. (1996). Japanese and United States
preschool children’s responses to conflict and distress.
Child Development, 67, 2462–2477.
Alexander, T. (1969). Children and adolescents: A
biocultural approach to psychological development.
New York: Atherton Press.
Anastasi, A. (1958). Heredity, environment, and the
question “How?” Psychological Review, 65, 197–
208.
Aoki, K. (1986). A stochastic model of gene–culture coevolution
suggested by the “culture historical hypothesis”
for the evolution of adult lactose absorption
in humans. Proceedings of the National
Academy of Sciences USA, 83, 2929–2933.
Balinsky, B. (1941). An analysis of the mental factors of
various groups from mine to sixty. Genetic Psychology
Monographs, 23, 191–234.
Baltes, P. B. (1979). Life-span developmental psychology:
Some converging observations in history and
theory. In P. B. Baltes & O. G. Brim (Eds.), Life-span
development and behavior (pp. 255–279). New
York: Academic Press.
Baltes, P. B. (1997). On the incomplete nature of human
ontogeny: Selection, optimization, and compensation
as foundation of developmental theory. American
Psychologist, 52, 366–380.
Baltes, P. B., Cornelius, S. W., Spiro, A., Nesselroade, J.
R.,&Willis, S. L. (1980). Integration versus differentiation
of fluid/crystallized intelligence in old age.
Developmental Psychology, 6, 625–635.
Baltes, P. B., & Kliegl, R. (1992). Further testing of the
limits of cognitive plasticity: Negative age differences
in a mnemonic skill are robust. Developmental Psychology,
28, 121–125.
Baltes, P. B.,&Lindenberger, U. (1988). On the range of
cognitive plasticity in old age as a function of experience:
15 years of intervention research. Behavior
Therapy, 19, 283–300.
Baltes, P. B., Lindenberger, U., & Staudinger, U. M.
(1998). Life-span theory in developmental psychology.
In W. Damon (Editor-in-Chief) & R. M. Lerner
(Ed.), Handbook of child psychology: Vol. 1. Theoretical
models of human development (pp. 1029–
1041). New York: Wiley.
Baltes, P. B., Rösler, F., & Reuter-Lorenz, P. (2006).
Brain, mind, and culture: From interactionism to
biocultural co-constructivism. Cambridge University
Press.
204
Baltes, P. B., & Singer, T. (2001). Plasticity and the aging
mind: An exemplar of the biocultural orchestra540 IV. ACQUISITION AND CHANGE OF CULTURE
tion of brain and behavior. European Review, 9,
59–76.
Baltes, P. B., & Smith, J. (2004). Lifespan psychology:
From developmental contextualism to developmental
biocultural co-constructivism. Research on Human
Development, 1, 123–144.
Baltes, P. B., & Staudinger, U. M. (1996). Interactive
minds: Lifespan perspectives on the social foundation
of cognition. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University
Press.
Baron-Cohen, S. (1995). Mindblindness: An essay on
autism and theory of mind. Cambridge, MA: MIT
Press.
Bartley, A. J., Jones, D.W., &Weinberger, D. R. (1997).
Genetic variability of human brain size and cortical
gyral patterns. Brain, 120, 257–269.
Beja-Pereira, A., Luikart, G., England, P. R., Bradley, D.
G., Jann, O. C., Bertorelle, G., et al. (2003). Gene–
culture coevolution between cattle milk protein genes
and human lactase genes. Nature Genetics, 35, 311–
313.
Berger, P. L., & Luckmann, T. (1967). The social construction
of reality. New York: Anchor-Doubleday.
Bialystok, E. (2001). Bilingualism in development: Language,
literacy, and cognition. New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Bialystok, E., Craik, F. I. M., Klein, R., & Viswanathan,
M. (2004). Bilingualism, aging, and cognitive control:
Evidence from the Simon task. Psychology and
Aging, 19, 290–303.
Bjorklund, D. F., & Pellegrini, A. D. (2000). Child development
and evolutionary psychology. Child Development,
71, 1687–1708.
Bornstein, M. H., Tal, J., & Tamis-LeMonda, C. S.
(1991). Parenting in crosscultural perspective: The
United States, France, and Japan. In M. H. Bornstein
(Ed.), Cultural approaches to parenting (pp. 69–90).
Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Bower, G. H. (1970). Analysis of a mnemonic device.
American Scientist, 58, 496–510.
Brehmer, Y., Li., S.-C., Müller, V., van Oertzen, T., &
Lindenberger, U. (in press). Memory plasticity across
the life span: Uncovering children’s latent potential.
Developmental Psychology.
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development.
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
Bronfenbrenner, U., & Ceci, S. J. (1994). Nature–
nurture reconceptualized in developmental perspective:
A bioecological model. Psychological Review,
205
101, 568–586.
Cabeza, R. (2002). Hemispheric asymmetry reduction
in older adults: The Harold model. Psychology and
Aging, 17, 85–100.
Cabeza, R., Grady, C. L., Nyberg, L., McIntosh, A. R.,
Tulving, E., Kapur, S., et al. (1997). Age-related
differences in effective neural connectivity. NeuroReport, 8, 3479–3483.
Cattell, R. B. (1971). Abilities: Their structure, growth
and action. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.
Changeux, J.-P. (1985). Neuronal man. New York: Oxford
University Press.
Clark, A. (1999). An embodied cognitive science?
Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 3, 345–351.
Clark, D. A., Mitra, P. P., &Wang, S. S. H. (2001). Scalable
architecture in mammalian brains. Nature, 411,
189–193.
Colcombe, S. J., Erickson, K.-I., Raz, N., Webb, A. G.,
Cohen, N. J., McAuley, E., et al. (2003). Aerobic fitness
reduces brain tissue loss in aging humans. Journals
of Gerontology, 58A, M176–M180.
Cole, M. (1999). Culture in development. In M. H.
Bornstein & M. E. Lamb (Eds.), Developmental psychology:
An advanced textbook (pp. 73–123).
Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Collins,W. A., Maccoby, E. E., Steinberg, L., Hetherington,
E. M., & Bornstein, M. H. (2000). Contemporary
research on parenting: The case for nature and
nurture. American Psychologist, 55, 218–232.
Crick, F. H. C. (1958). On protein synthesis. In Symposia
of the Society for Experimental Biology: Vol. 12.
The biological replication of macromolecules
(pp. 138–163). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University
Press.
D’Andrade, R. (1996). Culture. In A. Kuper & J. Kuper
(Eds.), Social science encyclopedia (2nd ed., pp. 161–
163). London: Routledge.
de Haan, M., Pascalis, O., & Johnson, M. H. (2002).
Specialization of neural mechanisms underlying face
recognition in human infants. Journal of Cognitive
Neuroscience, 14, 199–209.
Dunbar, R. I. M. (1993). Co-evolution of neocortical
size, group size, and language in humans. Behavioral
and Brain Sciences, 16, 681–735.
Dunbar, R. I. M. (2003). The social brain: Mind, language,
and society in evolutionary perspective. Annual
Review of Anthropology, 32, 163–181.
Durham,W. H. (1991). Coevolution: Gene, culture, and
human diversity. Stanford, CA: Stanford University
Press.
Edelman, G. M. (1987). Neural Darwinism: The theory
of neuronal group selection. New York: Basic
Books.
206
Elbert, T., Pantev, C., Wienbruch, C., Rockstroh, B., &
Taub, E. (1995). Increased cortical representation of
the fingers of the left hand in string players. Science,
270, 305–307.
Ericsson, K. A., Krampe, R. T., & Tesch-Römer, K.
(1993). The role of deliberate practice in the acquisition
of expert performance. Psychology Review, 100,
363–406.
Feldman, M. W., & Cavalli-Sforza, L. L. (1989). On the
theory of evolution under genetic and cultural transmission
with application to the lactose absorption
problem. In M. W. Feldmann (Ed.), Mathematical
evolutionary theory (pp. 145–173). Princeton, NJ:
Princeton University Press.
21. Biocultural Co-Construction of Developmental Plasticity 541
Garrett, H. E. (1946). A developmental theory of intelligence.
American Psychologist, 1, 372–378.
Gauvain, M. (1995). Thinking in niches: Sociocultural
influences on cognitive development. Human Development,
38, 24–45.
Gauvain, M. (1998). Cognitive development in social
and cultural contexts. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 7, 188–192.
Geertz, C. (1973). The interpretation of cultures. New
York: Basic Books.
Ghisletta, P., & Lindenberger, U. (2003). Age-based
structural dynamics between perceptual speed and
knowledge in the Berlin Aging Study: Direct evidence
for abilities dedifferentiation in old age. Psychology
and Aging, 18, 696–713.
Gopnik, A., Choi, S., & Baumberger, T. (1996). Crosslinguistic
differences in early semantic and cognitive
development. Cognitive Development, 11, 197–227.
Gottlieb, G. (1976). The roles of experience in the development
of behavior and the nervous system. In G.
Gottlieb (Ed.), Neural and behavioral specificity
(pp. 25–54). New York: Academic Press.
Gottlieb, G. (1998). Normally occurring environmental
and behavioral influences of gene activity: From central
dogma to probabilistic epigenesis. Psychological
Review, 105, 792–802.
Gottlieb, G. (2002). Developmental–behavioral initiation
of evolutionary change. Psychological Review,
109, 211–218.
Grady, C. L., McIntosh, A. R., & Craik, F. I. M. (2003).
Age-related differences in the functional connectivity
of the hippocampus during memory encoding. Hippocampus,
13, 572–586.
Greenfield, S. (2000). The private life of the brain. New
York: Penguin Press.
Greenough, W. T., & Black, J. E. (1992). Induction of
brain structure by experience: Substrates for cognitive
development. In M. R. Gunnar & C. A. Nelson
207
(Eds.), Minnesota Symposia on Child Psychology
(Vol. 24, pp. 155–200). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Gross, C. G. (2000). Neurogenesis in the adult brain:
Death of a dogma. Nature Reviews: Neuroscience, 1,
67–73.
Grossman, A.W., Churchill, J. D., Bates, K. E., Kleim, J.
A., & Greenough, W. T. (2002). A brain adaptation
view of plasticity: is synaptic plasticity an overly limited
concept? Progress in Brain Research, 138, 91–
108.
Hatano, G., & Wertsch, J. V. (Eds.). (2001).
Sociocultural approaches to cognitive development:
The constitutions of culture in mind [Special issue].
Human Development, 44.
Hebb, D. O. (1949). The organization of behavior. New
York: Wiley.
Herskovitz, M. J. (1948). Man and his works: The science
of cultural anthropology. New York: Knopf.
Horn, J. L. (1968). Organization of abilities and the development
of intelligence. Psychological Review, 75,
242–259.
Hutchins, E. (1995). Cognition in the wild. Cambridge,
MA: MIT Press.
Ingold, T. (1998). From complementarity to obviation:
On dissolving the boundaries between social and biological
anthropology, archaeology and psychology.
Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, 123, 21–52.
International Human Genome Sequencing Consortium.
(2001). Initial sequencing and analyses of the human
genome. Nature, 409, 860–921.
Joffe, T. H. (1997). Social pressures have selected for an
extended juvenile period in primates. Journal of Human
Evolution, 32, 593–605.
Johnson, M. H. (2001). Functional brain development
in humans. Nature Reviews: Neuroscience, 2, 475–
483.
Karmiloff-Smith, A. (1998). Development itself is the
key to understanding developmental disorders.
Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 2, 389–398.
Kelly, M. K., Miller, K, F., Fang, G., & Fang, G. (1999).
When days are numbered: Calendar structure and the
development of calendar processing in English and
Chinese. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology,
73, 289–314.
King, B. J. (2000). Another frame shift: From cultural
transmission to cultural co-construction. Behavioral
and Brain Sciences, 23, 154–155.
Kitayama, S., Duffy, S., Kawamura, T., & Larsen, J. T.
(2003). Perceiving an object and its context in different
cultures: A cultural look at new look. Psychological
Science, 14, 201–206.
Kolb, B., & Whishaw, I. Q. (1998). Brain plasticity and
behavior. Annual Review of Psychology, 49, 43–64.
208
Kordower, J. H., Piecinski, P., & Rakic, P. (1992).
Neurogenesis of the amygdala nuclear complex in the
rhesus monkey. Developmental Brain Research, 68,
9–15.
Kramer, A. F. K., & Willis, S. L. (2002). Enhancing the
cognitive vitality of older adults. Current Directions
of Psychological Sciences, 11, 173–177.
Krampe, R. T., & Ericsson, K. A. (1996). Maintaining
excellence: Deliberate practice and elite performance
in young and older pianists. Journal of Experimental
Psychology: General, 125, 331–359.
Kuhl, P. K., Williams, K. A., Lacerda, F., Stevens, K. N.,
& Lindblom, B. (1992). Linguistic experience alters
phonetic perception in infants by 6 months of age.
Science, 255, 606–608.
Laland, K. N., Odling-Smee, F. J., & Feldman, M. W.
(2000). Niche construction, biological evolution, and
cultural change. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 23,
131–175.
Li, S.-C. (2003). Biocultural orchestration of developmental
plasticity across levels: The interplay of biology
and culture in shaping the mind and behavior
across the life span. Psychological Bulletin, 129,
171–194.
Li, S.-C., & Freund, A. M. (2005). Advances in lifespan
psychology: A focus on biocultural and personal influences.
Research in Human Development, 2, 1–23.
542 IV. ACQUISITION AND CHANGE OF CULTURE
Li, S.-C., & Lindenberger, U. (2002). Co-constructed
functionality instead of functional normality: Dynamic
biocultural co-construction of brainbehaviour
mappings. Behavioral and Brain Sciences,
25, 761–762.
Li, S.-C., Lindenberger, U., Hommel, B., Aschersleben,
G., Prinz,W.,&Baltes, P. B. (2004). Transformations
in the couplings among intellectual abilities and constituent
cognitive processes across the life span. Psychological
Science, 15, 155–163.
Llinas, R. R., & Churchland, P. S. (Eds.). (1996). The
mind–brain continuum: Sensory processes. Cambridge,
MA: MIT Press.
Magnusson, D. (1988). Individual development from an
interactional perspective: A longitudinal study.
Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Magnusson, D. (Ed.). (1996). The lifespan development
of individuals: Behavioral, neurobiological, and
psychosocial perspectives: A Synthesis. Cambridge,
UK: Cambridge University Press.
Maguire, E. A., Gadian, D. G., Johnsrude, I. S., Good,
C. D., Ashburner, J., Frackowiak, R. S. J., et al.
(2000). Navigation-related structural change in the
hippocampi of taxi drivers. Proceedings of the National
Academy of Sciences of the USA, 97, 4398–
209
4403.
McArdle, J. J., Ferrer-Caja, E., Hamagami, F., & Woodcock,
R. W. (2002). Comparative longitudinal structural
analyses of the growth and decline of multiple
intellectual abilities over the life span. Developmental
Psychology, 38, 115–142.
Meaney, M. J. (2001). Nature, nurture, and the disunity
of knowledge. Annals of the New York Academy of
Sciences, 935, 50–61.
Mivart, G. J. (1871). Genesis of species. London:
Macmillan.
Miyamoto, Y., & Kitayama, S. (2002). Cultural variation
in correspondence bias: The critical role of attitude
diagnosticity of socially constrained behavior.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83,
1239–1248.
Nelson, C. A. (1999). Neural plasticity and human development.
Current Directions in Psychological Science,
8, 42–45.
Nelson, C. A. (2000). Neural plasticity and human development:
The role of early experience in sculpting
memory systems. Developmental Science, 3, 115–
136.
Nelson, K. (1996). Language in cognitive development.
Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Neville, H. J., Bavelier, D., Corina, D., Rauschecker, J.,
Karni, A., Lalwani, A., et al. (1998). Cerebral organization
for language in deaf and hearing subjects: Biological
constraints and effects of experience. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA,
95, 922–929.
Nisbett, R. E., Peng, K., Choi, I., & Norenzayan, A.
(2001). Culture and systems of thought: Holistic versus
analytic cognition. Psychological Review, 108,
291–310.
Park, D. C., Nisbett, R., & Hedden, T. (1999). Aging,
culture, and cognition. Journals of Gerontology: Series
B, Psychological and Social Sciences, 54, P75–
P84.
Paulesu, E., McCrory, E., Fazio, F., Menoncello, L.,
Brunswick, N., Cappa, S. F., et al. (2000). A cultural
effect on brain function. Nature Neuroscience, 3, 91–
96.
Pennington, B. F., Filipek, P. A., Lefly, D., Chhabildas,
N., Kennedy, D. N., Simon, J. H., et al. (2000). A
twin MRI study of size variations in the human
brain. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 12, 223–
232.
Quartz, S. R., & Sejnowski, T. J. (1997). The neural basis
of cognitive development: A constructivist manifesto.
Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 20, 537–596.
Reinert, G. (1970). Comparative factor analytic studies
of intelligence throughout the life span. In L. R.
210
Goulet&P. B. Baltes (Eds.), Life-span developmental
psychology: Research and theory (pp. 476–484).
New York: Academic Press.
Reis, H. T., Collins, W. A., & Berscheid, E. (2000). The
relationship context of human behavior and development.
Psychological Bulletin, 126, 844–872.
Rensberger, B. (1983). The nature–nurture debate, 1 &
2. Science, 83, 28–46.
Reuter-Lorenz, P. A. (2002). New visions of the aging
mind and brain. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 6,
394–400.
Reuter-Lorenz, P. A., Jonides, J., Smith, E., Marshuetz,
C., Miller, A., Hartley, A., et al. (2000). Age differences
in the frontal lateralization of verbal and spatial
working memory revealed by PET. Journal of
Cognitive Neuroscience, 12, 174–187.
Rosenzweig, M. R. (1996). Aspects of the search for
neural mechanisms of memory. Annual Review of
Psychology, 47, 1–32.
Saunders, B. A., & van Brakel, C. (1997). Are there
nontrivial constraints on colour categorization?
Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 20, 167–228.
Schaie, K. W. (1965). A general model for the study of
developmental problems. Psychological Bulletin, 64,
92–107.
Schlaggar, B. L., Brown, T. T., Lugar, H. M., Visscher, K.
M., Miezin, F. M., & Petersen, S. E. (2002). Functional
neuroanatomical differences between adults
and school-age children in the processing of single
words. Science, 296, 1476–1479.
Schooler, C., & Mulatu, M. S. (2004). Occupational
self-direction, intellectual functioning, and selfdirected
orientation in older workers: Findings and
implications for individuals and societies. American
Journal of Sociology, 110, 161–197.
Schooler, C., Mulatu, M. S., & Oates, G. (1999). The
continuing effects of substantively complex work on
the intellectual functioning of older workers. Psychology
and Aging, 14, 483–506.
21. Biocultural Co-Construction of Developmental Plasticity 543
Searle, J. R. (1995). The construction of social reality.
New York: Free Press.
Singer, T., Lindenberger, U., & Baltes, P. B. (2003). Plasticity
of memory for new learning in very old age: A
story of major loss? Psychology & Aging, 18, 306–
318.
Snibbe, A. C., Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., & Suzuki,
T. (2003). They saw a game—a Japanese and American
(football) field study. Journal of Cross-Cultural
Psychology, 34, 581–595.
Suomi, S. (1999). Attachment in Rhesus monkeys. In J.
Cassidy & P. R. Shaver (Ed.), Handbook of attachment:
Theory, research, and clinical applications
211
(pp. 181–197). New York: Guilford Press.
Super, C. M., & Harkness, S. (1986). The developmental
niche: A conceptualization at the interface of child
and culture. International Journal of Behavioral Development,
9, 545–569.
Tetens, J. N. (1777). Philosophische Versuche über die
menschliche Natur und ihre Entwicklung [Philosophical
experiments about human nature and its development].
Leipzig, Germany: Weidmanns Erben und
Reich.
Tomasello, M. (1999). The cultural origins of human
cognition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Tylor, E. B. (1874). Primitive culture: Researches into
the development of mythology, philosophy, religion,
language, art, and custom. London: Murray.
Venter, J. C. et al. (2001). The sequence of human genome.
Science, 291, 1304–1351.
Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society. Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Whorf, B. (1956). Language, thought and reality. Cambridge,
MA: MIT Press.
Williams, R. (1973). Keywords. Oxford, UK: Oxford
University Press.
Atran, S. (1999). Itzaj Maya folkbiological taxonomy:
Cognitive universals and cultural particulars. In D. L.
Medin&S. Atran (Eds.), Folkbiology (pp. 119–213).
Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Azuma, H., & Kashiwagi, K. (1987). Descriptions for
an intelligent person: A Japanese study. Japanese Psychological
Research, 29, 17–26.
Baltes, P. B., Dittmann-Kohli, F.,&Dixon, R. A. (1984).
New perspectives on the development of intelligence
in adulthood: Toward a dual-process conception and
a model of selective optimization with compensation.
In P. B. Baltes & O. G. Brim (Eds.), Life-span development
and behavior (Vol. 6., pp. 33–76). New
York: Academic Press.
Baral, B. D., & Das, J. P. (2004). Intelligence: What is
indigenous to India and what is shared? In R. J.
Sternberg (Ed.), International handbook of intelligence
(pp. 270–301). New York: Cambridge University
Press.
Barnouw, V. (1985). Culture and personality. Chicago:
Dorsey Press.
Bashi, Y. (1976). Verbal and nonverbal abilities of students
in grades four, six, and eight in the Arab sector.
Jerusalem: School of Education, Hebrew University.
Benedict, R. (1946). The crysanthemum and the sword.
Boston: Houghton Mifflin.
Berry, J. W. (1974). Radical cultural relativism and the
concept of intelligence. In J. W. Berry & P. R. Dasen
(Eds.), Culture and cognition: Readings in crosscultural
psychology (pp. 225–229). London:
212
Methuen.
Berry, J. W., & Irvine, S. H. (1986). Bricolage: Savages
do it daily. In R. J. Sternberg & R. K. Wagner (Eds.),
Practical intelligence: Nature and origins of competence
in the everyday world (pp. 271–306). New
York: Cambridge University Press.
Berry, J. W., Poortinga, Y. H., Segall, M. H., &
Dasen, P. R. (1992). Cross-cultural psychology: Research
and applications. New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Binet, A.,&Simon, T. (1916). The development of intelligence
in children (E. S. Kite, trans.). Baltimore:Williams
& Wilkins.
Boas, F. (1911). The mind of primitive man. New York:
Macmillan.
Boring, E. G. (1923, June 6). Intelligence as the tests test
it. New Republic, 35–37.
Brislin, R.W., Lonner,W. J.,&Thorndike, R. M. (Eds.).
(1973). Cross-cultural research methods. New York:
Wiley.
Brown, A. L., & Ferrara, R. A. (1985). Diagnosing
zones of proximal development. In J. V. Wertsch
(Ed.), Culture, communication, and cognition:
Vygotskian perspectives (pp. 273–305). New York:
Cambridge University Press.
Bruner, J. S., Olver, R. R., & Greenfield, P. M. (1966).
Studies in cognitive growth. New York: Wiley.
Cantez, E., & Girgin, Y. (1992). Istanbul’da yasayan 311 yas grubundaki kiz va erkek cocuklara Gesell
Gelisim Testi’nin uygulanmiasindan elde edilen
sonuclarin Gesell Gelisim Testi Normlari ile
karsilastirilmasi ve normlara uygunlugunun arastirilmasi
ile ilgili bir calisma. [A study about the comparison
of the results obtained from the application of Gesell
Development Schedules to 3- 11-year-old male and
female children living in Istanbul with the norms of
the Gesell Developmental Schedules]. Paper presented
at the 8th Ulusal Psikoloji Kongresi Bilimsel
Calismalari. Turkish Psychological Association, Ankara,
Turkey.
Carlstedt, B., Gustafsson, J.-E., & Hautamäki, J.
(2004). Intelligence—Theory, research, and testing in
the Nordic countries. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), International
handbook of intelligence (pp. 49–78). New
York: Cambridge University Press.
Carraher, T. N., Carraher, D., & Schliemann, A. D.
(1985). Mathematics in the streets and in schools.
British Journal of Developmental Psychology, 3, 21–
29.
Carroll, J. B. (1993). Human cognitive abilities: A survey
of factor-analytic studies. New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Cattell, R. B. (1971). Abilities: Their structure, growth,
213
and action. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.
Cattell, R. B., & Cattell, A. K. S. (1973). Measuring intelligence
with the Culture Fair Tests. Champaign,
IL: Institute for Personality and Ability Testing.
Ceci, S. J. (1996). On intelligence (expanded ed.). Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Ceci, S. J., & Brofenbrenner, U. (1985). Don’t forget to
take the cupcakes out of the oven: Strategic timemonitoring,
prospective memory and context. Child
Development, 56, 175–190.
Ceci, S. J.,&Roazzi, A. (1994). The effects of context on
cognition: postcards from Brazil. In R. J. Sternberg&
R. K. Wagner (Eds.), Mind in context: Interactionist
perspectives on human intelligence (pp. 74–101).
New York: Cambridge University Press.
Chen, M. J. (1994). Chinese and Australian concepts of
intelligence. Psychology and Developing Societies, 6,
101–117.
Chen, M. J., Braithwaite, V., & Huang, J. T. (1982). Attributes
of intelligent behaviour: Perceived relevance
and difficulty by Australian and Chinese students.
Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 13, 139–156.
22. Intelligence and Culture 563
Chen, M. J., & Chen, H. C. (1988). Concepts of intelligence:
A comparison of Chinese graduates from Chinese
and English schools in Hong Kong. International
Journal of Psychology, 223, 471–487.
Chimhundu, H. (Ed.). (2001). Dura manzwi guru
rechiShona. Harare, Zimbabwe: College Press.
Cole, M. (1998). Cultural psychology: A once and future
discipline. Cambridge, MA: Belknap.
Cole, M., Gay, J., Glick, J., & Sharp, D. W. (1971). The
cultural context of learning and thinking. New York:
Basic Books.
Cole, M., & Means, B. (1981). Comparative studies of
how people think. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
Cole, M., & Scribner, S. (1974). Culture and thought.
New York: Wiley.
Coley, J. D., Medin, D. L., Proffitt, J. B., Lynch, E., &
Atran, S. (1999). Inductive reasoning in
folkbiological thought. In D. L. Medin & S. Atran
(Eds.), Folkbiology (pp. 205–232). Cambridge, MA:
MIT Press.
Connolly, H., & Bruner, J. (1974). Competence: Its nature
and nurture. In K. Connolly & J. Bruner (Eds.),
The growth of competence (pp. 3–10). New York:
Academic Press.
Craik, F. I. M., & Lockhart R. S. ( 1972). Levels of processing:
A framework for memory research. Journal
of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 11, 671–
684.
Daniel, M. H. (1997). Intelligence testing: Status and
214
trends. American Psychologist, 52, 1038–1045.
Daniel, M. H. (2000). Interpretation of intelligence test
scores. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), Handbook of intelligence
(pp. 477–491). New York: Cambridge University
Press.
Das, J. P. (1994). Eastern views of intelligence. In R. J.
Sternberg (Ed.), Encyclopedia of intelligence (pp. 91–
97). New York: Macmillan.
Dasen, P. (1984). The cross-cultural study of intelligence:
Piaget and the Baoule. International Journal
of Psychology, 19, 407–434.
Deary, I. J., & Smith, P. (2004). Intelligence research
and assessment in the United Kingdom. In R. J. Sternberg
(Ed.), International handbook of intelligence
(pp. 1–48). New York: Cambridge University Press.
Demetriou, A., & Papadopoulos, T. C. (2004). Human
intelligence: From local models to universal theory. In
R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), International handbook of intelligence
(pp. 445–474). New York: Cambridge University
Press.
Durojaiye, M. O. A. (1993). Indigenous psychology in
Africa. In U. Kim & J. W. Berry (Eds.), Indigenous
psychologies: Research and experience in cultural
context (pp. 211–220). Newbury Park, CA: Sage.
Embretson, S. E., & McCollam, K. (2000). Psychometric
approaches to the understanding and measurement
of intelligence. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), Handbook
of intelligence (pp. 423–444). New York:
Cambridge University Press.
Eysenck, H. J. (1986). A theory of intelligence and the
psychophysiology of cognition. In R. J. Sternberg
(Ed.), Advances in the psychology of human intelligence
(Vol. 3, pp. 1–34). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Feuerstein, R. (1979). The dynamic assessment of retarded
performers: The Learning Potential Assessment
Device theory, instruments, and techniques.
Baltimore: University Park Press.
Fernández-Ballesteros, R., & Colom, R. (2004). The
psychology of human intelligence in Spain. In R. J.
Sternberg (Ed.), International handbook of intelligence
(pp. 79–103). New York: Cambridge University
Press.
Flynn, J. R. (1984). The mean IQ of Americans: Massive
gains 1932 to 1978. Psychological Bulletin, 95, 29–
51.
Flynn, J. R. (1987). Massive IQ gains in 14 nations. Psychological
Bulletin, 101, 171–191.
Fraser, S. (Ed.). (1995). The bell curve wars: Race, intelligence
and the future of America. New York: Basic
Books.
Gardner, H. (1983). Frames of mind: The theory of multiple
intelligences. New York: Basic Books.
Gill, R., & Keats, D. M. (1980). Elements of intellectual
215
competence: Judgments by Australian and Malay
university students. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
11, 233–243.
Gladwin, T. (1970). East is a big bird. Cambridge, MA:
Harvard University Press.
Goodnow, J. J. (1962). A test of milieu effects with some
of Piaget’s tasks. Psychological Monographs, 76(serial
No. 555).
Goodnow, J. J. (1969). Cultural variations in cognition
skills. In D. R. Price-Williams (Ed.), Cross-cultural
studies (pp. 246–264). Hardmondsworth, UK: Penguin.
Goodnow, J. J. (1976). The nature of intelligent behavior:
Questions raised by cross-cultural studies. In L.
Resnick (Ed.), The nature of intelligence (pp. 169–
188). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Greenfield, P. M. (1997). You can’t take it with you:
Why abilities assessments don’t cross cultures. American
Psychologist, 52, 1115–1124.
Grigorenko, E. L. (2004). Is it possible to study intelligence
without using the concept of intelligence?: An
example from Soviet/Russian psychology. In R. J.
Sternberg (Ed.), International handbook of intelligence
(pp. 170–211). New York: Cambridge University
Press.
Grigorenko, E. L., Geissler, P. W., Prince, R., Okatcha,
F., Nokes, C., Kenny, D. A., et al. (2001). The organization
of Luo conceptions of intelligence: A
study of implicit theories in a Kenyan village. International
Journal of Behavior Development, 25,
367–378.
Grigorenko, E. L, Meier, E., Lipka, J., Mohatt, G.,
Yanez, E.,&Sternberg, R. J. (2004). The relationship
between academic and practical intelligence: A case
study of the tacit knowledge of Native American
Yup’ik people in Alaska. Learning and Individual
Differences, 14, 183–207.
564 V. COGNITION
Grigorenko, E. L., & Sternberg, R. J. (1998). Dynamic
testing. Psychological Bulletin, 124, 75–111.
Grigorenko, E. L.,&Sternberg, R. J. (2001). Analytical,
creative, and practical intelligence as predictors of
self-reported adaptive functioning: A case study in
Russia. Intelligence, 29, 57–73.
Gulgoz, S., & Ka_itçiba_i, C. (2004). Intelligence and
intelligence testing in Turkey. In R. J. Sternberg
(Ed.), International handbook of intelligence
(pp. 248–269). New York: Cambridge University
Press.
Guthke, J. (1993). Current trends in theories and assessment
of intelligence. In J. H. M. Hamers, K. Sijtsma,
& A. J. J. M. Ruijssenaars (Eds.), Learning potential
assessment (pp. 13–20). Amsterdam: Swets &
Zeitlinger.
216
Hadebe, S. (Ed.). (2001). Isichamazwi. Harare, Zimbabwe:
College Press.
Hancock, T. (1999). The gender difference: Validity of
standardized American tests in predicting MBA performance.
Journal of Education for Business, 75, 91–
94.
Haywood, H. C. & Tzuriel, D. (Eds.). (1992). Interactive
assessment. New York: Springer-Verlag.
Helms-Lorenz, M., Van de Vijver, F. J. R., & Poortinga,
Y. H. (2003). Cross-cultural differences in cognitive
performance and Spearman’s hypothesis: g or c? Intelligence,
31, 9–29.
Herrnstein, R., & Murray, C. (1994). The bell curve.
New York: Free Press.
“Intelligence and its measurement”: A symposium.
(1921). Journal of Educational Psychology, 12, 123–
147, 195–216, 271–275.
Irvine, J. T. (1978). “Wolof magical thinking”: Culture
and conservation revisited. Journal of Cross-Cultural
Psychology, 9, 300–310.
Irvine, S. H. (1979). The place of factor analysis in
cross-cultural methodology and its contribution to
cognitive theory. In L. Eckensberger,W. Lonner, & Y.
Poortinga (Eds.), Cross-cultural contributions to psychology.
Amsterdam: Swets & Zeitlinger.
Irvine, S. H. (1988). Constructing the intellect of the
Shona: A taxonomic approach. In J. W. Berry, S. H.
Irvine, & E. B. Hunt (Eds.), Indigenous cognitive
functioning in a cultural context (pp. 3–59). New
York: Cambridge University Press.
Irvine, S. H.,&Berry, J.W. (Eds.). (1983). Human abilities
in cultural context. New York: Cambridge University
Press.
Jensen, A. R. (1982). The chronometry of intelligence.
In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), Advances in the psychology
of human intelligence (Vol. 1, pp. 255–310).
Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Jensen, A. R. (1998). The g factor. Westport, CT:
Praeger-Greenwood.
Ka_itçiba_i, Ç. (1996). Family and human development
across cultures: A view from the other side. Mahwah,
NJ: Erlbaum.
Ka_itçiba_i, Ç., Sunar, D., & Bekman, S. (2001). Longterm
effects of early intervention: Turkish lowincome
mothers and children. Journal of Applied Developmental
Psychology, 22, 333–361.
Kaplan, K. (1997). Inteligencia, escuela y sociedad: Las
categories del juicio magisterial sbore la inteligencia
[Intelligence, school, and society: The categories of
the teachers’ judgment about intelligence]. Propuesta
Educativa, 16, 24–32.
Kaufman, A. S. (2000). Tests of intelligence. In R. J.
Sternberg (Ed.), Handbook of intelligence (pp. 445–
217
476). New York: Cambridge University Press.
Kaufman, A. S., & Lichtenberger, E. O. (1998). Intellectual
assessment. In C. R. Reynolds (Ed.), Comprehensive
clinical psychology: Volume 4: Assessment
(pp. 203–238). Tarrytown, NY: Elsevier Science.
Kearins, J. M. (1981). Visual spatial memory in Australian
Aboriginal children of desert regions. Cognitive
Psychology, 13, 434–460.
Kroeber, A. L., & Kluckhohn, C. (1952). Culture: A
critical review of concepts and definitions. Cambridge,
MA: Peabody Museum.
Kugelmass, S., & Lieblich, A. (1975). A developmental
study of the Arab child in Israel: Scientific report
[Ford Foundation Grant 015.1261].
Kugelmass, S., Lieblich, A., & Bossik, D. (1974). Patterns
of intellectual ability in Jewish and Arab children
in Israel. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
5, 184–198.
Laboratory of Comparative Human Cognition. (1982).
Culture and intelligence. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.),
Handbook of human intelligence (pp. 642–719).
New York: Cambridge University Press.
Lautrey, J., & de Ribaupierre, A. (2004). Psychology of
human intelligence in France and French-speaking
Switzerland. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), International
handbook of intelligence (pp. 104–134). New York:
Cambridge University Press.
Lave, J. (1988). Cognition in practice. New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Lidz, C. S. (1991). Practitioner’s guide to dynamic assessment.
New York: Guilford Press.
Lieblich, A. (1983). Intelligence patterns among ethnic
and minority groups in Israel. In M. Nisan & U. Last
(Eds.), Between education and psychology (pp. 335–
357). Jerusalem: Magnes Press. (in Hebrew)
Lieblich, A., & Kugelmass, S. (1981). Patterns of intellectual
ability of Arab school children in Israel. Intelligence,
5, 311–320.
Lin, C. T. (1980). A sketch on the methods of mental
testing in ancient China. Acta Psychological Sinica,
1, 75–80. (in Chinese)
Loehlin, J. C. (2000). Group differences in intelligence.
In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), Handbook of intelligence
(pp. 176–193). New York: Cambridge University
Press.
Luria, A. R. (1976). Psychological expedition to central
Asia. Science, 74, 383–384. (Original work published
1931)
Lutz, C. (1985). Ethnopsychology compared to what?:
Explaining behaviour and consciousness among the
Ifaluk. In G. M. White & J. Kirkpatrick (Eds.), Per22. Intelligence and Culture 565
son, self, and experience: Exploring Pacific
218
ethnopsychologies (pp. 35–79). Berkeley: University
of California Press.
Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the
self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation.
Psychological Review, 98, 224–253.
Marsella, A. J., Tharp, R., & Ciborowski, T. (Eds.).
(1979). Perspectives on cross-cultural psychology.
New York: Academic Press.
Matsumoto, D. (1994). People: Psychology from a cultural
perspective. Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.
Matsumoto, D. (1996). Culture and psychology. Pacific
Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.
Mead, M. (1928). Coming of age in Samoa. New York:
Morrow.
Medin, D. L., & Atran, S. (Eds.). (1999). Folkbiology.
Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Minkowitch, A., Davis, D., & Bashi, Y. (1982). Success
and failure in Israeli elementary education. New
Brunswick, NJ: Transaction.
Miyamoto, M. (1985). Parents’ and children’s beliefs
and children’s achievement and development. In R.
Diaz-Guerrero (Ed.), Cross-cultural and national
studies in social psychology (pp. 209–223). Amsterdam:
Elsevier Science.
Mpofu, E. (1993). The context of mental testing and implications
for psychoeducational practice in modern
Zimbabwe. InW. Su (Ed.), Proceedings of the second
Afro-Asian psychological conference (pp. 17–25).
Beijing: University of Peking Press.
Mpofu, E. (2004). Intelligence in Zimbabwe. In R. J.
Sternberg (Ed.), International handbook of intelligence
(pp. 364–390). New York: Cambridge University
Press.
Mundy-Castle, A. C. (1974). Social and technological
intelligence in Western or Nonwestern cultures.
Universitas, 4, 46–52.
Newell, A., & Simon, H. A. (1972). Human problem
solving. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.
Nisbett, R. E. (2003). The geography of thought: Why
we think the way we do. New York: Free Press.
Nuñes, T. (1994). Street intelligence. In R. J. Sternberg
(Ed.), Encyclopedia of human intelligence (Vol. 2,
pp. 1045–1049). New York: Macmillan.
Okagaki, L., & Sternberg, R. J. (1993). Parental beliefs
and children’s school performance. Child Development,
64, 36–56.
Poole, F. J. P. (1985). Coming into social being: Cultural
images of infants in Bimin-Kuskusmin folk psychology.
In G. M. White & J. Kirkpatrick (Eds.), Person,
self, and experience: Exploring Pacific
ethnopsychologies (pp. 183–244). Berkeley: University
of California Press.
Prince, R. J., & Geissler P. W. (2001). Becoming “one
219
who treats”: A case study of a Luo healer and her
grandson in western Kenya. Educational Anthropology
Quarterly, 32, 447–471.
Putnam, D. B., & Kilbride, P. L. (1980). A relativistic
understanding of social intelligence among the
Songhay of Mali and Smaia of Kenya. Paper presented
at the meeting of the Society for CrossCultural Research, Philadelphia, PA.
Raven, J. C., Court, J. H., & Raven, J. (1992). Manual
for Raven’s Progressive Matrices and Mill Hill Vocabulary
Scales. Oxford, UK: Oxford Psychologists
Press.
Rogoff, B. (1990). Apprenticeship in thinking: Cognitive
development in social context. New York: Oxford
University Press.
Rogoff, B. (2003). The cultural nature of human development.
London: Oxford University Press.
Rosas, R. (2004). Intelligence research in Latin America.
In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), International handbook of
intelligence (pp. 391–410). New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Ruzgis, P. M., & Grigorenko, E. L. (1994). Cultural
meaning systems, intelligence and personality. In R. J.
Sternberg & P. Ruzgis (Eds.), Personality and intelligence
(pp. 248–270). New York: Cambridge University
Press.
Sarason, S. B., & Doris, J. (1979). Educational handicap,
public policy, and social history. New York: Free
Press.
Sato, T., Namiki, H., Ando, J., & Hatano, G. (2004).
Japanese conception of and research on intelligence.
In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), International handbook of
intelligence (pp. 302–324). New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Savasir, L., & Sahin, N. (1995). Wechsler Cocuklar icin
Zeka Olcegi [Wechsler Intelligence Scale for
Children]. Ankara: Turkish Psychological Association.
Saxe, G. B. (1990). Culture and cognitive development:
Studies in mathematical understanding. Mahwah,
NJ: Erlbaum.
Schliemann, A. D., & Magalhües, V. P. (1990). Proportional
reasoning: From shops, to kitchens, laboratories,
and, hopefully, schools. Proceedings of the Fourteenth
International Conference for the Psychology
of Mathematics Education, Oaxtepec, Mexico.
Scribner, S. (1984). Studying working intelligence. In B.
Rogoff & J. Lave (Eds.), Everyday cognition: Its development
in social context (pp. 9–40). Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Scribner, S. (1986). Thinking in action: Some characteristics
of practical thought. In R. J. Sternberg & R. K.
Wagner (Eds.), Practical intelligence: Nature and origins
of competence in the everyday world (pp. 13–
220
30). New York: Cambridge University Press.
Serpell, R. (1974). Aspects of intelligence in a developing
country. African Social Research, 17, 576–596.
Serpell, R. (1979). How specific are perceptual skills? A
cross-cultural study of pattern reproduction. British
Journal of Psychology, 70, 365–380.
Serpell, R. (1996). Cultural models of childhood in indigenous
socialization and formal schooling in Zambia.
In C. P. Hwang & M. E. Lamb (Eds.), Images of
childhood (pp. 129–142). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
566 V. COGNITION
Serpell, R. (2000). Intelligence and culture. In R. J.
Sternberg (Ed.), Handbook of intelligence (pp. 549–
580). New York: Cambridge University Press.
Shi, J. (2004). Diligence makes people smart: Chinese
perspectives on intelligence. In R. J. Sternberg
(Ed.), International handbook of intelligence
(pp. 325–343). New York: Cambridge University
Press.
Shweder, R. A. (1991). Thinking through cultures:
Multicultural expeditions in cultural psychology.
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Shweder, R. A. (2002). Engaging cultural differences:
The multicultural challenge in liberal democracies.
New York: Russell Sage Foundation.
Spearman, C. (1927). The abilities of man. London:
Macmillan.
Srivistava, S., & Misra, G. (1996). Changing perspectives
on understanding intelligence: An appraisal. Indian
Psychological Abstracts and Reviews, 3.
Srivistava, S., & Misra, G. (2000). Culture and conceptualization
of intelligence. New Delhi: National
Council of Educational Research and Training.
Stankov, L. (2004). Similar thoughts under different
stars: Conceptions of intelligence in Australia. In R.
J. Sternberg (Ed.), International handbook of intelligence
(pp. 344–363). New York: Cambridge University
Press.
Sternberg, R. J. (1985). Beyond IQ: A triarchic theory
of human intelligence. New York: Cambridge University
Press.
Sternberg, R. J. (1988). A triarchic view of intelligence
in cross-cultural perspective. In S. H. Irvine & J. W.
Berry (Eds.), Human abilities in cultural context
(pp. 60–85). New York: Cambridge University Press.
Sternberg, R. J. (1990). Metaphors of mind. New York:
Cambridge University Press.
Sternberg, R. J. (1997). Successful intelligence. New
York: Plume.
Sternberg, R. J. (1999a). Intelligence as developing expertise.
Contemporary Educational Psychology, 24,
359–375.
Sternberg, R. J. (1999b). The theory of successful intelligence.
221
Review of General Psychology, 3, 292–316.
Sternberg, R. J. (2000). The holey grail of general intelligence.
Science, 289, 399–401.
Sternberg, R. J. (2003a). What is an expert student? Educational
Researcher, 32(8), 5–9.
Sternberg, R. J. (2003b). Wisdom, intelligence, and creativity,
synthesized. New York: Cambridge University
Press.
Sternberg, R. J. (2004a). Culture and intelligence.
American Psychologist, 59, 325–338.
Sternberg, R. J. (Ed.). (2004b). International handbook
of intelligence. New York: Cambridge University
Press.
Sternberg, R. J. (2004c). North American approaches to
intelligence. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), International
handbook of intelligence (pp. 411–444). New York:
Cambridge University Press.
Sternberg, R. J., Conway, B. E., Ketron, J. L., &
Bernstein, M. (1981). People’s conceptions of intelligence.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
41, 37–55.
Sternberg, R. J., & Detterman, D. K. (1986). What is intelligence?
Norwood, NJ: Ablex.
Sternberg, R. J., Forsythe, G. B., Hedlund, J., Horvath,
J., Snook, S.,Williams,W. M., et al. (2000). Practical
intelligence in everyday life. New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Sternberg, R. J., & Grigorenko, E. L. (Eds.). (1997). Intelligence,
heredity, and environment. New York:
Cambridge University Press.
Sternberg, R. J., & Grigorenko, E. L. (2002). Just because
we “know” it’s true doesn’t mean it’s really
true: A case study in Kenya. Psychological Science
Agenda, 15(2), 8–10.
Sternberg, R. J., Grigorenko, E. L., Ngrosho, D.,
Tantufuye, E., Mbise, A., Nokes, C., et al. (2002).
Assessing intellectual potential in rural Tanzanian
school children. Intelligence, 30, 141–162.
Sternberg, R. J., & Kaufman J. C. (1998). Human abilities.
Annual Review of Psychology, 49, 479–502.
Sternberg, R. J., Nokes, K., Geissler, P. W., Prince, R.,
Okatcha, F., Bundy, D. A., et al. (2001). The relationship
between academic and practical intelligence: A
case study in Kenya. Intelligence, 29, 401–418.
Sternberg, R. J., Powell, C., McGrane, P. A., &
McGregor, S. (1997). Effects of a parasitic infection
on cognitive functioning. Journal of Experimental
Psychology: Applied, 3, 67–76.
Sternberg, R. J.,&Suben, J. (1986). The socialization of
intelligence. In M. Perlmutter (Ed.), Perspectives on
intellectual development: Vol. 19. Minnesota Symposia
on Child Psychology (pp. 201–235). Hillsdale,
NJ: Erlbaum.
222
Stevenson, H. W., & Stigler, J. W. (1994). The learning
gap: Why our schools are failing and what we can
learn from Japanese and Chinese education. New
York: Simon & Schuster.
Stigler, J. W., Lee, S., Lucker, G. W., & Stevenson, H. W.
(1982). Curriculum and achievement in mathematics:
A study of elementary school children in Japan,
Taiwan, and the United States. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 74, 315–322.
Super, C. M. (1976). Environmental effects on motor
development: The case of African infant precocity.
Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 18,
561–567.
Super, C. M., & Harkness, S. (1982). The development
of affect in infancy and early childhood. In D. Wagner
& H. Stevenson (Eds.), Cultural perspectives on
child development (pp. 1–19). San Francisco: Freeman.
Super, C. M., & Harkness, S. (1986). The developmental
niche: A conceptualization at the interface of child
and culture. International Journal of Behavioral Development,
9, 545–569.
Super, C. M., & Harkness, S. (1993). The developmen22. Intelligence and Culture 567
tal niche: A conceptualization at the interface of child
and culture. In R. A. Pierce & M. A. Black (Eds.),
Life-span development: A diversity reader (pp. 61–
77). Dubuque, IA: Kendall/Hunt.
Thurstone, L. L. (1924). The nature of intelligence. New
York: Harcourt Brace.
Thurstone, L. L. (1938). Primary mental abilities. Chicago:
University of Chicago Press.
Tomasello, M. (1999). The cultural origins of human
cognition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
Tzuriel, D. (1995). Dynamic-interactive assessment:
The legacy of L. S. Vygotsky and current developments.
Unpublished manuscript, Bar-Ilan University,
Jerusalem, Israel.
Vernon, P. E. (1969). Intelligence and cultural environment.
London: Methuen.
Vernon, P. E. (1971). The structure of human abilities.
London: Methuen.
Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development
of higher psychological processes. Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Wagner, D. A. (1978). Memories of Morocco: The influence
of age, schooling, and environment on memory.
Cognitive Psychology, 10, 1–28.
White, G. M. (1985). Premises and purposes in a Solomon
Islands ethnopsychology. In G. M. White & J.
Kirkpatrick (Eds.), Person, self, and experience: Exploring
Pacific ethnopsychologies (pp. 328–366).
Berkeley: University of California Press.
223
Yan, Z. (2001). Yan’s family rules—Piece of conduct. In
Chinese classic books series (multimedia version).
Beijing: Beijing Yinguan Electronic Publishing. (in
Chinese)
Yang, S.-Y. (2001). Conceptions of wisdom among Taiwanese
Chinese. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
32, 662–680.
Yang, S.-Y., & Sternberg, R. J. (1997a). Conceptions of
intelligence in ancient Chinese philosophy. Journal of
Theoretical and Philosophical Psychology, 17, 101–
119.
Yang, S.-Y., & Sternberg, R. J. (1997b). Taiwanese Chinese
people’s conceptions of intelligence. Intelligence,
25, 21–36.
Zeidner, M. (1985). A cross-cultural test of the situational
bias hypothesis—the Israeli scene. Evaluation
and Program Planning, 8, 367–376.
Zeidner, M., Matthews, G., & Roberts, R. D. (2004).
Intelligence theory, assessment, and research: The Israeli
experience. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), International
handbook of intelligence (pp. 212–247). New
York: Cambridge University Press.
Atran, S. (1998). Folk biology and the anthropology of
science: Cognitive universals and cultural particulars.
Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 21, 547–609.
23. Perception and Cognition 589
Atran, S., Medin, D. L., & Ross, N. O. (2005). The cultural
mind: Environmental decision making and cultural
modeling within and across populations. Psychological
Review, 112, 744–776.
Au, T. (1983). Chinese and English counterfactuals: The
Sapir–Whorf hypothesis revisited. Cognition, 15,
155–187.
Avis, J., & Harris, P. L. (1991). Belief-desire reasoning
among Baka children: Evidence for a universal conception
of mind. Child Development, 62, 460–467.
Baillargeon, R. (1995). Physical reasoning in infancy. In
M. S. Gazzaniga (Ed.), The cognitive neurosciences
(pp. 181–204). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Barkow, J. H., Cosmides, L., & Tooby, J. (Eds.). (1992).
The adapted mind: Evolutionary psychology and the
generation of culture. London: Oxford University
Press.
Becker, C. B. (1986). Reasons for the lack of argumentation
and debate in the Far East. International Journal
of Intercultural Relations, 10, 75–92.
Benjamin, L. T. (1988). A history of psychology: Original
sources and contemporary research. New York:
McGraw-Hill.
Berlin, B., Breedlove, D., & Raven, P. (1973). General
principles of classification and nomenclature in folk
biology. American Anthropologist, 74, 214–242.
Berlin, B. O., & Kay, P. D. (1969). Basic color terms.
224
Berkeley: University of California Press.
Block, N. (1995). The mind as the software of the brain.
In E. E. Smith & D. N. Osherson (Eds.), Thinking:
An invitation to the cognitive science (pp. 377–425).
Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Bloom, A. H. (1981). The linguistic shaping of thought:
A study in the impact of language on thinking in
China and the West. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Bond, M. H. (1996). Chinese values. In M. H. Bond
(Ed.), Handbook of Chinese psychology (pp. 208–
226). Hong Kong: Oxford University Press.
Boroditsky, L. (2001). Does language shape thought?:
English and Mandarin speakers’ conceptions of time.
Cognitive Psychology, 43, 1–22.
Boroditsky, L. (2003). Linguistic relativity. In L. Nadel
(Ed.) Encyclopedia of Cognitive Science (pp. 917–
921). London: Macmillan.
Buchtel, E., & Norenzayan, A. (2005). Rule-based and
intuitive reasoning: Culture, reasoning style, and values.
Unpublished manuscript, University of British
Columbia, Vancouver.
Callaghan, T., Rochat, P., Liilard, A., Claux, M.,
Odden, H., et al. (2005). Synchrony in the onset of
mental state reasoning: Evidence from five cultures.
Psychological Science, 16, 378–384.
Carey, S. (2004). Bootstrapping and the origins of concepts.
Daedalus, 59–68.
Carroll, J. B., & Casagrande, J. B. (1958). The function
of language classification in behavior. In E. Macoby,
T. Newcomb, & E. Hartley (Eds.), Readings in social
psychology (pp. 18–31). New York: Holt.
Chalfonte, B. L., & Johnson, M. K. (1996). Feature
memory and binding in young and older adults.
Memory and Cognition, 24, 403–416.
Choi, I., Choi, J., & Norenzayan, A. (2004). Culture
and decisions. In D. J. Koehler & N. Harvey (Eds.),
Blackwell handbook of judgment and decision making
(pp. 504–524). Oxford, UK: Blackwell.
Choi, I., Dalal, R., Kim-Prieto, C., & Park, H. (2003).
Culture and judgment of causal relevance. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 46–59.
Choi, I., Koo, M., & Choi, J. (2005). Measuring holistic
versus analytic thinking style. Unpublished manuscript,
Seoul National University, Seoul, Korea.
Choi, I., & Nisbett, R. E. (1998). The cultural psychology
of surprise: Holistic theories and recognition of
contradiction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
79, 890–905.
Choi, I., Nisbett, R. E., & Norenzayan, A. (1999).
Causal attribution across cultures: Variation and universality.
Psychological Bulletin, 125, 47–63.
Chua, H. F., Boland, J. E., & Nisbett, R. E. (2005). Cultural
variation in eye movements during scene perception.
225
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences
USA, 102, 12629–12633.
Cohen, A., & Rozin, P. (1999). Religion and the morality
of mentality. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 81, 697–710.
Cohen, D. (2001). Cultural variation: Considerations
and implications. Psychological Bulletin, 127, 451–
471.
Cole, M. (1996). Cultural psychology: A once and future
discipline. Cambridge, MA: Belknap/Harvard
University Press.
Cole, M., Gay, J., Glick, J. A., & Sharp, D. W. (1971).
The cultural context of learning and thinking. New
York: Basic Books.
Cole, M., & Scribner, S. (1974). Culture and thought: A
psychological introduction. New York: Wiley.
Cousins, S. D. (1989). Culture and self-perception in Japan
and the United States. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 56, 124–131.
Dehaene, S. (1997). The number sense: How the mind
creates mathematics. Oxford, UK: Oxford University
Press.
Dennett, D. C. (1995). Darwin’s dangerous idea: Evolution
and the meanings of life. New York: Simon &
Schuster.
Edgerton, R. (1971). The individual in cultural adaptation.
Los Angeles: University of California Press.
Fiske, A. P., Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., & Nisbett, R.
E. (1998). The cultural matrix of social psychology.
In D. T. Gilbert, S. T. Fiske, & G. Linzey (Eds.),
Handbook of social psychology (4th ed., pp. 915–
981). Boston: McGraw-Hill.
Foley, R., & Lahr, M. (1997). Mode 3 technologies and
the evolution of modern humans. Cambridge Archaeological
Journal, 7, 3–36.
Fung, Y. (1983). A history of Chinese philosophy (D.
Bodde, Trans.; Vols. 1–2). Princeton, NJ: Princeton
University Press.
590 V. COGNITION
Gelman, R., & Gallistel, C. R. (2004). Language and
the origin of number concepts. Science, 306, 441–
443.
Gordon, P. (2004). Numerical cognition without words:
Evidence from Amazonia. Science, 306, 496–499.
Hacking, I. (1975). The emergence of probability. Cambridge,
UK: Cambridge University Press.
Hedden, T., Ji, L., Jing, Q., Jiao, S., Yao, C., Nisbett, R.
E., et al. (2000). Culture and age differences in recognition
memory for social dimensions. Paper presented
at the Cognitive Aging Conference, Atlanta.
Heider, E. R., & Oliver, C. C. (1972). The structure of
the color space in naming and memory for two languages.
Cognitive Psychology, 3, 337–354.
226
Heine, S. J., Lehman, D. R., Peng, K., & Greenholtz, J.
(2002). What’s wrong with cross-cultural comparisons
of subjective Likert scales?: The reference-group
problem. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
82, 903–918.
Heine, S. J., & Norenzayan, A. (2006). Towards a psychological
science for a cultural species. Perspectives
on Psychological Science, 1, 251–269.
Henrich, J. (2005). Perception and reasoning among the
Mapuche. Unpublished manuscript, Emory University,
Atlanta, GA.
Henrich, J., & Boyd, R. (1998). The evolution of conformist
transmission and between-group differences.
Evolution and Human Behavior, 19, 215–242.
Hong, Y., Chiu, C., & Kung, T. (1997). Bringing culture
out in front: Effects of cultural meaning system activation
on social cognition. In K. Leung, Y. Kashima,
U. Kim,&S. Yamaguchi (Eds.), Progress in Asian social
psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 135–146). Singapore:
Wiley.
Hunt, E., & Agnoli, F. (1991). The Whorfian hypothesis:
A cognitive psychology perspective. Psychological
Review, 98, 377–389.
Hutchins, E. (1995). Cognition in the wild. Cambridge,
MA: MIT Press.
Ji, L., Nisbett, R. E., & Su, Y. (2001). Culture, change,
and prediction. Psychological Science, 12, 450–456.
Ji, L.,&Nisbett, R. E.,&Zhang, Z. (2004). Is it culture
or is it language?: Examination of language effects in
cross-cultural research on categorization. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 87, 57–65.
Ji, L., Peng, K., & Nisbett, R. E. (2000). Culture, control,
and perception of relationships in the environment.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
78, 943–955.
Kim, H. S. (2002). We talk, therefore we think?: A cultural
analysis of the effect of talking on thinking.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83,
828–842.
Kitayama, S., Duffy, S., Kawamura, T., & Larsen, J.
(2003). Perceiving an object and its context in different
cultures: A cultural look at New Look. Psychological
Science, 14, 201–206.
Kitayama, S., Ishii, K., Imada, T., Takemura, K., &
Ramaswamy, J. (2006). Voluntary settlement and the
spirit of independence: Evidence from Japan’s
“Northern Frontier.” Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 91, 369–384.
Knowles, E. D., Morris, M. W., Chiu, C., & Hong, Y.
(2001). Culture and the process of person perception:
Evidence for automaticity among East Asians in correcting
for situational influences on behavior. Personality
and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 1344–1356.
227
Koo, M., & Choi, I. (2005). Becoming a holistic
thinker: Training effect of Oriental medicine on reasoning.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin,
31, 1264–1272.
Krull, D. S., Loy, M. H.-M., Lin, J., Wang, C.-F., Chen,
S., & Zhao, X. (1999). The fundamental attribution
error: Correspondence bias in individualist and collectivist
cultures. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 25, 1208–1219.
Kühnen, U., Hannover, B., & Roeder, U. (2001). Crosscultural
variations in identifying embedded figures:
Comparisons from the United States, Germany, Russia,
and Malaysia. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
32, 365–371.
Kühnen, U., Hannover, B., Schubert, B. (2001). The
semantic–procedural interface model of the self: The
role of self-knowledge for context-dependent versus
context-independent modes of thinking. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 80, 397–409.
Kühnen, U., & Oyserman, D. (2002). Thinking about
the self influences thinking in general: Cognitive consequences
of salient self-concept. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 38, 492–499.
Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated learning: Legitimate
peripheral participation. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge
University Press.
Lee, F., Hallahan, M., & Herzog, T. (1996). Explaining
real life events: How culture and domain shape attributions.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin,
22, 732–741.
Levinson, S. C. (1996). Language and space. Annual Review
of Anthropology, 25, 353–382.
Levinson, S. C., Kita, S., Haun, D., & Rasch, B. H.
(2002). Returning the tables: Language affects spatial
reasoning. Cognition, 84, 155–188.
Li, P., & Gleitman, L. (2002). Turning the tables: Language
and spatial reasoning. Cognition, 83, 265–
294.
Lillard, A. (1998). Ethnopsychologies: Cultural variations
in theories of mind. Psychological Bulletin,
123, 3–32.
Liu, L. G. (1985). Reasoning counterfactually in Chinese:
Are there any obstacles? Cognition, 21, 239–
270.
Liu, S. H. (1974). The use of analogy and symbolism in
traditional Chinese philosophy. Journal of Chinese
Philosophy, 1, 313–338.
Lloyd, G. E. R. (1990). Demystifying mentalities. New
York: Cambridge University Press.
Lucy, J. A. (1997). Linguistic relativity. Annual Review
of Anthropology, 26, 291–312.
Lucy, J. A., & Gaskins, S. (1997). Grammatical categories
and the development of classification preferences:
228
A comparative approach. In S. C. Levinson &
M. Bowerman (Eds.), Language acquisition and conceptual
development. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge
University Press.
Lucy, J. A.,&Shweder, R. (1979). Whorf and his critics:
Linguistic and nonlinguistic influences on color
memory. American Anthropologist, 81, 581–615.
Luria, A. R. (1931). Psychological expedition to Central
Asia. Science, 74, 383–384.
Luria, A. R. (1971). Towards the problem of the historical
nature of psychological processes. International
Journal of Psychology, 6, 259–272.
Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the
self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation.
Psychological Review, 98, 224–253.
Markus, H. R., Mullally, P. R., & Kitayama, S. (1997).
Selfways: Diversity in modes of cultural participation.
In U. Neisser & D. Jopling (Eds.), The conceptual
self in context. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University
Press.
Masuda, T., & Kitayama, S. (2003). Perceiver-induced
constraint and attitude attribution in Japan and the
U.S.: A case for the cultural dependence of the correspondence
bias. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
40, 409–416.
Masuda, T., & Nisbett, R. E. (2001). Attending holistically
versus analytically: Comparing the context sensitivity
of Japanese and Americans. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 81, 922–934.
Masuda, T., & Nisbett, R. E. (2005). Culture and
change blindness. Unpublished manuscript,
Hokkaido University, Sapporo, Japan.
Medin, D. L. & Atran. S. (2004). The native mind: Biological
categorization, reasoning and decision making
in development across cultures. Psychological Review,
111, 960–983.
Miller, J. G. (1984). Culture and the development of everyday
social explanation. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 46, 961–978.
Miller, K. F., & Paredes, D. R. (1996). On the shoulders
of giants: Cultural tools and mathematical development.
In R. J. Sternberg & T. Ben-Zeev (Eds.), The
nature of mathematical thinking (pp. 83–117).
Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Miller, K. F., Smith, C. M., Zhu, J.,&Zhang, H. (1995).
Preschool origins of cross-national differences in
mathematical competence: The role of number naming
systems. Psychological Science, 6, 56–60.
Miller, K. F., & Stigler, J. W. (1987). Counting in Chinese:
Cultural variation in basic cognitive skill. Cognitive
Development, 2, 279–305.
Miyamoto, Y., & Kitayama, S. (2002). Cultural variation
in correspondence bias: The critical role of attitude
229
diagnosticity of socially constrained behavior.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83,
1239–1248.
Miyamoto, Y., Kitayama, S.,&Talhelm, T. (2006, January).
A meta-analytic review of cultural differences in
cognitive processes. Poster presented at the 6th Conference
of the Society for Personality and Social
Psychology, Palm Springs, CA.
Miyamoto, Y., Nisbett, R. E., & Masuda, T. (2006).
Culture and the physical environment: Holistic versus
analytic perceptual affordances. Psychological
Science, 17, 113–119.
Morris, M. W., & Peng, K. (1994). Culture and cause:
American and Chinese attributions for social and
physical events. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 67, 949–971.
Munro, D. J. (1969). The concept of man in early
China. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.
Nagashima, N. (1973). A reversed world: Or is it? In R.
Horton, & R. Finnegan (Eds.), Modes of thought:
Essays on thinking inWestern and non-Western societies
(pp. 92–111). London: Faber & Faber.
Nakamura, H. (1985).Ways of thinking of Eastern peoples.
Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press. (Original
work published 1964)
Needham, J. (1978). Science and civilisation in China.
Vol. 4: Physics and physical technology. Cambridge,
UK: Cambridge University Press. (Original work
published 1962)
Needham, J. (1978). The history of Chinese science and
technology. Chiu-Lung: Chung Hua Shu Chu. (Original
work published 1962)
Neisser, U. (1963). The multiplicity of thought. British
Journal of Psychology, 54, 1–14.
Nisbett, R. E. (2003). The geography of thought. New
York: Free Press.
Nisbett, R. E., & Masuda, T. (2003). Culture and point
of view. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences
USA, 100, 11163–11170.
Nisbett, R. E., & Norenzayan, A. (2002). Culture and
cognition. In D. L. Medin (Ed.), Stevens’ handbook
of experimental psychology: Cognition (3rd ed.,
pp. 561–597). New York: Wiley.
Nisbett, R. E., Peng, K., Choi, I., & Norenzayan, A.
(2001). Culture and systems of thought: Holistic vs.
analytic cognition. Psychological Review, 108, 291–
310.
Norenzayan, A. (2005a). Fatalistic thinking across cultures
and religions. Unpublished raw data, University
of British Columbia, Vancouver.
Norenzayan, A. (2005b). Analytic and holistic thinking
in Arabs, Chinese, and Canadians. Unpublished
manuscript, University of British Columbia, Vancouver.
230
Norenzayan, A., Choi, I., & Nisbett, R. E. (2002). Cultural
similarities and differences in social inference:
Evidence from behavioral predictions and lay theories
of behavior. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 28, 109–120.
Norenzayan, A., & Heine, S. J. (2005). Psychological
universals across cultures: What are they and how
can we know? Psychological Bulletin, 135, 763–784.
Norenzayan, A., & Nisbett, R. E. (2000). Culture and
causal cognition. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 9, 132–135.
592 V. COGNITION
Norenzayan, A., Schaller, M., & Heine, S. (2006). Evolution
and culture. In M. Schaller, J. Simpson, & D.
Kenrick (Eds.), Evolution and social psychology
(pp. 343–366). New York: Psychology Press.
Norenzayan, A., Smith, E. E., & Kim, B., & Nisbett, R.
E. (2002). Cultural preferences for formal versus intuitive
reasoning. Cognitive Science, 26, 653–684.
Oishi, S. (2004). The socio-ecological model of the self:
The role of residential mobility. Paper presented at
the 1st Cultural Psychology Preconference, Society
for Personality and Social Psychology, New Orleans,
LA.
Oyserman, D., Kemmelmeier, M., & Coon, H. (2002).
Rethinking individualism and collectivism: Evaluation
of theoretical assumptions and meta-analyses.
Psychological Bulletin, 128, 3–72.
Peng, K., & Knowles, E. (2003). Culture, education,
and the attribution of physical causality. Personality
and Social Psychology Bulletin, 29, 1272–1284.
Peng, K., & Nisbett, R. E. (1999). Culture, dialectics,
and reasoning about contradiction. American Psychologist,
54, 741–754.
Pica, P., Lerner, C., Izard, V., & Dehaene, S. (2004). Exact
and approximate arithmetic in an Amazonian indigenous
group. Science, 306, 499–501.
Pinker, S. (1997). How the mind works. New York:
Norton.
Rensink, R. A., O’Regan, J. K.,&Clark, J. J. (1997). To
see or not to see: The need for attention to perceive
changes in scenes. Psychological Science, 8, 368–373.
Resnick, L. B. (1994). Situated rationalism: Biological
and social preparation for learning. In L. A.
Hirschfeld & S. A. Gelman (Eds.), Mapping the
mind: Domain specificity in cognition and culture
(pp. 474–494). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University
Press.
Revlin, R., Leirer, V., Yop, H., & Yop, R. (1980). The
belief–bias effect in formal reasoning: The influence
of knowledge on logic. Memory and Cognition, 8,
584–592.
Rhee, E., Uleman, J. S., Lee, H. K., & Roman, R. J.
231
(1996). Spontaneous self-descriptions and ethnic
identities in individualistic and collectivistic cultures.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69,
142–152.
Richerson, P. J., & Boyd, R. (2005). Not by genes alone:
How culture transformed human evolution. Chicago:
University of Chicago Press.
Roberson, D., Davies, I., & Davidoff, J. (2000). Color
categories are not universal: Replications and new
evidence from a stone-age culture. Journal of Experimental
Psychology: General, 129, 369–398.
Rogoff, B. (1990). Apprenticeship in thinking: Cognitive
development in social context. New York: Oxford
University Press.
Sanchez-Burks, J. (2002). Protestant relational ideology
and (in)attention to relational cues in work settings.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83,
919–929.
Saunders, B. A. C., & van Brakel, J. (1997). Are there
non-trivial constraints on color categorization?
Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 20, 167–178.
Schaller, M. (2001). Unintended influence: Social–
evolutionary processes in the construction and
change of culturally-shared beliefs. In J. P. Forgas &
K. D.Williams (Eds.), Social influence: Direct and indirect
processes (pp. 77–93). Philadelphia: Psychology
Press.
Scribner, S. (1975). Recall of classical syllogisms: A
cross-cultural investigation of error on logical problems.
In R. Falmagne (Ed.), Reasoning: Representation
and process (pp. 153–174). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Scribner, S. (1977). Modes of thinking and ways of
speaking: Culture and logic reconsidered. In P. N.
Johnson-Laird & P. C. Wason (Eds.), Thinking:
Readings in cognitive science (pp. 483–500). New
York: Cambridge University Press.
Segall, M. H., Campbell, D. T., & Herskovits, M. J.
(1966). The influence of culture on visual perception.
New York: Bobbs-Merrill.
Shweder, R. A. (1991). Cultural psychology: What is it?
In R. A. Shweder (Ed.), Thinking through cultures:
Expeditions in cultural psychology (pp. 73–110).
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Simons, D. J. (2000). Current approaches to change
blindness. Visual Cognition, 7, 1–15.
Simons, D. J., & Chabris, C. F. (1999). Gorillas in our
midst: Sustained inattentional blindness for dynamic
events. Perception, 28, 1059–1074.
Slobin, D. (1996). From “thought and language” to
“thinking for speaking.” In J. Gumperz & S.
Levinson (Eds.), Rethinking linguistic relativity
(pp. 70–96). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University
Press.
232
Sloman, S. (1996). The empirical case for two systems of
reasoning. Psychological Bulletin, 119, 30–52.
Spelke, E. S. (1990). Principles of object perception.
Cognitive Science, 14, 29–56.
Spelke, E. S., Phillips, A., & Woodward, A. L. (1995).
Infants’ knowledge of object motion and human action.
In D. Sperber, D. Premack, & A. J. Premack
(Eds.), Causal cognition: A multidisciplinary debate
(pp. 44–78). Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press.
Spencer-Rodgers, J., & Peng, K. (2003). The dialectical
self: Contradiction, change, and holism in the East
Asian self-concept. In R. M. Sorrentino, D. Cohen, J.
M. Olsen, & M. P. Zanna (Eds.), Culture and social
behavior: The Ontario Symposium (Vol. 10,
pp. 227–249). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Spencer-Rodgers, J., Peng, K., Wang, L., & Hou, Y.
(2003). Dialectical self-esteem and East–West differences
in psychological well-being. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 30, 1416–1432.
Sperber, D. (1996). Explaining culture: A naturalistic
approach. Cambridge, MA: Blackwell.
Stich, S. P. (1990). Fragmentation of reason. Cambridge,
MA: MIT Press.
Stewart van Leeuwen, M. (1973). Tests of the
carpentered world hypothesis by race and environment in America and Zambia. International Journal
of Psychology, 8, 83–94.
Tardif, T. (1996). Nouns are not always learned before
verbs: Evidence from Mandarin-speakers early vocabularies.
Developmental Psychology, 32, 492–504.
Tomasello, M. (1999). The cultural origins of human
cognition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
Tomasello, M., Kruger, A. C., & Ratner, H. H. (1993).
Cultural learning. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 16,
495–552.
Triandis, H. C. (1989). The self and social behavior in
differing cultural contexts. Psychological Review, 96,
269–289.
Triandis, H. C. (1995). Individualism and collectivism.
Boulder, CO: Westview Press.
Tweed, R. G., & Lehman, D. R. (2002). Learning considered
within a cultural context: Confucian and Socratic
approaches. American Psychologist, 57, 89–
99.
Unsworth, S. J., & Medin, D. L. (2005). Cultural differences
in belief bias associated with deductive reasoning?
Cognitive Science, 29, 525–529.
Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development
of higher psychological processes. Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Wellman, H. M., Cross, D., & Watson, J. (2001). Metaanalysis
of theory-of-mind development: The truth
233
about false belief. Child Development, 72, 655–684.
Whorf, B. L. (1956). Language, thought and reality.
New York: Wiley.
Witkin, H. A., & Berry, J. W. (1975). Psychological differentiation
in cross-cultural perspective. Journal of
Cross Cultural Psychology, 6, 4–87.
Witkin, H. A., Dyk, R. B., Faterson, H. F., Goodenough,
D. R., & Karp, S. A. (1974). Psychological differentiation.
Potomac, MD: Erlbaum.
Witkin, H. A., Lewis, H. B., Hertzman, M., Machover,
K., Meissner, P. B., & Karp, S. A. (1954). Personality
through perception. New York: Harper.
Wundt, W. (1916). Elements of folk psychology: Outlines
of a psychological history of the development of
mankind. London: Allen & Unwin/Macmillan.
Zebian, S., & Denny, J. P. (2001). Integrative cognitive
style in Middle Eastern and Western groups. Journal
of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 32, 58–75.
Zhang, D. L. (1985). The concept of “Tian Ren He Yi”
in Chinese philosophy. Beijing University Journal, 1,
8.
Zhang, D. L., & Chen, Z. Y. (1991). Zhongguo Siwei
Pianxiang [The orientation of Chinese thinking].
Beijing: Social Science Press.
Alexander, K. J., Miller, P. J., & Hengst, J. A. (2001).
Young children’s emotional attachments to stories.
Social Development, 10, 374–398.
Austin, J. L. (1975). How to do things with words.
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Bakhtin, M. M. (1981). The dialogic imagination. Austin:
University of Texas Press.
Basso, K. (1996). Wisdom sits in places: Landscape and
language among the Western Apache. Albuquerque:
University of New Mexico Press.
Bauman, R. (1986). Story, performance, and event:
Contextual studies of oral narrative. New York:
Cambridge University Press.
Bauman, R., & Briggs, C. L. (1990). Poetics and performance
as critical perspectives on language and
social life. Annual Review of Anthropology, 19,
59–88.
Bauman, R., & Sherzer, J. (Eds.). (1989). Explorations
in the ethnography of speaking. Cambridge, UK:
Cambridge University Press.
Berk, L. E. (2001). Awakening children’s minds. New
York: Oxford University Press.
Briggs, C. L. (1986). Learning how to ask: A sociolinguistic
appraisal of the role of the interview in social
science research. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge
University Press.
Briggs, J. L. (1998). Inuit morality play: The emotional
education of a three-year-old. New Haven, CT: Yale
University Press.
234
Bruner, J. S. (1990). Acts of meaning. Cambridge, MA:
Harvard University Press.
Burger, L. K., & Miller, P. J. (1999). Early talk about the
past revisited: Affect in working-class and middleclass
children’s co-narrations. Journal of Child Language,
26, 133–162.
Cazden, C. B. (1993). Vygotsky, Hymes, and Bakhtin:
From word to utterance and voice. In E. A. Forman,
N. Minick, & C. A. Stone (Eds.), Contexts for learning:
Sociocultural dynamics in children’s development
(pp. 197–212). New York: Oxford University
Press.
Chen, E. C. H., Lin, S. M., Miller, P., & Fung, H. (2005,
April). Storytelling as a medium of socialization for
preschoolers: A follow-up study of narrative practices
in Taiwanese and Euro-American families.
Poster presented at the biennial meeting of the Society
for Research in Child Development (SRCD), Atlanta,
GA.
Clark, C. D. (2003). In sickness and in play: Children
coping with chronic illness. New Brunswick, NJ:
Rutgers University Press.
Cole, M. (1996). Cultural psychology: A once and future
discipline. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
Coles, R. (1989). The call of stories. Boston: Houghton
Mifflin.
Duranti, A., & Goodwin, C. (1992). Rethinking context:
Language as an interactive phenomenon. New
York: Cambridge University Press.
Dyson, A. H. (1993). Social worlds of children learning
to write in an urban primary school. New York:
Teachers College Press.
Engel, S. (1995). The stories children tell: Making sense
of the narratives of childhood. New York: Freeman.
Fivush, R. (1993). Emotional content of parent–child
conversations about the past. In C. A. Nelson (Ed.),
Memory and affect in development: Minnesota Symposia
on Child Psychology (Vol. 26, pp. 39–77).
Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Fung, H. (1999). Becoming a moral child: The socialization
of shame among young Chinese children. Ethos,
27, 180–209.
Fung, H. (2003). When culture meets psyche: Understanding
the contextualized self through the life and
dreams of an elderly Taiwanese woman. Taiwan
Journal of Anthropology, 1, 149–175.
Fung, H., Miller, P. J., & Lin, L. C. (2004). Listening is
active: Lessons from the narrative practices of Taiwanese
families. In M. W. Pratt & B. E. Fiese (Eds.),
Family stories and the life course: Across time and
generations (pp. 303–323). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Goffman, E. (1979). Footing. Semiotica, 25, 1–29.
235
Gone, J. P. (1999). “We were through as keepers of it”:
24. Narrative Reverberations 611
The “missing pipe narrative” and Gros Ventre cultural
identity. Ethos, 27, 415–440.
Gone, J. P. (2005, June). “I came to tell you of my life”:
Narrative expositions of “mental health” in an
American Indian community. Paper presented at a
Festschrift honoring Julian Rappaport, Urbana, IL.
Goodnow, J. J., Miller, P. J., & Kessel, F. (Eds.). (1995).
Cultural practices as context for development. San
Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Goodwin, C. (1984). Notes on story structure and the
organization of participation. In M. Atkinson & J.
Heritage (Eds.), Structures of social action (pp. 225–
246). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Goodwin, M. H. (1990). He-said-she-said: Talk as social
organization among black children. Bloomington:
Indiana University Press.
Haight,W.,Wang, X., Fung, H.,Williams, K., & Mintz,
J. (1999). Universal, developmental and variable aspects
of young children’s play: A cross-cultural comparison
of pretending at home. Child Development,
70, 1477–1488.
Hanks, W. F. (1996). Language and communicative
practices. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.
Heath, S. B. (1983). Ways with words: Language, life,
and work in communities and classrooms. Cambridge,
UK: Cambridge University Press.
Heine, S. J., & Lehman, D. R. (2003). Move the body,
change the self: Acculturative effects on the selfconcept.
In M. Schaller & C. Crandall (Eds.), Psychological
foundations of culture (pp. 305–331).
Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Heine, S. J., Lehman, D. R., Markus, H. R., &
Kitayama, S. (1999). Is there a universal need for
positive self-regard? Psychological Review, 106,
766–794.
Hicks, D. A. (1991). Kinds of narrative: Genre skills
among first graders from two communities. In A.
McCabe & C. Peterson (Eds.), Developing narrative
structure (pp. 55–87). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Hicks, D. A. (1994). Individual and social meanings in
the classroom: Narrative discourse as a boundary
phenomenon. Journal of Narrative and Life History,
4, 215–240.
Hill, J. H. (1989). Weeping as a meta-signal in a
Mexicano woman’s narrative. Journal of Folklore
Research, 27, 29–47.
Hill, J. H. (1995). The voices of Don Gabriel: Responsibility
and self in a modern Mexicano narrative. In D.
Tedlock & B. Mannheim (Eds.), The dialogic emergence
of culture (pp. 97–147). Chicago: University of
Illinois Press.
236
Holland, D., Lachicotte, W., Skinner, D., & Cain, C.
(1998). Identity and agency in cultural worlds. Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Holmgren, J. (1985). The economic foundations of virtue:
Widow-remarriage in early and modern China.
Australian Journal of Chinese Affairs, 13, 1–27.
Hudley, E. V. P., Haight, W., & Miller, P. J. (2003).
“Raise up a child”: Human development in an
African-American family. Chicago: Lyceum.
Hymes, D. (1974). Foundations in sociolinguistics: An
ethnographic approach. Philadelphia: University of
Pennsylvania Press.
Jakobson, R. (1960). Closing statement: Linguistics and
poetics. In T. A. Sebeok (Ed.), Style in language
(pp. 350–377). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Jefferson, G. (1978). Sequential aspects of storytelling in
conversation. In J. Shenkein (Ed.), Studies in the organization
of conversational interaction (pp. 219–
248). New York: Academic Press.
Jefferson, G. (1984). On the organization of laughter in
talk about troubles. In J. M. Atkinson & J. Heritage
(Eds.), Structures of social action: Studies in conversation
analysis (pp. 346–369). New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Kamberelis, G. (1993). Tropes are for kids: Young children’s
developing understanding of narrative, poetic,
and expository written discourse genres. Dissertation
Abstracts International, 54(12), 4379A. (UMI No.
9409724)
Kamberelis, G., & Scott, K. D. (1992). Other people’s
voices: The coarticulation of texts and subjectivities.
Linguistics and Education, 4, 359–403.
Koven, M. (2002). An analysis of speaker role
inhabitance in narratives of personal experience.
Journal of Pragmatics, 34, 167–217.
Labov, W. (1972). Language in the inner city: Studies in
the Black English vernacular. Philadelphia: University
of Pennsylvania Press.
Labov, W., & Waletsky, J. (1967). Narrative analysis:
Oral versions of personal experiences. In J. Helm
(Ed.), Essays on the verbal and visual arts (pp. 12–
44). Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1990). Situated learning: Legitimate
peripheral participation. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge
University Press.
Li, J. (2004a). “I learn and I grow big”: Chinese preschoolers’
purposes for learning. International Journal
of Behavioral Development, 28, 116–128.
Li, J. (2004b). Learning as a task or a virtue: U.S. and
Chinese preschoolers explain learning. Developmental
Psychology, 40, 595–605.
Linde, C. (1993). Life stories: The creation of coherence.
New York: Oxford University Press.
237
Logan, O. L. (1989). Motherwit: An Alabama midwife’s
story. New York: Penguin.
Mandelbuam, J. (1987). Couples sharing stories. Communication
Quarterly, 35, 144–170.
Mandelbaum, J. (1989). Interpersonal activities in conversational
storytelling. Western Journal of Speech
Communication, 53, 114–126.
Mandelbaum, J. (1993). Assigning responsibility in conversational
storytelling: The interactional construction
of reality, Text, 13, 247–266.
Mann, S. (1987). Widows in the kinship, class, and
community structure of Qing dynasty China. Journal
of Asian Studies, 46, 37–55.
Miller, P. J. (1994). Narrative practices: Their role in socialization
and self-construction. In U. Neisser & R.
Fivush (Eds.), The remembering self: Construction
612 V. COGNITION
and accuracy in the self-narrative (pp. 158–179).
New York: Cambridge University Press.
Miller, P. J., Cho, G. E., & Bracey, J. R. (2005).
Working-class children’s experience through the
prism of personal storytelling. Human Development,
43, 115–135.
Miller, P. J., Fung, H., & Mintz, J. (1996). Selfconstruction
through narrative practices: A Chinese
and American comparison of early socialization.
Ethos, 24(2), 237–280.
Miller, P. J., & Goodnow, J. J. (1995). Cultural practices:
Toward an integration of culture and development.
In J. J. Goodnow, P. J. Miller, & F. Kessel
(Eds.), Cultural practices as contexts for development:
New directions for child development (Vol. 67,
pp. 5–16). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Miller, P. J., Hengst, J. A., Alexander, K. A.,&Sperry, L.
L. (2000). Narrative genres: Tools for creating alternate
realities. In K. Rosengren, C. Johnson,&P. Harris
(Eds.), Imagining the impossible: The development
of magical, scientific, and religious thinking in
contemporary society (pp. 212–246). New York:
Cambridge University Press.
Miller, P. J., Hengst, J. A., & Wang, S.-H. (2003).
Ethnographic methods: Applications from developmental
cultural psychology. In P. Camic, J. Rhodes,
& L. Yardley (Eds.), Qualitative research in psychology:
Expanding perspectives in methodology and design
(pp. 219–242). Washington DC: American Psychological
Association.
Miller, P. J., Hoogstra, L., Mintz, J., Fung, H., & Williams,
K. (1993). Troubles in the garden and how
they get resolved: A young child’s transformation of
his favorite story. In C. A. Nelson (Ed.), The Minnesota
Symposia on Child Psychology: Vol. 26. Memory
and affect in development (pp. 87–114).
238
Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Miller, P. J., & Moore, B. B. (1989). Narrative conjunctions
of caregiver and child: A comparative perspective
on socialization through stories. Ethos, 17, 428–
449.
Miller, P. J., Sandel, T., Liang, C. H.,&Fung, H. (2001).
Narrating transgressions in Longwood: The discourses,
meanings, and paradoxes of an American
socializing practice. Ethos, 29, 159–186.
Miller, P. J., & Sperry, L. L. (1988). Early talk about
the past: The origins of conversational stories of
personal experience. Journal of Child Language,
15, 293–315.
Miller, P. J., Wiley, A., Fung, H., & Liang, C. H. (1997).
Personal storytelling as a medium of socialization in
Chinese and American families. Child Development,
68, 557–568.
Nelson, K. (Ed.). (1989). Narratives from the crib.
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Nelson, K. (1996). Language in cognitive development:
The emergence of the mediated mind. New York:
Cambridge University Press.
Ochs, E. (1988). Culture and language development:
Language acquisition and language socialization in a
Samoan village. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University
Press.
Ochs, E., & Capps, L. (1996). Narrating the self. Annual
Review of Anthropology, 25, 19–43.
Ochs, E., & Capps, L. (2001). Living narrative: Creating
lives in everyday storytelling. Cambridge, MA:
Harvard University Press.
Ochs, E., & Schieffelin, B. B. (1984). Language acquisition
and socialization: Three developmental stories
and their implications. In R. A. Shweder & R. A.
LeVine (Eds.), Culture theory: Essays on mind, self,
and emotion (pp. 276–320). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge
University Press.
Paley, V. G. (1997). The girl with the brown crayon:
How children use stories to shape their lives. Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Peacock, J., & Holland, D. (1993). The narrated self.
Ethos, 21, 367–383.
Pratt, M. W., & Fiese, B. E. (Eds.). (2004). Family stories
and the life course: Across time and generations.
Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Preece, A. (1987). The range of narrative forms conversationally
produced by young children. Journal of
Child Language, 14, 353–373.
Rogoff, B. (1990). Apprenticeship in thinking. New
York: Oxford University Press.
Sacks, H. (1974). An analysis of the course of a joke’s
telling in conversation. In R. Bauman & J. Sherzer
(Eds.), Explorations in the ethnography of speaking
239
(pp. 337–353). New York: Cambridge University
Press.
Schiffrin, D. (1996). Narrative as self-portrait:
Sociolinguistic constructions of identity. Language in
Society, 25, 167–203.
Scribner, S., & Cole, M. (1981) The psychology of literacy.
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Shweder, R. A., Goodnow, J., Hatano, G., LeVine, R.
A., Markus, H., & Miller, P. J. (2006). The cultural
psychology of development: One mind, many mentalities.
In W. Damon (Series Ed.) & R. M. Lerner
(Vol. Ed.), Handbook of child psychology: Vol. 1.
Theoretical models of human development (6th ed.,
pp. 716–792). New York: Wiley.
Silverstein, M. (1995). Shifters, linguistic categories,
and cultural description. In B. Blount (Ed.), Language,
culture, and society: A book of readings (pp.
187–221). Long Grove, IL: Waveland Press. (Original
work published 1976)
Sommer, M. (1996). The uses of chastity: Sex, law, and
the property of widows in Qing China. Late Imperial
China, 17, 77–130.
Spence, P. (1984). Narrative truth and historical truth.
New York: Norton.
Sperry, L. L., & Sperry, D. E. (1995). Young children’s
presentation of self in conversational narration. In L.
L. Sperry & P. A. Smiley (Eds.), Exploring young
children’s concepts of self and other through conversation:
New directions for child development (Vol.
69, pp. 47–60). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Sperry, L. L., & Sperry, D. E. (1996). Early development
24. Narrative Reverberations 613
of narrative skills. Cognitive Development, 11, 443–
465.
Sperry, L. L., & Sperry, D. E. (2000). Verbal and nonverbal
contributions to early representation: Evidence
from African-American toddlers. In N.
Budwig, I. C. Uzgiris, & J. V. Wertsch (Eds.), Communication:
An arena of development (pp. 143–165).
Norwood, NJ: Ablex.
Steedman, C. K. (1986). Landscape for a good woman:
A story of two lives. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers
University Press.
Stromberg, P. G. (1993). Language and selftransformation:
A study of the Christian conversion
narrative. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University
Press.
Taylor, C. E. (1995). “You think it was a fight?”: Coconstructing
(the struggle for) meaning, face, and
family in everyday narrative activity. Research on
Language and Social Interaction, 28, 283–317.
Tobin, J. (2000). Good guys don’t wear hats. New York:
Teachers College Press.
240
Tu, W. M. (1985). Selfhood and otherness in Confucian
thought. In A. J. Marsella, G. Devos, & F. L. K. Hsu
(Eds.), Culture and self: Asian and Western perspectives
(pp. 231–251). New York: Tavistock.
Tu, W. M. (1994). Embodying the universe: A note on
Confucian self-realization. In R. T. Ames, W.
Dissanayake, & T. P. Kasulis (Eds.), Self as person in
Asian theory and practice (pp. 177–186). Albany:
State University of New York Press.
Urban, G. (1989). The “I” of discourse in Shokleng. In
B. Lee & G. Urban (Eds.), Semiotics, self, and society
(pp. 27–51). Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Van Deusen-Phillips, S. B., Goldin-Meadow, S., &
Miller, P. J. (2001). Watching stories, seeing worlds:
Similarities and differences in the cross-cultural narrative
development of linguistically isolated deaf children.
Human Development, 44, 311–336.
Voloshinov, V. N. (1973). Marxism and the philosophy
of language. New York: Seminar Press.
Vygotsky, L. (1978). Mind in society. Cambridge, MA:
Harvard University Press.
Vygotsky, L. (1987). Thinking and speech (N. Minick,
Trans.). New York: Plenum Press. (Original work
published 1934)
Waltner, A. (1981). Widow and remarriage in Ming and
early Qing China. In R. W. Guisso & S. Johannesen
(Eds.),Women in China: Current directions in historical
scholarship (pp. 129–146). Youngstown, NY:
Philo Press.
Wang, Q. (2004). The emergence of cultural selfconstructs:
Autobiographical memory and selfdescription
in European American and Chinese children.
Developmental Psychology, 40, 3–15.
Wang, Q., & Leichtman, M. D. (2000). Same beginnings,
different stories: A comparison of American
and Chinese children’s narratives. Child Development,
71, 1329–1346.
Wang, Q., Leichtman, M. D., & Davies, K. I. (2000).
Sharing memories and telling stories: American and
Chinese mothers and their 3-year-olds. Memory, 8,
159–178.
Wang, Q., & Li, J. (2003). Chinese children’s selfconcepts
in the domains of learning and social relations.
Psychology in the School, 40, 85–101.
Wang, X., Bernas, R., & Eberhard, P. (2005, April). Responding
to children’s everyday transgressions in
Chinese working-class families: A snapshot of
Lianhua workers’ village. Poster presented at the biennial
meeting of the Society for Research in Child
Development (SRCD), Atlanta, GA.
Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning,
meaning, and identity. New York: Cambridge University
Press.
241
Wertsch, J. (1985). Vygotsky and the social formation of
mind. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Wertsch, J. (1991). Voices of the mind. Cambridge, MA:
Harvard University Press.
Wolf, S. A., & Heath, S. B. (1992). The braid of literature:
Children’s worlds of reading. Cambridge, MA:
Harvard University Press.
Wortham, S. E. F. (2001). Narratives in action: A strategy
for research and analysis. New York: Teachers
College Press.
Aboud, F. E., & Doyle, A.-B. (1996). Parental and peer
influences on children’s racial attitudes [Special Issue].
International Journal of Intercultural Relations,
20(3–4), 371–383.
Aboud, F. E., & Skerry, S. A. (1983). Self and ethnic
concepts in relation to ethnic constancy. Canadian
Journal of Behavioural Science, 15, 14–26.
Ahn, W., Kalish, C., Gelman, S. A., Medin, D. L.,
Luhmann, C., Atran, S., et al. (2001). Why essences
are essential in the psychology of concepts. Cognition,
82, 59–69.
Ambady, N., Shih, M., & Kim, A. (2001). Stereotype
susceptibility in children: Effects of identity activation
on quantitative performance. Psychological Science,
12(5), 385–390.
Anderson, J. R. (1990a). Cognitive psychology and its
implications (3rd ed.). New York: Freeman.
Anderson, J. R. (1990b). The adaptive character of
thought. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Ariès, P. (1962). Centuries of childhood: A social history
of family life. New York: Knopf.
Astuti, R., Solomon, G. A., & Carey, S. (2004). Constraints
on conceptual development: A case study of
the acquisition of folkbiological and folksociological
knowledge in Madagascar. In W. A. Collins (Ed.),
Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development
(pp. 1–135). Oxford, UK: Blackwell.
Astuti, R., Solomon, G. E. A., Carey, S., Ingold, T., &
Miller, P. H. (2004). Constraints on conceptual development:
A case study of the acquisition of
folkbiological and folksociological knowledge in
Madagascar. Boston, MA: Blackwell.
Atran, S. (1990). Cognitive foundations of natural history.
Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Atran, S. (2001). The trouble with memes: Inference
versus imitation in cultural evolution. Human Nature,
12, 351–381.
Atran, S. (2002). In gods we trust: The evolutionary
landscape of religion. Oxford, UK: Oxford University
Press.
638 V. COGNITION
Atran, S., Medin, D., Lynch, E., Vapnarsky, V., Ucan
Ek’, E., & Sousa, P. (2001). Folkbiology doesn’t
242
come from folkpsychology: Evidence from Yukatek
Maya in cross-cultural perspective. Journal of Cognition
and Culture, 1, 3–42.
Atran, S., Medin, D., & Ross, N. (2005). The cultural
mind: Environmental decision making and cultural
modeling within and across populations. Psychological
Review, 112, 744–776.
Atran, S., Medin, D., Ross, N., Lynch, E., Vapnarsky, V.,
Ucan Ek’, E., et al. (2002). Folkecology, cultural epidemiology,
and the spirit of the commons: A garden
experiment in that Maya Lowlands, 1991–2001.
Current Anthropology, 43, 421–450.
Au, T. K., & Romo, L. F. (1999). Mechanical causality
in children’s “folkbiology.” In D. L. Medin & S.
Atran (Eds.), Folkbiology (pp. 355–401). Cambridge,
MA: MIT Press.
Avis, J., & Harris, P. L. (1991). Belief-desire reasoning
among Baka children: Evidence for a universal conception
of mind. Child Development, 62(3), 460–
467.
Au, T. K., Romo, L. F., & DeWitt, J. E. (1999). Considering
children’s folkbiology in health education. In
M. Siegal & C. Peterson (Eds.), Children’s understanding
of biology and health (pp. 209–234). London:
Cambridge University Press.
Axelrod, R. (1997). Advancing the art of simulation.
Complexity, 3, 193–199.
Bailenson, J., Shum, M., Atran, S., Medin, D., & Coley,
J. (2002). A bird’s eye view: Biological categorization
and reasoning within and across cultures. Cognition,
84, 1–53.
Barrett, J. L., & Keil, F. C. (1996). Conceptualizing a
nonnatural entity: Anthropomorphism in God concepts.
Cognitive Psychology, 31(3), 219–247.
Barsalou, L.W. (1985). Ideals, central tendency, and frequency
of instantiation as determinants of graded
structure in categories. Journal of Experimental Psychology:
Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 11,
629–654.
Bellezza, F. S. (1984). Reliability of retrieval from semantic
memory: Noun meanings. Bulletin of the
Psychonomic Society, 22, 377–380.
Berlin, B. (1978). Ethnobiological classification. In E.
Rosch & B. B. Lloyd (Eds.), Cognition and categorization
(pp. 9–26). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Berlin, B. (1992). Ethnobiological classification. Princeton,
NJ: Princeton University Press.
Berreby, D. (2005). Us and them: Understanding your
tribal mind. New York: Little, Brown.
Bloch, M., Solomon, G., & Carey, S. (2001).
Zafimaniry: An understanding of what is passed on
from parents to children. A cross-cultural investigation.
Journal of Cognition and Culture, 1(1), 43–68.
243
Boster, J. (2005). Emotion categories across languages.
In H. Cohen & C. Lefebvre (Eds.), Handbook of categorization
in cognitive science (pp. 188–223). London:
Elsevier Science.
Boyd, R., & Richerson, P. J. (1985). Culture and the
evolutionary process. Chicago: The University of
Chicago Press.
Boyer, P. (2001). Religion explained: The human instincts
that fashion gods, spirits and ancestors. London:
Heinemann.
Briley, D., Morris, M., & Simonson, I. (2000). Reasons
as carriers of culture: Dynamic versus dispositional
models of cultural influence on decision making.
Journal of Consumer Research, 27, 157–178.
Brooks, J., & Lewis, M. (1976). Infants’ responses to
strangers: Midget, adult, and child. Child Development,
47(2), 323–332.
Brown, C. (1995). Lexical acculturation and
ethnobiology: Utilitarianism and intellectualism.
Journal of Linguistic Anthropology 5, 51–64.
Brumann, C. (1999). Why a successful concept should
not be discarded. Current Anthropology, 40, S1–S14.
Bulmer, R. (1970). Which came first, the chicken or the
egg-head? In J. Pouillon & P. Maranda (Eds.),
Echanges et communications: Mèlanges offerts
[daggerdbl] Claude Lèvi-Strauss. The Hague: Mouton.
Bulmer, R. (1974). Folk biology in the New Guinea
Highlands. Social Science Information, 13, 9–28.
Burnett, R., Medin, D., Ross, N., & Blok, S. (2005).
Ideal is typical. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 59,
3–10.
Burnett, R., Medin, D., Ross, N. O., & Block S. V.
(2005). Ideal is typical. Canadian Journal of Psychology,
59, 3–10.
Carey, S. (1982). Semantic development: The state of
the art. In E. Wanner & L. R. Gleitman (Eds.), Language
acquisition: The state of the art. Cambridge,
UK: Cambridge University Press.
Carey, S. (1985). Conceptual change in childhood.
Cambridge, MA: Bradford Books.
Cavalli-Sforza, L. L., & Feldman, M. W. (1981). Cultural
transmission and evolution: A quantitative approach.
Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
Chiu, L. (1972). A cross-cultural comparison of cognitive
styles in Chinese and American children. International
Journal of Psychology, 7, 235–242.
Choi, I., Nisbett, R., & Smith, E. (1999). Culture, category
salience, and inductive reasoning. Cognition,
65, 15–32.
Cohen, D. (2001). Cultural variation: Considerations
and implications. Psychological Bulletin, 127, 451–
471.
Cole, M. (1996). Cultural psychology. Cambridge, MA:
244
Harvard University Press.
Cole, M., & Scribner, S. (1974). Culture and thought: A
psychological introduction. New York: Wiley.
Coley, J. D. (1995). Emerging differentiation of
folkbiology and folkpsychology: Attributions of biological
and psychological properties to living things.
Child Development, 66, 1856–1874.
Coley, J. D., Hayes, B., Lawson, C., & Moloney, M.
(2004). Knowledge, expectations, and inductive inferences
within conceptual hierarchies. Cognition,
90, 217–253.
25. Culture, Categorization, and Reasoning 639
Coley, J., Medin, D., & Atran, S. (1997). Does rank
have its privilege?: Inductive inferences in folkbiological
taxonomies. Cognition, 64, 73–112.
Crawford, M. T., Sherman, S. J., & Hamilton, D. L.
(2002). Perceived entitativity, stereotype formation,
and the interchangeability of group members. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 1076–
1094.
de Waal, F. B. M. (1998). Chimpanzee politics: Power
and sex among apes (Rev. ed.). Baltimore: Johns
Hopkins University Press.
Diamond, J., & Bishop, K. (1999). Ethno-ornithology
of the Ketengban people. In D. L. Medin & S. Atran
(Eds.), Folkbiology (pp. 17–46). Cambridge, MA:
MIT Press.
Eberhardt, J. L. (2005). Imaging race. American Psychologist,
60(2), 181–190.
Eid, M., & Diener, E. (2001). Norms for experiencing
emotions in different cultures: Inter- and
intranational differences. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 81, 869–885.
Ekman, P. (1972). Universals and cultural differences in
facial expressions of emotion. In J. Cole (Ed.), Nebraska
Symposium on Motivation 1971 (Vol. 19, pp.
207–283). Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press.
Ellen, R. (1993). The cultural relations of classification.
Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Estes,W. K. (1986). Array models for category learning.
Cognitive Psychology, 18, 500–549.
Estes, W. K. (1994). Classification and cognition. New
York: Oxford University Press.
Flannagan, M. J., Fried, L. S., & Holyoak, K. J. (1986).
Distributional expectations and the induction of category
structure. Journal of Experimental Psychology:
Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 12, 241–256.
Fried, L. S., & Holyoak, K. J. (1984). Induction of category
distributions: A framework for classification
learning. Journal of Experimental Psychology:
Learning, Memory and Cognition, 10, 234–257.
Frith, U., & Frith, C. (2003). Development and
neurphysiology of mentalizing. Philosophical Transactions
245
of the Royal Society of London, 358, 459–
473.
Fukuyama, F. (1995). Trust. New York: Free Press.
Furth, H. (1996). Desire for society: Children’s knowledge
as social imagination. New York: Plenum Press.
Gardner, W., Gabriel, S., & Lee, A. (1999). “I” value
freedom but “we” value relationships: Self-construal
priming mirrors cultural differences in judgment.
Psychological Science, 10, 321–326.
Gallagher, H. L., & Frith, C. D. (2003). Functional
imagine of “theory of mind.” Trends in Cognitive
Sciences, 7(2), 77–83.
Gelman, R. (2002). Cognitive development. In H.
Pashler & D. L. Medin (Eds.), Stevens’ handbook of
experimental psychology, third edition (Vol. 2,
pp. 533–559). New York: Wiley.
Gelman, S. A. (2003). The essential child: Origins of
essentialism in everyday thought. Oxford, UK: Oxford
University Press.
Gelman, S. A., Coley, J. D., & Gottfried, G. M. (1994).
Essentialist beliefs in children: The acquisition of
concepts and theories. In L. A. Hirschfeld & S. A.
Gelman (Eds.), Mapping the mind (pp. 341–367).
Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Gelman, S., & Hirschfeld, L. (1999). How biological is
essentialism? In D. Medin & S. Atran (Eds.),
Folkbiology (pp. 403–446). Cambridge, MA: MIT
Press.
Gelman, S., & Wellman, H. (1991). Insides and essences.
Cognition, 38, 213–244.
Gentner, D., & Goldin-Meadow, S. (Eds.). (2003). Language
in mind: Advances in the study of language
and thought. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Giménez, M., & Harris, P. L. (2002). Understanding
constraints on inheritance: Evidence for biological
thinking in early childhood. British Journal of Developmental
Psychology, 20(3), 307–324.
Goodenough, W. (1955) Componential analysis and the
study of meaning. Language, 32, 185–216.
Greenwald, A. G., & Banaji, M. R. (1995). Implicit social
cognition: Attitudes, self-esteem, and stereotypes.
Psychological Review, 102, 4–27.
Hamilton, D. L., & Sherman, S. J. (1996). Perceiving
persons and groups. Psychological Review, 103,
336–355.
Hamilton, D. L., & Trolier, T. K. (1986). Stereotypes
and stereotyping: An overview of the cognitive approach.
In J. Dovidio&S. Gaertner (Eds.), Prejudice,
discrimination, and racism (pp. 127–163). Orlando,
FL: Academic Press.
Harris, J. R. (1998). The nurture assumption: Why children
turn out the way they do. New York: Free Press.
Hart, A. J., Whalen, P. J., Shin, L. M., McInerney, S. C.,
246
Fischer, H., & Rauch, S. L. (2000). Differential response
in the human amygdala to racial outgroup vs.
ingroup face stimuli. Neuroreport, 11, 2351–2355.
Haslam, N., Rothschild, L., & Ernst, D. (2000).
Essentialist beliefs about social categories. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 39(1), 113–127.
Hatano, G., & Inagaki, K. (1999). A developmental
perspective on informal biology. In D. L. Medin & S.
Atran (Eds.), Folkbiology (pp. 321–354). Cambridge,
MA: MIT Press.
Henrich, J., & Boyd, R. (2002). On modeling cognition
and culture: Why replicators are not necessary for
cultural evolution. Journal of Cognition and Culture,
2, 87–112.
Heyman, G. D.,&Gelman, S. A. (2000). Preschool children’s
use of trait labels to make inductive inferences.
Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 77(1), 1–
19.
Heyman, G. D., & Gelman, S. A. (2000). Beliefs about
the origins of human psychological traits. Developmental
Psychology, 36(5), 663–678.
Hilton, J. L., & von Hippel,W. (1996). Stereotypes. Annual
Review of Psychology, 47, 237–271.
Hirschfeld, L. A. (1989). Rethinking the acquisition of
kinship terms. International Journal of Behavioral
Development, 12, 541–568.
Hirschfeld, L. A. (1995). Do children have a theory of
race? Cognition, 54, 209–252.
Hirschfeld, L. A. (1996). Race in the making. Cambridge,
MA: MIT Press.
Hirschfeld, L. A., & Gelman, S. A. (Eds.). (1994). Mapping
the mind: Domain specificity in cognition and
culture. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Hofstede, G. (1980). Culture’s consequences: International
differences in work-related values. Beverly
Hills, CA: Sage.
Homa, D. (1984). On the nature of categories. In G. H.
Bower (Ed.), The psychology of learning and motivation:
Advances in research and theory (Vol. 18,
pp. 49–94). San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Hubert, L., & Golledge, R. (1981). A heuristic method
for the comparison of related structures. Journal of
Mathematical Psychology, 23, 214–226.
Hunn, E. S. (1975). A measure of the degree of correspondence
of folk to scientific biological classification.
American Ethnologist, 2, 309–327.
Hunn, E. S. (1982). The utilitarian factor in folk biological
classification. American Anthropologist, 84,
830–847.
Hunn, E. S. (1999). Size as limiting the recognition of
biodiversity in folkbiological classifications: One of
four factors governing the cultural recognition of biological
taxa. In D. L. Medin & S. Atran (Eds.),
247
Folkbiology (pp. 47–70). Cambridge, MA: MIT
Press.
Huntington, S. (1996). The clash of civilizations and the
remaking of the world order. New York: Simon &
Schuster.
Hutchins, E. (1995). Cognition in the wild. Cambridge,
MA: MIT Press.
Inagaki, K., & Hatano, G. (2002). Young children’s naive
thinking about the biological world. New York:
Psychology Press.
Inagaki, K., & Sugiyama, K. (1988). Attributing human
characteristics: Developmental changes in over- and
under-attribution. Cognitive Development, 3, 55–70.
Izard, C. E., & Buechler, S. (1980). Aspects of consciousness
and personality in terms of differential
emotions theory. In R. Plutchik & H. Kellerman
(Eds.), Emotion, theory, research, and experience:
Vol. I. Theories of emotion (pp. 165–181). New
York: Academic Press.
Jackendoff, R. (1992). Language of the mind: Essays on
mental representation. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Johnson, K. E. (2001). Determinants of typicality
throughout the continuum of expertise. Memory and
Cognition, 29, 1036–1050.
Johnson, K., & Mervis, C. (1997). Effects of varying
levels of expertise on the basic level of categorization.
Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 126,
248–277.
Johnson, K. E., & Mervis, C. B. (1998). Impact of intuitive
theories on feature recruitment throughout the
continuum of expertise. Memory and Cognition, 26,
382–401.
Johnstone, T., & Scherer, K. R. (2000). Vocal communication
of emotion. In M. Lewis & J. M. HavilandJones (Eds.), Handbook of emotions (pp. 220–235).
New York: Guilford Press.
Keil, F. (1989). Concepts, kinds, and cognitive development.
Cambridge MA: MIT Press.
Keil, F. C., & Batterman, N. (1984). A characteristic-todefining
shift in the development of word meaning.
Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 23,
221–236.
Kelly, Quinn, & Slater (2005). Three-month-olds, but
not newborns, prefer own-race faces. Developmental
Science, 8(6), F31–F36.
Kim, H. J., & Hupka, R. B. (2002). Comparison of associative
meaning of the concepts of anger, envy, fear,
and jealousy between English and Korean. CrossCultural Research, 36, 229–255.
Kim, N. S., & Ahn, W. (2002). Clinical psychologists’
theory-based representations of mental disorders predict
their diagnostic reasoning and memory. Journal
of Experimental Psychology: General, 131, 451–
248
476.
Kitayama, S., Ishii, K., Imada, T., Takemura, K., &
Ramaswamy, J. (2006). Voluntary settlement and the
spirit of independence: Evidence from Japan’s
“Northern Frontier.” Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 91, 369–384.
Laland, K. N., & Brown, G. R. (2002). Sense and nonsense:
Evolutionary perspectives on human behavior.
Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press.
Laland, K., Olding-Smee, F. J., & Feldman, M. (2000).
Niche construction, biological evolution and cultural
change. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 23, 131–146.
Laqueur, T. (1990). Making sex: Body and gender from
the Greeks to Freud. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
Lamberts, K. (1995). Categorization under time pressure.
Journal of Experimental Psychology: General,
124, 161–180.
Lave, J. (1988). Cognition in practice. Cambridge, UK:
Cambridge University Press.
Leach, E. R. (1970). Political systems of Highland
Burma: A study of Kachin social structure. London:
Athlone Press.
Lèvi-Strauss, C. (1949). Les structures elementaires de
la parenté. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.
López, A., Atran, S., Coley, J., Medin, D., & Smith, E.
(1997). The tree of life: Universals of folk-biological
taxonomies and inductions. Cognitive Psychology,
32, 251–295.
Lumsden, C. J., & Wilson, E. O. (1981). Genes, mind,
and culture: The coevolutionary process. Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Lutz, C. (1985). Ethnopsychology compared to what?
Explaining behavior and consciousness among the
Ifaluk. In G. White & J. Kirkpatrick (Eds.), Person,
self, and experience: Exploring Pacific ethnopsychologies
(pp. 35–79). Berkeley: University of California
Press.
Lutz, C. (1987). Goals, events, and understanding in
Ifaluk emotion theory. In D. Holland & N. Quinn
25. Culture, Categorization, and Reasoning 641
(Eds.), Cultural models in language and thought
(pp. 290–312). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University
Press.
Lutz, C. (1988). Unnatural emotions: Everyday sentiments
on a Micronesian atoll and their challenge to
Western theory. Chicago: University of Chicago
Press.
Lynch, E., Coley, J., & Medin, D. (2000). Tall is typical:
Central tendency, ideal dimensions and graded category
structure among tree experts and novices. Memory
and Cognition, 28, 41–50.
Mahalingam, R. (1998). Essentialism, power and representation
249
of caste: A developmental study. Dissertation
Abstracts International, 60(2-B).
Malt, B. (1995). Category coherence in cross-cultural
perspective. Cognitive Psychology, 29, 85–148.
Malt, B. C., Sloman, S. A., Gennari, S., Shi, M., &
Wang, Y. (1999). Knowing versus naming: Similarity
and the linguistic categorization of artifacts. Journal
of Memory and Language, 40, 230–262.
Markus, H., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the
self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation.
Psychological Review, 98, 224–253.
McCloskey, M., & Glucksberg, S. (1978). Natural categories:
Well-defined or fuzzy-sets? Memory and Cognition,
6, 462—472.
Medin, D., & Atran, S. (2004). The native mind: Biological
categorization and reasoning in development
and across cultures. Psychological Review, 111, 960–
983.
Medin, D., Lynch, E., Coley, J.,&Atran, S. (1997). Categorization
and reasoning among tree experts: Do all
roads lead to Rome? Cognitive Psychology, 32, 49–
96.
Medin, D., & Ortony, A. (1989). Psychological
essentialism. In S. Vosniadou & A. Ortony (Eds.),
Similarity and analogical reasoning (pp. 179–195).
New York: Cambridge University Press.
Medin, D., Ross, N., Atran, S., Burnett, R., & Blok, S.
(2002). Categorization and reasoning in relation to
culture and expertise. In B. Ross (Ed.), The psychology
of learning and motivation: Advances in research
and theory (Vol. 41, pp. 1–38). New York: Academic
Press.
Medin, D. L., Altom, M. W., Edelson, S. M., & Freko,
D. (1982). Correlated symptoms and simulated medical
classification. Journal of Experimental Psychology:
Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 8, 37–50.
Medin, D. L., & Coley, J. D. (1998). Concepts and categorization.
In J. Hochberg & J. E. Cutting (Eds.),
Handbook of perception and cognition: Perception
and cognition at century’s end (2nd ed., pp. 403–
440). San Diego: Academic Press.
Medin, D. L., Ross, N. O., Cox, D. G., & Atran, S. (in
press). Why folkbiology matters: Resource conflict
despite shared goals and values. Human Ecology.
Medin, D. L., & Wattenmaker, W. D. (1987). Family resemblance,
conceptual cohesiveness and category
construction. Cognitive Psychology, 19, 242–279.
Mehler, J., Jusczyk, P., Lambertz, G., Halsted, N.,
Bertoncini, J.,&Amiel-Tison, C. (1988). A precursor
of language acquisition in young infants. Cognition,
29, 143–178.
Miller, C. L. (1983). Developmental changes in male/female
voice classification by infants. Infant Behavior
250
and Development, 6(3), 313–330.
Monod, J. (1971). Chance and necessity: An essay on
the natural philosophy of modern biology. New
York: Knopf.
Moore, C., Romney, A. K., Hsia, T., & Rush, C. (2000).
The universality of the semantic structure of emotion
terms. American Anthropologist, 101, 530–546.
Morelli, G. A., Rogoff, B., & Angelillo, C. (2003). Cultural
variation in young children’s access to work or
involvement in specialised child-focused activities.
International Journal of Behavioral Development,
27(3), 264–274.
Murphy, G. L. (2002). The big book of concepts. Cambridge,
MA: MIT Press.
Murphy, G. L., & Medin, D. L. (1985). The role of theories
in conceptual coherence. Psychological Review,
92, 289–316.
Nesdale, D., & Flesser, D. (2001). Social identity and
the development of children’s group attitudes. Child
Development, 72(2), 506–517.
Niedenthal, P. M., Halberstadt, J. B.,&Innes-Ker, A. H.
(1999). Emotional response categorization. Psychological
Review, 106, 337–361.
Nisbett, R., Peng, K., Choi, I., & Norenzayan, A.
(2001). Culture and systems of thought: Holistic versus
analytic cognition. Psychological Review, 108,
291–310.
Nisbett, R. E. (2003). The geography of thought: How
Asians and westerners think differently—and why.
New York: Free Press.
Norenzayan, A., Smith, E. E., Kim, B. J., & Nisbett, R.
E. (2002). Cultural preferences for formal versus intuitive
reasoning. Cognitive Science, 26, 653–684.
Nosofsky, R. M. (1992). Exemplar-based approach to
relating categorization, identification, and recognition.
In F. G. Ashby (Ed.), Multidimensional models
of perception and cognition (pp. 363–393). Hillsdale,
NJ: Erlbaum.
Nosofsky, R. M., & Palmeri, T. J. (1997). An exemplarbased
random walk model of speeded classification.
Psychological Review, 104, 266–300.
Ocherson, D. N., Smith, E. E., Wilkie, O., Lopez, A., &
Shafir, E. (1990). Category-based induction. Psychological
Review, 97, 185–200.
Osgood, C. E., Suci, G. J., Tannenbaum, P. H. (1957).
The measurement of meaning. Urbana: University of
Illinois Press.
Oyserman, D., Coon, H. M., & Kemmelmeier, M.
(2002). Rethinking individualism and collectivism:
Evaluation of theoretical assumptions and metaanalyses.
Psychological Bulletin, 128(1), 3–72.
Páez, D., & Vergara, A. (1995). Cultural differences in
emotional knowledge. In J. A. Russell, J. M.
251
Fernandez-Dols, A. S. R. Manstead, & J. C.
Wellencamp (Eds.), Everyday conceptions of emo642 V. COGNITION
tion: An introduction to the psychology, anthropology,
and linguistics of emotion (pp. 415–434).
Boston: Kluwer.
Phelps, E. A., O’Connor, K. J., Cunningham, W. A.,
Funayama, E. S., Gatenby, J. C., Gore, J. C., et al.
(2000). Performance on indirect measures of race
evaluation predicts amygdala activation. Journal of
Cognitive Neuroscience, 12, 729–738.
Povinelli, D. J.,&Bering, J. M. (2002). The mentality of
apes revisited. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 11(4), 115–119.
Powslishta, K. K., Sen, M. G., Serbin, L. A., PoulinDubois, D., & Eichstedt, J. A. (2001). From infancy
to middle childhood: The role of cognitive and social
factors in becoming gendered. In R. K. Unger (Ed.),
Handbook of the psychology of women and gender
(pp. 116–132). New York: Wiley.
Proffitt, J., Coley, J., & Medin, D. (2000). Expertise and
category-based induction. Journal of Experimental
Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 26,
811–828.
Rappaport, R. (1999). Ritual and religion in the making
of humanity. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University
Press.
Rehder, B., & Hastie, R. (2001). Causal knowledge and
categories: The effects of causal beliefs on categorization,
induction, and similarity. Journal of Experimental
Psychology: General, 130, 323–360.
Richeson, J. A., Baird, A. A., Gordon, H. L., Heatherton,
T. F., Wyland, C. L., Trawalter, S., et al. (2003).
An fMRI investigation of the impact of interracial
contact on executive function. Nature Neuroscience,
6, 1323–1328.
Rips, L. (2001). Necessity and natural categories. Psychological
Bulletin, 127, 827–852.
Romney, A. K., & Batchelder, W. (1999). Cultural consensus
theory. In R.Wilson&F. Keil (Eds.), The MIT
encyclopedia of the cognitive sciences (pp. 208–209).
Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Romney, A. K., Brewer, D. D., & Batchelder, W. H.
(1996). The relation between typicality and semantic
similarity structure. Journal of Quantitative Anthropology,
6, 1–14.
Romney, A. K., Moore, C. C., & Rusch, C. D. (1997).
Cultural universals: Measuring the semantic structure
of emotion terms in English and Japanese. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences USA,
94, 5489–5494.
Romney, A. K.,Weller, S.,&Batchelder,W. (1986). Culture
as consensus: A theory of culture and informant
252
accuracy. American Anthropologist, 88, 313–338.
Rosaldo, M. (1980). Knowledge and passion: Ilongot
notions of self and social life. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge
University Press.
Rosaldo, R. (1984). Grief and a headhunter’s rage: On
the cultural force of emotions. In E. Brunner & S.
Plattner (Eds.), Text, play, and story: The construction
and reconstruction of the self and society
(pp. 178–195). Washington, DC: American Ethnological
Society.
Rosch, E., & Mervis, C. B. (1975). Family resemblance:
Studies in the internal structure of categories. Cognitive
Psychology, 7, 573–605.
Rosch, E., Mervis, C., Grey, W., Johnson, D., & BoyesBraem, P. (1976). Basic objects in natural categories.
Cognitive Psychology, 8, 382–439.
Ross, N., Medin, D., Coley, J. D., & Atran, S. (2002).
Cultural and experiential differences in the development
of folkbiological induction. Cognitive Development,
18, 25–47.
Russell, J. A. (1983). Pancultural aspects of the human
conceptual organization of emotions. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 45, 1281–
1288.
Russell, J. A. (1989). Measures of emotion. In R.
Plutchik & H. Kellerman (Eds.), Emotion: Theory,
research, and experience (Vol. 4, pp. 83–111). New
York: Academic Press.
Russell, J. A. (1991). Culture and the categorization of
emotion. Psychological Bulletin, 110, 426–450.
Scheffler, H. W., & Lounsbury, F. G. (1971). A study in
structural semantics: The Siriono kinship system.
Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.
Scherer, K. R., & Wallbott, H. G. (1994). Evidence for
universality and cultural variation of differential
emotion response patterning. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 66, 310–328.
Schneider, D. (1980). American kinship: A cultural account.
Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Semaj, M. B. (1980). The development of racial evaluation
and preference: A cognitive approach. Journal of
Black Psychology, 6, 59–79.
Shafto, P., & Coley, J. D. (2003). Development of categorization
and reasoning in the natural world: Novices
to experts, naive similarity to ecological knowledge.
Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning,
Memory, and Cognition, 29, 641–649.
Shepard, R. N. (1987). Toward a universal law of generalization
for psychological science. Science, 237,
1317–1323.
Simons, D. J., & Keil, F. C. (1995). An abstract to concrete
shift in the development of biological thought:
The insides story. Cognition, 56, 129–163.
253
Smith, E., & Medin, D. (1981). Categories and concepts.
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Smith, J. D., & Minda, J. P. (1998). Prototypes in the
mist: The early epochs of category learning. Journal
of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and
Cognition, 24, 1411–1436.
Smith, J. D., & Minda, J. P. (2000). Thirty categorization
results in search of a model. Journal of Experimental
Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition,
26, 3–27.
Smith, P. B., & Bond, M. H. (1993). Social psychology
across cultures. New York: Harvester Wheatsheaf.
Smits, T., Storms, G., Rosseel, Y., & De Boeck, P.
(2002). Fruits and vegetables categorized: An application
of the generalized context model. Psychonomic
Bulletin and Review, 9, 836–844.
25. Culture, Categorization, and Reasoning 643
Sousa, P., Atran, S., & Medin, D. (2002). Essentialism
and folkbiology: Further evidence from Brazil. Journal
of Cognition and Culture, 2, 195–223.
Spalding, T. L., & Ross, B. H. (2000). Concept learning
and feature interpretation. Memory and Cognition,
28, 439–451.
Sperber, D. (1985). Anthropology and psychology: Toward
and epidemiology of representations. Man, 20,
73–89.
Sperber, D. (1996). Explaining culture. Oxford, UK:
Blackwell.
Sperber, D., & Hirschfeld, L. (2004). The cognitive
foundations of cultural stability and diversity. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 8(1), 40–46.
Storms, G., De Boeck, P., & Ruts, W. (2000). Prototype
and exemplar based information in natural language
categories. Journal of Memory and Language, 42,
51–73.
Strevens, M. (2000). The naive aspect of essentialist theories.
Cognition, 74, 149–175.
Tanaka, J., & Taylor, M. (1991). Object categories and
expertise: Is the basic level in the eye of the beholder?
Cognitive Psychology, 23, 457–482.
Tomasello, M., Call, J., & Hare, B. (2003). Chimpanzees
understand psychological states—the question is
which ones and to what extent. Trends in Cognitive
Sciences, 7(4), 153–156.
Triandis, H. (1995). Individualism and collectivism.
Boulder, CO: Westview Press.
Unsworth, S. J., & Medin, D. L. (2005). Cross-cultural
differences in belief bias with deductive reasoning?
Cognitive Science, 29, 525–529.
Unsworth, S. J., Sears, C. R., & Pexman, P. M. (2005).
Cultural influences on categorization processes. Journal
of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 36, 662–688.
Verbeemen, T., Vanoverberghe, V., Storms, G., & Ruts,
254
W. (2001). Contrast categories in natural language
concepts. Journal of Memory and Language, 44, 1–
26.
Vygotsky, L. (1978). Mind in society. Cambridge, MA:
Harvard University Press.
Walker, S. J. (1992). Supernatural beliefs, natural kinds
and conceptual structure. Memory and Cognition,
20, 655–662.
Waxman, S. R., Medin, D. L., & Ross, N. (in press).
Folkbiological reasoning from a cross-cultural developmental
perspective: Early essentialist notions are
shaped by cultural beliefs. Developmental Psychology.
Wheeler,M. E., & Fiske, S. T. (2005). Controlling racial
prejudice and stereotyping: Social cognitive goals affect
amygdala and stereotype activation. Psychological
Science, 16, 56–63.
Wierzbicka, A. (1992). Semantics, culture, and cognition:
Universal human concepts in culture-specific
configurations. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press.
Wilson, D. S. (2002). Darwin’s cathedral. Chicago: University
of Chicago Press.
Wisniewski, E., & Medin, D. (1994). On the interaction
of theory and data in concept learning. Cognitive Science,
18, 221–281.
Wolff, P., Medin, D., & Pankratz, C. (1999). Evolution
and devolution of folkbiological knowledge. Cognition,
73, 177–204.
Anderson, R. C., & Pichert, J. W. (1978). Recall of previously
unrecallable information following a shift in
perspective. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal
Behavior, 17, 1–12.
Antze, P. (1996). Telling stories, making selves: Memory
and identity in multiple personality disorder. In P.
Antze & M. Lambek (Eds.), Tense past: Cultural essays
in trauma and memory (pp. 3–24). New York:
Routledge.
Bartlett, F. C. (1932). Remembering: A study in experimental
and social psychology. New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Bauer, P. J. (2002). Early memory development. In U.
Goswami (Ed.), Blackwell handbook of childhood
cognitive development (pp. 127–146). Oxford, UK:
Blackwell.
Baumeister, R. F. (1987). How the self became a problem:
A psychological review of historical research.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 52,
163–176.
Benet-Martinez, V., Leu, J., Lee, F., & Morris, M. W.
(2002). Negotiating biculturalism: Cultural frame
switching in biculturals with oppositional versus
compatible identities. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
33, 492–516.
Bienstock, R. E., Grogan, M., & Smith, H. (Producers).
255
(2003, September). Penn & Teller’s magic and mystery
tour [Television broadcast]. CBC Documentary
Special.
Bluck, S. (2003). Autobiographical memory: Exploring
its functions in everyday life. Memory, 11, 165–178.
Bond, M. H. (1991). Beyond the Chinese face. Hong
Kong: Oxford University Press.
Bretherton, I., Fritz, J., Zahn-Waxler, C., & Ridgeway,
D. (1986). Learning to talk about emotions: A functionalist
perspective. Child Development, 57, 529–
548.
Brockmeier, J., & Carbaugh, D. (Eds.). (2001). Narrative
and identity: Studies in autobiography, self and
culture. Amsterdam: Benjamins.
Bruner, J. (1990). Acts of meaning. Cambridge, MA:
Harvard University Press.
Buehler, R., Griffin, D., & Ross, M. (1994). Exploring
the “planning fallacy”: Why people underestimate
their task completion times. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 67, 366–381.
Buehler, R., Griffin, D., & Ross, M. (2002). Inside the
planning fallacy: The causes and consequences of optimistic
time predictions. In G. Thomas, D. Griffin,
& D. Kahneman (Eds.), Heuristics and biases: The
psychology of intuitive judgement (pp. 250–270).
New York: Cambridge University Press.
Buehler, R., Otsubo, Y., Lehman, D. R., Heine, S. T., &
Griffin, D. (2004). Culture and optimism: The planning
fallacy in Japan and North America. Unpublished
manuscript, Wilfrid Laurier University,
Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.
Cameron, J. J., Ross, M., & Holmes, J. G. (2002).
Loving the one you hurt: Positive effects of recounting
a transgression against an intimate partner. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 38, 307–314.
Carruthers, M. J. (1990). The book of memory: A study
of memory in Medieval culture. New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Catholic Update. (2003, March). Available online at
www.americancatholic.org/Newsletters/CU.asp
Cheung, F. M. C. (1986). Psychopathology among Chinese
people. In M. H. Bond (Ed.), The psychology of
the Chinese people (pp. 171–212). Hong Kong: Oxford
University Press.
Chiu, C. Y., Morris, M. W., Hong, Y. Y., & Menon, T.
(2000). Motivated cultural cognition: The impact of
implicit cultural theories on dispositional attribution
varies as a function of need for closure. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 78, 247–259.
Choi, I., Nisbett, R. E., & Norenzayan, A. (1999).
Causal attribution across cultures: Variation and universality.
Psychological Bulletin, 125, 47–63.
Choi, S. H. (1992). Communicative socialization processes:
256
Korea and Canada. In S. Iwasaki, Y. Kashima,
& K. Leung (Eds.), Innovations in cross-cultural psychology
(pp. 103–122). Amsterdam: Swets &
Zeitlinger.
Christensen, T. C., Wood, J. V., & Feldman Barrett, L.
(2003). Remembering everyday experience through
the prism of self-esteem. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 29, 51–62.
Cohen, D.,&Gunz, A. (2002). As seen by the other . . .:
Perspectives on the self in the memories and emotional
perceptions of Easterners and Westerners. Psychological
Science, 13, 55–59.
Conway, M., & Pleydell-Pearce, C. W. (2000). The construction
of autobiographical memories in the selfmemory
system. Psychological Review, 107, 261–
288.
Craik, F. I. M. (2000). Age-related changes in human
memory. In D. C. Park & N. Schwarz (Eds.), Cognitive
aging: A primer (pp. 75–92). Philadelphia: Psychology
Press.
D’Andrade, R. G. (1992). Schemas and motivation. In
R. G. D’Andrade & C. Strauss (Eds.), Human motives
and cultural models (pp. 23–44). New York:
Cambridge University Press.
Dekker, R. (2000). Childhood, memory and autobiography
in Holland: From the Golden Age to Romanticism.
New York: St. Martin’s Press.
Denham, S. A.,&Kochanoff, A.T. (2002). Parental contributions
to preschoolers’ understanding of emotion.
Marriage and Family Review, 34, 311–343.
Denham, S. A., Zoller, D., & Couchoud, E. A. (1994).
Socialization of preschoolers’ emotion understanding.
Developmental Psychology, 30, 928–936.
Deshpande, C. G. (1996). Memory as depicted in Eastern
and Western thoughts. Psycho-Lingua, 26(2),
57–65.
Diener, E., Diener, M.,&Diener, C. (1995). Factors predicting
the subjective well-being of nations. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 851–864.
Dunn, J., Brown, J., & Beardsall, L. (1991). Family talk
about feeling states and children’s later understanding
of others’ emotions. Developmental Psychology,
27, 448–455.
Eid, M., & Diener, E. (2001). Norms for experiencing
emotions in different cultures: Inter- and
intranational differences. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 81, 869–885.
Feldman Barrett, L. (1997). The relationships among
momentary emotion experiences, personality descriptions,
and retrospective ratings of emotion. Personality
and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23, 1100–1110.
Fiske, A. P., Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., & Nisbett, R.
E. (1998). The cultural matrix of social psychology.
257
In D. T. Gilbert, S. T. Fiske, & G. Lindzey (Eds.), The
handbook of social psychology (Vol. 2, 4th ed.,
pp. 915–981). Boston: McGraw-Hill.
Fivush, R. (1994). Constructing narrative, emotions,
and self in parent–child conversations about the past.
In U. Neisser & R. Fivush (Eds.), The remembering
self: Construction and accuracy in the self-narrative
(pp. 136–157). New York: Cambridge University
Press.
Fivush, R., Berlin, L. J., Sales, J. M., MennutiWashburn, J., & Cassidy, J. (2003). Functions of
parent–child reminiscing about emotionally negative
events. Memory, 11, 179–192.
Fivush, R., & Wang, Q. (2005). Emotion talk in
mother–child conversations of the shared past: The
effects of culture, gender, and event valence. Journal
of Cognition and Development, 6(4), 489–506.
Geertz, C. (1973). The interpretation of cultures. New
York: Basic Books.
Han, J. J., Leichtman, M. D.,&Wang, Q. (1998). Autobiographical
memory in Korean, Chinese, and American
children. Developmental Psychology, 34, 701–
713.
Harley, K., & Reese, E. (1999). Origins of autobiographical
memory. Developmental Psychology, 35,
1338–1348.
Herman, J. (1992). Trauma and recovery: The aftermath
of violence—from domestic abuse to political
terror. New York: Basic Books.
Hoffman, C. Lau, I., & Johnson, D. R. (1986). The linguistic
relativity of person cognition: An English–
Chinese comparison. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 51(6), 1097–1105.
Holland, D.,&Quinn, N. (Eds.). (1987). Cultural models
in language and thought. New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Hong, Y. Y., Morris, M. W., Chiu, C. Y., & BenetMartinez, V. (2000). Multicultural minds: A dynamic
constructivist approach to culture and cognition.
American Psychologist, 55, 709–720.
Hume, D. (1882). A treatise of human nature (Vol. 1).
London: Longmans Green. (Original work published
1739)
Ka_itçiba_i, Ç. (1996). Family and human development
across cultures: A view from the other side. Hillsdale,
NJ: Erlbaum.
Kahneman, D., & Tversky, A. (1979). On the interpretation
of intuitive probability: A reply to Jonathan
Cohen. Cognition, 7, 409–411.
Karney, B. R., & Coombs, R. H. (2000). Memory bias
in long-term close relationships: Consistency or improvement?
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin,
26, 959–970.
258
Karney, B. R., & Frye, N. E. (2002). “But we’ve been
getting better lately”: Comparing prospective and
retrospective views of relationship development.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 82,
222–238.
James, W. (1950). Principles of psychology. New York:
Dover. (Original work published 1890)
Kearins, J. M. (1981). Visual spatial memory in Australian
aboriginal children of the desert regions. Cognitive
Psychology, 13, 434–460.
Kearins, J. M. (1986). Visual spatial memory in Aboriginal
and White Australian children. Australian Journal
of Psychology, 38, 203–214.
Kim, H. S. (2002). We talk therefore we think?: A cultural
analysis of the effect of talking on thinking.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 4,
828–842.
Kitayama, S., & Markus, H. R. (Eds.). (1994). Emotion
and culture. Washington, DC: American Psychological
Association.
664 V. COGNITION
Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., & Kurokawa, M. (2000).
Culture, emotion, and well-being: Good feelings in
Japan and the United States. Cognition and Emotion,
14, 93–124.
Larsen, S. F., Schrauf, R. W., Fromholt, P., & Rubin, D.
C. (2002). Inner speech and bilingual autobiographical
memory: A Polish–Danish cross-cultural study.
Memory, 10, 45–54.
Leichtman, M. D., Pillemer, D. B., Wang, Q., Koreishi,
A., & Han, J. J. (2000). When Baby Maisy came to
school: Mothers’ interview styles and preschoolers’
event memories. Cognitive Development, 15, 1–16.
Levy, B., & Langer, E. (1994). Aging free from negative
stereotypes: Successful memory in China and among
the American deaf. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 66(6), 989–997.
Lin, Y. T. (1939). My country and my people. New
York: John Day.
Lowenthal, D. (1985). The past is a foreign country.
New York: Cambridge University Press.
MacDonald, S., Uesiliana, K., & Hayne, H. (2000).
Cross-cultural and gender differences in childhood
amnesia. Memory, 8, 365–376.
Marian, V., & Kaushanskaya, M. (2004). Self-construal
and emotion in bicultural bilinguals. Journal of
Memory and Language, 51, 190–201.
Marian, V., & Neisser, U. (2000). Language-dependent
recall of autobiographical memories. Journal of Experimental
Psychology: General, 129, 361–368.
Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the
self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation.
Psychological Review, 98, 224–253.
259
Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1994). The cultural
construction of self and emotion: Implications for social
behavior. In S. Kitayama & H. R. Markus (Eds.),
Emotion and culture: Empirical studies of mutual influence
(pp. 89–130). Washington, DC: American
Psychological Association.
Martini, M. (1996). “What’s new?” at the dinner table:
Family dynamics during mealtimes in two cultural
groups in Hawaii. Early Development and Parenting,
5, 23–34.
Mascolo, M. F., & Li, J. (Eds.). (2004). Culture and developing
selves: Beyond dichotomization. San Francisco:
Jossey-Bass.
Masuda, T., & Nisbett, R. E. (2001) Attending holistically
versus analytically: Comparing the context sensitivity
of Japanese and Americans. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 81, 922–934.
McAdams, D. P. (1993). The stories we live by: Personal
myths and the making of the self.NewYork: Morrow.
McCabe, A., & Peterson, C. (1991). Getting the story:
A longitudinal study of parental styles in eliciting
narratives and developing narrative skill. In A.
McCabe & C. Peterson (Eds.), Developing narrative
structure (pp. 217–253). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Miller, P. J., Fung, H., & Mintz, J. (1996). Selfconstruction
through narrative practices: A Chinese
and American comparison of early socialization.
Ethos, 24, 237–280.
Miller, P. J., Wiley, A. R., Fung, H., & Liang, C. H.
(1997). Personal storytelling as a medium of socialization
in Chinese and American families. Child Development,
68, 557–568.
Minami, M., & McCabe, A. (1991). Haiku as a discourse
regulation device: A stanza analysis of Japanese
children’s personal narratives. Language in Society,
20, 577–599.
Minami, M., & McCabe, A. (1995). Rice balls and bear
hunts: Japanese and North American family narrative
patterns. Journal of Child Language, 22, 423–
445.
Mullen, M. K. (1994). Earliest recollections of childhood:
A demographic analysis. Cognition, 52, 55–
79.
Mullen, M. K., & Yi, S. (1995). The cultural context of
talk about the past: Implications for the development
of autobiographical memory. Cognitive Development,
10, 407–419.
Nakamura, H. (1964).Ways of thinking of Eastern peoples:
India, China, Tibet, and Japan. Honolulu: East–
West Center Press.
Nelson, K. (1993). Explaining the emergence of autobiographical
memory in early childhood. In A. F.
Collins, S. E. Gathercole, M. A., Conway, & P. E.
260
Morris (Eds.), Theories of memory (pp. 355–385).
Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Nelson, K. (1996). Language in cognitive development:
The emergence of the mediated mind. New York:
Cambridge University Press.
Nelson, K., & Fivush, R. (2004). The emergence of autobiographical
memory: A social cultural developmental
theory. Psychological Review, 111, 486–511.
Neisser, U. (1962). Cultural and cognitive discontinuity.
In T. E. Gladwin & W. C. Sturtevant (Eds.), Anthropology
and human behavior (pp. 54–71). Washington,
DC: Anthropological Society of Washington.
Neisser, U. (1967). Cognitive psychology. East
Norwalk, CT: Appleton–Century–Crofts.
Neisser, U. (1982). Memory: What are the important
questions? In U. Neisser (Ed.), Memory observed
(pp. 3–19). San Francisco: Freeman.
Ochs, E. (1996). Linguistic resources for socialising humanity.
In J. Gumperz & S. Levinson (Eds.), Rethinking
linguistic reality (pp. 407–437). Cambridge,
UK: Cambridge University Press.
Oishi, S. (2002). The experiencing and remembering of
well-being: A cross-cultural analysis. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 1398–1406.
Pasupathi, M. (2001). The social construction of the
personal past and its implications for adult development.
Psychological Bulletin, 127, 651–672.
Pennebaker, J. W., Zech, E., & Rimé, B. (2001). Disclosing
and sharing emotion: Psychological, social,
and health consequences. In R. O. Hansson & M. S.
Stroebe (Eds.), Handbook of bereavement research:
Consequences, coping, and care (pp. 517–543).
Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Perunovic, W. Q. E., Ross, M., & Wilson, A. E. (2005).
26. Culture and Memory 665
Language, culture, and conceptions of the self. In R.
M. Sorrentino, D. Cohen, J. M. Olson, & M. P.
Zanna (Eds.), Cultural and social behavior: The Ontario
Symposium (Vol. 10, pp. 165–180). Mahwah,
NJ: Erlbaum.
Pillemer, D. B. (1998). Momentous events, vivid memories.
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Pillemer, D. B. (2003). Directive functions of autobiographical
memory: The guiding power of the specific
episode. Memory, 11, 193–202.
Pillemer, D. B., & White, S. H. (1989). Childhood
events recalled by children and adults. In H.W. Reese
(Ed.), Advances in child development and behavior
(Vol. 21, pp. 297–340). New York: Academic Press.
Rimé, B., Corsini, S., & Herbette, G. (2002). Emotion,
verbal expression, and the social sharing of emotion.
In S. R. Fussell (Ed.), The verbal communication of
emotions: Interdisciplinary perspectives (pp. 185–
261
208). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Rimé, B., Finkenauer, C., Mesquita, B., Pennebaker, J.
W., Singh-Manoux, A., & Yogo, M. (2001, July).
The social sharing of emotion: An overview of crosscultural
data. In Q. Wang & M. A. Conway (Cochairs),
Memory and culture. Symposium conducted
at the third International Conference on Memory,
Valencia, Spain.
Robinson, J. A., & Swanson, K. L. (1990). Autobiographical
memory: The next phase. Applied Cognitive
Psychology, 4, 321–335.
Robinson, M. D., & Clore, G. L. (2002). Belief and feeling:
Evidence for an accessibility model of emotional
self-report. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 934–960.
Rogers, T. B., Kuiper, N. A., & Kirker, W. S. (1977).
Self-reference and the encoding of personal information.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
35, 677–688.
Ross, M. (1989). Relation of implicit theories to the
construction of personal histories. Psychological Review,
96, 341–357.
Ross, M., Heine, S. J., Wilson, A. E., & Sugimori, S.
(2005). Cross-cultural discrepancies in selfappraisals.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin,
31, 1175–1188.
Ross, M., & Holmberg, D. (1990). Recounting the past:
Gender differences in the recall of events in the history
of a close relationship.. In J. M. Olson&M. P. Zanna
(Eds.), Self-inference processes: The Ontario Symposium
(Vol. 6, pp. 135–152). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Ross, M.,&Wilson, A. E. (2002). It feels like yesterday:
Self-esteem, valence of personal past experiences, and
judgments of subjective distance. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 82, 792–803.
Ross, M., Xun, E., & Wilson, A. E. (2002). Language
and the bicultural self. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 28, 1040–1050.
Röttger-Rössler, B. (1993). Autobiography in question:
On self presentation and life description in an Indonesian
society. Anthropos, 88, 365–373.
Rousseau, J. J. (2000). Confessions. New York: Oxford
University Press. (Original work published 1782)
Sankaranarayanan, A., & Leichtman, M. D. (2000).
Adults’ recollections of childhood in urban and rural
India and the United States. Unpublished raw data.
Schachtel, E. G. (1947). On memory and childhood amnesia.
Psychiatry, 10, 1–26.
Schrauf, R. W. (2000). Bilingual autobiographical memory:
Experimental studies and clinical cases. Culture
and Psychology, 6, 387–417.
Schrauf, R. W., & Rubin, D. C. (2000). Internal languages
of retrieval: The bilingual encoding of memories
for the personal past. Memory and Cognition,
262
28, 616–623.
Shweder, R. A., Goodnow, J., Hatano, G., LeVine, R.
A., Markus, H. R., & Miller, P. J. (1998). The cultural
psychology of development: One mind, many
mentalities. In W. Damon (Series Ed.) & R. M.
Lerner (Vol. Ed.), Handbook of child psychology:
Vol. 1. Theoretical models of human development
(5th ed., pp. 865–937). New York: Wiley.
Simcock, G.,&Hayne, H. (2002). Breaking the barrier?:
Children fail to translate their preverbal memories
into language. Psychological Science, 13, 225–231.
Singer, J. A., & Salovey, P. (1993). The remembered self:
Emotion and memory in personality. New York: Free
Press.
St. Augustine. (1991). Confessions. New York: Oxford
University Press.
Tanur, J. M. (Ed.). (1992). Questions about questions:
Inquiries into the cognitive bases of surveys. New
York: Russell Sage Foundation.
Trafimow, D., Silverman, E. S., Fan, R. M., & Law, J. S.
F. (1997). The effects of language and priming on the
relative accessibility of the private self and the collective
self. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 28,
107–123.
Triandis, H. C. (1989). The self and social behavior in
differing cultural contexts. Psychological Review, 96,
506–520.
Tulving, E. (2002). Episodic memory: From mind to
brain. Annual Review of Psychology, 53, 1–25.
Tweed, R. G.,&Lehman, D. R. (2002). Learning considered
within a cultural context: Confucian and Socratic
approaches. American Psychologist, 57, 89–99.
Valsiner, J. (2000). Culture and human development.
London: Sage.
Valsiner, J. (2001). Process structure of semiotic mediation
in human development. Human Development,
44, 84–97.
van Emmerik, A. A. P., Kamphuis, J. H., Hulsbosch, A.
M., & Emmelkamp, P. M. G. (2002). Single session
debriefing after psychological trauma: A metaanalysis.
Lancet, 360, 766–771.
Veenhoven, R. (1993). Bibliography of happiness: 2,472
contemporary studies on subjective appreciation of
life. Rotterdam, the Netherlands: Erasmus University.
Voronov, M., & Singer, J. A. (2002). The myth of
individualism–collectivism: A critical review. Journal
of Social Psychology, 142, 461–480.
Vygotsky, L. (1978). Mind in society. Cambridge, MA:
Harvard University Press.
Wagar, B. M., & Cohen, D. (2003). Culture, memory,
and the self: An analysis of the personal and collective
self in long-term memory. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 39, 468–475.
263
Wang, Q. (2001a). Cultural effects on adults’ earliest
childhood recollection and self-description: Implications
for the relation between memory and the self.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81,
220–233.
Wang, Q. (2001b). “Did you have fun?”: American and
Chinese mother–child conversations about shared
emotional experiences. Cognitive Development, 16,
693–715.
Wang, Q. (2004a). The emergence of cultural selfconstruct:
Autobiographical memory and selfdescription
in American and Chinese children. Developmental
Psychology, 40, 3–15.
Wang, Q. (2004b). The cultural context of parent–child
reminiscing: A functional analysis. In M. W. Pratt &
B. Fiese (Eds.), Family stories and the life course:
Across time and generations (pp. 279–301).
Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Wang, Q. (2005, April). The socialization of self in Chinese
and immigrant Chinese families. In R. Chao &
H. Fung (Co-chairs), Cultural perspectives of Chinese
socialization. Invited symposium at the biennial
meeting of the Society for Research in Child Development
(SRCD), Atlanta, GA.
Wang, Q. (2006). Earliest recollections of self
and others in European American and Taiwanese
young adults. Psychological Science, 17(8), 708–
714.
Wang, Q. (in press). “Remember when you got the big,
big bulldozer?”: Mother–child reminiscing over time
and across cultures. Social Cognition.
Wang, Q., & Brockmeier, J. (2002). Autobiographical
remembering as cultural practice: Understanding the
interplay between memory, self and culture. Culture
and Psychology, 8, 45–64.
Wang, Q., & Conway, M. A. (2004). The stories we
keep: Autobiographical memory in American and
Chinese middle-aged adults. Journal of Personality,
72, 911–938.
Wang, Q., Conway, M. A., & Hou, Y. (2004). Infantile
amnesia: A cross-cultural investigation. Cognitive
Sciences, 1, 123–135.
Wang, Q.,&Fivush, R. (2005). Mother–child conversations
of emotionally salient events: Exploring the
functions of emotional reminiscing in European
American and Chinese Families. Social Development,
14(3), 473–495.
Wang, Q., Hutt, R., Kulkofsky, S., McDermott, M., &
Wei, R. (2006). Emotion situation knowledge and
autobiographical memory in Chinese, immigrant
Chinese, and European American 3-year-olds. Journal
of Cognition and Development, 7(1), 95–118.
Wang, Q., & Leichtman, M. D. (2000). Same beginnings,
264
different stories: A comparison of American
and Chinese children’s narratives. Child Development,
71, 1329–1346.
Wang, Q., Leichtman, M. D., & Davies, K. (2000).
Sharing memories and telling stories: American and
Chinese mothers and their 3-year-olds. Memory, 8,
159–177.
Wang, Q., Leichtman, M. D., & White, S. H. (1998).
Childhood memory and self-description in young
Chinese adults: The impact of growing up an only
child. Cognition, 69(1), 73–103.
Wang, Q., & Ross, M. (2005). What we remember and
what we tell: The effects of culture and self-priming
on memory representations and narratives. Memory,
13(6), 594–606.
Webster, J. D. (1993). Construction and validation of
the Reminiscence Functions Scale. Journals of Gerontology:
Series A, Psychological Sciences and Social
Sciences, 48, 256–262.
Webster, J. D. (1997). The Reminiscence Functions
Scale: A replication. International Journal of Aging
and Human Development, 44, 137–148.
Webster, J. D., & Cappeliez, P. (1993). Reminiscence
and autobiographical memory: Complementary contexts
for cognitive aging research. Developmental
Review, 13, 54–91.
Wilson, A. E., & Ross, M. (2001). From chump to
champ: People’s appraisals of their earlier and present
selves. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
80(4), 572–584.
Wu, P.-Y. (1990). The Confucian’s progress: Autobiographical
writings in traditional China. Princeton,
NJ: Princeton University Press.
Wyatt, F. (1963). The reconstruction of the individual
and of the collective past. In R. H. White (Ed.), The
study of lives (pp. 304–320). New York: Atherton
Press.
Yoon, C., Hasher, L., Feinberg, F., & Rahhal, T. A.
(2000). Cross-cultural differences in memory: The
role of culture-based stereotypes about aging. Psychology
and Aging, 15, 694–704.
Au, T. (1983). Chinese and English counterfactuals: The
Sapir–Whorf hypothesis revisited. Cognition, 15,
155–187.
Au, T. (1984). Counterfactuals: In reply to Alfred
Bloom. Cognition, 17, 289–302.
Au, T. (2004). Making sense of differences: Language,
culture, and social reality. In S.-h. Ng, C. Candlin,
& C.-y. Chiu (Eds.), Language matters: Communication,
culture, and social identity (pp. 139–
153). Hong Kong: City University of Hong Kong
Press.
Berlin, B., & Kay, P. (1969). Basic color terms: Their
265
universality and evolution. Berkeley: University of
California Press.
Bloom, A. H. (1981a). The linguistic shaping of
thought: A study in the impact of language on thinking
in China and the West. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Bloom, A. H. (1981b). Language and theoretical vs. reality
centered morality. In R. W. Wilson, S. L.
Greenblatt,&A. A.Wilson (Eds.), Moral behavior in
Chinese society (pp. 21–37). New York: Praeger.
Bond, M. H. (1983). How language variation affects
inter-cultural differentiation of values by Hong Kong
bilinguals. Journal of Language and Social Psychology,
2, 57–66.
Bond, M. H., & Cheung, M.-k. (1984). Experimenter
language choice and ethnic affirmation by Chinese
trilinguals in Hong Kong. International Journal of
Intercultural Relations, 8, 347–356.
Bond, M. H., & Yang, K. S. (1982). Ethnic affirmation
versus cross-cultural accommodation: The variable
impact of questionnaire language on Chinese bilinguals from Hong Kong. Journal of Cross-Cultural
Psychology, 13, 169–185.
Boroditsky, L. (2001). Does language shape thought?
Cognitive Psychology, 42, 1–22.
Bourhis, R. Y., & Giles, H. (1977). The language of intergroup
distinctiveness. In H. Giles (Ed.), Language,
ethnicity and intergroup relations (pp. 119–135).
London: Academic Press.
Bourhis, R. Y., Giles, H., & Tajfel, H. (1973). Language
as a determinant ofWelsh identity. European Journal
of Social Psychology, 3, 447–460.
Bourhis, R. Y., Giles, H., Leyens, J.-P., & Tajfel, H.
(1979). Psycholinguistic distinctiveness: Language divergence
in Beligum. In H. Giles & R. S. Clair (Eds.),
Language and social psychology (pp. 158–185). Oxford,
UK: Blackwell.
Brauer, M., Judd, C. M., & Jacquelin, V. (2001). The
communication of social stereotypes: The effects of
group discussion and information distribution on stereotypic
appraisals. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 81, 463–475.
Brennan, E. M., & Brennan, J. S. (1981). Accent scaling
and language attitudes: Reactions to Mexican American
English speech. Language and Speech, 24, 207–
221.
Brenneis, D. (2002). Some cases for culture. Human Development,
45, 264–269.
Brown, R. (1976). Reference: In memorial tribute to
Eric Lenneberg. Cognition, 4, 125–153.
Bruner, J. (1990). Acts of meaning. Cambridge, MA:
Harvard University Press.
Callan, V. J., Gallois, C., & Forbes, P. A. (1983).
Evaluative reactions to accented English: Ethnicity,
266
sex role, and context. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
14, 407–426.
Carroll, J. B., & Casagrande, J. B. (1958). The function
of language classification in behavior. In E. E.
Maccoby, T. R. Newcomb, & E. L. Hartley (Eds.),
Readings in social psychology (3rd ed., pp. 18–31).
New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.
Chiu, C.-y., & Chen, J. (2004). Symbols and interactions:
Application of the CCC model to culture, language,
and social identity. In S.-h. Ng, C. Candlin, &
C.-y. Chiu (Eds.), Language matters: Communication,
culture, and social identity (pp. 155–182).
Hong Kong: City University of Hong Kong Press.
Chiu, C.-y., Krauss, R. M., & Lau, I. (1998). Some cognitive
consequences of communication. In S. R.
Fussell & R. J. Kreuz (Eds.), Social and cognitive approaches
to interpersonal communication (pp. 259–
276). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Chiu, C.-y., Krauss, K. M., & Lee, S. (1999). Communication
and social cognition: A post-Whorfian approach.
In T. Sugiman, M. Karasawa, J. Liu, & C.
Ward (Eds.), Progress in Asian social psychology
(Vol. 2, pp. 127–143). Map-Ku, Korea: KyoyookKwahak-Sa.
Chomsky, N. (1992). Language and thought.Wakefield,
RI: Moyer Bell.
Clark, H. H., & Brennan, S. E. (1991). Grounding in
communication. In L. B. Resnick, J. Levine, & S. D.
Teasley (Eds.), Perspectives on socially shared cognition
(pp. 127–149). Washington, DC: American Psychological
Association.
Clark, H. H., & Carlson, T. B. (1982). Speech acts and
hearers’ beliefs. In N. V. Smith (Ed.), Mutual knowledge
(pp. 1–59). New York: Academic Press.
Clark, H. H., & Marshall, C. E. (1981). Definite reference
and mutual knowledge. In A. K. Joshi, I. Sag, &
B. Webber (Eds.), Elements of discourse understanding
(pp. 10–63). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University
Press.
Clark, H. H., & Murphy, G. L. (1982). Audience design
in meaning and reference. In J.-F. L. Ny&W. Kintsch
(Eds.), Language and comprehension (pp. 287–296).
New York: North Holland.
Clark, H. H., Schreuder, R., & Buttrick, S. (1983).
Common ground and the understanding of demonstrative
reference. Journal of Verbal Learning and
Verbal Behavior, 22, 245–258.
Clarke, M., Losoff, A., McCracken, M. D., & Rood, D.
(1984). Linguistic relativity and sex/gender studies:
Epistemological and methodological considerations.
Language Learning, 34, 47–67.
Clarke, M., Losoff, A., McCracken, M. D., & Still, J.
(1981). Gender perception in Arabic and English.
267
Language Learning, 31, 159–169.
D’Andrade, R. (2002). Cultural Darwinism and language.
American Anthropologist, 104, 223–232.
Davidoff, J. (2001). Language and perceptual categorization.
Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 5, 382–387.
Earle, M. (1969). A cross-cultural and cross-language
comparison of dogmatism scores. Journal of Social
Psychology, 79, 19–24.
Ervin, S. M. (1962). The connotations of gender. Word,
18, 249–261.
Fallshore, M., & Schooler, J. W. (1995). The verbal vulnerability
of perceptual expertise. Journal of Experimental
Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition,
21, 1608–1623.
Fiedler, K., Semin, G. R., & Finkenauer, C. (1993). The
battle of words between gender groups: A languagebased
approach to intergroup processes. Human
Communication Research, 19, 409–441.
Fussell, S. R., & Krauss, R. M. (1989a). The effects of
intended audience on message production and comprehension:
Reference in a common ground framework.
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
25, 203–219.
Fussell, S. R., & Krauss, R. M. (1989b). Understanding
friends and strangers: The effects of audience design
on message comprehension. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 19, 509–525.
Fussell, S. R., & Krauss, R. M. (1991). Accuracy and
bias in estimates of others’ knowledge. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 21, 445–454.
Fussell, S. R., & Krauss, R. M. (1992). Coordination of
knowledge in communication: Effects of speakers’
assumptions about others’ knowledge. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 62, 378–391.
27. Language, Cognition, and Culture 685
Garro, L. (1986). Language, memory, and focality: A reexamination.
American Anthropologist, 88, 128–
136.
Genesee, F., & Holobow, N. E. (1989). Change and stability
in intergroup perceptions. Journal of Language
and Social Psychology, 8, 17–38.
Giles, H., Taylor, D. M., & Bourhis, R. Y. (1977). Dimensions
of Welsh identity. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 7, 165–174.
Giles, H., Taylor, D. M., Lambert, W. E., & Albert, G.
(1976). Dimensions of ethnic identity: An example
from Northern Maine. Journal of Social Psychology,
100, 11–19.
Glucksberg, S. (1988). Language and thought. In R. S.
Sternberg & E. E. Smith (Eds.), The psychology of
human thought (pp. 214–241). New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Glucksberg, S. (2001). Understanding figurative language:
268
From metaphor to idioms. Oxford, UK: Oxford
University Press.
Grice, H. P. (1975). Logic and conversation. In P. Cole
& J. Morgan (Eds.), Syntax and semantics: Vol. 3.
Speech acts (pp. 43–58). New York: Academic Press.
Guimond, S., & Palmer, D. L. (1985). The political socialization
of commerce and social science students:
Epistemic authority and attitude change. Journal of
Applied Social Psychology, 26, 1985–2013.
Hall, E. T. (1990). Understanding cultural differences.
Yarmouth, ME: Intercultural Press.
Hamilton, D. L., Gibbons, P. A., Stroessner, S. J., &
Sherman, J. W. (1992). Stereotype and language use.
In G. R. Semin & K. Fiedler (Eds.), Language, interaction
and social cognition (pp. 102–128). London:
Sage.
Heider, E. R. (1972). Universals in color naming and
memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 93,
10–20.
Heider, E. R., & Olivier, D. C. (1972). The structure of
the color space in naming and memory for two languages.
Cognitive Psychology, 3, 337–354.
Higgins, E. T., & McCann, C. D. (1984). Social encoding
and subsequent attitudes, impressions and memory:
“Context-driven” and motivational aspects of
processing. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
47, 26–39.
Higgins, E. T., McCann, C. D., & Fondacaro, R.
(1982). The “communication game”: Goal-directed
encoding and cognitive consequences. Social Cognition,
1, 21–37.
Hoffman, C., Lau, I., & Johnson, D. R. (1986). The linguistic
relativity of person cognition: An English–
Chinese comparison. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 51, 1097–1105.
Hoosain, R. (1991). Psycholinguistic implications for
linguistic relatively: A case study of Chinese.
Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Hunt, E., & Agnoli, F. (1991). The Whorfian hypothesis:
A cognitive psychology perspective. Psychological
Review, 98, 377–389.
Hunt, E., & Banaji, M. R. (1988). The Whorfian hypothesis
revisited: A cognitive science view of linguistic
and cultural effects on thought. In J. W. Berry, S.
H. Irvine, & E. B. Hunt (Eds.), Indigenous cognition:
Functioning in cultural context (pp. 57–84).
Dordrecht, the Netherlands: Martinus Nijhoff.
Ishii, K., Reyes, J. A., & Kitayama, S. (2003). Spontaneous
attention to word content versus emotional tone:
Differences among three cultures. Psychological Science,
14, 39–46.
Jaworski, A., & Thurlow, C. (2004). Language, tourism
and globalization: Mapping new international identities.
269
In S.-h. Ng, C. Candlin, & C.-y. Chiu (Eds.),
Language matters: Communication, culture, and social
identity (pp. 297–321). Hong Kong: City University
of Hong Kong Press.
Kahneman, D., & Tversky, A. (1984). Choices, values,
and frames. American Psychologist, 39, 341–350.
Kashima, E. S., & Kashima, Y. (1998). Culture and language:
The case of cultural dimensions and personal
pronoun use. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
29, 461–486.
Kashima, Y., & Kashima, E. (2003). Individualism,
GNP, climate, and pronoun drop: Is individualism
determined by affluence and climate, or does language
use play a role. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
34, 125–134.
Kay, P., & Kempton, W. (1984). What is the Sapir–
Whorf hypothesis? American Anthroplogist, 86, 65–
79.
Kay, P., & McDaniel, C. K. (1978). The linguistic significance
of the meanings of basic color terms. Language,
54, 610–646.
Krauss, R. M., & Chiu, C.-y. (1998). Language and social
behavior. In D. T. Gilbert, S. T. Fiske, & G.
Lindzey (Eds.), The handbook of social psychology
(4th ed., Vol. 2, pp. 41–88). New York: McGrawHill.
Krauss, R. M., & Fussell, S. R. (1991). Perspectivetaking
in communication: Representations of others’
knowledge in reference. Social Cognition, 9, 2–24.
Krauss, R. M., & Fussell, S. R. (1996). Social psychological
approaches to the study of communication. In
E. T. Higgins & A. Kruglanski (Eds.), Social psychology:
Handbook of basic principles (pp. 655–701).
New York: Guilford Press.
Krauss, R. M., Fussell, S. R., & Chen, Y. (1995). Coordination
of perspective in dialogue: Intrapersonal
and interpersonal processes. In I. Markova, C. G.
Graumann, & K. Foppa (Eds.), Mutualities in dialogue
(pp. 124–145). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge
University Press.
Krauss, R. M., & Glucksberg, S. (1977). Social and
nonsocial speech. Scientific American, 236, 100–105.
Krauss, R. M., Vivekananthan, P. S., & Weinheimer, S.
(1968). “Inner speech” and “external speech.” Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 9, 295–
300.
Langacker, R. W. (1976). Semantic representations and
the linguistic relativity hypothesis. Foundations of
Language, 14, 307–357.
686 V. COGNITION
Lantz, D.,&Stefflre, V. (1964). Language and cognition
revisited. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology,
69, 472–481.
270
Latané, B. (1996). Dynamic social impact: The creation
of culture by communication. Journal of Communication,
46, 13–25.
Latané, B., & Bourgeois, M. J. (1996). Experimental evidence
for dynamic social impact: The emergence of
subcultures in electronic groups. Journal of Communication,
46, 35–47.
Latané, B., & L’Herrou, T. (1996). Spatial clustering in
the conformity game: Dynamic social impact in electronic
groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
70, 1218–1230.
Lau, I. Y.-M., Chiu, C.-y., & Hong, Y. (2001). I know
what you know: Assumptions about others’ knowledge
and their effects on message construction. Social
Cognition, 19, 587–600.
Lau, I. Y.-M., Chiu, C.-y., & Lee, S.-L. (2001). Communication
and shared reality: Implications for the psychological
foundations of culture. Social Cognition,
19, 350–371.
Lau, I. Y.-M., Lee, S.-L., & Chiu, C.-y. (2004). Language,
cognition and reality: Constructing shared
meanings through communication. In M. Schaller &
C. Crandall (Eds.), The psychological foundations of
culture (pp. 77–100). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Lehman, D., Chiu, C.-y., & Schaller, M. (2004). Culture
and psychology. Annual Review of Psychology, 55,
689–714.
Liu, L. G. (1985). Reasoning counterfactually in Chinese:
Are there any obstacles? Cognition, 21, 239–
270.
Lucy, J. A., & Shweder, R. A. (1979). Whorf and his
critics: Linguistic and nonlinguistic influences on
color memory. American Anthropologist, 81, 581–
615.
Lucy, J. A., & Shweder, R. A. (1988). The effect of incidental
conversation on memory for focal colors.
American Anthropologist, 90, 923–931.
Lyczak, R., Fu, G. S., & Ho, A. (1976). Attitudes of
Hong Kong bilinguals toward English and Chinese
speakers. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 7,
425–438.
Lyons, A., & Kashima, Y. (2001). The reproduction of
culture: Communication processes tend to maintain
cultural stereotypes. Social Cognition, 19, 372–394.
Lyons, A., & Kashima, Y. (2003). How are stereotypes
maintained through communication?: The influence
of stereotype sharedness. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 85, 989–1005.
Maass, A., Milesi, A., Zabbini, S., & Stahlberg, D.
(1995). Linguistic intergroup bias: Differential expectancies
or in-group protection? Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 68, 116–126.
Maass, A., Salvi, D., Arcuri, L., & Semin, G. R. (1989).
271
Language use in intergroup contexts: The linguistic
intergroup bias. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 38, 689–703.
Masuda, T., & Nisbett, R. E. (2001). Attending holistically
versus analytically: Comparing the context
sensitivity of Japanese and Americans. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 922–934.
Mazurkewich, I., & Fista-Stoga, F., Mawle, D., Somers,
M., & Thibaudeau, S. (1986). A new look at language
attitudes in Montreal. Genetic, Social, and
General Psychology Monographs, 112, 201–217.
McCann, C. D., Higgins, E. T., & Fondacaro, R. A.
(1991). Primacy and recency in communication and
self-persuasion: How successive audiences and multiple
encodings influence subsequent judgments. Social
Cognition, 9, 47–66.
Miller, P.,Wiley, A. R., Fung, H., & Liang, C.-h. (1997).
Personal storytelling as a medium of socialization in
Chinese and American families. Child Development,
68, 557–568.
Ng, S.-h., Chiu, C.-y., & Candlin, C. (2004). Communication,
culture, and identity: Overview and synthesis.
In S.-h. Ng, C. Candlin, & C.-y. Chiu (Eds.), Language
matters: Communication, culture, and social
identity (pp. 1–23). Hong Kong: City University of
Hong Kong Press.
Ota, H. (2004). Culture and intergenerational communication:
Implications of cultures for communication
across age groups. In S.-h. Ng, C. Candlin, & C.-y.
Chiu (Eds.), Language matters: Communication, culture,
and social identity (pp. 183–201). Hong Kong:
City University of Hong Kong Press.
Ranken, H. B. (1963). Language and thinking: Positive
and negative effects of naming. Science, 141, 48–50.
Roberson, D., & Davidoff, J. (2000). The “categorical
perception” of colors and facial expressions: The effect
of verbal interference. Memory and Cognition,
28, 977–986.
Roberson, D., Davies, I., & Davidoff, J. (2000). Color
categories are not universal: Replications and new
evidence from a stone-age culture. Journal of Experimental
Psychology: General, 129, 369–398.
Rokeach, M. (1960). The open and closed mind: Investigations
into the nature of belief systems and personality
systems. New York: Basic Books.
Rosch, E. H. (1973). On the internal structure of perceptual
and semantic categories. In T. E. Moore
(Ed.), Cognitive development and the acquisition of
language (pp. 254–279). New York: Academic Press.
Rosch, E. H. (1987). Linguistic relativity. Et cetera, 44,
254–279.
Ross, M., Xun, W. Q. E., & Wilson, A. E. (2002). Language
and the bicultural self. Personality and Social
272
Psychology Bulletin, 28, 1040–1050.
Schegloff, E. A. (1991). Conversation analysis and socially
shared cognition. In L. B. Resnick, J. M. Levine,
& S. D. Teasley (Eds.), Perspectives on socially
shared cognition (pp. 150–171). Washington, DC:
American Psychological Association.
Schooler, J.W.,&Engstler-Schooler, T. Y. (1990). Visual
overshadowing of visual memories: Some things are
better left unsaid. Cognitive Psychology, 22, 36–71.
Sebastian, R. J., & Ryan, E. B. (1985). Speech cues and
social evaluations: Markers of ethnicity, social class
and age. In H. Giles & R. N. S. Clair (Eds.), Recent
advances in language, communication and social psychology
(pp. 112–143). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Semin, G. R. (1998). Cognition, language, and communication.
In S. R. Fussell & R. J. Kreuz (Eds.), Social
and cognitive approaches to interpersonal communication
(pp. 229–257). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Semin, G. R., & Fiedler, K. (1988). The cognitive functions
of linguistic categories in describing persons:
Social cognition and language. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 54, 558–568.
Semin, G. R., & Fiedler, K. (1991). The linguistic category
model, its bases, application and range. In W.
Stroebe & M. Hewstone (Eds.), European review of
social psychology. (Vol. 2, pp. 1–30). New York:
Wiley.
Sera, M. D., Berge, D., & del Castillio Pintado, J.
(1994). Grammatical and conceptual forces in the attribution
of gender by English and Spanish speakers.
Child Development, 68, 820–831.
Sera, M. D., Elieff, C., Forbes, J., Burch, M. C., Rodriguez,
W., & Dubois, D. P. (2002). When language
affects cognition and when it does not: An
analysis of grammatical gender and classification.
Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 131,
377–397.
Shatz, M., Diesendruck, G., Martinez-Beck, I., & Akar,
D. (2003). The influence of language and socioeconomic
status on children’s understanding of false belief.
Developmental Psychology, 39, 717–729.
Sperber, D. (1996). Explaining culture: A naturalistic
approach. Cambridge, MA: Blackwell.
Stefflre, V., Vales, V. C., & Morley, L. (1966). Language
and cognition in Yucatan: A cross-cultural replication.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 4,
112–115.
Takano, Y. (1989). Methodological problems in crosscultural
studies of linguistic relativity. Cognition, 31,
141–162.
Tardif, T. (1996). Nouns are not always learned before
verbs: Evidence from Mandarin speakers’ early
vocabularies. Developmental Psychology, 32, 492–
273
504.
Tardif, T., Gelman, S. A., & Xu, F. (1999). Putting the
“noun bias” in context: A comparison of English and
Mandarin. Child Development, 70, 620–635.
Tardif, T., Shatz, M., & Naigles, L. (1998). Caregiver
speech and children’s use of nouns versus verbs: A
comparison of English, Italian, and Mandarin. Journal
of Child Language, 24, 535–565.
Taylor, D. M., Bassili, J. N., & Aboud, F. E. (1973). Dimensions
of ethnic identity: An example for Quebec.
Journal of Social Psychology, 89, 185–192.
Taylor, D. M., & Royer, L. (1980). Group processes affecting
anticipated language choice in intergroup relations.
In H. Giles, W. P. Robinson, & P. Smith
(Eds.), Language: Social psychological perspectives
(pp. 185–192). Oxford, UK: Pergamon.
Thomas, D. R., & DeCapito, A. (1966). Role of stimulus
labeling in stimulus generalization. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 71, 913–915.
Tong, Y., Hong, Y.-y., Lee, S.-l., & Chiu, C.-y. (1999).
Language as a carrier of social identity. International
Journal of Intercultural Relations, 23, 281–296.
Trafimow, D., Silverman, E. S., Fan, R. M.-T., & Law, J.
S. F. (1997). The effects of language and priming on
the relative accessibility of the private self and the
collective self. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
28, 107–123.
Verkuyten, M., & Pouliasi, K. (2002). Biculturalism
among older children: Cultural frame switching, attributions,
self-identification, and attitudes. Journal
of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 33, 596–609.
Whorf, B. L. (1956). Language, thought, and reality: Selected
writings of Benjamin Lee Whorf. New York:
Wiley.
Yang, K. S., & Bond, M. H. (1980). Ethnic affirmation
by Chinese bilinguals. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
11, 411–425.
Zhang, J., & Shavitt, S. (2003). Cultural values in advertisements
to the Chinese X-generation. Journal
Advertising, 32, 23–33.
Zhou, R. (2004). A comparative study of Chinese and
English metaphorical representation of time. In S.-h.
Ng, C. Candlin, & C.-y. Chiu (Eds.), Language matters:
Communication, culture, and social identity
(pp. 203–218). Hong Kong: City University of Hong
Kong Press.
Ahadi, S. A., Rothbart, M. K., & Ye, R. (1993).
Children’s temperament in the US and China: Similarities
and differences. European Journal of Personality,
7, 359–377.
Ahuvia, A. C. (2002). Individualism/collectivism and
cultures of happiness: A theoretical conjecture on the
relationship between consumption, culture and subjective
274
well-being at the national level. Journal of
Happiness Studies, 3, 23–36.
Bagozzi, R. P., Wong, N., & Yi, Y. (1999). The role of
culture and gender in the relationship between positive
and negative affect. Cognition and Emotion, 13,
641–672.
Balatsky, G., & Diener, E. (1993). Subjective well-being
among Russian students. Social Indicators Research,
28, 225–243.
Benet-Martínez, V., & Karakitapoglu-Aygun, Z. (2003).
The interplay of cultural syndromes and personality
in predicting life satisfaction: Comparing Asian
Americans and European Americans. Journal of
Cross-Cultural Psychology, 34, 38–60.
Betancourt, H.,&López, S. R. (1993). The study of culture,
ethnicity, and race in American psychology.
American Psychologist, 48, 629–637.
Biswas-Diener, R.,&Diener, E. (2001). Making the best
of a bad situation: Satisfaction in the slums of Calcutta.
Social Indicators Research, 55, 329–352.
Biswas-Diener, R., Vittersø, J., & Diener, E. (2005).
Most people are pretty happy, but there is cultural
variation: The Inughuit, the Amish, and the Maasai.
Journal of Happiness Studies, 6, 205–226.
Brown, J. D., & Kobayashi, C. (2002). Selfenhancement
in Japan and America. Asian Journal of
Social Psychology, 5, 145–168.
Brown, J. D., & Kobayashi, C. (2003). Motivation and
manifestation: Cross-cultural expression of the selfenhancement
motive. Asian Journal of Social Psychology,
6, 85–88.
Cantril, H. (1965). The pattern of human concerns.
New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press.
Caspi, A., Sugden, K., Moffitt, T. E., Taylor, A., Craig, I.
W., Harrington, H., et al. (2003). Influence of life
stress on depression: Moderation by a polymorphism
in the 5-HTT gene. Science, 301, 386–389.
Cavalli-Sforza, L. L. (1991). Genes, peoples, and languages.
Scientific American, 256(5), 104–110.
Chirkov, V., Ryan, R. M., Kim, Y.,&Kaplan, U. (2003).
Differentiating autonomy from individualism and independence:
A self-determination theory perspective
on internalization of cultural orientations and well28. Culture and Subjective Well-Being 709
being. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
84, 97–110.
Cohen, D., & Gunz, A. (2002). As seen by the other:
Perspective on the self in the memories and emotional
perceptions of Easterners andWesterners. Psychological
Science, 13, 55–59.
Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (1985). Intrinsic motivation
and self-determination in human behavior. New
York: Plenum.
275
The Dhammapada: The sayings of the Buddha (T. Byron,
Trans.). (1976). New York: Random House.
Diener, E. (1984). Subjective well-being. Psychological
Bulletin, 95, 542–575.
Diener, E., & Diener, C. (1996). Most people are happy.
Psychological Science, 7, 181–185.
Diener, E., & Diener, M. (1995). Cross-cultural correlates
of life satisfaction and self-esteem. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 68, 653–663.
Diener, E., Diener, M.,&Diener, C. (1995). Factors predicting
the subjective well-being of nations. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 851–864.
Diener, E., Emmons, R. A., Larsen, R. J., & Griffin, S.
(1985). The Satisfaction with Life Scale. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 49, 71–75.
Diener, E., Gohm, C. L., Suh, E., & Oishi, S. (2000).
Similarity of the relations between marital status and
subjective well-being across cultures. Journal of
Cross-Cultural Psychology, 31, 419–436.
Diener, E., Horwitz, J., & Emmons, R. (1985). Happiness
of the very wealthy. Social Indicators Research,
16, 263–274.
Diener, E., Lucas, R. E., & Scollon, C. N. (2006). Beyond
the hedonic treadmill: Revising the adaptation
theory of well-being. American Psychologist, 61,
305–314.
Diener, E., & Oishi, S. (2000). Money and happiness. In
E. Diener & E.M. Suh (Eds.), Culture and subjective
well-being (pp. 185–218). Cambridge, MA: MIT
Press.
Diener, E., Sandvik, E., Seidlitz, L., & Diener, M.
(1993). The relationship between income and subjective
well-being: Relative or absolute? Social Indicators
Research, 28, 195–223.
Diener, E., Scollon, C. K. N., Oishi, S., Dzokoto, V., &
Suh, E. M. (2000). Positivity and the construction of
life satisfaction judgments: Global happiness is not
the sum of its parts. Journal of Happiness Studies, 1,
159–176.
Diener, E., & Seligman, M. E. P. (2004). Beyond money:
Toward an economy of well-being. Psychological Science
in the Public Interest, 5, 1–31.
Diener, E., & Suh, E. M. (1999). National differences in
subjective well-being. In D. Kahneman, E. Diener, &
N. Schwarz (Eds.), Well-being: The foundations of
hedonic psychology (pp. 434–450). New York: Russell
Sage Foundation.
Diener, E., Suh, E. M., Smith, H., & Shao, L. (1995).
National differences in reported subjective well-being:
Why do they occur? Social Indicators Research,
34, 7–32.
Diener, M. L., Fujita, F., Kim-Prieto, C., & Diener, E.
(2004). Culture and emotional experience. Unpublished
276
manuscript, University of Utah.
Diener, M. L., & Lucas, R. E. (2004). Adult’s desires for
children’s emotions across 48 countries: Associations
with individual and national characteristics. Journal
of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 35, 525–547.
Edgerton, R. B. (1992). Sick societies: Challenging the
myth of primitive harmony. New York: Free Press.
Eid, M., & Diener, E. (2001). Norms for experiencing
emotions in different cultures: Inter- and
intranational differences. Journal of Social and Personality
Psychology, 81, 869–885.
Ekman, P., & Friesen, W. V. (1971). Constants across
cultures in the face and emotion. Journal of Social
and Personality Psychology, 17, 124–129.
Ekman, P., Friesen, W. V., O’Sullivan, M., Chan, A.,
Diacoyanni-Tarlatzis, I., Heider, K., et al. (1987).
Universals and cultural differences in the judgments
of facial expressions of emotion. Journal of Social
and Personality Psychology, 53, 712–717.
Fredrickson, B. L. (1998). What good are positive emotions?
Review of General Psychology, 2, 300–319.
Freedman, D. G., & Freedman, N. C. (1969). Behavioural
differences between Chinese-American and
European-American newborns. Nature, 224, 1227.
Fujita, F., & Diener, E. (2005). Life satisfaction set
point: Stability and change. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 88, 158–164.
Gaskins, R. W. (1999). “Adding legs to a snake”: A
reanalysis of motivation and the pursuit of happiness
from a Zen Buddhist perspective. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 91, 204–215.
Gohm, C. L., Oishi, S., Darlington, J., & Diener, E.
(1998). Culture, parental conflict, parental marital
status, and the subjective well-being of young adults.
Journal of Marriage and the Family, 60, 319–334.
Haritatos, J., & Benet-Martínez, V. (2002). Bicultural
identities: The interface of cultural, personality, and
socio-cognitive processes. Journal of Research in Personality,
36, 598–606.
Heine, S. J. (2003). Self-enhancement in Japan?: A reply
to Brown and Kobayashi. Asian Journal of Social
Psychology, 6, 75–84.
Heine, S. J., Kitayama, S., Lehman, D. R., Takata, T.,
Ide, E., Leung, C., et al. (2001). Divergent consequences
of success and failure in Japan and North
America: An investigation of self-improving motivations
and malleable selves. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 81, 599–615.
Heine, S. J., Lehman, D. R., Markus, H. R., &
Kitayama, S. (1999). Is there a universal need for
positive self-regard? Psychological Review, 106,
766–794.
Hermans, H. J. M.,&Kempen, H. J. G. (1998). Moving
277
cultures: The perilous problems of cultural dichotomies
in a globalizing society. American Psychologist,
53, 1111–1120.
Hong, Y., & Chiu, C. (2001). Toward a paradigm shift:
From cross-cultural differences in social cognition to
710 VI. EMOTION AND MOTIVATION
social-cognitive mediation of cultural differences. Social
Cognition, 19, 181–196.
Howell, C. J., Howell, R. T., & Schwabe, K. A. (2006).
Does wealth enhance life satisfaction for people who
are materially deprived?: Exploring the association
among the Orang Asli of Peninsular Malaysia. Social
Indicators Research, 76, 499–524.
Inglehart, R. (1990). Culture shift in advanced industrial
society. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University
Press.
Inglehart, R., & Klingemann, H.-D. (2000). Genes, culture,
democracy, and happiness. In E. Diener&E.M.
Suh (Eds.), Culture and subjective well-being
(pp. 185–218). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Ito, T. A., & Cacioppo, J. T. (1999). The
psychophysiology of utility appraisals. In D.
Kahneman, E. Diener, & N. Schwartz (Eds.), Wellbeing:
The foundations of hedonic psychology
(pp. 470–488). New York: Russell Sage Foundation.
Izard, C. E., & Malatesta, C. Z. (1987). Perspectives on
emotional development I: Differential emotions theory
of early emotional development. In J. D. Osofsky
(Ed.), Handbook of infant development (2nd ed.,
pp. 494–554). New York: Wiley.
Johnson, T., Kulesa, P., Cho, Y. I., & Shavitt, S. (2005).
The relation between culture and response styles: Evidence
from 19 countries. Journal of Cross-Cultural
Psychology, 36, 264–277.
Kagan, J., Arcus, D., Snidman, N., Feng,W. Y., Hendler,
J., & Greene, S. (1994). Reactivity in infants: A
cross-national comparison. Developmental Psychology,
30, 342–345.
Kang, S.-M., Shaver, P. R., Sue, S., Min, K.-H., & Jing,
H. (2003). Culture-specific patterns in the prediction
of life satisfaction: Roles of emotion, relationship
quality, and self-esteem. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 29, 1596–1608.
Kim, D.-Y. (2004). The implicit life satisfaction measure.
Asian Journal of Social Psychology, 7, 236–
262.
Kim, D.-Y., Sarason, B., & Sarason, I. G. (2006). Implicit
social cognition and culture: Explicit and implicit
psychological acculturation, and distress of
Korean-American young adults. Journal of Social
and Clinical Psychology, 25, 1–32.
Kim-Prieto, C. Y. (2005). Culture’s influence on experienced
and remembered emotions. Unpublished doctoral
278
dissertation, University of Illinois, Urbana–
Champaign.
Kim-Prieto, C., & Diener, E. (2004). Religion’s role in
cultural differences in emotional experiences. Unpublished
manuscript, University of Illinois, Urbana–
Champaign.
Kitayama, S., & Markus, H. R. (2000). The pursuit of
happiness and the realization of sympathy: Cultural
patterns of self, social relations, and well-being. In E.
Diener & E. M. Suh (Eds.), Culture and subjective
well-being (pp. 113–161). Cambridge, MA: MIT
Press.
Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., & Kurokawa, M. (2000).
Culture, emotion, and well-being: Good feelings in
Japan and the United States. Cognition and Emotion,
14, 93–124.
Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., Matsumoto, H., &
Norasakkunkit, V. (1997). Individual and collective
processes in the construction of the self: Selfenhancement
in the United States and self-criticism in
Japan. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
72, 1245–1267.
Kuppens, P., Ceulemans, E., Timmerman, M. E., Diener,
E., & Kim-Prieto, C. (2006). Universal intracultural
and intercultural dimensions of the recalled frequency
of emotional experience. Journal of CrossCultural Psychology, 37, 491–515.
Kwan, V. S. Y., Bond, M. H., & Singelis, T. M. (1997).
Pancultural explanations for life satisfaction: Adding
relationship harmony to self-esteem. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 73, 1038–1051.
Lesch, K.-P., Bengel, D., Heils, A., Sabol, S. Z.,
Greenberg, B. D., Petri, S., et al. (1996). Association
of anxiety-related traits with a polymorphism in the
serotonin transporter gene regulatory region. Science,
274, 1527–1531.
Levy, R. I. (1982). On the nature and functions of the
emotions: An anthropological perspective. Social Science
Information, 21, 511–528.
Lucas, R. E., Diener, E., Grob, A., Suh, E. M., & Shao,
L. (2000). Cross-cultural evidence for the fundamental
features of extraversion. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 79, 452–468.
Lutz, C. A. (1988). Unnatural emotions: Everyday sentiments
on a Micronesian atoll and their challenge to
Western theory. Chicago: University of Chicago
Press.
Lykken, D., & Tellegen, A. (1996). Happiness is a stochastic
phenomenon. Psychological Science, 7, 186–
188.
Lyubomirsky, S., King, L.,&Diener, E. (2005). The benefits
of frequent positive affect: Does happiness lead to
success? Psychological Bulletin, 131, 803–855.
279
Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the
self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation.
Psychological Review, 98, 224–253.
Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1994). The cultural
construction of self and emotion: Implications for social
behavior. In S. Kitayama & H. R. Markus (Eds.),
Emotion and culture: Empirical studies of mutual influence
(pp. 89–130). Washington, DC: American
Psychological Association.
Maslow, A. H. (1954). Motivation and personality. New
York: Harper & Row.
Menon, U., & Shweder, R. A. (1994). Kali’s tongue:
Cultural psychology and the power of shame in
Orissa, India. In S. Kitayama & H. R. Markus (Eds.),
Emotion and culture: Empirical studies of mutual influence
(pp. 241–284). Washington, DC: American
Psychological Association.
Mesquita, B., & Frijda, N. H. (1992). Cultural variations
in emotions: A review. Psychological Bulletin,
112, 179–204.
Mesquita, B., Fridja, N. H., & Scherer, K. R. (1997).
Culture and emotion. In J. W. Berry, P. R. Dasen, &
T. S. Saraswathi (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural
psychology (2nd ed., Vol. 2, pp. 255–297). Boston:
Allyn & Bacon.
Miller, P. J., Wang, S., Sandel, T., & Cho, G. E. (2002).
Self-esteem as folk theory: A comparison of European
American and Taiwanese mother’s beliefs. Parenting:
Science and Practice, 2, 209–239.
No, S., & Hong, Y.-Y. (2004, January). Negotiating
bicultural identity: Contrast and assimilation effects
in cultural frame switching. Poster presented at the
annual meeting of the Society for Personality and Social
Psychology, Austin, TX.
Oishi, S. (2000). Goals as cornerstones of subjective
well-being. In E. Diener & E. M. Suh (Eds.), Culture
and subjective well-being (pp. 87–112). Cambridge,
MA: MIT Press.
Oishi, S. (2002). The experience and remembering of
well-being: A cross-cultural analysis. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 1398–1406.
Oishi, S., & Diener, E. (2001). Goals, culture, and subjective
well-being. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 27, 1674–1682.
Oishi, S., Diener, E. F., Lucas, R. E., & Suh, E. M.
(1999). Cross-cultural variations in predictors of life
satisfaction: Perspectives from needs and values. Personality
and Social Psychology Bulletin, 25, 980–
990.
Oishi, S., Diener, E., Scollon, C. N., & Biswas-Diener,
R. (2003). Cross-situational consistency of affective
experiences across cultures. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 86, 460–472.
280
Oishi, S., Schimmack, U., & Colcombe, S. J. (2003).
The contextual and systematic nature of life satisfaction
judgments. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
39, 232–247.
Ortony, A., & Turner, T. J. (1990). What’s basic about
basic emotions? Psychological Review, 97, 315–331.
Park, N., & Huebner, E. S. (2005). A cross-cultural
study of the levels and correlates of life satisfaction
among adolescents. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
36, 444–456.
Peng, K., & Nisbett, R. E. (1999). Culture, dialectics,
and reasoning about contradiction. American Psychologist,
54, 741–754.
Plutchik, R. (1980). Emotion: A psychoevolutionary
synthesis. New York: Harper & Row.
Radhakrishnan, P., & Chan, D. K.-S. (1997). Cultural
differences in the relation between self-discrepancy
and life satisfaction. International Journal of Psychology,
32, 387–398.
Rice, T. W., & Steele, B. J. (2004). Subjective well-being
and culture across time and space. Journal of CrossCultural Psychology, 35, 633–647.
Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2000). Self-determination
theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation, social
development, and well-being. American Psychologist,
55, 68–78.
Ryff, C. D., & Singer, B. (1998). The contours of positive
human health. Psychological Inquiry, 9, 1–28.
Schimmack, U., Diener, E., & Oishi, S. (2002). Lifesatisfaction
is a momentary judgment and a stable
personality characteristic: The use of chronically accessible
and stable sources. Journal of Personality,
70, p. 345–384.
Schimmack, U., Oishi, S., & Diener, E. (2002). Cultural
influences on the relation between pleasant emotions
and unpleasant emotions: Asian dialectic philosophies
or individualism–collectivism? Cognition and
Emotion, 16, 705–719.
Schimmack, U., Radhakrishnan, P., Oishi, S., Dzokoto,
V.,&Ahadi, S. (2002). Culture, personality, and subjective
well-being: Integrating process models of life
satisfaction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
82, 582–593.
Schwarz, N., & Strack, F. (1999). Reports of subjective
well-being: Judgmental processes and their methodological
implications. In D. Kahneman, E. Diener, &
N. Schwarz (Eds.), Well-being: The foundations of
hedonic psychology (pp. 61–84). New York: Russell
Sage Foundation.
Scollon, C. N., Diener, E., Oishi, S., Biswas-Diener, R.
(2004). Emotions across cultures and methods. Journal
of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 35, 304–326.
Shao, L. (1993). Multilanguage comparability of life
281
satisfaction and happiness measures in mainland
Chinese and American students. Unpublished master’s
thesis, University of Illinois, Urbana–
Champaign.
Shaver, P. R., Wu, S., & Schwartz, J. C. (1992). Crosscultural
similarities and differences in emotion and
its representation: A prototype approach. Review of
Personality and Social Psychology, 13, 175–212.
Sheldon, K. M., Elliot, A. J., Ryan, R. M., Chirkov, V.,
Kim, Y., Wu, C., et al. (2004). Self-concordance and
subjective well-being in four cultures. Journal of
Cross-Cultural Psychology, 35, 209–223.
Shweder, R. A. (2000). Moral maps, “First World” conceits,
and the new evangelists. In L. E. Harrison & S.
P. Huntington (Eds.), Culture matters: How values
shape human progress (pp. 158–172). New York: Basic
Books.
Smith, P. B. (2004). Acquiescent response bias as an aspect
of cultural communication style. Journal of
Cross-Cultural Psychology, 35, 50–61.
Snibbe, A. C., & Markus, H. R. (2005). You can’t always
get what you want: Educational attainment,
agency, and choice. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 88, 703–720.
Suh, E., Diener, E., Oishi, S., & Triandis, H. C. (1998).
The shifting basis of life satisfaction judgments
across cultures: Emotions versus norms. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 74, 482–493.
Suh, E. M. (2002). Culture, identity consistency, and
subjective well-being. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 83, 1378–1391.
Thompson, J. (1941). Development of facial expression
712 VI. EMOTION AND MOTIVATION
of emotion in blind and seeing children. Archives of
Psychology, (No. 264).
Tomkins, S. S. (1962). Affect, imagery, and consciousness:
Vol. 1. The positive affects. New York: Springer.
Tomkins, S. S. (1963). Affect, imagery, and consciousness:
Vol. 2. The negative affects. New York:
Springer.
Tsai, J., Knutson, B., & Fung, H. H. (2006). Cultural
variation in affect valuation. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 90, 288–307
Veenhoven, R. (n.d.). Distributional findings in nations.
InWorld database of happiness. Retrieved September
5, 2004, from www.eur.nl/fsw/research/happiness
Veenhoven, R. (1991). Is happiness relative? Social Indicators
Research, 24, 1–34.
Veenhoven, R. (1993). Happiness in nations. Rotterdam,
the Netherlands: Risbo.
Veenhoven, R. (2001). Are the Russians as unhappy as
they say they are?: Comparability of self-reports
across nations. Journal of Happiness Studies, 2, 111–
282
136.
Vittersø, J., Røysamb, E., & Diener, E. (2002). The concept
of life satisfaction across cultures: Exploring its
diverse meaning and relation to economic wealth. In
E. Gullone&R. A. Cummins (Eds.), The universality
of subjective well-being indicators (pp. 81–103).
Dordrecht, the Netherlands: Kluwer Academic.
Wallbott, H. G., & Scherer, K. (1988). How universal
and specific is emotional experience?: Evidence from
27 countries on five continents. In K. R. Scherer
(Ed.), Facets of emotion: Recent research (pp. 31–
56). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Watson, D., Clark, L. A., & Tellegen, A. (1984). Crosscultural
convergence in the structure of mood: A Japanese
replication and a comparison with U.S. findings.
Journal of Social and Personality Psychology,
47, 127–144.
Wierzbicka, A. (1986). Human emotions: Universal or
culture-specific? American Anthropologist, 88, 584–
594.
Wirtz, D. (2004). Focusing on the good versus focusing
on the bad: An analysis of East–West differences in
subjective well-being. Unpublished doctoral dissertation,
University of Illinois, Urbana–Champaign.
Wu, W. C. H., & Bond, M. H. (2006). National differences
in predictors of suicide among young and elderly
citizens: Linking societal predictors to psychological
factors. Archives of Suicide Research, 10, 45–
60.
Yang, K. S. (2003). Beyond Maslow’s culture-bound linear
theory: A preliminary statement of the double-Y
model of basic human needs. In V. Murphy-Berman
& J. J. Berman (Eds.), Nebraska Symposium on Motivation:
Vol. 49. Cross-cultural differences in perspectives
on the self (pp. 176–255). Lincoln: University
of Nebraska Press.
Allan, G. A. (1979). A sociology of friendship and kinship.
London: Allen & Unwin.
Asch, S. (1956). Studies of independence and conformity:
A minority of one against a unanimous majority.
Psychological Monographs, 70(No. 416).
728 VI. EMOTION AND MOTIVATION
Baguma, P., & Furnham, A. (1993). The Protestant
work ethic in Great Britain and Uganda. Journal of
Cross-Cultural Psychology, 24, 495–507.
Bargh, J. A., Chen, M., & Burrows, L. (1996).
Automaticity of social behavior: Direct effects of trait
construct and stereotype activation on action. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 230–244.
Baumeister, R. F. (1987). How the self became a problem:
A psychological review of historical research.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 52,
163–176.
283
Baumeister, R. F., & Jones, E. E. (1978). When selfpresentation
is constrained by the target’s knowledge:
Consistency and compensation. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 36, 608–618.
Baumeister, R. F., Tice, D. M., & Hutton, D. G. (1989).
Self-presentational motivations and personality differences
in self-esteem. Journal of Personality, 57,
547–579.
Bendix, R. (1977). Max Weber: An intellectual portrait.
Berkeley: University of California Press.
Bond, M. H., & Cheung, T. (1983). College students
spontaneous self-concept. Journal of Cross-Cultural
Psychology, 14, 153–171.
Bond, M. H., & Tornatzky, L. G. (1973). Locus of control
in students from Japan and the United States: Dimensions
and levels of response. Psychologia, 16,
209–213.
Bond, R., & Smith, P. B. (1996). Culture and conformity:
A meta-analysis of studies using Asch’s (1952b,
1956) line judgment task. Psychological Bulletin,
119, 111–137.
Brown, J. D., & Kobayashi, C. (2002). Selfenhancement
in Japan and America. Asian Journal of
Social Psychology, 5, 145–168.
Bruner, J. (1990). Acts of meaning. Cambridge, MA:
Harvard University Press.
Campbell, J. D., Trapnell, P., Heine, S. J., Katz, I. M.,
Lavallee, L. F.,&Lehman, D. R. (1996). Self-concept
clarity: Measurement, personality correlates, and cultural
boundaries. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 70, 141–156.
Chan, Y. M. (2000). Self-esteem: A cross-cultural comparison
of British-Chinese, White British, and Hong
Kong Chinese children. Educational Psychology, 20,
59–74.
Chang, H.-C.,&Holt, G. R. (1994). A Chinese perspective
on face as inter-relational concern. In S. TingToomey (Ed.), The challenge of facework: Crosscultural
and interpersonal issues (pp. 95–132). Albany:
State University of New York Press.
Chang, W. C., Chua, W. L., & Toh, Y. (1997). The concept
of psychological control in the Asian context. In
K. Leung, U. Kim, S. Yamaguchi, & Y. Kashima
(Eds.), Progress in Asian social psychology (pp. 95–
117). Singapore: Wiley.
Chartrand, T. L., & Bargh, J. A. (1999). The chameleon
effect: The perception–behavior link and social interaction.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
76, 893–910.
Chiu, C., Dweck, C. S., Tong, J. U., & Fu, J. H. (1997).
Implicit theories and conceptions of morality. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 73, 923–940.
Cialdini, R. B., Wosinska, W., & Barrett, D. W. (1999).
284
Compliance with a request in two cultures: The differential
influence of social proof and commitment/
consistency on collectivists and individualists. Personality
and Social Psychology Bulletin, 25, 1242–
1253.
Cousins, S. D. (1989). Culture and selfhood in Japan
and the U.S. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
56, 124–131.
Crocker, J., & Park, L. E. (2004). The costly pursuit of
self-esteem. Psychological Bulletin, 130, 392–414.
Dweck, C. S., Hong, Y.,&Chiu, C. (1993). Implicit theories:
Individual differences in the likelihood and
meaning of dispositional inference. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 19, 644–656.
Dweck, C. S., & Leggett, E. L. (1988). A socialcognitive
approach to motivation and personality.
Psychological Review, 95, 256–273.
Elliot, A. J., Chirkov, V. I., Kim, Y., & Sheldon, K. M.
(2001). A cross-cultural analysis of avoidance (relative
to approach) personal goals. Psychological Science,
12, 505–510.
Fanfani, A. (1935). Catholicism, Protestantism and capitalism.
New York: Sheed & Ward.
Feather, N. (1966). Effects of prior success and failure
on expectations of success and subsequent performance.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
3, 287–298.
Feather, N. T., & McKee, I. R. (1993). Global selfesteem
and attitudes toward the high achiever for
Australian and Japanese students. Social Psychology
Quarterly, 56, 65–76.
Festinger, L. (1957). A theory of cognitive dissonance.
Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.
Furnham, A. (1990). The Protestant work ethic: The
psychology of work-related beliefs and behaviors.
London: Routledge.
Furnham, A., Bond, M. H., & Heaven, P. (1993). A
comparison of Protestant work ethic beliefs in thirteen
nations. Journal of Social Psychology, 133, 185–
197.
Furnham, A., & Muhiudeen, C. (1984). The Protestant
work ethic in Britain and Malaysia. Journal of Social
Psychology, 122, 157–161.
Giddens, A. (1992). Introduction. In M. Weber, The
Protestant ethic and the spirit of capitalism. London:
Routledge.
Giorgi, L., & Marsh, C. (1990). The Protestant work
ethic as a cultural phenomenon. European Journal of
Social Psychology, 20, 499–517.
Greenwald, A. G. (1980). The totalitarian ego: Fabrication
and revision of personal history. American Psychologist,
35, 603–618.
Greenwald, A. G., & Farnham, S. D. (2000). Using the
285
Implicit Association Test to measure self-esteem and
self-concept. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
79, 1022–1038.
29. Culture and Motivation 729
Hamamura, T., Heine, S. J., & Paulhus, D. L. (2007).
Cultural differences in response styles: The role of dialectical
thinking. Unpublished manuscript, University
of British Columbia.
Hampden-Turner, C., & Trompenaars, A. (1993). The
seven cultures of capitalism: Value systems for creating
wealth in the United States, Japan, Germany,
France, Britain, Sweden, and the Netherlands. New
York: Doubleday.
Heider, F. (1958). The psychology of interpersonal relations.
New York: Wiley.
Heine, S. J. (2003). An exploration of cultural variation
in self-enhancing and self-improving motivations. In
V. Murphy-Berman & J. J. Berman (Eds.), Nebraska
Symposium on Motivation: Vol. 49. Cross-cultural
differences in perspectives on the self (pp. 101–128).
Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press.
Heine, S. J. (2005). Constructing good selves in Japan
and North America. In R. M. Sorrentino, D. Cohen,
J. M. Olson, & M. P. Zanna (Eds.), Culture and social
behavior: The Tenth Ontario Symposium
(pp. 115–143). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Heine, S. J., & Hamamura, T. (2007). In search of East
Asian self-enhancement. Personality and Social Psychology
Review, 11, 1–24.
Heine, S. J., Kitayama, S., & Hamamura, T. (in press).
The inclusion of additional studies yield different
conclusions: A comment on Sedikides, Gaertner, &
Vevea (2005). Asian Journal of Social Psychology.
Heine, S. J., Kitayama, S., & Lehman, D. R. (2001).
Cultural differences in self-evaluation: Japanese
readily accept negative self-relevant information.
Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 32, 434–443.
Heine, S. J., Kitayama, S., Lehman, D. R., Takata, T.,
Ide, E., Leung, C., et al. (2001). Divergent consequences
of success and failure in Japan and North
America: An investigation of self-improving motivations
and malleable selves. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 81, 599–615.
Heine, S. J., & Lehman, D. R. (1995). Cultural variation
in unrealistic optimism: Does the West feel more
invulnerable than the East? Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 68, 595–607.
Heine, S. J., & Lehman, D. R. (1997). Culture, dissonance,
and self-affirmation. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 23, 389–400.
Heine, S. J., & Lehman, D. R. (1999). Culture, selfdiscrepancies,
and self-satisfaction. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 25, 915–925.
286
Heine, S. J., & Lehman, D. R. (2004). Move the body,
change the self: Acculturative effects on the selfconcept.
In M. Schaller & C. Crandall (Eds.), Psychological
foundations of culture (pp. 305–331).
Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Heine, S. J., Lehman, D. R., Markus, H. R., &
Kitayama, S. (1999). Is there a universal need for
positive self-regard? Psychological Review, 106,
766–794.
Heine, S. J., Lehman, D. R., Peng, K., & Greenholtz, J.
(2002). What’s wrong with cross-cultural comparisons
of subjective Likert scales?: The reference-group
problem. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
82, 903–918.
Heine, S. J., & Renshaw, K. (2002). Interjudge agreement,
self-enhancement, and liking: Cross-cultural
divergences. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin,
28, 578–587.
Higgins, E. T. (1996). The “self-digest”: Self-knowledge
serving self-regulatory functions. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 71, 1062–1083.
Hiniker, P. J. (1969). Chinese reactions to forced compliance:
Dissonance reduction or national character.
Journal of Social Psychology, 77, 157–176.
Ho, D. Y. F. (1976). On the concept of face. American
Journal of Sociology, 81, 867–884.
Hoshino-Browne, E., & Spencer, S. J. (2000, February).
Cross-cultural differences in attribution and perseverance.
Poster presented at the 1st Convention of
the Society for Personality and Social Psychology,
Nashville, TN.
Hoshino-Browne, E., Zanna, A. S., Spencer, S. J.,
Zanna, M. P., Kitayama, S., & Lackenbauer, S.
(2005). On the cultural guises of cognitive dissonance:
The case of Easterners and Westerners. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 89, 294–
310.
Huntington, E. (1915). Civilization and climate. New
Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
Ip, G. W., & Chiu, C. (2002, June). Assessing prevention
pride and promotion pride in Chinese and American
cultures: Validity of the regulatory focus questionnaire.
Paper presented at the conference on
Culture and Social Behavior: The Tenth Ontario
Symposium, London, Ontario, Canada.
Ishii, K., & Kitayama, S. (2005, January 20). Group
agency bias in Japan and the US. Paper presented at
the Cultural Psychology Preconference, New Orleans,
LA.
Isonio, S. A., & Garza, R. T. (1987). Protestant work
ethic endorsement among Anglo Americans, Chicanos,
and Mexicans: A comparison of factor structures.
Hispanic Journal of Behavioral Sciences, 9,
287
413–425.
Iyengar, S. S., & Lepper, M. R. (1999). Rethinking the
value of choice: A cultural perspective on intrinsic
motivation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
76, 349–366.
Jackson, E. F., Fox, W. S., & Crockett, H. J. (1970). Religion
and occupational achievement. American Sociological
Review, 35, 48–63.
Kanagawa, C., Cross, S. E., & Markus, H. R. (2001).
“Who am I?”: The cultural psychology of the conceptual
self. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin,
27, 90–103.
Kenrick, D. T., Li, N. P., & Butner, J. (2003). Dynamical
evolutionary psychology: Individual decision-rules
and emergent social norms. Psychological Review, 1,
3–28.
Kim, H. S., & Drolet, A. (2003). Choice and selfexpression:
A cultural analysis of variety seeking.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 85,
373–382.
Kim, H. S., & Markus, H. R. (1999). Deviance or
uniqueness, harmony or conformity?: A cultural
analysis. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
77, 785–800.
Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., Matsumoto, H., &
Norasakkunkit, V. (1997). Individual and collective
processes in the construction of the self: Selfenhancement
in the United States and self-criticism in
Japan. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
72, 1245–1267.
Kitayama, S., Snibbe, A. C., & Markus, H. R. (2004). Is
there any “free” choice?: Self and dissonance in two
cultures. Psychological Science, 15, 527–533.
Kitayama, S., & Uchida, Y. (2003). Explicit selfcriticism
and implicit self-regard: Evaluating self and
friend in two cultures. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 39, 476–482.
Klar, Y., & Giladi, E. E. (1997). “No one in my group
can be below the group’s average”: A robust
positivity bias in favor of anonymous peers. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 73, 885–901.
Kunda, Z. (1990). The case for motivated reasoning.
Psychological Bulletin, 108, 480–498.
Kurman, J. (2001). Self-enhancement: Is it restricted to
individualistic cultures? Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 12, 1705–1716.
Kurman, J. (2003). Why is self-enhancement low in certain
collectivist cultures?: An investigation of two
competing explanations. Journal of Cross-Cultural
Psychology, 34, 496–510.
Landes, D. S. (1999). The wealth and poverty of nations.
New York: Norton.
Lee, A. Y., Aaker, J. L., & Gardner, W. L. (2000). The
288
pleasures and pains of distinct self-construals: The
role of interdependence in regulatory focus. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 78, 1122–
1134.
Lee, G. R., & Stone, L. H. (1980). Mate-selection systems
and criteria: Variation according to family
structure. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 42,
319–326.
Lewis, C. C. (1995). Educating hearts and minds. New
York: Cambridge University Press.
Lockwood, P., Marshall, T. C., & Sadler, P. (2005). Promoting
success or preventing failure: Cultural differences
in motivation by positive and negative role
models. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin,
31, 379–392.
Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991a). Culture and
the self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation.
Psychological Review, 98, 224–253.
Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991b). Cultural variation
in the self-concept. In G. R. Goethals & J.
Strauss (Eds.), Multidisciplinary perspectives on the
self (pp. 18–48). New York: Springer-Verlag.
Markus, H. R., Ryff, C. D., Curhan, K. B., &
Palmerscheim, K. A. (2004). In their own words:
Well-being at midlife among high school and collegeeducated
adults. In C.D. Ryff & R.C. Kessler (Eds.),
A portrait of midlife in the U.S. (pp. 273–319). Chicago:
University of Chicago Press.
McClelland, D. (1961). The achieving society. Princeton,
NJ: Van Nostrand.
Menon, T., Morris, M. W., Chiu, C., & Hong, Y.
(1999). Culture and the construal of agency: Attribution
to individual versus group dispositions. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 76, 701–717.
Miller, D. T., & Ross, M. (1975). Self-serving biases in
the attribution of causality: Fact or fiction? Psychological
Bulletin, 82, 213–225.
Miller, P. J., Wang, S., Sandel, T., & Cho, G. E. (2002).
Self-esteem as folk theory: A comparison of European
American and Taiwanese mothers’ beliefs. Parenting:
Science and Practice, 2, 209–239.
Miller, P. J., Wiley, A. R., Fung, H., & Liang, C. (1997).
Personal storytelling as a medium of socialization in
Chinese and American families. Child Development,
68, 557–568.
Mischel, W. (1973). Toward a cognitive social learning
reconceptualization of personality. Psychological Review,
80, 252–253.
Morling, B., Kitayama, S.,&Miyamoto, Y. (2002). Cultural
practices emphasize influence in the United
States and adjustment in Japan. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 28, 311–323.
Niles, F. S. (1994). The work ethic in Australia and Sri
289
Lanka. Journal of Social Psychology, 134, 55–59.
Norasakkunkit, V., & Kalick, M. S. (2002). Culture,
ethnicity, and emotional distress measures: The role
of self-construal and self-enhancement. Journal of
Cross-Cultural Psychology, 33, 56–70.
Norenzayan, A., Choi, I., & Nisbett, R. E. (2002). Cultural
similarities and differences in social inference:
Evidence from behavioral predictions and lay theories
of behavior. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 28, 109–120.
Norenzayan, A., & Heine, S. J. (2005). Psychological
universals: What are they and how can we know?
Psychological Bulletin, 131, 763–784.
Oishi, S., & Diener, E. (2003). Culture and well-being:
The cycle of action, evaluation, and decision. Personality
and Social Psychology Bulletin, 29, 939–949.
Oxford English Dictionary (2nd ed.). (1989). New
York: Oxford University Press.
Oyserman, D., Coon, H. M., & Kemmelmeier, M.
(2002). Rethinking individualism and collectivism:
Evaluation of theoretical assumptions and metaanalyses.
Psychological Bulletin, 128, 3–72.
Peng, K., & Nisbett, R. E. (1999). Culture, dialectics,
and reasoning about contradiction. American Psychologist,
54, 741–754.
Peng, K., Nisbett, R. E., & Wong, N. Y. C. (1997). Validity
problems comparing values across cultures and
possible solutions. Psychological Methods, 2, 329–
344.
Putnam, R. D. (2000). Bowling alone: The collapse and
revival of American community. New York: Simon&
Schuster.
Pye, L. W. (2000). “Asian values”: From dynamos to
dominoes? In L. E. Harrison & S. P. Huntington
(Eds.), Culture matters (pp. 244–255). New York:
Basic Books.
Pyszczynski, T., & Greenberg, J. (1983). Determinants
of reduction in intended effort as a strategy for coping
with anticipated failure. Journal of Research in
Personality, 17, 412–422.
Quinn, D. M., & Crocker, J. (1999). When ideology
hurts: Effects of belief in the Protestant ethic and feeling
overweight on the psychological well-being of
women. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
77, 402–414.
Richerson, P. J., & Boyd, R. (2005). Not by genes alone.
Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Rosen, B. C. (1998). Winners and losers of the information
revolution: Psychosocial change and its discontents.
Westport, CT: Praeger.
Rosenberg, M. (1965). Society and the adolescent selfimage.
Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
Rothbaum, F., Weisz, J. R., & Snyder, S. S. (1982).
290
Changing the world and changing the self: A twoprocess
model of perceived control. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 42, 5–37.
Sanchez-Burks, J. (2002). Protestant relational ideology
and (in)attention to relational work settings. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 919–929.
Sanchez-Burks, J., Lee, F., Choi, I., Nisbett, R., Zhao, S.,
& Koo, J. (2003). Conversing across cultures: East–
West communication styles in work and nonwork
contexts. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
85, 363–372.
Sanchez-Burks, J., Nisbett, R. E., & Ybarra, O. (2000).
Cultural styles, relational schemas and prejudice
against outgroups. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 79, 174–189.
Sears, D. (1986). College sophomores in the laboratory:
Influences of a narrow data base on social psychology’s
view of human nature. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 51, 515–530.
Sedikides, C., Gaertner, L., & Vevea, J. (2005).
Pancultural self-enhancement reloaded: A metaanalytic
reply to Heine (2005). Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 89, 539–551.
Seginer, R., Trommsdorff, G., & Essau, C. (1993). Adolescent
control beliefs: Cross-cultural variations of
primary and secondary orientations. International
Journal of Behavioral Development, 16, 243–260.
Shweder, R. A. (1990). Cultural psychology: What is it?
In J. W. Stigler, R. A. Shweder, & G. Herdt (Eds.),
Cultural psychology: Essays on comparative human
development (pp. 1–43). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge
University Press.
Singelis, T. M., Bond, M. H., Lai, S. Y., & Sharkey,W. F.
(1999). Unpackaging culture’s influence on selfesteem
and embarrassability: The role of selfconstruals.
Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
30, 315–331.
Snibbe, A. C., & Markus, H. R. (2005). You can’t always
get what you want: Social class, agency, and
choice. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
88, 703–720.
Snibbe, A. C., Markus, H. R., Kitayama, S., & Suzuki,
T. (2003). “They saw a game”: Self and group enhancement
in Japan and the U.S. Journal of CrossCultural Psychology, 34, 581–595.
Spencer-Rodgers, J., Boucher, H. C., Mori, S. C., Wang,
L., & Peng, K. (2005). Culture and self-perception:
Naive dialecticism and East Asian conceptual selves.
Unpublished manuscript, Berkeley, University of California.
Spencer-Rodgers, J., Peng, K., Wang, L., & Hou, Y.
(2004). Dialectical self-esteem and East–West differences
in psychological well-being. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 30, 1416–1432.
291
Steele, C. M. (1988). The psychology of selfaffirmation:
Sustaining the integrity of the self. In L.
Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in experimental social
psychology (Vol. 21, pp. 261–302). San Diego: Academic
Press.
Stevenson, H. W., & Stigler, J. W. (1992). The learning
gap: Why our schools are failing and what we can
learn from Japanese and Chinese education. New
York: Summit Books.
Su, S. K., Chiu, C.-Y., Hong, Y.-Y., Leung, K., Peng, K.,
&Morris, M.W. (1999). Self organization and social
organization: American and Chinese constructions.
In T. R. Tyler, R. Kramer, & O. John (Eds.), The psychology
of the social self (pp. 193–222). Mahwah,
NJ: Erlbaum.
Suh, E. M. (2002). Culture, identity consistency, and
subjective well-being. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 83, 1378–1391.
Suzuki, N., & Yamagishi, T. (2004). An experimental
study of self-effacement and self-enhancement
among the Japanese. Japanese Journal of Social Psychology,
20, 17–25.
Takata, T. (2003). Self-enhancement and self-criticism
in Japanese culture: An experimental analysis. Journal
of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 34, 542–551.
Taylor, S. E., & Brown, J. D. (1988). Illusion and wellbeing:
A social psychological perspective on mental
health. Psychological Bulletin, 103, 193–210.
Tesser, A. (1988). Toward a self-evaluation maintenance
model of social behavior. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances
in experimental social psychology (Vol. 21,
pp. 181–227). San Diego: Academic Press.
Tice, D. M. (1991). Esteem protection or enhancement?:
Self-handicapping motives and attributions differ by
trait self-esteem. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 60, 711–725.
Tomasello, M. (1999). The cultural origins of human
cognition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
Twenge, J. M., & Campbell, W. K. (2001). Age and
birth cohort differences in self-esteem: A crosstemporal
meta-analysis. Personality and Social Psychology
Review, 5, 321–344.
Weber, M. (1992). The Protestant ethic and the spirit of
capitalism. London: Routledge. (Original work published
1904)
Weber, M. (1947). The theory of social and economic
organization (T. Parsons, Trans.). New York: Free
Press.
Weber, M. (1951). The religion of China: Confucianism
and Taoism (H. H. Gerth, Transl. & ed.). Glencoe,
IL: Free Press.
Weber, M. (1952). Ancient Judaism (Transl. & ed., H.
292
H. Gerth&D. Martindale). Glencoe, IL: Free Press.
Weintraub, K. J. (1978). The value of the individual: Self
and circumstance in autobiography. Chicago: University
of Chicago Press.
Weisz, J. R., Rothbaum, F. M., & Blackburn, T. C.
(1984). Standing out and standing in: The psychology
of control in America and Japan. American Psychologist,
39, 955–969.
White, K., & Lehman, D. R. (2005). Culture and social
comparison seeking: The role of self-motives. Personality
and Social Psychology Bulletin, 31, 232–242.
Wills, T. A. (1981). Downward comparison principles in
social psychology. Psychological Bulletin, 90, 245–
271.
Abu-Lughod, L. (1986). Veiled sentiments. Berkeley:
University of California Press.
Adams, G., & Markus, H. R. (2004). Toward a conception
of culture suitable for a social psychology of culture.
In M. Schaller & C. S. Crandall (Eds.), The psychological
foundations of culture (pp. 335–360).
Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Albert, D., & Mesquita, B. (2005). Mexican emotion: A
different kind of interdependence? Unpublished
manuscript, Wake Forest University, Winston-Salem,
NC.
Bagozzi, R. P., Verbeke, W., & Gavino, J. C. (2003).
Culture moderates the self-regulation of shame and
its effects on performance: The case of salespersons
in the Netherlands and the Philippines. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 88(2), 219–233.
Bagozzi, R. P., Wong, K. S., & Youjae, Y. (1999). The
role of culture and gender in the relationship between
positive and negative affect. Cognition and Emotion,
13(6), 641–672.
Baldwin, M., & Baccus, J. R. (2004). Maintaining a focus
on the social goals underlying self-conscious
emotions. Psychological Inquiry, 15(2), 139–144.
Barrett, L. F. (2006). Solving the emotion paradox: Categorization
and the experience of emotion. Personality
and Social Psychology Review, 10, 20–46.
Barrett, L. F., Mesquita, B., Ochsner, K., & Gross, J. J.
(2007). Emotional experience. Annual Review of
Psychology, 58(7), 373–403.
Barrett, L. F., & Russell, J. A. (1998). Independence and
bipolarity in the structure of current affect. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 74(4), 967–
984.
Bateson, G., & Mead, M. (1942). Balinese character. In
Special publications: New York Academy of Sciences
(pp. 1–47). New York: New York Academy of Sciences.
Boucher, J. D., & Brandt, M. E. (1981). Judgement of
emotion: American and Malay antecedents. Journal
of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 12(3), 272–283.
293
Briggs, J. L. (1970). Never in anger: Portrait of an Eskimo
family. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
Bruner, J. (1986). Actual minds, possible worlds. New
York: Plenum Press.
Bruner, J. (1990). Acts of meaning. Cambridge, MA:
Harvard University Press.
Bruner, J. (2003). The narrative construction of reality.
In P. Sengers & M. Mateas (Eds.), Narritive Intelligence
(Vol. 46, pp. 41–62). Amsterdam: Benjamins.
Chentsova-Dutton, Y., & Tsai, J. L. (2005). Self-focus
and emotional responding in European Americans
and Asian Americans. Paper presented at the sixth
annual meeting of the Society for Personality and Social
Psychology, New Orleans, LA.
Clore, G. L., & Ortony, A. (2000). Cognitive neuroscience
of emotion. In R. D. Lane & L. Nadel (Eds.),
Cognitive neuroscience of emotion (pp. 24–61). New
York: Oxford University Press.
Cohen, D. (1996). Law, social policy, and violence: The
impact of regional cultures. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 70(5), 961–978.
Cohen, D.,&Gunz, A. (2002). As seen by the other . . .:
Perspectives on the self in the memories and emotional
perceptions of Easterners and Westerners. Psychological
Science, 13(1), 55–59.
Cohen, D., & Nisbett, R. E. (1994). Self-protection and
the culture of honor: Explaining Southern violence.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 20(5),
551–567.
Cohen, D., & Nisbett, R. E. (1997). Field experiments
examining the culture of honor: The role of institutions in perpetuating norms about violence. Personality
and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23(11), 1188–
1199.
Cohen, D., Nisbett, R. E., Bowdle, B. F., & Schwarz, N.
(1996). Insult, aggression, and the Southern culture
of honor: An “experimental ethnography.” Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 70(5), 945–
960.
Cohen, D., Vandello, J., Puente, S., & Rantilla, A.
(1999). “When you call me that, smile!”: How norms
for politeness, interaction styles, and aggression
work together in Southern culture. Social Psychology
Quarterly, 62(3), 257–275.
Consedine, N., Strongman, K. T., & Magai, C. (2003).
Emotions and behaviour: Data from a cross-cultural
recognition study. Cognition and Emotion, 17, 881–
902.
Crystal, D. S., Parrott,W. G., Okazaki, Y.,&Watanabe,
H. (2001). Examining relations between shame and
personality among university students in the United
States and Japan: A developmental perspective. International
294
Journal of Behavioral Development, 25(2),
113–123.
D’Andrade, R. G. (1984). Culture meaning systems. In
R. A. Shweder & R. A. Levine (Eds.), Culture theory:
Essays on mind, self, and emotion (pp. 88–119).
Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
D’Andrade, R. G., & Strauss, C. (1992). Human motives
and cultural models. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge
University Press.
Diaz-Gerrero, R. (1967). Psychology of the Mexican:
Culture and personality. Austin: University of Texas
Press.
Eid, M., & Diener, E. (2001). Norms for experiencing
emotions in different cultures: Inter- and
intranational differences. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 81(5), 869–885.
Ekman, P. (1992). An argument for basic emotions.
Cognition and Emotion, 6(3/4), 169–200.
Elliott, A., Chirkov, V., Kim, Y., & Sheldon, K. (2001).
A cross-cultural analysis of avoidance (relative to approach)
personal goals. Psychological Science, 12,
505–510.
Ellsworth, P. C., & Scherer, K. R. (2003). Appraisal processes
in emotion. In H. Goldsmith & K. R. Scherer
(Eds.), Handbook of affective sciences (pp. 572–
595). New York: Oxford University Press.
Fessler, D. (2004). Shame in two cultures: Implications
for evolutionary approaches. Journal of Cognition
and Culture, 4, 207–262.
Frank, H., Harvey, O. J., & Verdun, K. (2000). American
responses to five categories of shame in Chinese
cultures: A preliminary cross-cultural construct validation.
Personality and Individual Differences, 28,
887–896.
Frijda, N. H. (1986). The emotions. Cambridge, UK:
Cambridge University Press.
Frijda, N. H. (2006). The laws of emotion. New York:
Erlbaum.
Frijda, N. H., Kuipers, P., & Terschure, E. (1989). Relations
between emotion, appraisal and emotional
action readiness. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 57, 212–228.
Frijda, N. H., Markam, S., Sato, K.,&Wiers, R. (1995).
Emotion and emotion words. In J. A. Russell (Ed.),
Everyday conceptions of emotion (pp. 121–143).
Dordrecht, the Netherlands: Kluwer Academic.
Frijda, N. H., & Mesquita, B. (1994). The social roles
and functions of emotions. In S. Kitayama & H. R.
Markus (Eds.), Emotion and culture: Empirical studies
of mutual influence (pp. 51–88). Washington,
DC: American Psychological Association.
Geertz, C. (1973). The interpretation of cultures. New
York: Basic Books.
295
Geertz, H. (1961). The Javanese family. New York: Free
Press.
Hamaguchi, E. (1985). A contextual model of the Japanese:
Towards a methodological innovation in Japanese
studies. Journal of Japanese Studies, 11, 289–
321.
Heine, S. J., Kitayama, S., Lehman, D. R., Takata, T.,
Ide, E., Leung, K., et al. (2001). Divergent consequences
of success and failure in Japan and North
America: An investigation of self-improving motivations
and malleable selves. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 81(4), 599–615.
Heine, S. J., Lehman, D. R., Markus, H. R., &
Kitayama, S. (1999). Is there a universal need for
positive self-regard? Psychological Review, 106(4),
766–794.
Holland, D., Lachicotte,W., Jr. , Skinner, D.,&Cain, C.
(1998). Identity and agency in cultural worlds. Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Holland, D., & Quinn, N. (1987). Cultural models in
language and thought. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge
University Press.
Iyengar, S. S., & Lepper, M. R. (1999). Rethinking the
value of choice: A cultural perspective on intrinsic
motivation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
76(3), 349–366.
Keltner, D., & Haidt, J. (1999). Social functions of emotions
at four levels of analysis. Cognition and Emotion,
13(5), 505–521.
Kim, H. (2001). Deviance: Uniqueness and time in context.
Paper presented at the second annual meeting of
the Society for Personality and Social Psychology.,
San Antonio, TX.
Kitayama, S., & Markus, H. R. (2000). The pursuit
of happiness and the realization of sympathy: Cultural
patterns of self, social relations, and well-being.
In E. Diener & E. Suh (Eds.), Subjective wellbeing
across cultures (pp. 113–161). Cambridge,
MA: MIT Press.
Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., & Kurokawa, M. (2000).
Culture, emotion, and well-being: Good feelings in
Japan and the United States. Cognition and Emotion,
14(1), 93–124.
Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., Matsumoto, D., &
Norasakkunkit, V. (1997). Individual and collective
processes in the construction of the self: Selfenhancement in the U.S. and self-criticism in Japan.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72(6),
1245–1267.
Kitayama, S., Mesquita, B., & Karasawa, M. (2006).
Cultural affordances and emotional experience: Socially
engaging and disengaging emotions in Japan
and the United States. Journal of Personality and Social
296
Psychology, 91(5), 890–903.
Klein, A. M. (2001). Tender machos: masculine contrasts
in the Mexican baseball league. In A. Yiannakis
& M. J. Melnick (Eds.), Contemporary issues in the
sociology of sport (pp. 291–303). Champaign, IL:
Human Kinetics.
Leary, M. R., & Baumeister, R. F. (2000). The nature
and function of self-esteem: Sociometer theory. In M.
Zanna (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology
(Vol. 32, pp. 1–62). San Diego: Academic
Press.
Lebra, T. S. (1994). Mother and child in Japanese socialization:
A Japan-U.S. comparison. In P. M. Greenfield
& R. R. Cocking (Eds.), Cross-cultural roots of
minority child development (pp. 259–274). Hillsdale,
NJ: Erlbaum.
Leu, J., Mesquita, B., Ellsworth, P., ZhiYong, Z.,
Huijian, Y., Buchtel, E., et al. (2007). Understanding
dialectical emotions: Emotion representations in East
and West. Unpublished manuscript, University of
Washington, Seattle.
Lu, L. (2001). Understanding happiness: A look into
Chinese folk psychology. Journal of Happiness
Studies, 2, 407–432.
Lutz, C. (1987). Goals, events, and understanding in
Ifaluk emotion theory. In N. Quinn & D. Holland
(Eds.), Cultural models in language and thought (pp.
290–312). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University
Press.
Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and
self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation.
Psychological Review, 98(2), 224–253.
Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1994). The cultural
construction of self and emotion: Implications for social
behavior. In S. Kitayama & H. R. Markus (Eds.),
Emotion and culture: Empirical studies of mutual influence
(pp. 89–130). Washington, DC: American
Psychological Association.
Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (2003). Models of
agency: Sociocultural diversity in the construction of
action. In J. J. Berman & V. Murphy-Berman (Eds.),
Cross-cultural differences in perspectives on the self
(Vol. 49, pp. 18–74). Lincoln: University of Nebraska
Press.
Markus, H. R., Mullally, P. R., & Kitayama, S. (1997).
Selfways: Diversity in modes of cultural participation.
In U. Neisser & D. A. Jopling (Eds.), The conceptual
self in context: Culture, experience, selfunderstanding
(pp. 13–61). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge
University Press.
Mascolo, M. F., Fischer, K.W.,&Li, J. (2003). Dynamic
development of component systems in emotions:
Pride, shame and guilt in China and the United
297
States. In R. J. Davidson, K. R. Scherer, & H. H.
Goldsmith (Eds.), Handbook of affective sciences
(pp. 295–408). New York: Oxford University Press.
Masuda, T., Ellsworth, P. C., Mesquita, B., Leu, J., &
Veerdonk, E. (2005). Putting the face in context: Cultural
differences in the perception of emotions from
facial behavior. Unpublished manuscript, University
of Michigan, Ann Arbor.
Matsumoto, D. (1996). Unmasking Japan. Stanford,
CA: Stanford University Press.
Matsumoto, D., Kudoh, T., Scherer, K. R., & Wallbott,
H. (1988). Antecedents of and reactions to emotions
in the United States and Japan. Journal of CrossCultural Psychology, 19(3), 267–286.
Matsumoto, D., & Yoo, S. H. (2006). The cultural attribution
fallacy. Perspectives on Psychological Science,
1(3), 234–250.
Mauro, R., Sato, K., & Tucker, J. (1992). The role of
appraisal in human emotions: A cross-cultural study.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 62(2),
301–317.
Mead, G. H. (1934). Mind, self, and society. Chicago:
University of Chicago Press.
Mesquita, B. (1993). Cultural variations in emotions. A
comparative study of Dutch, Surinamese, and Turkish
people in the Netherlands. Unpublished doctoral
dissertation, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands.
Mesquita, B. (2001). Emotions in collectivist and individualist
contexts. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 80(1), 68–74.
Mesquita, B. (2003). Emotions as dynamic cultural phenomena.
In R. Davidson, H. Goldsmith, & K. R.
Scherer (Eds.), The handbook of the affective sciences
(pp. 871–890). New York: Oxford University
Press.
Mesquita, B., & Albert, D. (2007). The cultural regulation
of emotions. In J. J. Gross (Ed.), The handbook
of emotion regulation (pp. 486–503). New York:
Guilford Press.
Mesquita, B., & Ellsworth, P. C. (2001). The role of culture
in appraisal. In K. R. Scherer&A. Schorr (Eds.),
Appraisal processes in emotion: Theory, methods, research
(pp. 233–248). New York: Oxford University
Press.
Mesquita, B., & Frijda, N. H. (1992). Cultural variations
in emotions: A review. Psychological Bulletin,
112(2), 179–204.
Mesquita, B., Frijda, N. H., & Scherer, K. R. (1997).
Culture and emotion. In P. Dasen & T. S. Saraswathi
(Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural psychology (Vol.
2, pp. 255–297). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Mesquita, B., & Karasawa, M. (2002). Different emotional
lives. Cognition and Emotion, 16(1), 127–141.
298
Mesquita, B., & Karasawa, M. (2004). Self-conscious
emotions as dynamic cultural processes. Psychological
Inquiry, 15, 161–166.
Mesquita, B., Karasawa, M., & Chu, R. L. (2007). Predictors
of pleasantness in three cultures: A comparison
between the United States, Japan, and Taiwan.
Unpublished manuscript, Wake Forest University,
Winston-Salem, NC.
Mesquita, B., Karasawa, M., Haire, A., Izumi, K.,
Hayashi, A., Idzelis, M., et al. (2005). What do I
feel?: The role of cultural models in emotion representations.
Unpublished manuscript, Wake Forest
University, Winston-Salem, NC.
Mesquita, B., & Markus, H. R. (2004). Culture and
emotion: Models of agency as sources of cultural
variation in emotion. In A. S. R. Manstead, N. H.
Frijda, & A. H. Fischer (Eds.), Feelings and emotions:
The Amsterdam symposium (pp. 341–358).
New York: Cambridge University Press.
Middleton, D. R. (1989). Emotional style: The cultural
ordering of emotions. Ethos, 17(2), 187–201.
Miller, J. G. (1997). Theoretical issues in cultural psychology.
In J. Berry, Y. H. Poortinga, & J. Pandey
(Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural psychology (Vol.
1, pp. 85–128). Needham Heights, MA: Allyn & Bacon.
Miller, J. G., Fung, H., & Mintz, J. (1996). Selfconstruction
through narrative practices: A Chinese
and American comparison of early socialization.
Ethos, 24, 237–280.
Minami, H. (1971). Psychology of the Japanese people
(A. Ikoma, Trans.). Toronto: University of Toronto
Press.
Ng, A., Ho, S., & Smith, I. (2003). In search of the good
life: A cultural odyssey in the East andWest. Genetic,
Social, and General Psychology Monographs,
129(4), 317–363.
Oatley, K., & Jenkins, J. H. (1992). Human emotions:
Function and dysfunction. Annual Review of Psychology,
43, 55–85.
Oishi, S. (2002). The experiencing and remembering of
well-being: A cross-cultural analysis. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 1398–1406.
Oishi, S., & Diener, E. (2001). Goals, culture and subjective
well-being. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 27(12), 463–473.
Oishi, S., & Diener, E. (2003). Culture and well-being:
The cycle of action, evaluation, and decision. Personality
and Social Psychology Bulletin, 29, 939–949.
Oishi, S., Diener, E., Scollon, C. N., & Biswas-Diener,
R. (2004). Cross-situational consistency of affective
experiences across cultures. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 86, 460–472.
Peristiany, J. G. (1966). Honour and shame in a Cypriot
299
highland. In J. G. Peristiany (Ed.), Honour and
shame: The values of Mediterranean society
(pp. 171–190). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Rothbaum, F., Pott, M., Azuma, H., Miyake, K., &
Weisz, J. (2000). The development of close relationships
in Japan and the United States: Paths of symbiotic
harmony and generative tension. Child Development,
71(5), 1121–1142.
Rothbaum, F., Weisz, J., Pott, M., Miyake, K., &
Morelli, G. (2000). Attachment and culture: Security
in the United States and Japan. American Psychologist,
55(10), 1093–1104.
Rusch, C. D. (2004). Cross-cultural variability of the semantic
domain of emotion terms: An examination of
English shame and embarrassment with Japanese
Hazukashii. Cross-Cultural Research, 38, 236–248.
Russell, J. A. (1983). Pancultural aspects of the human
conceptual organization of emotions. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 45(6), 1281–1288.
Scherer, K. R. (1984). Emotion as a multicomponent
process: A model and some cross-cultural data. In P.
R. Shaver (Ed.), Review of personality and social psychology
(Vol. 5, pp. 37–63). Beverly Hills, CA: Sage.
Scherer, K. R. (1997). The role of culture in emotionantecedent
appraisal. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 73, 902–922.
Scherer, K. R., Matsumoto, D., Wallbott, H. G., &
Kudoh, T. (1988). Emotional experience in cultural
context: A comparison between Europe, Japan, and
the U.S. In K. R. Scherer (Ed.), Facets of emotion
(pp. 5–30). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Scherer, K. R., & Wallbott, H. G. (1994). Evidence for
universality and cultural variation of differential
emotion response patterning. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 66(2), 310–328.
Schieffelin, E. L. (1985). Anger, grief, and shame: Toward
a Kaluli ehthnopsychology. In G. L. White & J.
Kirkpatrick (Eds.), Person, self, and experience: Exploring
Pacific ethnopsychologies (pp. 168–182).
Berkeley: University of California Press.
Schimmack, U., Oishi, S., & Diener, E. (2002). Cultural
influences on the relation between pleasant emotions
and unpleasant emotions: Asian dialectic philosophies
or individualism–collectivism? Cognition and
Emotion, 16(6), 705–719.
Scollon, C. N., Diener, E., Oishi, S., & Biswas-Diener,
R. (2004). Emotions across cultures and methods.
Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 35, 304–326.
Scollon, C. N., Diener, E., Oishi, S., & Biswas-Diener,
R. (2005). An experience sampling and cross-cultural
investigation of the relation between pleasant and
unpleasant affect. Cognition and Emotion, 19, 27–
52.
300
Shweder, R. A.,&Haidt, J. (2000). The cultural psychology
of emotions: Ancient and new. In M. Lewis & J.
M. Haviland-Jones (Eds.), Handbook of emotions
(2nd ed., pp. 397–414). New York: Guilford Press.
Smith, C. A., & Ellsworth, P. C. (1985). Patterns of cognitive
appraisal in emotion. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 48, 813–838.
Solomon, R. C. (1978). Emotions and anthropology:
The logic of emotional world views. Inquiry, 21,
181–199.
Stephenson, P. H. (1989). Going to McDonald’s in
Leiden: Reflections on the concept of self and society
in the Netherlands. Ethos, 17, 226–247.
Tooby, J., & Cosmides, L. (1990). The past explains the
present: Emotional adaptations and the structure of
ancestral environments. Ethology and Sociobiology,
11, 375–424.
Tooby, J., & Cosmides, L. (1992). The psychological
foundations of culture. In J. H. Barkow, L. Cosmides
& J. Tooby (Eds.), The adapted mind: Evolutionary
psychology and the generation of culture (pp. 19–
136). New York: Oxford University Press.
Tracy, J. L., & Robins, R. W. (2004). Putting the self
into self-conscious emotions: A theoretical model.
Psychological Inquiry, 15, 103–125.
Triandis, H. C. (1995). Individualism and collectivism.
Boulder, CO: Westview Press.
Tsai, J. L., Chentsova-Dutton, Y., Friere-Bebeau, L. H.,
& Przymus, D. (2002). Emotional expression and
physiology in European Americans and Hmong
Americans. Emotion, 2, 380–397.
Tsai, J. L., Knutson, B., & Fung, H. H. (2006). Cultural
variation in affect valuation. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 90(2), 288–307.
Tsai, J. L., & Levenson, R. W. (1997). Cultural influences
on emotional responding: Chinese American
and European American dating couples during the
interpersonal conflict. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
28, 600–625.
Tsang, S., & Wu, C. (2005). What constitutes my subjective
well-being: Is the subjective well-being of
interdependent-self individuals rooted in others’ subjective
well-being? Paper presented at the sixth biennial
conference of the Asian Association of Social
Psychology, Wellington, New Zealand.
Valdes, G. (1996). Con respeto: Bridging the distances
between culturally diverse families and schools: An
ethnographic portrait. New York: Teachers College
Press.
Van der Horst, H. (1996). The low sky: Understanding
the Dutch. The Hague: Scriptum Books.
Weiner, B. (1982). The emotional consequences of casual
ascriptions. In M. S. Clark & S. T. Fiske (Eds.),
301
Affect and cognition (pp. 185–210). Hillsdale, NJ:
Erlbaum.
Weiner, B. (1986). Attribution, emotion and action. In
R. M. H. Sorrentino & E. T. Higgins (Eds.), Handbook
of motivation and cognition (pp. 281–312).
New York: Wiley.
Allgeier, E. R., & Wiederman, M. W. (1991). Love and
mate selection in the 1990s. Free Inquiry, 11, 25–27.
Aron, A., Fisher, H. E., Mashek, D. J., Strong, G., Li,
H., & Brown, L. L. (2005). Reward, motivation, and
emotion systems associated with early-stage intense
romantic love. Journal of Neuropsychology, 94, 327–
337.
Aron, A., & Rodriguez, G. (1992, July 25). Scenarios of
falling in love among Mexican-, Chinese-, and AngloAmericans. Paper presented at the Sixth International
Conference on Personal Relationships, Orono, ME.
Barkow, J. H., Cosmides, L., & Tooby, J. (Eds.). (1992).
The adapted mind: Evolutionary psychology and the
generation of culture. New York: Oxford University
Press.
Bartels, A., & Zeki, S. (2000, November 27). The neural
basis of romantic love. Neuroreport, 11, 3829–
3834.
Bartels, A., & Zeki, S. (2004). The neural correlates of
maternal and romantic love. NeuroImage, 21, 1155–
1166.
Berscheid, E., & Fei, J. (1977). Romantic love and sexual
jealousy. In G. Clanton & L. G. Smith (Eds.),
Jealousy (pp. 101–114). Englewood Cliffs, NJ:
Prentice-Hall.
Birbaumer, N., Lutzenberger, W., Elbert, T., Flor, H., &
Rockstroh, B. (1993) Imagery and brain processes. In
N. Birbaumer & A. Öhman (Eds.), The structure of
emotion (pp. 132–134). Göttingen, Germany:
Hogrefe & Huber.
Bringle, R. G., & Buunk, B. (1986). Examining the
causes and consequences of jealousy: Some recent
findings and issues. In R. Gilmour & S. Duck (Eds.),
The emerging field of personal relationships
(pp. 225–240). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Brooke, J. (1991, March 29). “Honor” killing of wives
is outlawed in Brazil. The New York Times, p. B-16.
Broude, G. J., & Green, S. J. (1983). Cross-cultural
codes on husband–wife relationships. Ethology, 22,
273–274.
Bryson, J. B. (1977, August). Situational determinants
of the expression of jealousy. In H. Sigall (Chair),
Sexual Jealousy Symposium presented at the 85th
meeting of the American Psychological Association,
San Francisco, CA.
Bumroongsook, S. (1992). Conventions of mate selection
in twentieth-century central Thailand. Unpublished
302
Master’s thesis, Department of History, University
of Hawaii, Honolulu.
Burton, R. (1927). The anatomy of melancholy. London:
Longman. (Original work published 1621)
Buss, D. M. (1994). The evolution of desire. New York:
Basic Books.
Buss, D. M., & Schmitt, D. P. (1993). Sexual strategies
theory: An evolutionary perspective on human mating.
Psychological Review, 100, 204–232.
Buunk, B. (1982). Anticipated sexual jealousy: Its relationship
to self-esteem, dependency, and reciprocity.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 8, 310–
316.
Buunk, B., & Hupka, R. B. (1987). Cross-cultural differences
in the elicitation of sexual jealousy. Journal
of Sex Research, 23, 12–22.
Capellanus, A. (1957). The art of courtly love. New
York: Ungar. (Original work published 1174)
Carter, C. S. (1998). Neuroendocrine perspectives on
social attachment and love. Psychoneuroendrocrinology,
23, 779–818.
Chu, G. C. (1985). The changing concept of self in
contemporary China. In A. J. Marsella, G. DeVos,
& F. L. K. Hus (Eds.), Culture and self: Asian and
Western perspectives (pp. 252–277). London: Tavistock.
Chu, G. C., & Ju, Y. (1993). The great wall in ruins. Albany:
State University of New York Press.
Cohen, D. (2001). Cultural variation: Considerations
and implications. Psychological Bulletin, 127, 451–
471.
Daily, M., & Wilson, M. (1998a). Evolutionary and social
psychology and family homicide. Science, 28,
519–524.
Daly, M., Wilson, M., & Weghorst, S. J. (1982). Male
sexual jealousy. Ethology and Sociobiology, 3, 11–
27.
Darwin, C. (1871). The descent of man and selection in
relation to sex. London: Murray.
Davis, D. A., & Davis, S. S. (1995). Possessed by love:
gender and romance in Morocco. In William
Jankowiak (Ed.), Romantic passion: A universal experience?
(pp. 219–238). New York: Columbia University
Press.
Davis, K. (1977). Jealousy and sexual property. In G.
Clanton & L. G. Smith (Eds.), Jealousy (pp. 129–
135). Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall. (Original
work published 1948)
Diamond, L. M. (2004). Emerging perspectives on distinctions
between romantic love and sexual desire.
Current Directions in Psychological Science, 13,
116–119.
Dion, K. K., & Dion, K. L. (1993). Individualistic and
collectivistic perspectives on gender and the cultural
303
context of love and intimacy. Journal of Social Issues,
49, 53–69.
Doherty, R. W., Hatfield, E., Thompson, K., & Choo, P.
(1994). Cultural and ethnic influences on love and attachment.
Personal Relationships, 1, 391–398.
Doi, L. T. (1963). Some thoughts on helplessness and
the desire to be loved. Psychiatry, 26, 266–272.
Doi, L. T. (1973). The anatomy of dependence (J. Bester,
Trans.). Tokyo: Kodansha International.
Fischer, K. W., Shaver, P. R., & Carnochan, P. (1990).
776 VI. EMOTION AND MOTIVATION
How emotions develop and how they organize development.
Cognition and Emotion, 4, 81–127.
Fischer, K. W., Wang, L., Kennedy, B., & Cheng, C.-L.
(1998). Culture and biology in emotional development:
Socioemotional development across cultures.
New Directions for Child Development, 82, 20–43.
Fisher, H. E. (1989). Evolution of human serial
pairbonding. American Journal of Physical Anthropology,
78, 331–354.
Fisher, H. E. (2003, July 16). The brain chemistry of romantic
attraction and its positive effect on sexual
motivation. Paper presented at the 29th annual meeting
of the International Academy of Sex Research,
Bloomington, IN.
Fisher, H. E. (2004). Why we love: The nature and
chemistry of romantic love. New York: Holt.
Fukuda, N. (1991). Women in Japan. In L. L. Adler
(Ed.), Women in cross-cultural perspective (pp. 205–
219). Westport, CT: Praeger.
Gayford, J. J. (1979). Battered wives. British Journal of
Hospital Medicine, 22, 496, 503.
Gil, V. E. (1992). Clinical notes: The cut sleeve revisited:
A brief ethnographic interview with a male homosexual
in mainland China. Journal of Sex Research, 29,
569–577.
Glass, S. P., & Wright, T. L. (1985). Sex differences in
type of extramarital involvement and marital dissatisfaction.
Sex Roles, 12, 1101–1120.
Goode,W. J. (1959). The theoretical importance of love.
American Sociological Review, 24, 38–47.
Goode, W. J. (1963). World revolution and family patterns.
New York: Free Press.
Goodwin, G. (1942). The social organization of the
Western Apache. Chicago: University of Chicago
Press.
Goodwin, R. (1999). Personal relationships across cultures.
London: Routledge.
Gouldsbury, C., & Sheane, H. (1911). The Great Plateau
of Northern Rhodesia. London: Arnold.
Greenhouse, S. (1994, February 3). State Dept. finds
widespread abuse of world’s women. The New York
Times, pp. 1A–6A.
304
Haavio-Mannila, E., & Kontula, O. (2003). Single
and double sexual standards in Finland, Estonia,
and St. Petersburg. Journal of Sex Research, 40,
36–49.
Harris, C. R. (2003). A review of sex differences in sexual
jealousy, including self-report data, psychophysiological
responses, interpersonal violence, and
morbid jealousy. Personality and Social Psychology
Review, 7, 102–128.
Hatfield, E., & Rapson, R. L. (1987). Passionate love/
sexual desire: Can the same paradigm explain both?
Archives of Sexual Behavior, 16, 259–277.
Hatfield, E., & Rapson, R. L. (1993). Love, sex, and intimacy:
Their psychology, biology, and history. New
York: HarperCollins.
Hatfield, E., & Rapson, R. L. (1996). Love and sex:
Cross-cultural perspectives. Boston, MA: Allyn &
Bacon.
Hatfield, E., & Sprecher, S. (1986). Measuring passionate
love in intimate relations. Journal of Adolescence,
9, 383–410.
Hatfield, E., & Sprecher, S. (1996). Men’s and women’s
mate preferences in the United States, Russia, and Japan.
Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 26, 728–
750.
Hendrick, C., & Hendrick, S. S. (1989). Research on
love: Does it measure up? Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 56, 784–794.
Hilger, M. I. (1952). Arapaho child life and its cultural
background. Washington, DC: U.S. Government
Printing Office.
Hrdy, S. B. (1999). The woman that never evolved.
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Hsu, F. L. K. (1953). Americans and Chinese: Passage to
difference (3rd ed.). Honolulu: University Press of
Hawaii.
Hsu, F. L. K. (1985). The self in cross-cultural perspective.
In A. J. Marsella, G. DeVos, & F. L. K. Hsu
(Eds.), Culture and self: Asian and Western perspectives
(pp. 24–55). London: Tavistock.
Hunt, M. (1959). The natural history of love. New
York: Grove Press.
Hupka, R. B. (1981). Cultural determinants of jealousy.
Alternative Lifestyles, 4, 310–356.
Hupka, R. B. (1991). The motive for the arousal of romantic
jealousy: Its cultural origin. In P. Salovey
(Ed.), The psychology of jealousy and envy (pp. 252–
270). New York: Guilford Press.
Hupka, R. B., & Ryan, J. M. (1990). The cultural contribution
to jealousy: Cross-cultural aggression in
sexual jealousy situations. Behavior Science Research,
24, 51–71.
Hyde, J. S. (Ed.). (2005). Biological substrates of human
305
sexuality. Washington, DC: American Psychological
Association.
Jankowiak, W. (Ed.). (1995). Romantic passion: A universal
experience? New York: Columbia University
Press.
Jankowiak, W. R., & Fischer, E. F. (1992). A crosscultural
perspective on romantic love. Ethology, 31,
149–155.
Joseph, R., & Joseph, T. B. (1987). The rose and the
thorn. Tucson: University of Arizona Press.
Kelley, H. H., Berscheid, E., Christensen, A., Harvey, J.
H., Huston, T. L., Levinger, G., et al. (Eds.). (1983).
Close relationships. New York: Freeman.
Kephart, W. M. (1967). Some correlates of romantic
love. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 29, 470–
479.
Kim, J., & Hatfield, E. (2004). Love types and subjective
well being. Social Behavior and Personality: An
International Journal, 32, 173–182.
Kitayama, S. (2002). Culture and basic psychological
processes—toward a system view of culture: Comment
on Oyserman et al. (2002). Psychological Bulletin,
128, 89–96.
Komisaruk, B. R., & Whipple, B. (1998). Love as sensory
stimulation: Physiological consequences of its
31. Passionate Love and Sexual Desire 777
deprivation and expression. Psychoneuroendocrinology,
8, 927–944.
Landis, D., & O’Shea, W. A. O., III. (2000). Crosscultural
aspects of passionate love: An individual difference
analysis. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
31, 754–779.
Lee, G. R., & Stone, L. H. (1980). Mate-selection systems
and criteria: Variation according to family
structure. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 42,
319–326.
Levine, R., Sato, S., Hashimoto, T., & Verma, J. (1995).
Love and marriage in eleven cultures. Journal of
Cross-Cultural Psychology, 26, 554–571.
Linton, R. (1936). The study of man. New York:
Appleton-Century.
Luciano, E. M. C. (2003). Caribbean love and sex:
Ethnographic study of rejection and betrayal in
heterosexual relationships in Puerto Rico. Paper presented
at the 29th annual meeting of the International
Academy of Sex Research Meeting, Bloomington,
IN.
Mace, D., & Mace, V. (1980). Marriage: East andWest.
New York: Dolphin Books.
Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and
self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation.
Psychological Review, 98, 224–253.
Marazziti, D., Akiskal, H. S., Rossi, A., & Cassano, G.
306
B. (1999). Alteration of the platelet serotonin transporter
in romantic love. Psychological Medicine,
29(3), 741–745.
Marazziti, D., & Canale, D. (2004). Hormonal changes
when falling in love. Psychoneuroendrocrinology,
29(7), 931–936.
Mead, M. (1931). Jealousy: Primitive and civilized. In S.
D. Schmalhausen & V. F. Calverton (Eds.), Woman’s
coming of age (pp. 35–48). New York: Liveright.
Mirsky, J. (1937). The Eskimo of Greenland. In M.
Mead (Ed.), Cooperation and competition among
primitive peoples (pp. 51–86). New York: McGrawHill.
Mishkin, B. (1937). The Maori of New Zealand. In M.
Mead (Ed.), Cooperation and competition among
primitive peoples (pp. 428–457). New York:
McGraw-Hill.
Money, J. (1977). Peking: The sexual revolution. In J.
Money & H. Musaph (Eds.), Handbook of sexology
(pp. 543–550). Amsterdam: Excerpta Medica.
Murstein, B. I. (1974). Love, sex, and marriage through
the ages. New York: Springer.
Nadler, A., & Dotan, I. (1992). Commitment and rival
attractiveness: Their effects on male and female reactions
to jealousy arousing situations. Sex Roles, 26,
293–310.
Nisbett, R. (2003). The geography of thought: How
Asians and Westerners think differently . . . and why.
New York: Free Press.
Oysermann, D., Kemmelmeier, M., & Coon, H. M.
(2002). Cultural psychology, a new look: Reply to
Bond (2002), Fiske (2002), Kitayama (2002), and
Miller. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 110–117.
Pimentel, E. E. (2000). Just how do I love thee?: Marital
relations in urban China. Journal of Marriage and
the Family, 62, 32–47.
Prakasa, V. V., & Rao, V. N. (1979). Arranged marriages:
An assessment of the attitudes of the college
students in India. In G. Kurian (Ed.), Cross-cultural
perspectives of mate-selection and marriage (pp. 11–
31). Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.
Regan, P. C., & Berscheid, E. (1999). Lust: what we
know about human sexual desire. London: Sage.
Rivers, W. H. R. (1906). The Todas. London: Macmillan.
Rosenblatt, P. C. (1967). Marital residence and the function
of romantic love. Ethnology, 6, 471–480.
Rosenblatt, P. C., & Anderson, R. M. (1981). Human
sexuality in cross-cultural perspective. In M. Cook
(Ed.), The bases of human sexual attraction (pp.
215–250). London: Academic Press.
Ruan, F. F. (1991). Sex in China: Studies in sexology in
Chinese culture. New York: Plenum Press.
Salovey, P., & Rodin, J. (1985). The heart of jealousy.
307
Psychology Today, 19, 22–29.
Shaver, P. R., & Hazan, C. (1988). A biased overview of
the study of love. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships,
5, 474–501.
Shaver, P. R., Morgan, H. J., & Wu, S. (1996). Is love a
“basic” emotion? Personal Relationships, 3, 81–96.
Shaver, P. R., Murdaya, U., & Fraley, R. C. (2001).
Structure of the Indonesian emotion lexicon. Asian
Journal of Social Psychology, 4, 201–224.
Shaver, P. R., Wu, S., & Schwartz, J. C. (1991). Crosscultural
similarities and differences in emotion and
its representation: A prototype approach. In M. S.
Clark (Ed.), Review of personality and social psychology
(Vol. 13, pp. 175–212). Newbury Park, CA:
Sage.
Shostak, M. (1981). Nisa: The life and words of a
!Kung woman. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
Simmons, C. H., Vom Kolke, A., & Shimizu, H. (1986).
Attitudes toward romantic love among American,
German, and Japanese students. Journal of Social
Psychology, 126, 327–337.
Simpson, J. A., Campbell, B., & Berscheid, E. (1986).
The association between romantic love and marriage:
Kephart (1967) twice revisited. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 12, 363–372.
Smith, J. C., & Hogan, B. (1983). Criminal law (5th
ed.). London: Butterworths.
Sommer, V. (1993, November 13). Primate origins: The
hardware of human sexuality. Paper presented at the
meeting of the Society for the Scientific Study of Sex,
San Diego, CA.
Soueif, A. (1999). The map of love. London: Bloomsbury.
Sprecher, S., Aron, A., Hatfield, E., Cortese, A.,
Potapova, E., & Levitskaya, A. (1994). Love: American
style, Russian style, and Japanese style. Personal
Relationships, 1, 349–369.
Sprecher, S., & Chandak, R. (1992). Attitudes about arranged marriages and dating among men and women
from India. Free Inquiry in Creative Sociology, 20, 1–
11.
Stephens, W. N. (1963). The family in cross-cultural
perspective. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.
Sternberg, R. J. (1988). Triangulating love. In R. J.
Sternberg & M. L. Barnes (Eds.), The psychology of
love (pp. 119–138). New Haven, CT: Yale University
Press.
Tannahill, R. (1980). Sex in history. New York: Stein &
Day.
Tooby, J., & Cosmides, L. (1992). The evolutionary and
psychological foundations of the social sciences. In J.
H. Barkow, L. Cosmides, & J. Tooby (Eds.), The
adapted mind: Evolutionary psychology and the generation
308
of culture (pp. 19–136). New York: Oxford
University Press.
Trawick, M. (1990). Notes on love in a Tamil family.
Berkeley: University of California Press.
Triandis, H. C., McCusker, C., & Hui, C. H. (1990).
Multimethod probes of individualism and collectivism.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
59, 1006–1020.
Wallen, K. (1989). Mate selection: Economics and affection.
Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 12, 37–38.
Weaver, S. E., & Ganong, L. W. (2004). The factor
structure of the Romantic Belief Scale for African
Americans and European Americans. Journal of Social
and Personal Relationships, 21, 171–185.
White, G. L., & Mullen, P. E. (1989). Jealousy: Theory,
research, and clinical strategies. New York: Guilford
Press.
Wilson, M., & Daly, M. (1992). The man who mistook
his wife for a chattel. In J. H. Barkow, L. Cosmides,
& J. Tooby (Eds.), The adapted mind: Evolutionary
psychology and the generation of culture (pp. 289–
326). New York: Oxford University Press.
Wolkstein, D. (1991). The first love stories. New York:
Harper Perennial.
Xu, X., & Whyte, M. K. (1990). Love matches and arranged
marriages: A Chinese replication. Journal of
Marriage and the Family, 52, 709–722.
Akinkube, O. O. (1985). World epidemiology of hypertension
in Blacks. In E. S. W. D. Hall & N. B.
Shulman (Ed.), Hypertension in Blacks: Epidemiology,
pathyphysiology, and treatment (pp. 3–16). Chicago:
Yearbook.
Alpert, B. S., Dover, E. V., Booker, D. L., Martin, A. M.,
& Strong, W. B. (1981). Blood pressure response to
dynamic exercise in healthy children—Black versus
White. Journal of Pediatrics, 99, 556–560.
Ambadar, Z., Schooler, J. W., & Cohn, J. F. (2005). Deciphering
the enigmatic face: The importance of facial
dynamics in interpreting subtle facial expressions.
Psychological Science, 16(5), 403–410.
Anderson, N. B., Lane, J. D., Muranaka, M., Williams,
R. B., Jr., & Houseworth, S. J. (1988). Racial differences
in blood pressure and forearm vascular responses
to the cold face stimulus. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 50, 57–63.
Anderson, N. B., Lane, J. D., Taguchi, F., & Williams,
R. B., Jr. (1989). Patterns of cardiovascular responses
to stress as a function of race and parental hypertension
in men. Health Psychology, 8, 525–540.
Boucsein, W. (1992). Electodermal activity. New York:
Plenum Press.
Brownley, K. A., Light, K. C., & Anderson, N. B.
(1996). Social support and hostility interact to influence
309
clinic, work, and home blood pressure in Black
and White men and women. Psychophysiology, 33,
434–445.
Cannon,W. B. (1927). The James–Lange theory of emotions:
A critical examination and an alternative theory.
American Journal of Psychology, 39, 106–124.
Changeux, J.-P. (1985). Neuronal man: The biology of
mind. New York: Oxford University Press.
Cohen, D., Nisbett, R. E., Bowdle, B. F., & Schwarz, N.
(1996). Insult, aggression, and the southern culture
of honor: An “experimental ethnography.” Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 70(5), 945–
959.
Damasio, A. (1998). The somatic marker hypothesis
and the possible functions of the prefrontal cortex. In
A. C. Roberts, T. W. Robbins, & L. Weiskrantz
(Eds.), The prefrontal cortex: Executive and cognitive
functions (pp. 36–50). New York: Oxford University
Press.
Darwin, C. (1872). The expression of the emotions in
man and animals. London: Murray.
Delehanty, S. G., Dimsdale, J. E., & Mills, P. (1991).
Psychosocial correlates of reactivity in Black and
White men. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 35,
451–460.
Ekman, P. (1994). Strong evidence for universals in facial
expressions: A reply to Russell’s mistaken critique.
Psychological Bulletin, 115(2), 268–287.
Ekman, P., & Friesen, W. V. (1969). The repertoire of
nonverbal behavior: Categories, origins, usage, and
coding. Semiotica, 1, 49–98.
Ekman, P., Friesen, W. V., & Ellsworth, P. (1982). What
are the similarities and differences in facial behavior
across cultures? In P. Ekman (Ed.), Emotion in the
human face (pp. 128–146). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge
University Press.
Ekman, P., Friesen,W. V.,&Simons, R. C. (1985). Is the
startle reaction an emotion? Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 49, 1416–1426.
Elfenbein, H. A., & Ambady, N. (2002). On the universality
and cultural specificity of emotion recognition:
A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 203–
235.
Falkner, B., & Kushner, H. (1989). Race differences in
stress induced reactivity in young adults. Health Psychology,
8, 613–627.
Friesen, W. V. (1972). Cultural differences in facial expressions
in a social situation: An experimental test
of the concept of display rules. Unpublished doctoral
dissertation, University of California, San Francisco.
Goffman, E. (1971). Relations in public; microstudies of
the public order. New York: Harper & Row.
Gottman, J. M., & Levenson, R. W. (1986). Assessing
310
the role of emotion in marriage. Behavioral Assessment,
8(1), 31–48.
32. Emotion, Biology, and Culture 793
Gross, J. J., & Levenson, R. W. (1993). Emotional suppression:
Physiology, self-report, and expressive
behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
64(6), 970–986.
Guglielmi, R. S. (1999). Psychophysiological assessment
of prejudice: Past research, current status, and future
directions. Personality and Social Psychology Review,
3, 123–157.
Hagemann, T., Levenson, R. W., & Gross, J. J. (2006).
Expressive suppression during an acoustic startle.
Psychophysiology, 43(1), 104–112.
Heelas, P. (1986). Emotion talk across cultures. In R. M.
Harre (Ed.), The social construction of emotions
(pp. 234–266). Oxford, UK: Blackwell.
Hinton, A. L. (1999). Biocultural approaches to the
emotions. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Hochschild, A. R. (1979). Emotion work, feeling rules,
and social structure. American Journal of Sociology,
84, 551–575.
Hohn, A., Riopel, D., Kiel, J., Loadhold, C., Margolius,
H., Halushka, P., et al. (1983). Childhood familial
and racial differences in physiologic and biochemical
factors related to hypertension. Hypertension, 5, 56–
70.
Hupka, R. B., Zbigniew, Z., Jurgen, O., & Reidl, L.
(1996). Anger, envy, fear, and jealousy as felt in the
body: A five-nation study. Cross-Cultural Research,
30, 243–264.
Jackson, R.W., Treiber, F. A., Turner, J. R., Davis, H.,&
Strong, W. B. (1999). Effects of race, sex, and socioeconomic
status upon cardiovascular stress
responsivity and recovery in youth. International
Journal of Psychophysiology, 31, 111–119.
James, W. (1884). What is an emotion? Mind, 9, 188–
205.
Johnson, E. H. (1989). The role of the experience and
expression of anger and anxiety in elevated blood
pressure among Black and White adolescents. Journal
of the National Medical Association, 81, 573–
584.
Johnson, L. C., & Corah, N. L. (1963). Racial differences
in skin resistance. Science, 139, 766–767.
Johnson, L. C.,&Landon, M. M. (1965). Eccrine sweat
gland activity and racial differences in resting skin
conductance. Psychophysiology, 1, 322–329.
Juniper, K., Jr., & Dykman, R. A. (1967). Skin resistance,
sweat-gland counts, salivary flow, and gastric
secretion: Age, race, and sex differences, and
intercorrelations. Psychophysiology, 4, 216–222.
Katkin, E. S., Blascovich, J., & Goldband, S. (1981).
311
Empirical assessment of visceral self-perception: Individual
and sex differences in the acquisition of heart
beat discrimination. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 40, 1095–1101.
King, A. R., & Levenson, R. W. (2004). Individual differences
in autonomic responses to stress. Berkeley:
University of California Press.
Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., & Matsumoto, H.
(1995). Culture, self, and emotion: A cultural perspective
on “self-conscious” emotions. In J. P.
Tangney & K. W. Fischer (Eds.), Self-conscious
emotions: The psychology of shame, guilt, embarrassment,
and pride. (pp. 439–464). New York:
Guilford Press.
Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., Matsumoto, H., &
Norasakkunkit, V. (1997). Individual and collective
processes in the construction of the self: selfenhancement
in the United States and self-criticism in
Japan. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
72(6), 1245–1267.
Kleinman, A. (1977). Depression, somatization, and the
new cross-cultural psychiatry. Social Science and
Medicine, 11, 3–10.
Korol, B., Bergfield, G. R., & McLaughlin, L. J. (1975).
Skin color and autonomic nervous system measures.
Physiology and Behavior, 14, 575–578.
Kunzmann, U., Kupperbusch, C. S., & Levenson, R. W.
(2005). Behavioral inhibition and amplification during
emotional arousal: A comparison of two age
groups. Psychology and Aging, 20, 144–158.
Lakoff, G. (1987). Women, fire, and dangerous things.
Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Lazarus, R. S., Tomita, M., Opton, E., & Kodoma, M.
(1966). A cross-cultural study of stress-reaction patterns
in Japan. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
4, 622–633.
Lee, Y., Rosner, B., Gould, J., Lowe, E., & Kass, E.
(1976). Familial aggregation of blood pressure in
newborn infants and their mothers. Pediatrics, 58,
722–729.
Levenson, R. W. (1979). Cardiac–respiratory–somatic
relationships and feedback effects in a multiple session
heart rate control experiment. Psychophysiology,
16(4), 367–373.
Levenson, R. W. (1999). The intrapersonal functions of
emotion. Cognition and Emotion, 13, 481–504.
Levenson, R. W. (2003). Blood, sweat, and fears: The
autonomic architecture of emotion. In P. Ekman, J. J.
Campos, R. J. Davidson, & F. B. M. de Waal (Eds.),
Emotions inside out: 130 years after Darwin’s The
Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals
(pp. 348–356). New York: New York Academy of
Sciences.
312
Levenson, R.W., Ekman, P., Heider, K.,&Friesen,W. V.
(1992). Emotion and autonomic nervous system activity
in the Minangkabau of West Sumatra. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 62(6), 972–988.
Levinson, S., Liu, K., Stamler, J., Stamler, R., Whipple,
I., Ausbrook, D., & Berkson, D. (1985). Ethnic differences
in blood pressure and heart rate of Chicago
school children. American Journal of Epidemiology,
122, 366–377.
Lieblich, I., Kugelmass, S., & Ben-Shakhar, G. (1973).
Psychophysiological baselines as a function of race
and origin. Psychophysiology, 10, 426–430.
Lutz, C. A., & Abu-Lughod, L. (Eds.). (1990). Language
and the politics of emotion. Cambridge, UK:
Cambridge University Press.
794 VI. EMOTION AND MOTIVATION
Mead, M. (1935). Sex and temperament in three primitive
societies. Oxford, UK: Morrow.
Morell, M. A., Myers, H. F., Shapiro, D., Goldstein, I.
B.,&Armstrong, M. (1988). Psychophysiological reactivity
to mental arithmetic stress in Black and
White normotensive men. Health Psychology, 7(5),
479–496.
Murphy, J., Alpert, B., Moes, D., & Somes, G. (1986).
Race and cardiovascular reactivity: A neglected relationship.
Hypertension, 8, 1075–1083.
Oatley, K. (1993). Social construction in emotions. In
M. Lewis & J. M. Haviland (Eds.), Handbook of
emotions (pp. 341–352). New York: Guilford Press.
Pennebaker, J. W. (1982). The psychology of physical
symptoms. New York: Springer-Verlag.
Persky, V., Dyer, A., Stamler, J., Shekelle, R., &
Schoenberger, J. (1979). Racial patterns of heart rate
in an employed adult population. American Journal
of Epidemiology, 110, 274–280.
Pole, N., Best, S. R., Metzler, T., & Marmar, C. R.
(2005). Why are Hispanics at greater risk for PTSD?
Cultural Diversity and Ethnic Minority Psychology,
11, 144–161.
Rankin, R. E., & Campbell, D. T. (1955). Galvanic skin
response to negro and white experimenters. Journal
of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 51, 30–33.
Rinn, W. E. (1984). The neuropsychology of facial expression:
A review of the neurological and psychological
mechanisms for producing facial expressions.
Psychological Bulletin, 95(1), 52–77.
Roberts, J., & Rowlands, M. (1981). Vital and health
statistics: Hypertension in adults 25–74 years of age:
United States, 1971–1975 (Series 11, No. 221,
DHEW Publication No. PHS 81-1671). Washington,
DC: U.S. Government Printing Office.
Roberts, N. A., & Levenson, R. W. (2006). Subjective,
behavioral, and physiological reactivity to ethnically
313
matched and ethnically mismatched film clips. Emotion,
6(4), 635–646.
Rozin, P., Lowery, L., Imada, S.,&Haidt, J. (1999). The
CAD triad hypothesis: A mapping between three
moral emotions (contempt, anger, disgust) and three
moral codes (community, autonomy, divinity). Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 76(4), 574–
586.
Russell, J. A. (1994). Is there universal recognition of
emotion from facial expressions?: A review of the
cross-cultural studies. Psychological Bulletin, 115(1),
102–141.
Saab, P. G., Llabre, M. M., Schneiderman, N., Hurwitz,
B. E., McDonald, P. G., Evans, J., et al. (1997). Influence
of ethnicity and gender on cardiovascular responses
to active coping and inhibitory-passive coping
challenges. Psychosomatic Medicine, 59, 434–
446.
Saarni, C. (1993). Socialization of emotion. In M. Lewis
& J. M. Haviland (Eds.), Handbook of emotions
(pp. 435–446). New York: Guilford Press.
Schachter, J., Kerr, J.,Wimberly, E.,&Lachin, J. (1974).
Heart rate levels of Black and White newborns. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 36, 513–524.
Schachter, J., Kuller, L.,&Perfetti, C. (1984). Heart rate
during the first five years of life: Relation to ethnic
group (Black or White) and to parental hypertension.
American Journal of Epidemiology, 119, 554–563.
Schachter, J., Lachin, J., Kerr, J., Wimberly, E., & Ratey,
J. (1976). Heart rate and blood pressure in Black
newborns and in White newborns. Pediatrics, 58,
283–287.
Schachter, S., & Singer, J. (1962). Cognitive, social, and
physiological determinants of emotional state. Psychological
Review, 69(5), 379–399.
Scherer, K. R. (2000). Psychological models of emotion.
In J. C. Borod (Ed.), The neuropsychology of emotion
(pp. 137–162). New York: Oxford University
Press.
Scherer, K. R., & Wallbott, H. G. (1994). Evidence for
universality and cultural variation of differential
emotion response patterning. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 66(2), 310–328.
Scherer, K. R., Wallbott, H. G., Matsumoto, D., &
Kudoh, T. (1988). Emotional experience in cultural
context: A comparison between Europe, Japan, and
the United States. In K. R. Scherer (Ed.), Facets of
emotions (pp. 5–30). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Scherer, K. R., Wallbott, H. G., & Summerfield, A. B.
(1986). Experiencing emotion: A cross-cultural
study. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Shekelle, R., Liu, S., Raynor, W., & Miller, R. (1978).
Racial difference in mean pulse rate of children aged
314
six to eleven years. Pediatrics, 61, 119–121.
Shweder, R. A. (1993). The cultural psychology of emotions.
In M. Lewis & J. M. Haviland (Eds.), Handbook
of emotions (pp. 417–431). New York:
Guilford Press.
Soto, J. A., Levenson, R. W., & Ebling, R. (2005). Cultures
of moderation and expression: Emotional experience,
behavior, and physiology in Chinese Americans
and Mexican Americans. Emotion, 5(2), 154–
165.
Tsai, J. L., & Chentsova-Dutton, Y. (2003). Variation
among European Americans in emotional facial expression.
Journal of Cross Cultural Psychology, 34,
650–657.
Tsai, J. L., Chentsova-Dutton, Y., Freire-Bebeau, L., &
Przymus, D. E. (2002). Emotional expression and
physiology in European Americans and Hmong
Americans. Emotion, 2, 380–397.
Tsai, J. L., & Levenson, R. W. (1997). Cultural influences
on emotional responding: Chinese American
and European American dating couples during interpersonal
conflict. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,
28, 600–625.
Tsai, J. L., Levenson, R.W., & Carstensen, L. L. (2000).
Autonomic, subjective, and expressive responses to
emotional films in older and younger Chinese Americans
and European Americans. Psychology and
Aging, 15, 684–693.
32. Emotion, Biology, and Culture 795
Tsai, J. L., Pole, N., Levenson, R. W., & Muñoz, R. F.
(2003). The effects of depression on the emotional responses
of Spanish-speaking Latinas. Cultural Diversity
and Ethnic Minority Psychology, 9, 49–63.
Vanman, E., Paul, B. Y., Ito, T. A., & Miller, N. (1997).
The modern face of prejudice and structural features
that moderate the effect of cooperation on affect.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73,
941–959.
Voors, A., Webber, L., & Berenson, G. (1982). Resting
heart rate and pressure-rate product of children in a
total biracial community: The Bogulusa Heart Study.
American Journal of Epidemiology, 116, 276–286.
Vrana, S. R., & Rollock, D. (1998). Physiological response
to a minimal social encounter: Effects of gender,
ethnicity, and social context. Psychophysiology,
35, 462–469.
Vrana, S. R., & Rollock, D. (2002). The role of ethnicity,
gender, emotional content, and contextual differences
in physiological, expressive, and self-reported
emotional responses to imagery. Cognition and Emotion,
16, 165–192.
Wallbott, H. G.,&Scherer, K. R. (1988). How universal
and specific is emotional experience?: Evidence from
315
27 countries on five continents. In K. R. Scherer
(Ed.), Facets of emotion: Recent research. (pp. 31–
56). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Wierzbicka, A. (1986). Human emotions: Universal or
culture-specific. American Anthropologist, 88, 584–
594.
Alarcon, R., Alegria, M., Bell, C., Boyce, C., Kirmayer,
L., Lin, K. M., et al. (2002). Beyond the funhouse
mirrors: Research agenda on culture and psychiatric
diagnosis. In D. Kupfer, M. First, & D. Regier (Eds.),
A research agenda for DSM-V (pp. 219–282). Washington,
DC: American Psychiatric Press
American Psychiatric Association. (1994). Diagnostic
and statistical manual of mental disorders (4th ed.).
Washington, DC: Author.
American Psychiatric Association. (2000). Diagnostic
and statistical manual of mental disorders (4th ed.,
text rev.). Washington, DC: Author.
American Psychological Association. (1992). Guidelines
for providers of psychological services to ethnic, linguistic,
and culturally diverse populations. American
Psychologist, 48, 45–48.
Andrade, L., Caraveo-Anduaga, J., Berglund, P., Bijl, R.
V., DeGraff, R., Vollebergh,W., et al. (2003). The epidemiology
of major depressive episodes: Results
from the International Consortium of Psychiatric
Epidemiology Surveys. International Journal of
Methods in Psychiatric Research, 12, 3–21.
Bae, S., Brekke, J., & Bola, J. (2004). Ethnicity and
treatment outcome variation in schizophrenia: A longitudinal
study of community-based psychosocial
rehabilitation interventions. Journal of Nervous and
Mental Disease, 192, 623–628.
Barrio, C., Yamada, A.-M., Atuel, H., Hough, R., Yee,
S., Russo, P., et al. (2003). A tri-ethnic examination
of symptom expression on the positive and negative
syndrome scale in schizophrenia spectrum disorders.
Schizophrenia Research, 6, 259–269.
Becerra, R., Karno, M., & Escobar, L. (Eds.). (1982).
Mental health and Hispanic-Americans: Clinical perspectives.
New York: Grune & Stratton.
Bernal, G., Trimble, J., Burlew, K., & Leong, F. (Eds.).
(2003). Handbook of racial and ethnic minority psychology.
Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Berry, J. (1997). Immigration, acculturation, and adaptation.
Applied Psychology: An International Review,
46, 5–34.
Brekke, J. S., & Barrio, C. (1997). Cross-ethnic symptom
differences in schizophrenia: The influence of
culture and minority status. Schizophrenia Bulletin,
23, 305–316.
Bruce, M., Smith, W., Miranda, J., Hoagwood, K., &
Wells, K. (2002). NIMH Affective Disorders
316
Workgroup: Community-based interventions. Mental
Health Services Research, 4, 205–214.
Canino, G., Canino, I., & Arroyo, W. (1997). Cultural
considerations in the classification of mental disorders
in children and adolescents. In T. Widiger, A.
Frances, H. Pincus, R. Ross, M. First, & W. Davis
(Eds.), DSM-IV sourcebook (Vol. 3, pp. 873–883).
Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association
Press.
Caracci, G., & Mezzich, J. (2001). Culture and urban
mental health. In J. Mezzich & H. Fabrega (Eds.),
Cultural psychiatry: International perspectives
(pp. 581–594). Philadelphia: Saunders.
Carballo, M., Smajkic, A., Zeric, D., Dzidowska, M.,
Gebre-Medhin, J., & Van Halem, J. (2004). Mental
health and coping in a war situation: The case of
Bosnia and Herzegovina. Journal of Biosocial Science,
36, 463–77.
Carillo, E., & Lopez, A. (2001). The Latino psychiatric
patient: Assessment and treatment. Washington, DC:
American Psychiatric Association Press.
Carr, S., & Sloan, T. (Eds.). (2004). Poverty and psychology:
From global perspective to local practice.
New York: Kluwer Academic/Plenum Press.
Castillo, R. J. (1996). Culture and mental illness: A
client-centered approach culture and mental illness.
Los Angeles: Wadsworth.
Caudill, W., & Lin, T. (Eds.). (1969). Mental health research
in Asia and the Pacific, Honolulu: University
Press of Hawaii.
Chakraborty, A. (1991). Culture, colonialism, and psychiatry.
Lancet, 337, 1204–1207.
Chun, K., Organista, P.,&Marin, G. (2002). Acculturation:
Advances in theory, measurement, and applied
research. Washington, DC: American Psychological
Association Press.
33. Culture and Psychopathology 815
Clement, D. (1982). Samoan folk knowledge of mental
disorder. In A.J. Marsella & G. White (Eds.), Cultural
conceptions of mental health and therapy (pp.
193–213). Boston: Reidel.
Crystal, S., Sambamoorthi, U., Walkup, J., & Akincigil,
A. (2003). Diagnosis and treatment of depression in
the elderly medicare population: Predictors, disparities,
and trends. Journal of the American Geriatrics
Society, 51, 1718–1728.
Csordas, T. (1994). Embodiment and experience: The
existential ground of culture and self. New York:
Cambridge University Press.
Cuellar, I., & Paniagua, F. (2000). Handbook of multicultural
mental health. New York: Academic Press.
Dana, R. (1998). Understanding cultural identity in intervention
and assessment. Thousand Oaks, CA:
317
Sage.
Docherty, J. (1997). Barriers to the diagnosis of depression
in primary care. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry
Supplement, 158, 5–10.
Draguns, J. (1973). Comparisons of psychopathology
across cultures: Issues, findings, directions. Journal
of Cross-Cultural Psychology, , 4, 9–47.
Draguns, J. (1980). Psychological disorders of clinical
severity. In H. Triandis & J. Draguns (Eds.), Handbook
of cross-cultural psychology: Vol. 6. Psychopathology
(pp. 99–174). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Draguns, J. (1990). Normal and abnormal behavior in
cross-cultural perspective. In J. Berman (Ed.), Nebraska
Symposium on Motivation: Cross-cultural
perspectives (pp. 235–278). Lincoln: University of
Nebraska Press.
Draguns, J., & Tanaka-Matsumi, J. (2003). Assessment
of psychopathology across and within cultures: Issues
and findings. Behaviour Research and Therapy,
41, 755–776.
Edgerton, R. (1992). Sick societies: Challenging the
myth of primitive harmony. New York: Free Press.
Fox, S. (2003). The Mandinka nosological system in the
context of post-traumatic syndromes. Transcultural
Psychiatry, 4, 488–506.
Gaines, A. (1995). Culture-specific delusions: Sense and
nonsense in cultural context. Psychiatric Clinics of
North America, 18, 281–301.
Gattuso, S., Fullagar, S., & Young, I. (2005). Speaking
of women’s “nameless misery”: The everyday construction
depression in Australia’s women’s magazines.
Social Science and Medicine, 61, 1640–1648.
Gfroerer, J., & Tan, L. (2003). Substance use among
foreign-born youths in the United States: Does the
length of residence matter? American Journal of Public
Health, 93, 1892–1895.
Guarnaccia, P., Parra, P., Deschamps, A., Milstein, G.,
& Argiles, N. (1992). Si Dios quiere: Hispanic families’
experiences of caring for a seriously mentally ill
family member. Culture, Medicine and Psychiatry,
16, 187–215.
Heath, D. (Ed.). (1995). International handbook on alcohol
and culture. Westport, CT: Greenwood.
Helzer, J., & Canino, G. (Eds.). (1992). Alcoholism in
North America, Europe, and Asia. New York: Oxford
University Press.
Hollingshead, A., & Redlich, F. (1958). Social class and
mental illness: A community study. New York:Wiley.
Hollon, S., Munoz, R., Barlow, D., Beardslee, W.,
Bell, C., Bernal, G., et al. (2002). Psychosocial intervention
development for the prevention and
treatment of depression: Promoting innovation and
increasing access. Biological Psychiatry, 52, 610–
318
630.
Horvath, A.-M. (1997). Ethnocultural identification
and the complexities of ethnicity. In K. Cushner & R.
W. Brislin (Eds.), Improving intercultural interactions,
V2: Models for cross-cultural training programs
(pp. 165–183). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Jablensky, A., Sartorius, N., Ernberg, N., Anker, M.,
Korten, A., Cooper, J. E., et al. (1992). Schizophrenia:
Manifestations incidence, and course in different
cultures: A WHO ten country study. Psychological
Medicine, 20, 1–97. (Monograph supplement)
Jenkins, J. (1998). Diagnostic criteria for schizophrenia
and related psychotic disorders: Integration and suppression
of cultural evidence in DSM-IV.
Transcultural Psychiatry, 35, 357–376.
Jenkins, J., & Barrett, R. (2004). Introduction. In
Schizophrenia, culture, and subjectivity: The edge of
experience (pp. 1–23). New York: Cambridge University
Press.
Johnson, T., VanGeest, J., & Cho, Y. (2002). Migration
and substance use: Evidence from the U.S. National
Health Interview Survey. Substance Use and Misuse,
37, 941–972.
Kanagawa, C., Cross, S., & Markus, H. (2001). “Who
am I?”: The cultural psychology of the conceptual
self. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27,
90–103.
Kelly, B. (2005). Structural violence and schizophrenia.
Social Science and Medicine, 61, 721–730.
Kirmayer, L. (1998). Editorial: The fate of culture in
DSM-IV. Transcultural Psychiatry, 35, 339–343.
Kitayama, S., Markus, H., Matsumoto, H., &
Norasakkunkit, V. (1997). Individual and collective
processes in the construction of the self: Selfenhancement
in the United States and self-criticism in
Japan. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
72, 1245–1267.
Kleinman, A. (1980). Patients and healers in the context
of culture: An exploration of the borderland between
anthropology, medicine, and psychiatry. Berkeley:
University of California Press.
Kleinman, A. (2004). Culture and depression. New
England Journal of Medicine, 351, 951–953.
Kleinman, A., & Good, B. (Eds.). (1985). Culture and
depression. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Kraepelin, E. (1904). Vergleichende psychaitrie [Comparative
psychiatry]. Zentralblatt für Nervenheilkunde
und Psychiatrie, 15, 433–437.
Kroeber, A., & Kluckhohn, C. (1952). Culture: A critical
review of concepts and definitions. Cambridge,
MA: Peabody Museum.
816 VI. EMOTION AND MOTIVATION
Lebra, W. (Ed.). (1972). Transcultural research in mental
319
health. Honolulu: University Press of Hawaii.
Leighton, A. (1959). My name is legion: Foundations
for a theory of man in relation to culture. New York:
Basic Books.
Leighton, A., Lambo, A., Hughes, C., Leighton, D.,
Murphy, J., & Macklin, D. (1963). Psychiatric disorder
among the Yoruba. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University
Press.
Leighton, A., & Murphy, J. (1961). Cultures as causative
of mental disorder. Milbank Memorial Fund
Quarterly, 38, 341–383.
Lin, K. M., Smith, M., & Ortiz, V. (2001). Culture and
psychopharmacology. In J. Mezzich & H. Fabrega
(Eds.), Cultural psychiatry: International perspectives
(pp. 523–538). Philadelphia: Saunders.
Lin, T., Tseng, W., & Yeh, E. (1995). Chinese societies
and mental health. New York: Oxford University
Press.
Littlewood, R., & Lipsedge, M. (1997). Aliens and
alienists: Ethnic minorities and psychiatry. London:
Routledge.
Lorant, V., Deliege, D., Eaton,W., Robert, A., Philippot,
P., & Ansseau, M. (2004). Socioeconomic inequalities
in depression: A meta-analysis. American Journal
of Epidemiology, 157, 98–112.
Marsella, A. J. (1979). Cross-cultural studies of mental
disorders. In A. J. Marsella, R. Tharp, & T.
Ciborowski (Eds.), Perspectives on cross-cultural
psychology (pp. 233–264). New York: Academic
Press.
Marsella, A. J. (1982). Culture and mental health: An
overview. In A. J. Marsella & G. White (Eds.), Cultural
conceptions of mental health and therapy
(pp. 359–388). Boston: Reidel/Kluwer.
Marsella, A. J. (1985). Culture, self, and mental disorder.
In A. J. Marsella, G. DeVos, & F. Hsu (Eds.),
Culture and self: Asian and Western perspectives
(pp. 281–308). London: Tavistock Press.
Marsella, A. J. (1987). The measurement of depressive
experience and disorder across cultures. In A. J.
Marsella, R. Hirtschfeld,&M. Katz (Eds.), The measurement
of depression (pp. 376–397). New York:
Guilford Press.
Marsella, A. J. (1993). Sociocultural foundations of psychopathology:
A pre-1970 historical overview.
Transcultural Psychiatric Research and Review, 30,
97–142.
Marsella, A. J. (1997, February 15). The plight of the
Native Hawaiians. Paper presented at the Native Hawaiian
Identity and Acculturation, Union of Polynesian
Nations Conference, Honolulu, HI.
Marsella, A. J. (1998). Urbanization, mental health, and
social deviancy: A review of issues and research.
320
American Psychologist, 53, 624–634.
Marsella, A. J. (1999). In search of meaning: Some
thoughts on belief, doubt, and well being. International
Journal of Transpersonal Studies, 18, 41–52.
Marsella, A. J. (2000a). Culture and psychopathology.
In A. Kazdin (Ed.), The encyclopedia of psychology.
Washington, DC: American Psychological Association
Press.
Marsella, A. J. (2000b). Culture-bound disorders. In
A. Kazdin (Ed.), The encyclopedia of psychology
(pp. 407–410). Washington, DC: American Psychological
Association Press.
Marsella, A. J. (2004, October). Culture, alcoholism,
and substance abuse. Workshop presentation at the
Hawaii Psychological Association Annual Meeting,
Honolulu.
Marsella, A. J., Austin, A., & Grant, B. (Eds.). (2005).
Cultures in transition: Social change and well-being
in the Pacific Islands. New York: Springer.
Marsella, A. J., Friedman, M., Gerrity, E., & Scurfield,
R. (1996). Ethnocultural aspects of PTSD. Washington,
DC: American Psychological Association Press.
Marsella, A. J., & Higginbotham, H. (1984). Traditional
Asian medicine: Applications to psychiatric
services in developing nations. In P. Pedersen, N. Sartorius,
& A. J. Marsella (Eds.), Mental health services:
The cross-cultural context (pp. 175–197).
Beverly Hills, CA: Sage.
Marsella, A. J., & Kameoka, V. (1989). Ethnocultural
issues in the assessment of psychopathology. In S.
Wetzler (Ed.), Measuring mental illness: Psychometric
assessment for clinicians (pp. 231–256).Washington,
DC: American Psychiatric Press.
Marsella, A. J., Kaplan, A., & Suarez, E. (2002). Cultural
considerations for understanding, assessing,
and treating depressive experience and disorders. In
M. Reinecke & J. Cohler (Eds.), Comparative treatments
of depression (pp. 47–78). New York:
Springer.
Marsella, A. J., Kinzie, D., & Gordon, P. (1973).
Ethnocultural variations in the expression of depression.
Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 4, 435–
458.
Marsella, A. J., & Leong, F. (1995). Cross-cultural assessment
of personality and career decisions. Journal
of Career Assessment, 3, 202–218.
Marsella, A. J., & Ring, E (2003). Human migration
and immigration: An overview. In L. Adler & U.
Gielen (Eds.), Migration: Immigration and emigration
in international perspective (pp. 3–22).
Westport, CT: Praeger.
Marsella, A. J., Sartorius, N., Jablensky, A., & Fenton,
R. (1985). Culture and depressive disorders. In A.
321
Kleinman & B. Good (Eds.), Culture and depression
(pp. 299–324). Berkeley: University of California
Press.
Marsella, A. J., & Scheuer, A. (1993). Coping: Definitions,
conceptualizations, and issues. Integrative Psychiatry,
9, 124–134.
Marsella, A. J., Suarez, E., Leland, T., Morse, H.,
Digman, B., & Scheuer, A. (2002). Culture and
schizophrenia: An overview of the research and clinical
literature. In H. Bot, M. Braakman, L. Preijde, &
W.Wassink (Eds.), Culturen op de vlucht [Cultures in
transition and change]. Amsterdam: Afdeling Phoenix.
33. Culture and Psychopathology 817
Marsella, A. J., & White, G. (Eds.). (1982). Cultural
conceptions of mental health and therapy. Boston:
Reidel.
Marsella, A. J.,&Yamada, A. (2000). Culture and mental
health: An overview. In I. Cuellar & F. Paniagua
(Eds.), Handbook of multicultural mental health: Assessment
and treatment of diverse populations (pp.
3–26). New York: Academic Press.
Mezzich, J., & Fabrega, H. (2001). Cultural psychiatry:
International perspectives. Philadelphia: Saunders.
Mezzich, J., Kleinman, A., Fabrega, H., & Parron, D.
(Eds.). (1996). Culture and psychiatric diagnosis: A
DSM-IV perspective. Washington, DC: American
Psychiatric Press.
Moreira, V. (2004). Poverty and psychopathology. In S.
Carr & T. Sloan (Eds.), Poverty and psychology:
From global perspective to local practice (pp. 69–86).
New York: Kluwer Academic/Plenum Press.
Murray, C., & Lopez, A. (Eds.). (1996). Quantifying
global health risks: The burden of disease attributable
to selected risk factors in 1990 and projected
to 2020. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
Nathan, J., Marsella, A. J., & Horvath, A. (1999). An
ethnosemantic analysis of the concepts of self and
group among Caucasians, Japanese-Americans, and
Japanese Nationals. International Journal of Intercultural
Relation, 23, 711–725.
O’Hare, T., & Van Tran, T. (1998). Substance abuse
among Southeast Asians in the U.S.: Implications for
practice and research. Social Work and Health Care,
26, 69–80.
Ohnuki-Tierney, E. (1984). Illness and culture in contemporary
Japan: An anthropological view. New
York: Cambridge University Press.
O’Nell, T. (1998). Disciplined hearts: Hearts, identity
and depression in an American Indian community.
Los Angeles: University of California Press.
Paniagua, F. (2001). Diagnosis in a multicultural context.
Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
322
Patel, V., & Kleinman, A. (2003). Poverty and common
mental disorders in developing countries. Bulletin of
the World Health Organization, 81, 609–613.
Phoon, W., & Macindoe, I. (Eds.). (2003). Untangling
the threads: Perspectives on mental health in Chinese
communities. Parramatta, Australia: Transcultural
Mental Health Centre.
Ponterotto, J., Gretchen, D., & Chauhan, R. (2001).
Cultural identity and multicultural assessment:
Quantitative and qualitative tools for the clinician In
L. Suzuki & J. Ponterotto, et al. (Eds.), Handbook of
multicultural assessment: Clinical, psychological,
and educational applications (2nd ed., pp. 67–99).
San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Richardson, L., DiGiuseppe, D., Garrison, M., &
Christakis, D. (2003). Depression in Medicaidcovered
youth: Differences by race and ethnicity. Archives
of Pediatric and Adolescent Medicine, 157,
984–989.
Rogler, L. (1997). Framing research on culture in psychiatric
diagnosis: The case of the DSM-IV. Psychiatry,
59, 145–155.
Rudmin, F. (2003). Critical history of the acculturation,
psychology of assimilation, separation, integration,
and marginalization. Review of General Psychology,
7, 3–37.
Schmitz, P. (2003). Psychosocial factors of immigration
and emigration: An introduction. In L. Adler & U.
Gielen (Eds.), Migration: Immigration and emigration
in international perspective (pp. 23–50).
Westport, CT: Praeger.
Simons, R., & Hughes, C. (Eds.). (1985). The culturebound
syndromes. Boston: Reidel/Kluwer.
Straussner, S. (Ed.). (2001). Ethnocultural factors in
substance abuse. New York: Guilford Press.
Suhail, K., & Cochrane, R. (2002). Effect of culture and
environment on the phenomenology of delusions and
hallucinations. International Journal of Social Psychiatry,
48, 126–138.
Telles, M., & Karno, M. (Eds.). (1994). Latino mental
health: Current research and policy perspectives. Los
Angeles: Neuropsychiatric Institute, University of
California at Los Angeles.
Triandis, H., & Draguns, J. (Eds.). (1981). Handbook
of cross-cultural psychology: Vol. 6. Psychopathology.
Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
U.S. Department of Health and Human Services.
(2001). Mental health: Culture, race, and ethnicity
(DHHS, Public Health Service, Office of the Surgeon
General). Rockville, MD: U.S. Government Printing
Office.
VanGeest, J., & Johnson, T. (1997). Substance use patterns
among homeless migrants and nonmigrants in
323
Chicago. Substance Use and Misuse, 32, 877–907.
Ward, C. (1997). Culture learning, acculturative stress,
and psychopathology: Three perspectives on acculturation.
Applied Psychology: An International Review,
46, 58–62.
Weiss, M. (2001). Cultural epidemiology: An introduction
and overview. Anthropology and Medicine, 8,
5–29.
Wells, K., Miranda, J., Bruce, M., Alegria, M., &
Wallerstein, N. (2004). Bridging community intervention
and mental health services research. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 161, 955–963.
World Health Organization World Mental Health Consortium.
(2004). Prevalence, severity, and unmet need
for treatment of mental disorders in the WHOWorld
Mental Health Surveys. Journal of the American
Medical Association, 291, 2581–2590.
Yamada, A-M. (1998). Multidimensional identification.
In T. Singelis (Ed.), Teaching about culture, ethnicity,
and diversity (pp. 141–149). Thousand Oaks, CA:
Sage.
Yamada, A-M., Marsella, A. J., & Atuel, H. (2002). Development
of a Cultural Identification Battery for
Asian and Pacific Islander Americans in Hawai’i.
Asian Psychologist, 3, 11–20.
Atran, S., Medin, D. L., & Ross, N. O. (2005). The cultural
mind: Environmental decision making and cultural
modeling within and across populations. Psychological
Review, 112, 774–776.
Barkow, G., Cosmides, L., & Tooby, J. (Eds.). (1992).
The adapted mind: Evolutionary psychology and the
generation of culture. New York: Oxford University
Press.
Berlin, I. (1976). Vico and Herder: Two studies in the
history of ideas. London: Hogarth Press.
Berry, J.W., Poortinga, Y. H., Segall, M. H.,&Dasen, P.
R. (2002). Cross-cultural psychology: Research and
applications (2nd ed.). New York: Cambridge University
Press.
Bruner, J. S. (1990). Acts of meaning. Cambridge, MA:
Harvard University Press.
Choi, I., Nisbett, R. E., & Norenzayan, A. (1999).
Causal attribution across cultures: Variation and universality.
Psychological Bulletin, 125, 47–63.
Cohen, D. (2001). Cultural variation: Considerations
and implications. Psychological Bulletin, 127, 451–
471.
Cohen, D., & Nisbett, R. E. (1997). Field experiments
examining the culture of honor: The role of institutions
in perpetuating norms about violence. Personality
and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23, 1188–1199.
Cohen, D., Nisbett, R. E., Bowdle, B. F., & Schwarz, N.
(1996). Insult, aggression, and the southern culture
324
of honor: An “experimental ethnography.” Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 70, 945–960.
Cole, M. (1996). Cultural psychology: A once and future
discipline. Cambridge, MA: Belknap Press of
Harvard University Press.
Fiske, A. P., Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., & Nisbett, R.
E. (1998). The cultural matrix of social psychology.
In D. T. Gilbert, S. T. Fiske, & G. Lindzey (Eds.),
Handbook of social psychology (4th ed., pp. 915–
981). Boston: McGraw-Hill.
Gardner, W. L., Gabriel, S., & Lee, A. Y. (1999). “I”
value freedom, but “we” value relationships: Selfconstrual
priming mirrors cultural differences in
judgment. Psychological Science, 10, 321–326.
Geertz, C. (1973). The interpretation of cultures. New
York: Basic Books.
Gray, J. (1996). Isaiah Berlin. Princeton, NJ: Princeton
University Press.
Heine, S. J., & Lehman, D. R. (1997). Culture, dissonance,
and self-affirmation. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 23, 389–400.
Heine, S. J., Lehman, D. R., Markus, H. R., &
Kitayama, S. (1999). Is there a universal need for
positive self-regard? Psychological Review, 106, 766794.
Heine, S. J., Lehman, D. R., Peng, K., & Greenholtz, J.
(2002). What’s wrong with cross-cultural comparisons
of subjective Likert scales? The reference-group
effect. Journal of personality and Social Psychology,
82, 903–918.
Henrich, J., Boyd, R., Bowles, S., Camerer, C., Fehr, E.,
Gintis, H., et al. (2005). “Economic Man” in crosscultural
perspective: Behavioral experiments in 15
small-scale societies. Behavioral and Brain Sciences,
28(6), 795–815.
Hofstede, G. (1980). Culture’s consequences: International
differences in work-related values. Beverly
Hills, CA: Sage.
Hong, Y., Morris, M. W., Chiu, C., & Benet-Martínez,
V. (2000). Multicultural minds: A dynamic constructivist
approach to culture and cognition. American
Psychologist, 55, 709–720.
Jahoda, G. (1993). Crossroads between culture and
mind: Continuities and change in theories of human
nature. London: Harvester Wheatsheaf, and Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Kim, H. S., & Markus, H. R. (1999). Deviance or
uniqueness, harmony or conformity?: A cultural
analysis. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
77, 785–800.
Kitayama, S. (2002). Cultural and basic psychological
processes-toward a system view of culture: Comment
on Oyserman et al. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 189–
325
196.
Kitayama, S., & Markus, H. R. (1999). Yin and yang of
the Japanese self: The cultural psychology of personality
coherence. In D. Cervone & Y. Shoda (Eds.),
The coherence of personality: Social cognitive bases
of personality consistency, variability, and organization
(pp. 242–302). New York: Guilford Press.
Kitayama, S., Duffy, S., Kawamura, T., & Larsen, J.
(2003). Perceiving an object and its context in different
cultures: A cultural look at new look. Psychological
Science, 14, 201–206.
Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., & Kurokawa, M. (2000).
Culture, emotion and well-being: Good feelings in Japan
and the U.S. Cognition and Emotion, 14(1), 93–
124.
Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., Matsumoto, H., &
Norasakkunkit, V. (1997). Individual and collective
processes in the construction of the self: Self-enhancement
in the United States and self-criticism in
Japan. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
72, 1245–1267.
Kroeber, A. L., & Kluckhohn, C. (1966). Culture: A
critical review of concepts and definitions. New
York: Vintage. (Original work published 1952)
Kühnen, U., & Oyserman, D. (2002). Thinking about
the self influences thinking in general: Cognitive consequences
of salient self-concept. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 38, 492–499.
Lehman, D. R., Chiu, C., & Schaller, M. (2004). Psychology
and culture. Annual Review of Psychology,
55, 689–714.
Markus, H. R., Mullally, P. R., & Kitayama, S. (1997).
Selfways: Diversity in modes of cultural participation.
In U. Neisser & D. Jopling (Eds.), The conceptual
self in context: Culture, experience, self-understanding
(pp. 13–62). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge
University Press.
Markus, H., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the
self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation.
Psychological Review, 98, 224–253.
Masuda, T., & Nisbett, R. E. (2001). Attending holistically
versus analytically: Comparing the context sensitivity
of Japanese and Americans. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 81, 922–934.
Medin, D. L., & Atran, S. (2004). The native mind: Biological
categorization and reasoning in development
and across cultures. Psychological Review, 111, 960–
983.
Miller, J. G. (1984). Culture and the development of everyday
social explanation. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 46, 961–978.
Miller, P., Wiley, A. R., Fung, H., & Liang, C-h. (1997).
Personal storytelling as a medium of socialization in
326
Chinese and American families. Child Development,
68, 557–568.
Miyamoto, Y., Nisbett, R. E., & Masuda, T. (2006).
Culture and the physical environment: Holistic versus
analytic perceptual affordances. Psychological
Science, 17, 113–119.
Morris, M., & Peng, K. (1994). Culture and cause:
American and Chinese attributions for social and
physical events. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 67, 949–971.
Nisbett, R. E. (2003). The geography of thought: Why
we think the way we do. New York: Free Press.
Nisbett, R. E., Peng, K., Choi, I., & Norenzayan, A.
(2001). Culture and systems of thought: Holistic vs.
analytic cognition. Psychological Review, 108, 291–
310.
Oyserman, D., Coon, H. M., & Kemmelmeier, M.
(2002). Rethinking individualism and collectivism:
Evaluation of theoretical and assumptions and metaanalyses.
Psychological Bulletin, 128, 3–72.
Peng, K., Nisbett, R. E., & Wong, N. (1997). Validity
problems of cross-cultural value comparison and
possible solutions. Psychological Methods, 2, 329–
341.
Rogoff, B. (1990). Apprenticeship in thinking: Cognitive
development in social context. New York: Oxford
University Press.
Romney, A. K., & D’Andrade, R. (Eds.). (1964). Transcultural
studies in cognition [Special issue]. American
Anthropologist, 66(3).
Ross, M., Xun, W. Q. E., & Wilson, A. E. (2002). Language
and the bicultural self. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 28, 1040–1050.
Sanchez-Burks, J. (2002). Protestant relational ideology
and (in) attention to relational cues in work settings.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83,
919.
Shweder, R. A. (1984). Anthropology’s romantic rebellion
against the enlightenment, or, there is more to
thinking than reason and evidence. In R. A. Shweder
& R. A. LeVine (Eds.), Culture theory: Essays on
mind, self, and emotion (pp. 27–66). New York:
Cambridge University Press.
Shweder, R. A. (1990a). Cultural psychology: What is
it? In J. W. Stigler, R. A. Shweder, & G. Herdt (Eds.),
Cultural psychology: Essays on comparative human
development. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University
Press.
Shweder, R. A. (1990b). In defense of moral realism.
Child Development, 61, 2060–2067.
Shweder, R. A. (1991). Thinking through cultures: Expeditions
in cultural psychology. Cambridge, MA:
Harvard University Press.
327
Shweder, R. A. (1992). Ghost busters in anthropology.
In C. Strauss & R. G. D’Andrade (Eds.), Human motives
and cultural models (pp. 45–58). New York:
Cambridge University Press.
Shweder, R. A. (1996). True ethnography: The lore, the
law and the lure. In R. Jessor, A. Colby, & R. A.
Shweder (Eds.), Ethnography and human development:
Context and meaning in social inquiry. Chicago:
University of Chicago Press.
Shweder, R. A. (1999). Why cultural psychology?
Ethos: Journal of the Society for Psychological Anthropology,
27, 62–73.
Shweder, R. A. (2003a). Toward a deep cultural psychology
of shame. Social Research, 70, 1401–1422.
Shweder, R. A. (2003b). Why do men barbecue? Recipes
for cultural psychology. Cambridge, MA: Harvard
University Press.
Shweder, R. A. (2004). Deconstructing the emotions
for the sake of comparative research. In A. S. R.
Manstead, N. Frijda, & A. Fischer (Eds.), Feelings
and emotions: The Amsterdam Symposium
(pp. 81–97). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University
Press.
Shweder, R. A., & Bourne, L. (1984). Does the concept
of the person vary cross-culturally? In R. A. Shweder
& R. A. LeVine (Eds.), Culture theory: Essays on
mind, self, and emotion (pp. 158–199). New York:
Cambridge University Press.
Shweder, R. A., Balle-Jensen, L., & Goldstein, W.
(1995). Who sleeps by whom revisited: A method for
extracting the moral goods implicit in praxis. In J. J.
Goodnow, P. J. Miller, & F. Kessell (Eds.), Cultural
practices as contexts for development: New directions
for child development. San Francisco: JosseyBass.
Shweder, R. A., Goodnow, J., Hatano, G., LeVine, R.,
Markus, H., & Miller, P. (2006). The cultural psychology
of development: One mind, many mentalities.
In R. Lerner (Ed.), Handbook of child psychology:
Vol. 1. Theoretical models of human
development (6th ed., pp. 716–792). New York:
Wiley.
34. An Anthropological Perspective 835
Shweder, R. A., & Haidt, J. (2000). The cultural psychology
of the emotions: Ancient and new. In M.
Lewis & J. M. Haviland (Eds.), Handbook of emotions
(pp. 397–414). New York: Guilford Press.
Shweder, R. A., & LeVine, R. A. (Eds.). (1984). Culture
theory: Essays on mind, self, and emotion. New
York: Cambridge University Press.
Shweder, R. A., Mahapatra, M., & Miller, J. G. (1990).
Culture and moral development. In J. Stigler,
R. A. Shweder, & G. Herdt (Eds.), Cultural psychology:
328
Essays on comparative human development
(pp. 138–204). New York: Cambridge University
Press.
Shweder, R. A.,&Much, N. C. (1987). Determinants of
meaning: Discourse and moral socialization. In W.
Kurtines & J. Gewirtz (Eds.), Moral development
through social interaction (pp. 245–280). New York:
Wiley.
Shweder, R. A., Much, N. C., Mahapatra, M., &
Park, L. (1997). The big three of morality (autonomy,
community, divinity) and the big three explanations
of suffering. In A. Brandt & P. Rozin
(Eds.), Morality and health (pp. 119–169). New
York: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
Shweder, R. A., & Sullivan, M. (1990). The semiotic
subject of cultural psychology. In L. Pervin (Ed.),
Handbook of personality: Theory and research
(pp. 399–416). New York: Guilford Press.
Shweder, R. A., & Sullivan, M. (1993). Cultural psychology: Who needs it? Annual Review of Psychology, 44,
497–523.
Sperber, D. (1996). Explaining culture: A naturalistic
approach. London: Blackwell.
Tomasello, M. (1999). The cultural origins of human
cognition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Trafimow, D., Triandis, H. C., & Goto, S. G. (1991).
Some tests of the distinction between the private self
and the collective self. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 60, 649–655.
Triandis, H. C. (1989). The self and social behavior in
differing cultural-contexts. Psychological Review, 96,
506–520.
Triandis, H. C. (1990). Cross-cultural studies of individualism
and collectivism. In J. Berman (Ed.), Nebraska
Symposium on Motivation, 1989 (pp. 41–
133). Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press.
Triandis, H. C. (1995). Individualism and collectivism.
Boulder, CO: Westview Press.
Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development
of higher psychological processes (M. Cole, V.
John-Steiner, S. Scribner & E. Souberman, Eds.).
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Weber,M. (1930). Protestant ethic and the spirit of capitalism.
Winchester, MA: Allen & Unwin. (Original
work published 1904)
Whiting, J. W. M., & Child, I. (1953). Child training
and personality. New Haven, CT: Yale University
Press.
Yang, K.-S. (2000). Monocultural and cross-cultural indigenous
approaches: The royal road to the development
of a balanced global human psychology. Asian
Journal of Social Psychology, 3, 241–263.
Chiu, L.-H. (1972). A cross-cultural comparison of cognitive
styles in Chinese and American children. International
329
Journal of Psychology, 7, 235–242.
Choi, I. (1998). The cultural psychology of surprise:
Holistic theories, contradiction, and epistemic curiosity.
Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University
of Michigan, Ann Arbor.
Choi, I., & Nisbett, R. E. (1998). Situational salience
and cultural differences in the correspondence bias
and in the actor–observer bias. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 24, 949–960.
Choi, I., & Nisbett, R. E. (2000). The cultural psychology
of surprise: Holistic theories and recognition of
contradiction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
9, 890–905.
Chua, H. F., Boland, J. E., & Nisbett, R. E. (2005). Cultural
variation in eye movements during scene perception.
Proceedings of the National Academy of Science
of the USA, 102, 12629–12633.
Cohen, D. (1998). Culture, social organization, and patterns
of violence. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 75, 408–419.
Cohen, D. (2006). Tradition’s thread. Unpublished
manuscript, University of Illinois, Urbana–Champaign.
Cohen, D., Nisbett, R. E., Bowdle, B., & Schwarz, N.
(1996). Insult, aggression, and the Southern culture
of honor: An “experimental ethnography.” Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 70, 945–960.
Cohen, D., Vandello, J., Puente, S., & Rantilla, A.
(1999). “When you call me that, smile!” Social Psychology
Quarterly, 62, 257–275.
Gardner, W. L., Gabriel, S., & Lee, A. Y. (1999). “I”
value freedom, but “we” value relationships: Selfconstrual
priming mirrors cultural differences in
judgment. Psychological Science, 10, 321–326.
Haberstroh, S., Kühnen, U., Oyserman, D., & Schwarz,
N. (2000). Is the interdependent self a better communicator
than the independent self?: Self-construal and
the observation of conversational norms. Heidelberg:
University of Heidelberg.
Heine, S. J., & Lehman, D. R. (1997). Culture, dissonance,
and self-affirmation. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 81, 599–615.
Hong, Y.-Y., Morris, M. W., Chiu, C.-Y., & BenetMartinez, V. (2000). Multicultural minds: A dynamic
constructivist approach to culture and cognition.
American Psychologist, 55, 709–720.
Ji, L.-J., Zhang, Z., & Nisbett, R. E. (2004). Is it culture
or is it language?: Examination of language effects in
cross-cultural research on categorization. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 87, 57–65.
Kitayama, S., Duffy, S., Kawamura, T., & Larson, J. T.
(2003). Perceiving an object and its context in different
cultures: A cultural look at New Look. Psychological
Science, 14, 201–206.
330
Kühnen, U., Hannover, B., & Schubert, B. (2001). The
semantic–procedural interface model of the self: The
role of self-knowledge for context-dependent versus
context-independent modes of thinking. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 80, 397–409.
Kühnen, U., & Oyserman, D. (2002). Thinking about
the self influences thinking in general: Cognitive consequences
of salient self-concept. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 38, 492–499.
Leung, A. & Cohen, D. (2006). Honor, face, and dignity:
Ideal types and experiments. Unpublished
manuscript, University of Illinois, Urbana–
champaign.
Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the
self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation.
Psychological Review, 98, 224–253.
Masuda, T., & Nisbett, R. E. (2001). Attending holistically
vs. analytically: Comparing the context sensitivity
of Japanese and Americans. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 81, 922–934.
Miller, J. G. (1984). Culture and the development of everyday
social explanation. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 46, 961–978.
Miyamoto, Y., Nisbett, R. E., & Masuda, T. (2006).
Culture and physical environment: Holistic versus
analytic perceptual affordances. Psychological Science,
17, 113–119.
Nisbett, R. E. (2005). The ghosts of cultural psychology.
In R. Sorrentino, D. Cohen, J. Olson, & M. P. Zanna
(Eds.), Culture and social behavior: The tenth Ontario
Symposium. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Nisbett, R. E., & Cohen, D. (1996). Culture of honor:
The psychology of violence in the South. Boulder,
CO: Westview Press.
Norenzayan, A., & Nisbett, R. E. (2000). Culture and
causal cognition. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 9, 132–135.
Norenzayan, A., Smith, E. E., Kim, B. J., & Nisbett,
R. E. (2002). Cultural preferences for formal versus
intuitive reasoning. Cognitive Science, 26, 653–
684.
Peng, K., & Nisbett, R. E. (1999). Culture, dialectics,
and reasoning about contradiction. American Psychologist,
54, 741–754.
Trafimow, D., Triandis, H. C., & Goto, S. G. (1991).
Some tests of the distinction between the private self
and the collective self. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 60, 649–655.
Triandis, H. C. (1995). Individualism and collectivism.
Boulder, CO: Westview Press.
Bond, M., Leung, K., Au, A., Tong, K., De Carrasquel,
S., Murakami, F., et al. (2004). Cultural dimensions
of social axioms and their correlates across 41 cultures.
331
Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 35,
548–570.
Braudel, F. (1980). On history. Chicago: University of
Chicago Press.
Cohen, D., Hoshino-Browne, E., & Leung, A. K.-y.
(2007). Culture and the structure of personal experience:
Insider and outsider phenomenologies of the
self and social world. In M. Zanna (Ed.), Advances
in experimental social psychology (pp. 1–67). San
Diego: Academic Press.
Fu, J., Morris, M., Lee, S., Chao, M., Chiu, C. Y., &
Hong, Y.-y. (in press). Epistemic motives and cultural
conformity. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology.
Geertz, C. (1973). The interpretation of cultures. New
York: Basic Books.
Harmon-Jones, E. & Winkielman, P. (2007). A brief
overview of social neuroscience. In E. Harmon-Jones
& P. Winkielman (Eds.), Social neuroscience: Integrating
biological and psychological explanations of
social behavior (pp. 3–11). New York: Guilford
Press.
Heine, S., Lehman, D., Markus, H., & Kitayama, S.
(1999). Is there a universal need for positive selfregard?
Psychological Review, 106, 766–794.
Hoshino-Browne, E., Zanna, A. S., Spencer, S.J., Zanna,
M. P., Kitayama, S., & Lackenbauer, S. (2005). On
the cultural guises of cognitive dissonance. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 89, 294–310.
Huntington, S. P. (1996). The clash of civilizations and
the remaking of world order. New York: Simon &
Schuster.
Kim, H. (2002). We talk, therefore we think? Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 828–842.
Kitayama, S., & Markus, H. (1999). Yin and yang of
the Japanese self. In D. Cervone & Y. Shoda (Eds.),
The coherence of personality: Social-cognitive
bases of consistency, variability, and organization
(pp. 242–302). New York: Guilford Press.
Kitayama, S., Markus, H., Matsumoto, H., &
Norasakkunkit, V. (1997). Individual and collective
processes in the construction of the self. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 1245–1267.
Konner,M. (2002). The tangled wing. New York: Holt.
Leung, A. K-y. & Cohen, D. (2007). Within- and
between-culture variation. Unpublished manuscript,
University of Illinois.
Leung, A. K-y., & Cohen, D. (in press). The soft embodiment
of culture. Psychological Science.
LeVine, R. (2001). Culture and personality studies,
1918–1960: Myths and history. Journal of Personality,
69, 803–818.
Moore, B. (1966). Social origins of dictatorship and democracy.
New York: Beacon.
332
Norenzayan, A., & Heine, S. J. (2005). Psychological
universals: What are they and how can we know?
Psychological Bulletin, 131, 763–784.
Rozin, P., Haidt, J., & McCauley, C. (2000). Disgust. In
M. Lewis & J. Haviland (Eds.), The Handbook of
Emotions (2nd ed., pp. 637–653). New York: Guilford
Press.
Shweder, R. (1993). “Why do men barbeque” and other
postmodern ironies of growing up in the decade of
ethnicity. Daedalus, 122, 279–308.
Shweder, R. (2000). Moral maps, “first world” conceits,
and the new evangelists. In L. Harrison & S. Huntington
(Eds.), Culture matters (pp. 158–176). New
York: Basic Books.
Snibbe, A. C., & Markus, H. R. (2005). You can’t always
get what you want: Educational attainment,
agency, and choice. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 88, 703–720.
Tsai, J., Louie, J., Chen, E., & Uchida, Y. (2007).
Learning what feelings to desire. Personality and Social
Psychology Bulletin, 33, 17–30.
333